diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-0.txt | 6244 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-0.zip | bin | 105562 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-h.zip | bin | 536019 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-h/50431-h.htm | 6554 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 63190 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-h/images/icover.jpg | bin | 168416 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-h/images/p1.png | bin | 178076 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431-h/images/p2.jpg | bin | 12351 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431.txt | 6247 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50431.zip | bin | 104749 -> 0 bytes |
13 files changed, 17 insertions, 19045 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7a96e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #50431 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/50431) diff --git a/old/50431-0.txt b/old/50431-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2a35eb2..0000000 --- a/old/50431-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6244 +0,0 @@ -Project Gutenberg's Dick Kent with the Mounted Police, by Milton Richards - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Dick Kent with the Mounted Police - -Author: Milton Richards - -Release Date: November 11, 2015 [EBook #50431] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE *** - - - - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Rod Crawford, Rick Morris -and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - - - - Dick Kent - with the Mounted Police - - - By MILTON RICHARDS - - - AUTHOR OF - “Dick Kent in the Far North” - “Dick Kent with the Eskimos” - “Dick Kent, Fur Trader” - “Dick Kent and the Malemute Mail” - - - THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY - Akron, Ohio New York - - Copyright MCMXXVII - THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY - _Made in the United States of America_ - - - - - Contents - - - CHAPTER PAGE - I The Scar Faced Indian 3 - II At Little Moose Portage 14 - III Dick Shoots the Rapids 27 - IV Through the Flames 39 - V MacKenzie’s Landing 47 - VI A Grizzly Shows Fight 55 - VII The Rifled Cache 65 - VIII Dick Drops a Moose 75 - IX Pierre Govereau 83 - X Toma and a Cold Snap 94 - XI Slush Ice 102 - XII The Blizzard 110 - XIII Dick Sees a Ghost 120 - XIV An Unwelcome Visitor 127 - XV Outwitting the Enemy 135 - XVI A Journey Through the Night 145 - XVII The Stolen Huskies 153 - XVIII A Hungry Pack 162 - XIX The Circle of Death 171 - XX Sandy Disappears 179 - XXI The Man From Crooked Stick River 184 - XXII A Skirmish in the Night 194 - XXIII Gray Goose Lake 200 - XXIV Chief Black Dog’s Scheme 209 - XXV The Attack on the Fort 216 - XXVI Lost Underground 222 - - - - - DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE - - - - - CHAPTER I - THE SCAR FACED INDIAN - - -Dick Kent tossed aside the wolf trap he had been trying to repair, and -turned to his chum, Sandy McClaren. - -“Let’s go back to your Uncle Walter’s at Fort Good Faith,” said Dick -restlessly. “It’s getting too quiet around here.” - -Sandy McClaren’s big blue eyes turned from the marten pelt he had been -scraping. “I’m with you, Dick. Uncle Walt needs us, too. He’s still -having a lot of trouble with that outlaw, Bear Henderson.” - -For a year after finishing school in the United States, Dick Kent and -Sandy McClaren had been pursuing adventure two hundred miles north of -Hay River Landing, Canada, where they had gone to visit Sandy’s uncle. -Lately they had come to Fort du Lac at the invitation of Martin MacLean, -the factor there. The savage northland already had woven its spell of -dangerous adventure about them, but Fort du Lac had proved dull after -the excitement of the more lawless trading post supervised by Sandy’s -uncle on the northern fringe of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s territory. - -Dick and Sandy had turned toward the big log store building where Martin -MacLean bartered for furs, when they stopped dead, looking northeast -along the trail that curved about a high headland of pine forest. - -“What’s that?” cried Dick suddenly. - -“Looks like an Indian runner!” Sandy exclaimed. - -“I’ll tell Mr. MacLean,” Dick stretched his athletic legs toward the -store. - -The fur trader came out on Dick’s heels a moment later, his broad, bony -frame and bearded face tense at the hint of trouble. - -“It’s a runner all right,” confirmed the trader, watching the distant -figure, which was rapidly approaching. - -Presently a swarthy faced Indian, his coarse black hair streaming about -his haggard features, fell almost exhausted into their arms. - -“Help me carry him in,” Martin MacLean commanded. “He’s tuckered out. -We’ve got to get him to talk. There’s trouble somewhere.” - -They tugged the limp body of the runner into the store and lay him on -several bales of fur. The trader hurried for stimulant, which he forced -between the Indian’s teeth. The runner soon opened his eyes. All three -bent over him as he spoke: - -“Him Bear Henderson take um post—from Mister McClaren,” gasped the -runner. “Tie um up. Kill all good Injuns!” - -Dick Kent’s face paled as he turned to Sandy. “Henderson has captured -your Uncle Walter!” - -“Well, he’ll get his when the mounted police get there,” flared Sandy, -his Scotch temper showing itself. - -The factor of the post turned to them. They fell silent. “Boys, I can’t -leave the post,” he said, “and I don’t trust any of the Indians around -the store. Can I depend on you to go down the river and get Malcolm -Mackenzie?” - -“Can you!” Dick and Sandy chorused, “I should smile.” - -“You know what this means,” the trader went on sternly. “Bear Henderson -is a powerful man. There isn’t a doubt this runner was followed here. -There may be men right here at Fort du Lac who are in sympathy with the -outlaw. Henderson is plotting against the whole northern frontier held -by Hudson’s Bay Company. It’s life or death.” - -“We’ll do it!” Dick cried eagerly. “Tell us what to do.” - -“All right then. You go by canoe down the river to Mackenzie’s Landing. -Tell Mackenzie I asked him to go with you to the mounted police post at -Fort Dunwoody. You know the trail that far. Malcolm knows it from the -landing on. There’s a grub cache he might have forgotten. In case he -has——” the boys followed MacLean behind the counter. From the strong box -the trader drew a map. “Now here is our post,” the trader continued, -indicating a dot on the rough map with a match end, while Dick and Sandy -followed him attentively; “There’s Little Moose Portage, and further -down Mackenzie’s Landing, the free trader’s post. Twenty miles further -the river swings north and you leave the water and go by land. Then -here’s where you strike the cache of food——” - -Dick’s sudden, startled cry interrupted. “What was that at the window!” - -“I didn’t see anything,” whispered Sandy. - -“Sure you weren’t imagining something?” said the trader. - -“I know I saw a face right there a moment ago,” Dick insisted, pointing -to a window in the rear of the long store. “It seemed to be an Indian’s -face which was covered with hideous scars.” - -MacLean walked back and pulled the curtains shut over the window. He -returned and went on explaining the location of the cache and the route -to be taken to Fort Dunwoody. - -Once started, Dick and Sandy were not long in preparing for the trip -down the river to Mackenzie’s Landing. They cleaned and oiled their -30.30 Ross rifles, packed a canoe with flour, beans, bacon, coffee, -salt, sugar and camp utensils, and saw that they were well supplied with -ammunition. - -On their last trip to the canoe from the storehouse, Sandy, too, had a -singular surprise. But he did not cry out. Instead, he called softly to -Dick, who was a little ahead of him. - -“I saw the same face you saw behind those boxes over there on the -landing,” Sandy said tensely. “Make believe we didn’t notice anything. -Then we’ll pick up our rifles and walk down the river till we get where -we can see behind the boxes.” - -“All right,” Dick replied cooly, his dark eyes gleaming as they always -did at the promise of excitement. - -“Don’t shoot. Capture him,” Dick added, as they deposited their packs -into the canoe, picked up their rifles and started off down the river -bank, their eyes bent to the left. - -When they had advanced far enough to see behind the boxes, they turned -and looked. The face was gone! There was no one behind the packing -boxes. - -Sandy scratched his head. “Blame it, I know I saw somebody watching us.” - -“Come on, we’ll look closer.” Dick led the way forward and they examined -all the boxes, but found each one empty. - -“Looks queer,” Dick admitted. - -“Those Indians can disappear mighty suddenly,” Sandy said. “Let’s tell -Mr. MacLean.” - -They hurried back to the store. The trader plainly was deeply concerned -over what they had to tell. “I tell you, boys, I hadn’t ought to let you -make this trip,” he said, pacing back and forth. “Henderson has men here -that I know nothing about. They say he has secret operatives all over -the northern frontier. Sandy’s uncle never would forgive me if anything -happened to you fellows. But I don’t see what else I can do. The mounted -police must be notified.” - -“Well, Sandy and I aren’t men,” Dick replied modestly, “but you know -we’ve been in the north country for a year now and so far we’ve taken -pretty good care of ourselves. Sandy’s Uncle Walter will tell you that.” - -The trader surveyed Dick Kent’s stalwart figure and Sandy’s more stocky -frame with a renewal of confidence. “Yes,” he concluded, “I believe you -fellows will come out all right. Shake.” - -Dick and Sandy gripped Martin MacLean’s hard hand. They felt a glow of -admiration for the big “sourdough” who had so complimented two -“chechakos,” or tenderfeet. The trader drew from his pocket a wallet of -money and thrust it into Dick’s hand, with the remark it might come in -handy for expenses. - -An hour later the boys were gliding down the river, Dick in the stern -steering, Sandy in front on the lookout for snags. The dark walls of -spruce forest on either side closed in on them with a mysterious -silence. They seemed to feel malevolent eyes watching them as they -sheered the oily surface of the stream. The strange face both had seen -at Fort du Lac remained in their memory and made them silent as they -forged along with the current. It was the last warm days of fall; -already a hint of winter was in the air, and with the threat of danger -hovering about was combined another feeling of dread, as if the very -atmosphere of the vast, lonely land heralded the approach of mercilessly -cold weather. - -“You watch the south bank, and I’ll watch the north,” Dick broke the -silence when the landing at Fort du Lac had faded from view around a -bend. “I think we’ll be followed by land if our suspicions are correct -and there’s really some one on our trail.” - -“They’ll have to follow by land for a ways anyway,” rejoined Sandy. “Mr. -MacLean will see them if they use one of the canoes at the landing. But -I suppose they have a canoe hidden somewhere along the river.” - -“That’s about it,” Dick agreed. “We’ll keep sharp watch and be ready to -duck if there’s any shooting.” - -They paddled on silently for a quarter of an hour, making good time and -keeping to the center of the stream. They were just passing a large heap -of driftwood, lodged in an eddy near the north shore, when Sandy called -Dick’s attention to something under the brush. - -“What do you make of that light brown object just the other side of the -little sand point sticking out into the river?” asked Sandy. - -“I was looking at it myself,” responded Dick. “I thought it was a log -with the bark off it at first, but it might be a canoe.” - -“It looks a lot like a canoe—as if they tried to hide it under some -brush but the brush sprung up after they left and exposed it.” - -“We’ll turn in and see,” Dick plied his paddle lustily, and the light -craft swerved toward the shore. - -“Aren’t we taking an awful risk?” Sandy was cautious. “Suppose they’re -close to us.” - -“We’ll take a chance,” Dick returned. “Better take a chance now than -have them catch up with us in that canoe. It’s plain they’re not here -yet.” - -Nerves keyed high at thought of the peril they might be floating into, -Dick and Sandy bore swiftly into the sand point, and presently the -bottom of the canoe grated on the gravel. Dick leaped out into the -shallow water and beached the canoe, Sandy following closely. - -“It’s a canoe sure enough!” Dick exclaimed when they reached the spot -where they had seen the suspicious object. - -“And they tried to hide it,” Sandy came back, as they drew nearer. “See -the tracks in the mud? Say! That canoe hasn’t been there a day, if -that!” - -“You’re right!” Dick cried, “and right here and now we’re going to see -that nobody chases us in this canoe.” - -“Be careful,” Sandy cautioned. - -“We’ll set her adrift,” Dick went on, unheeding Sandy’s precautions. -“Here, Sandy, you grab the bow and I’ll get around behind and push. Soon -as we get it out in the current it’ll float down where they can’t find -it. We might sink it, but we’d have to tow it into the river and we -haven’t time.” - -Sandy fell to work with a will. The canoe was lodged in the mud rather -securely and they strained for some minutes before it at last came loose -with a suck and splash that nearly tumbled Sandy over. An instant later -they had shoved the canoe out into the stream, where the current caught -it and carried it past the sand point. - -The young adventurers paused to gaze with satisfaction upon this blow -they felt they had dealt the enemy, when a sound from the shore drew -their startled attention. - -“Listen,” whispered Dick. - -They could hear a crashing among the trees. Looking toward the forest -they could see nothing at first. Then suddenly, into a small clearing -that led down to the river bank, burst three men, running and waving -their rifles menacingly. - -“Quick! The canoe!” cried Dick hoarsely. “Don’t stop to shoot. We’ve got -to get away. They’re after that canoe. It’s the Indian with the scarred -face!” - -Sandy tumbled into the stern of the canoe in one flying leap, and as -Dick shoved on the prow, he picked up his paddle and stroked backward. -The canoe left the beach with a lunge, and Dick was nearly precipitated -into the water as he leaped into his position in the bow. As they -crouched to paddle, three shots sounded and bullets cut the water about -them. - -“Downstream fast,” shouted Dick. “Stay low, Sandy.” - -Rifle balls were flying thick and fast as they rounded the sand point, -paddling frantically after the canoe they had set adrift. - -“Diable!” they could hear an enraged cry in French, as their pursuers -found the canoe gone and the boys escaping. - -Dick turned and looked back. All three of the men were kneeling with -rifles leveled. “Duck!” he shouted to Sandy just in time. - -The rifles cracked almost as one and two bullets ripped through the -bottom of the canoe, plowing up splinters in their wake. - -“We’ve sprung a leak,” called Sandy almost immediately. “Those shots -have put the canoe out of commission!” - -Dick glanced about at the bottom of the canoe. Sandy was right. The -bullets had struck below the waterline and the river was gurgling in -around the packs and blankets. - - - - - CHAPTER II - AT LITTLE MOOSE PORTAGE - - -Dick Kent thought swiftly. There was no time to lose. The canoe was -filling fast. Already it was growing perceptibly heavier. Ahead he could -see the canoe they had set adrift. It was a long chance, but it was the -only thing to be done, aside from swimming to the other shore and -abandoning all their packs and camp equipment. - -“Sandy!” - -“What?” panted his chum. - -“We’ve got to switch our packs into that empty canoe.” - -“Catch it first, I’ll say!” cried Sandy. - -They redoubled their efforts on the paddles. The drifting canoe was -spinning slowly in the stream. Waterlogged as they were, they yet were -slowly gaining on the empty craft. Out of rifle range from the sand -point, the bullets of their pursuers no longer endangered them as they -skipped across the water yards short of their mark. - -Slowly they overhauled the empty canoe, and at last Dick reached out and -grasped the prow, hauling it to the side of their own sinking craft. -Dropping their paddles then, they straddled the two gunwales and with -their legs held the canoes together while with all haste they -transferred their dunnage. Working grimly and silently they had almost -finished when the canoes began to whirl slowly in the current. Sandy -lost his balance and toppled into the water, his hoarse shout of -surprise muffled as the river closed over his head. - -Sandy came up from the cold bath. Dick shouted encouragement, extending -a paddle to his chum while he alone held the canoes together. In a -moment, spluttering and shivering, Sandy crawled back into the loaded -canoe. - -The leaking canoe was rolling on its side when the last blanket was -taken from it. The young men picked up their paddles and struck out with -all speed. They feared their pursuers, since they no longer appeared on -the sand point, had run back into the forest and were coming along the -river bank into rifle range. - -“B-r-r-r, that sure was no warm bath,” chattered Sandy. - -“Keep paddling, and warm up,” Dick called over his shoulder. “We’ll go -ashore and dry your clothes when we’re sure we’ve got away from them.” - -No sooner were the words out of his mouth when a rifle shot sounded from -the shore some distance behind them. A bullet whined over their heads -and plunked into the river. - -“There they go again!” cried Dick. “Let’s bear toward the other shore -and see if we can’t get out of range.” - -Crouching over their paddles they swerved to the right and gradually -paddled out of range once more. - -Until late in the afternoon the boys kept up a killing pace with the -paddles. Sandy, warmed by the stiff exercise, would not permit Dick to -go in shore on his account, and so they drew into the swift current -above Little Moose Portage. - -The canoe was beached on the shore opposite the one where the enemy had -put in an appearance miles behind. It was an excellent camp site. They -were only about three hundred yards above the rapids, whose swift -current, filled with sharp stones, made it necessary to go on by land to -a point where the river was less dangerous. They could hear the sound of -the rushing water. - -“We’ll keep sharp watch while we make camp,” said Dick. “Those fellows -may have found another canoe and caught up with us.” - -“Even if they come on by land they can’t be so very far behind,” Sandy -added, shivering a little now that the warming work on the paddle was -discontinued. - -Dick and Sandy had paddled many miles that day and they were very tired. -A year before they could not have kept on that far. But the north -country had hardened their already healthy bodies, until they laughed at -the exertion that would have put a southland boy flat on his back. - -A campfire of pine cones and dead wood soon was crackling cheerily. Dick -set on the coffee pot and mixed up some flapjacks while Sandy took off -his moccasins and sox by the fire. By the time Sandy was fairly dry the -meal was ready, and the boys fell to ravenously. Now and again they were -startled by some sound from the forest, but each time the noise proved -to be only that made by a wild animal investigating their campfire. - -“We’ll take turns on watch tonight,” Dick said, sipping his last cup of -coffee. - -“Let’s draw straws for the first trick,” Sandy suggested. - -“No,” Dick objected, “that ducking you had gave you the hardest day. -I’ll take the first watch.” - -Sandy wanted it otherwise, but Dick insisted. - -“Well, if you’ll be sure to wake me up when my turn comes,” Sandy was -already yawning, “it’s all right with me.” - -Soon Sandy was rolled in his blankets, close by the fire, which was -welcome indeed in the chill of the autumn evening. - -Dick took a position in the shadow of a clump of willows where the -firelight would not reveal him to any prowlers of the night that might -investigate too closely. Here he squatted Indian fashion, his rifle -across his knees. Many thoughts passed through his mind as the time -slowly passed. That Sandy and he were on the most perilous mission of -their lives he knew. But contrary to being frightened by impending -danger, he was overjoyed. It was what he and Sandy had come north -for—adventure. And they were getting it. - -“We ought to get to Mackenzie’s Landing day after tomorrow,” he mused, -talking low to himself to keep from going to sleep. It was too dangerous -to walk about. “That means three or four more camps before we get a -guide. Gee, I wish we could go on by ourselves. If Sandy or I only knew -the country around Fort Dunwoody—but we’d get lost, and we can’t afford -to lose any time with Sandy’s uncle in Bear Henderson’s hands. Wonder——” - -Dick sat up suddenly, listening. It seemed to him that above the ripple -of the river water and the low rumble of the distant rapids he heard the -scrape of a canoe bottom on the gravel. His heart leaped and beat on -painfully. What if some one stole their canoe, or crept up and attacked -them! The thought galvanized him into action. - -He dropped to his hands and knees, his rifle clutched in his right -fingers. It was only a short distance to that part of the beach where -they had dragged the canoe up out of the water. Dick crawled quietly -along among the shadows to the fringe of undergrowth bordering the -beach. At first the glare of the firelight in his eyes made all appear -very dark by contrast, but gradually his vision was adjusted, and he -could make out the vague form of the canoe. - -“Wonder if it was only my imagination,” he mumbled, not seeing anything -amiss. “But——” he caught his breath. The canoe had moved! - -Sure enough, difficult as it was to see distinctly, he knew the canoe -had rocked from side to side. - -“What could it be?” he whispered, straining his eyes. - -It seemed now that he could see a darker blot of darkness moving above -the rim of the canoe, but he was not sure. There was but one thing to -do—crawl out of the sheltering bushes and across the sand to a point -from which he could ascertain just what was moving the canoe. - -The decision made, Dick did not hesitate a moment. Half way to the -canoe, he stopped and lay prone on his stomach, listening and watching. -What little breeze there was blew from the canoe toward him, so that an -animal would not easily detect his approach unless it heard him. -Faintly, Dick could hear a scratching sound, as if some sharp instrument -agitated the sand and gravel. He was more puzzled than ever. - -He moved on again, drawing one knee cautiously after the other, careful -that his rifle was ready for instant firing. Ten feet further and the -scratching sound ceased suddenly. Dick was now within a few feet of the -prow of the canoe. He stopped dead still, and, resting on his knees, -raised his rifle. - -“Who’s there?” he called sternly. - -A sudden commotion followed. Around the prow of the canoe flashed two -round glowing eyes, and a bearded, tuft-eared cat face. Dick’s rifle -crashed. There was an inhuman squall of pain; a ball of fur and fury -bounded high into the air and fell writhing, spitting and snarling -within three feet of Dick, who leaped to one side. - -“Hi! Hi! Dick, where are you?” It was Sandy calling from the campfire. -He had been awakened by the gun shot. - -“It’s all right, Sandy,” Dick called back, stooping over the animal he -had killed. “Only a lynx scratching around the canoe. Come and take a -look. Gosh! I must have hit him right between the eyes.” - -Sandy came running up, and bent over the dead lynx. When the cat’s last -struggles ceased, the boys hauled it into the firelight. - -“I was scared half to death,” Sandy grinned sheepishly. “I was dreaming -we were in Fort Good Faith with Uncle Walter and about a million wild -Indians were whooping and shooting at the stockade.” - -“You can bet your bottom dollar I didn’t feel so calm about the time -that lynx came around the canoe and looked me in the eye,” Dick -confessed. “I never took aim at all—just blazed away. Lucky shot I call -it. I thought it was some one trying to steal our canoe.” - -“What time is it?” Sandy inquired, getting up and stretching. - -Dick drew out a fine watch which had been a graduation present. “Only -ten o’clock,” he reported. “You can go back to bed, Sandy. My watch -isn’t half done.” - -The young adventurers talked a few minutes after Sandy was back in his -blankets. But Sandy soon fell asleep. In spite of the excitement brought -on by the killing of the lynx, Sandy was so tired that he went back to -sleep almost immediately. - -Dick looked down at the lynx. “He’s sure a beauty,” he whispered -proudly. “I kind of wish I hadn’t killed him now. It’s a shame to kill -animals when a fellow can’t use their fur or meat.” - -He returned to his position in the shadow of the willows and sat there -patiently until midnight, when it was time to awaken Sandy. The fire had -died down and he heaped more wood on it. He never felt more wide awake -in his life. Sandy was sleeping soundly. - -“Sandy, you’re pretty tired,” Dick murmured, looking down at his chum, -“and I feel just about as fresh as when we pitched camp. Guess I won’t -wake you up—just let you sleep until morning.” - -There was an affection like brotherhood between the two boys, who had -been neighbors and chums from infancy up. And since Dick was two years -older than Sandy, he often felt somewhat like an older brother would -feel toward a younger. Perhaps this induced Dick to resume his watch -without awakening Sandy. - -When Dick sat down again he was sure he could stay awake all night, but -the flicker of the firelight, the whispering silence of the forest, and -the ripple of the river were like a pleasant lullaby. Before he knew it -he was nodding, and presently he fell sound asleep. Head drooping over -his knees, Dick slept unknowing, while the fire died down and the deep -blackness of the northland night crept over the silent camp. - -Sandy awakened with a start at four o’clock. It still was dark, as the -days were shortening with the approach of winter. He did not know why -Dick had not awakened him, and he was at first fearful that something -had happened to his chum. - -“Dick, Dick,” he called softly, sitting up in his blankets, trying to -pierce the gloom with his eyes. - -There came no answer. Quietly Sandy reached out and one hand closed on -his rifle. The feel of the cold steel comforted him. He had begun to -learn what an encouraging companion a firearm can be in those lonely -climes where they are necessary if one would live long. - -Arising, Sandy began a search of the camp and quickly came upon Dick, -sound asleep a little way off. - -“Ho, ho,” laughed Sandy mischievously, “I’ve got one on you now, old -boy. Asleep on watch, huh. I’ll fix you.” - -His fears relieved, Sandy’s sense of humor cropped out. He could not -resist playing a good joke on his chum. - -Sandy thought a moment, then hit upon an idea, which he quickly put into -execution. The fire had gone out, and Sandy’s scheme was no other than -to rebuild it so close to Dick that it would sizzle the sleeping lad’s -chin. - -Soon Sandy had the fire crackling and snapping within two feet of Dick’s -face, as he lay on the pine needles where he had fallen over during the -night. - -Setting about breakfast, Sandy chuckled as he watched Dick begin to -squirm and mutter in his sleep as the heat reached him. - -At last Dick turned over, and flinging out one hand, almost plunged it -into the fire. Sandy cried out sharply, and jumped forward to keep -Dick’s hand out of the fire, when his chum leaped up wide awake. - -“What! How——” Dick stammered, blinking his eyes. - -Sandy doubled up with laughter. Dick soon saw the joke and joined Sandy -in a hearty laugh. Then he quickly grew serious. - -“That’s the worst thing I could have done,” Dick accused himself. -“Suppose Henderson’s men had crept up on us while I was asleep. Sandy, -I’ll never forgive myself for this. I can’t blame them for shooting -soldiers that sleep on guard duty—after tonight.” - -“Oh, never mind,” Sandy’s optimism came to the front. “What’s the -difference. We’re safe and sound, aren’t we?” - -“That doesn’t excuse me for neglecting my duty,” Dick insisted. But as -he reached for the tin plate of bacon and camp bread that Sandy handed -him, Dick cheered up. “What beats me,” he concluded, “is that I was -going to let you sleep till morning, Sandy. Guess I wasn’t as tough as I -thought I was.” - -“That’s just like you,” Sandy retorted. “Just because you’re a couple of -years older than I you think you ought to do all the heavy work.” - -“Well, I’ll see that you do your night watching after this,” Dick -promised. “And now we’d better get started. If those fellows kept on -after us they’ve had just about time enough to catch up.” - -It did not take the boys long to break camp. The trail that led along -the bank past the dangerous Little Moose Rapids to safe water was on the -other bank of the river, and Dick and Sandy prepared to paddle across. -Once on the trail, they planned to shoulder their packs and the canoe -for the jaunt over the portage. They shoved out the canoe without mishap -and were cutting across the swift current of the Big Smokey river above -the rapids, when on the other shore, at the point where they intended -landing, Dick thought he saw a wisp of smoke ascending, as from a -campfire recently extinguished. - -“Sandy, do you see any one over there?” Dick called. - -“I see a kind of smoke haze among those little spruce trees,” Sandy -replied. - -“You know what I think?” Dick went on, sturdily plying his paddle, “that -gang is waiting for us over there. They’re in ambush. As soon as we get -close in they’ll open fire. I’ll bet I’m right. If I am we don’t dare -try to land.” - -“Well, there’s no trail around the rapids on the side we camped,” Sandy -returned. “We’d have to detour about twelve miles that way to get back -to the Big Smokey.” - -They were slowly drawing closer to the opposite bank, the swift current -pulling them downstream a little in spite of their efforts. The boys -were silent as they drew closer, undecided which way to turn, almost -certain now that a warm reception awaited them on the portage trail -landing. Suddenly Dick spoke cooly, but tensely: - -“Backwater, Sandy. Don’t act excited. We don’t dare go on. I just saw -two rifle barrels thrust over a hump of moss on a fallen tree.” - -Sandy did not falter at the warning. He reversed his paddle, as Dick was -doing, and the canoe came almost to a standstill. - -“We’ll have to shoot the rapids!” Dick’s voice was like the snap of a -whip as he made known his daring resolve. - - - - - CHAPTER III - DICK SHOOTS THE RAPIDS - - -At Little Moose Rapids the Big Smokey river plunged through a gorge -nearly a half mile long before it finally came once more to a gentler -incline where canoeing was safe. Only the most daring of canoeists ever -risked piloting a frail craft through this treacherous stretch of water, -and many who had dared had been drowned. Dick’s last minute resolution -was one of desperation. Though he and Sandy were experts with the -paddle, yet they never would have considered attempting to shoot any -rapids had death or capture not threatened them. - -“We’ll never make it!” the optimistic Sandy was shaken from his -cheeriness by Dick’s desperate resolve. - -“We’ve got to!” shouted Dick, as with one strong stroke of his paddle he -swerved the canoe head on with the current, and they sped straight -toward the gorge. - -At the maneuver they heard an angry shout from the shore that had been -their destination. Even at that distance they could detect the menace in -that cry, and with added zeal they bent to their paddles. - -Then a rifle cracked and a ball whistled across the water behind them. -Another and another shot was fired while they sped on swifter and -swifter. - -“We’re getting out of range!” Dick cried. - -“I hope so,” panted Sandy. - -“They’re poor marksmen, anyhow,” Dick returned. - -They both fell silent as they left one danger behind, only to face one -almost as threatening. - -The river swiftly narrowed and deepened as they swept down between the -high walls of the gorge. A sullen roar of the water against the numerous -rocks and against the solid walls could be heard. The canoe seemed to -shoot ahead like a leaf on the wind. Louder and louder grew the sound of -rushing water. Then the boys saw the first wave of foam and spray where -the water whirled among several huge boulders. - -Sandy was in the bow, Dick in the stern when they struck the first angry -whirlpool. - -“Use your paddle to push off the rocks,” shouted Dick above the rumble -of the water. - -They scudded past a huge, wet boulder, seemed almost flung against -another, only to be whisked into a deep pool where it was all Dick and -Sandy could do to keep the canoe from turning clear around. Out of the -pool, they danced on once more. The rapids were clear of rocks for a -space, but they were moving so fast that it seemed no time before they -reached a giant buttress of stone that seemed to bar the way. - -“Push off,” cried Dick. “I’ll backwater. Heave now. Here we go!” - -They shaved the bluff so closely that the grind of the canoe upon the -rock could be heard. The dash of water against the cliff showered down -upon them, and the canoe took in a bucketful. - -“Dip the water out!” shouted Dick, while they spun into another deep -pool, the cliff behind them. - -Sandy began frantically bailing out the water with his hat, while Dick -desperately held the canoe bow against the current. - -The gorge was deeper now, almost shutting out the early morning -sunlight. All about spray flew in the air, like driving mist, and the -roar of rushing water was almost deafening. The canoe was holding up -well, yet its two occupants realized its frail shell would be shattered -to atoms if but once it was thrown upon one of the countless rocks they -seemed to miss by inches. - -“I hope we don’t hit a waterfall,” shouted Sandy as he ceased bailing -water and drew a long breath. - -“Let ’er come,” responded Dick daringly, swerving the canoe this way and -that with a lusty stroke of his paddle. - -“Look out, another rock!” - -Sandy turned from his bailing and grasped his paddle just in time. In a -crouch he met the boulder with the end of the paddle and pushed. The -canoe forged off to the left, dodged in between two other rocks, and -once more they reached a space comparatively straight and free from -obstructions. Like an arrow they shot onward. - -The noise of the foaming water was fast increasing in volume. Dick -feared a waterfall, and silently he nerved himself for it, and none too -soon. Dashing down a narrow channel and bobbing around a curve like a -cork on ocean waves, he saw ahead a mist of spray and the rumble of -falling water burst upon his ears. - -Sandy could not suppress a cry of terror, but white-lipped Dick managed -to hold his breath for what was to come. “Hold tight!” he shouted to his -chum. “I’ll hold her straight, and we’ll dive over. We’ve a chance. It’s -not high.” - -Straight toward the edge of the waterfall the canoe shot with terrific -speed. The rumble of the water was frightful. Then they went over. One -glimpse they had of the whirlpools boiling below the falls as the prow -of the canoe swept over and the light craft leaped into the misty air, -like a ski jumper. - -It was only a short drop of about five feet, but when the canoe struck -the churning water, it spun and spun about, wallowing in the foam. Dick -and Sandy were drenched to the skin in a moment. All they could do was -cling to the canoe, hoping against hope. - -“Hang to that rock ahead, if we go under!” Dick cried, above the thunder -of the falls. - -“I can’t see!” Sandy shouted back, rubbing the water from his eyes and -coughing. - -Then the canoe struck something submerged, and turned over on its side, -tipping Dick and Sandy into the boiling whirlpools. - -Dick clung to the side of the canoe as the water washed over him. For an -instant Sandy disappeared, then Dick saw him come up, also clinging to -the canoe, which had not entirely turned over, but had shipped so much -water that it was sinking. - -Presently, canoe and swimmers were whipped into a deep pool below the -falls, and Dick and Sandy began desperately flinging water out of their -craft. A little later they crawled back into their canoe, wet as half -drowned rats, and Dick pushed off into the center of the stream. - -The worst was over. Below the falls the gorge widened out slowly and the -current grew more sluggish. For a quarter of an hour they glided on -silently without need of their paddles, except to keep the craft in the -center of the stream. - -“Whew! I hope we don’t run into any more rapids,” Sandy breathed more -freely. - -Dick emphatically agreed. “Next time,” said he, “I’ll prefer facing the -bullets, I think. Gee, if the fellows back in the U. S. A. knew what -we’d just gone through they’d have a fit.” - -“They’ll never believe it,” Sandy opined. - -“We’ll make ’em believe it if we live to tell it,” vowed Dick, pulling -extra hard on his paddle and making the canoe leap forward like a live -thing. “But, to change the subject, I guess we left the enemy behind -this time.” - -“I’ll say so,” Sandy came back, “but two duckings in two days isn’t -fair. Where can I stop off and get dry?” - -“I think we’d better keep moving till noon,” Dick advised. “Then we can -kill two birds with one stone—eat and dry off too.” - -Sandy saw the wisdom of this and fell silent, bending his energies to -the paddle. They made good time until about noon, when they espied a -sandy shoal ahead of them that promised plenty of dry firewood for a -campfire. They drew in, beached the canoe and made camp. An hour later, -dry again and in good spirits, they pushed off and went on down the -river. - -“Seems as if I smell burning wood in the air,” Dick remarked a couple of -miles further on. - -“I do too,” Sandy replied, “——must be a forest fire somewhere near.” - -“Hope it’s not too near,” said Dick, “a forest fire would hold us up a -while even if we are on the river. I’ve heard my father tell about the -fires they used to have in Oregon. They’re no joke.” - -Sandy was about to add what he knew of forest fires when they both -sighted another canoe toiling upstream. At that distance they could not -at first distinguish whether there was more than one in the canoe. -However, they held any stranger they might meet a possible enemy, since -Martin MacLean had told them how far-reaching was the hand of Bear -Henderson, and so they prepared for hostility. - -Slowly the two canoes drew together. Sandy quietly picked up his rifle, -while Dick continued paddling. They could now see there was but one man -in the canoe. - -“Hello there,” Dick hailed. - -The stranger waved a hand, ceased paddling, except to hold his canoe -against the current, and waited for the boys to glide up. He was a tall -man, with long, dark hair and a leathery face. - -“Where you goin’?” he asked as the canoe prows touched. - -“Mackenzie’s Landing,” Dick replied, seeing nothing hostile in the -other’s demeanor, and seeing no reason why he should not reveal his -destination, if not his errand. - -“I got my grub stole back river a piece,” the stranger said, pointing -over his shoulder with one thumb. “Have you fellers got plenty of grub?” - -“Sure,” Dick answered. “Want to eat with us? Our grub’s a little wet, -but it swallows all right.” - -“I’d be obliged,” the stranger returned, “but mebbe you wasn’t figgerin’ -to stop jest now.” - -“We just had a snack,” Dick admitted, “but if you’re hungry we’ll split -what we have.” - -“I jest need enough to get me to Fort du Lac.” - -“Fort du Lac!” Dick and Sandy chorused. “We just came from there!” - -“So? Wal, it’ll be nigh three days canoein’ up river, an’ I’ll need -grub. No time to hunt. You fellers didn’t happen to run across an Injun -with a heap of scars on his face?” the man asked, searching their faces. - -“A scar faced Indian!” Sandy exclaimed. “Why——” - -“Well, yes,” Dick broke in with a warning look at his chum. “We noticed -a fellow of that description at the fort. Didn’t think much about him,” -Dick was cautious. - -“You fellers needn’t be afraid to tell me all you know,” the stranger -had noticed Dick’s reserve and his interruption of Sandy. “I ain’t -publishin’ my business but my name’s Slade.” - -“Not Malemute Slade, the scout for the mounted!” Dick exclaimed, for the -man’s reputation as a scout was a fable in the north country, and many -times he had heard it spoken with awe and admiration. - -“There’s them call me Malemute Slade,” admitted the tall man cooly, “but -what was that about this here scar faced Indian?” - -Dick then related the queer experiences at the fort. - -The canoes were permitted to drift on down the river while they talked. -Malemute Slade listened attentively. - -“His name’s Many-Scar Jackson,” Slade told them when they had finished -with their story. “He’s wanted for murder down the river a piece. But -that’s nothin’ to this Henderson breakin’ loose. That’s news to me, an’ -it’ll be news for the mounted maybe. I’ve heard rumors f’r a long time, -but didn’t think much of it. A tough customer, Henderson. You fellers -wants to watch y’r step. If I seen any of the gang that was foller’n you -I’ll square up with ’em.” - -In the keen eyes and the lean jaw of the far-famed Malemute Slade the -boys saw that which made them confident that Slade could “square up” -with most any one or any number. - -“Tell the factor you saw us and that we’re all right—only got a ducking -when we shot Little Moose Rapids,” Dick said. - -Malemute Slade’s eyes lighted up. He looked with new respect at Dick’s -wiry figure. “So you fellers shot the Little Moose an’ come through -alive—wal, I swan. You must have toted a dozen rabbit’s feet.” - -“Not a one,” Dick replied modestly, while Sandy grinned with pride. - -“Y’r apt to have somethin’ worse on your hands afore you get to -Mackenzie’s,” Malemute surprised them. “There’s a forest fire whoopin’ -it up back a piece, an’ it’ll maybe hit the river afore you pass it. -There’s a bit of smoke in the air now. Hey!” - -Dick and Sandy started up and looked where Slade pointed. - -Nearly four hundred yards down the river a stag had come down to drink -and was standing half in and half out of the water. The canoes were -slowly drifting down upon it. - -“You fellers want a fresh haunch o’ venison f’r tonight?” queried -Malemute. - -“You bet!” Dick and Sandy chimed, “but the deer’s seen us and we can’t -get close enough for a shot.” - -“Reckon I can drop him from here,” Malemute Slade replied cooly. - -“What!” Dick exclaimed incredulously. - -Malemute’s only reply was slowly to raise his 45.70 lever action rifle -to his shoulder. Dick and Sandy watched breathlessly. Motionless as a -statue, the big man took aim before his rifle crashed. As the echo of -the shot sounded in the silent forest, the stag leaped upward and fell -into the river with a soundless splash. - -“Now you fellers split your grub with me, an’ I’ll be goin’ on. If I had -time I’d paddle down an’ cut a hunk off that deer. But I’ll have to be -moochin’.” - -Malemute Slade thought nothing of the wonderful exhibition of -markmanship he had just made, and Dick and Sandy were awed to silence as -they undid their packs and transferred half their food into the scout’s -canoe. - -Malemute Slade paid them in king’s coin for the provisions. - -“You’ll probably see me again afore this Henderson business is over, but -it’s hard tellin’,” was Malemute’s parting prophecy. “Au revoir.” - -“Au revoir,” the boys sang out the French “so long,” and started on to -where the stag had fallen. - -Late that evening, making camp at a point they judged somewhere within -fifty miles of Mackenzie’s Landing, the smoke of the forest fire was so -strong it made them cough. They had paddled a little way up a small -creek for the night, thinking to make themselves more secure from a -possible night attack from Henderson’s men, who seemed so determined -they should not get to the mounted police. - -“I’m afraid we’re in for it,” Dick shook his head concernedly. - -“It sure feels as if we were close to a fire,” Sandy agreed dubiously. - -“Well, we’ll need all the sleep we can get at any rate,” Dick concluded, -as he rolled into his blankets, and Sandy prepared for the first watch. - - - - - CHAPTER IV - THROUGH THE FLAMES - - -That night Dick slept fitfully. The place where they had camped was in a -deep coulee, unwooded except for a few clumps of red willow. Straight -above them, at the top of an almost perpendicular wall of red shale and -crumbling sandstone, was a dark fringe, which marked the beginning of a -mighty forest of spruce and jack pine. Moaning in his sleep, Dick sat up -and commenced rubbing his eyes. Then he paused to stare in open-mouthed -wonder. - -The coulee was full of smoke. It floated around them in a ever -thickening cloud, while above, plainly visible in the glare of the -conflagration, sweeping down from the north, he beheld a thick, dense -column of smoke, which seemed to span the coulee like a black bridge. - -Ten feet away, Sandy, on sentinel duty, coughed and dug at his eyes. In -alarm, Dick threw aside his blankets and crawled hurriedly forward to -consult with his chum. - -“Sandy!” he shouted, “the fire is all around us. We’ll die like rats in -a trap if we stay here. Why didn’t you awaken me before? Let’s hurry -back to the river and our canoe.” - -“Can’t,” said Sandy laconically, “I’ve been watching that. There’s a -belt of fire between us and the river. We should never have camped so -far away from it.” - -“Well, you know we thought we’d be safer from Henderson’s men up here,” -Dick replied. - -The boys could hear plainly the howling of the wind and the distant, -thunderous roar of the fire. Accustomed as he had become to danger since -his sojourn in the north, Dick could not overcome a sudden feeling of -fear and apprehension. - -“Where will we go?” shivered Sandy. “It seems to be all around us.” - -“We’ve got to go through it somehow,” Dick answered, not altogether -sure, himself, what ought to be done. “It’s dangerous to remain here any -longer. What do you think is best?” - -Sandy, eyes running water, scratched his head in perplexity. - -“If we could get to the river,” he said, “we’d be safe. I don’t see any -other way.” - -A few moments later, two disconsolate figures clambered up the side of -the coulee and struck off hurriedly at right angles with the fire. With -a catch in his throat, Dick perceived the huge walls of flames bearing -down upon them. For several miles, at least, they were cut off from the -river. Even the sky glowed dully like a large orange disk through a -thick blanket of smoke. - -“What’s that!” exclaimed Sandy, suddenly starting back. - -Something had shot past them through the underbrush—a heavy body, -hurtling along in mute terror. Almost immediately came other bodies, -small and large—rabbits scurrying almost between their legs; deer, -jumping past in a wild stampede; bear and moose, crashing their way -forward in a cumbersome, heart-stirring panic, as they ran from the -fire. - -“If they’re afraid, it’s about time we were,” Sandy declared grimly, -through set teeth. “If this smoke gets any worse we’ll be suffocated in -another ten minutes. My throat feels as if I had been drinking liquid -fire for a week.” - -Twenty feet away a flying ember settled down on the dry grass and -immediately burst into flames. With the ever increasing velocity of the -wind, similar patches of fire sprang up around them on every side. - -“I’m afraid,” said Dick, fighting bravely against mounting despair, -“that we’ll never make it. I never saw such a wind.” - -Sandy did not reply. With handkerchiefs pressed to their noses and -mouths, the boys struggled forward for another quarter of a mile. - -By this time the heat had become terrific. Dick’s face felt as if it had -been washed in a bucket of lye. Sandy’s cheeks were streaked with tears, -not tears of grief, but tears of misery from smoke-tortured, bloodshot -eyes. - -“No use,” choked Sandy, plunging down a short embankment with Dick at -his heels. “I’m about ready to quit. You see,” he explained, struggling -with the lump in his throat, “I’m getting dizzier and dizzier every -minute. This heat and smoke is getting me.” - -Dick put out his hand with an assurance he did not feel, and patted his -chum on the shoulder. - -“Buck up,” Dick encouraged, “we’ll get out of this somehow. I tell you, -Sandy, we’ve got to do it. Maybe this——” - -Dick never finished what he was about to say. His foot slipped, and with -a startled exclamation, he pitched forward, completely upsetting Sandy. -In a moment both boys had rolled and slid down a steep bank. It seemed -there was no end to the fall, and Dick’s heart almost failed him as he -thought of what fate might meet them below. Perhaps they were rolling -toward the brink of a cliff hundreds of feet high, perhaps they would -fall into some rock cluttered canyon, or again, they might be drowned in -some deep lake at the bottom of the bank. - -Then they reached the bottom with a jarring impact that shook the breath -from their bodies. When they recovered enough to look each other over, -Dick was sitting upright, astride of Sandy, who lay in a crumpled, -groaning heap under him. Dick heard, or thought he heard, the trickle of -running water. His right foot felt pleasantly cool. When he put out his -hand to investigate his fingers encountered water. - -Sandy was half submerged in a tiny pool, and was sinking fast, before -Dick could pull him back to safety. Dazed from the fall, Sandy sputtered -a moment, then inquired excitedly: - -“Have we got to the bottom?” - -“I guess so,” replied Dick. “At any rate there seems to be a sort of -creek running along here. Are you all right, Sandy?” - -“Well, if I’m not, I soon will be,” answered Sandy, more cheerfully. -“Wait till I get a drink of this water. Boy, I’m dry. Do you think we’ll -be safe here?” - -By way of answer, Dick pointed up to the wide belt of fire. “It’s closer -than it was before. We’re protected down here from the heat and smoke, -but that won’t last long. In two hours this place will be as hot as a -stove. Our only chance is to keep on moving.” - -“I hate to leave this water,” said Sandy, gulping large mouthfuls of it. - -“I don’t intend leaving the water,” Dick assured him. “It’s just -occurred to me that our best plan will be to follow this little creek. -It’s probably fed from a spring and will eventually run either into a -lake or river. Once we get into more water we’ll be pretty safe.” - -Sandy thought Dick was right, and a few minutes later, greatly -refreshed, they set out again, following the creek downstream. - -Two miles further on the creek ran into a larger stream, and a little -later as they hurried around a curve, Sandy, who was in the lead, gave -vent to an exclamation of despair. - -“Look at that!” he shouted. “The fire has cut in ahead of us.” - -Sandy was right. Not more than a quarter mile downstream, the fire was -raging on both sides of the creek, and even as they looked, a large jack -pine, flaming to the top of its highest branches, swayed suddenly in the -wind and went crashing forward in a shower of sparks and burning embers. - -Sick at heart, the two young adventurers stood for a short time, -scarcely daring to think of their predicament. Apparently there was -little chance of escape, the main body of the fire behind them, another -fire sweeping ahead. - -“We’ve got to get through,” Dick muttered. “We’ll have to take a chance, -Sandy. The fire ahead hasn’t been burning long and it’s not as far -through it—maybe not more than a hundred yards. Somehow, I feel certain -that this creek will take us straight on to the Big Smokey where we left -the canoe.” - -Sandy’s face brightened a little. “I believe you’re right, Dick. If a -burning tree or branch doesn’t fall on us, we can make it. We’ll have to -wade right down through the center of the stream. If it gets too hot we -can dive under the water. I’m going to take off my shirt, soak it in -water and breathe with it around my head.” - -“A good idea,” approved Dick. “I’ll do it too.” - -A half hour later, two boys emerged, wet and blackened, from a cloud of -smoke and flame and advanced painfully along the creek to a point where -it emptied into the Big Smokey river. Behind them thundered the terrible -conflagration, getting closer every moment. Moose, deer and caribou -stood trembling at the river’s edge, or struck boldly out into the -stream. The boys turned north and followed the river for a mile before -they discovered the object they sought. It was daylight now, though the -smoke made it difficult to see far. Yet the light, graceful Peterboro -canoe, loaded with supplies, did not miss their searching eyes. As they -pushed it into the river and climbed in, Dick Kent gave voice to a -fervent exclamation. - -“We made it, Sandy!” he exulted, as he dipped his paddle once more into -the bosom of the Big Smokey. - -Sandy was about to share Dick’s rejoicing, when the movements of a huge -brown bear, which had splashed into the water behind them, attracted his -attention. The bear was swimming straight for the canoe. - -“Shove out quick!” cried Sandy suddenly, but too late. - -The brown bear, blinded by smoke, and thinking the canoe some log to -cling to, clawed at the rim of the frail craft and pulled down. The -canoe went over, spilling its contents into the river, while the bear, -finding the craft unstable, swam on out into the river. - - - - - CHAPTER V - MACKENZIE’S LANDING - - -The plunge into the river revived both Dick and Sandy. Gasping, they -came up for air, only to breathe the choking smoke and gases of the -burning forest. They knew that the canoe was upside down and that their -packs were in the bottom of the river. The bear was nowhere to be seen. - -“Are you all right, Sandy?” called Dick, hoarsely. - -“You bet,” Sandy replied, a bit faintly. - -Among the burning brands sizzling in the water, and the flying sparks, -they struggled with the canoe. In a few minutes they had righted it, -though it was half full of water. The paddles, they could see, had gone -with the packs. - -“Look for a paddle!” shouted Dick. “They must be floating around -somewhere.” - -“There! I see one,” Sandy dived off as he spoke, and swam back quickly -with a paddle in one hand. - -But look as they did they could not locate the other paddle. - -“We can’t look any longer. We’ll have to change off with one paddle,” -Dick called a little later. - -Dick paddling, they started on. The heat still was stifling, but they -felt that the air was growing cooler. The wind seemed in their faces, -which would tend to bear the fire back along the river. Wild animals of -all kinds still could be seen in the water, wallowing along the shore or -swimming the stream. But they had no more dangerous encounters with the -frightened beasts. - -Two hours of paddling, shifting the paddle back and forth between them -as soon as one grew tired, and they came to a comparatively clear -stretch of water. Here the fire was deeper in the forest, and had not -eaten out to the bank yet. In greedy gasps, Dick and Sandy drew in the -gusts of cool, pure air that were wafted over them. - -“Look back, Sandy,” Dick called. - -The whole sky was a mass of red flames behind them, and an ocean of -smoke was rolling ceaselessly upward. - -“Mackenzie’s Landing can’t be much further,” Sandy said when they had -looked their last upon the great fire. - -“No, we ought to make it by night. We’ll have to make it or camp without -grub or blankets. I prefer going on,” Dick stated. - -“So do I,” Sandy rejoined. - -Some distance further on, as they rounded a huge bend in the stream, -they could not suppress a cheer. In the distance they could see the -shoulder of a high, barren bluff which was the ten-mile landmark on the -trip to Mackenzie’s Landing. - -It was late in the afternoon when in the distance they at last viewed -the stockade and roofs of Malcolm Mackenzie’s trading post. Blackened -and disheveled, nearly exhausted, they guided their canoe to the pier, -where three half-breeds were watching them curiously. The half-breeds -helped them secure their canoe, and listened without comment to some of -their story of the eventful journey. - -“Malcolm Mackenzie, he sick,” one of the half-breeds told them. “No can -go. Him burned bad when fight with fire.” - -“Did you hear that?” Dick turned to Sandy. - -“Yes—just our luck. Now what?” Sandy returned, a little disheartened, as -the half-breeds led the way into the stockade. - -“We can talk to Mr. Mackenzie, can’t we?” Dick asked one of the men, as -they entered the post. - -“Yah, I guess.” - -Presently, they were ushered into a room smelling of liniment and -arnica. On a bunk lay Malcolm Mackenzie, his head and one arm swathed in -bandages. Evidently he was suffering considerably from serious burns. He -turned his head as the boys came in. - -“Bear Henderson has captured Fort Good Faith,” Dick blurted out. “My -friend’s uncle has been imprisoned. Mr. MacLean sent us to you. He said -you would lead us to the mounted police post at Fort Dunwoody.” - -“I’ve feared this,” Malcolm Mackenzie’s eyes narrowed, “but you see how -it is with me, boys. I can’t travel. Got some bad burns while fighting -that forest fire. But I can send an Indian who knows the trail.” He -turned to one of the half-breeds, who was standing behind Dick and -Sandy. “Send in Little John Toma,” he commanded. - -A little later Dick and Sandy saw a young Indian enter. He was handsome -in a dark, inscrutable way, and though not very tall, was powerfully -built. He stood respectfully at attention, seeming more intelligent than -many of his kind. - -“Toma,” Mackenzie spoke, “I want you to lead these young men to Fort -Dunwoody as fast as you can. Travel light. You ought to make it in four -days if everything goes right.” He turned back to the boys. “Did MacLean -say anything about a cache of grub along the way?” - -“Yes,” Dick reached into his pocket and drew out the map the trader had -drawn indicating the position of the cache of food on the trail to Fort -Dunwoody. - -Mackenzie took the map, glanced at it and handed it to Toma. “It’s on -Limping Dog Creek,” said Mackenzie, “just where that gorge you follow -intersects the stream. You know the place.” To Dick and Sandy: -“Introduce yourselves and get acquainted. Toma will get everything ready -for you to go on. Take a rest as soon as you eat. Oh, Calico, Calico!” -he called to some one. - -As the boys and Little John Toma passed out, a large, waddling Indian -woman came in. They heard Mackenzie instructing her to get a meal ready -for his visitors before the bear-skin curtain dropped behind them and -they found themselves in the spacious living room of the post. - -Dick and Sandy awkwardly introduced themselves to the young Indian who -was to be their guide. - -“Glad to meet,” Toma surprised them by saying, his teeth flashing -whitely in a smile. - -Dick and Sandy quickly felt that they were going to like Toma. - -“I’ll bet he’s the son of a chief,” Sandy said to Dick, when the young -Indian had gone, and they were busy at the wash bench, scrubbing off -some of the smoke and ashes of the forest fire. - -The boys ate heartily of the food the Indian woman placed before them on -the rough board table. As soon as they were through they were shown to a -comfortable bunk behind moose-hide curtains. Scarcely had they lay down -when they fell into sound slumber. - -It seemed to Dick Kent that he had only been asleep a moment when a -hand, gently shaking his shoulder, awakened him. He looked up into the -smiling face of Toma, the young guide. - -“Time to go,” said Toma. “You wake up other fella.” - -As the curtains fell, and Toma disappeared, Dick turned and shook Sandy. - -An hour later they bid goodbye to Malcolm Mackenzie and wished him -speedy recovery from his burns. The canoe lay ready packed with -provisions at the landing when they arrived there. Toma was starting to -push off. Dick and Sandy hopped in, and Toma sprang lightly into the -bow. - -“Now for Fort Dunwoody,” Dick breathed a sigh of relief. - -“If I wasn’t an optimist,” Sandy added, “I’d say we aren’t there yet by -a long shot.” - -Toma silently sculled the craft into the center of the river, and they -were once more floating down the stream. The boys marveled at Toma’s -deftness with the paddle, though they themselves were experts. The young -Indian seemed able to make the canoe fly with his quick, powerful -strokes. - -A half hour of paddling and the roofs of Mackenzie’s Landing had -disappeared in the haze of the morning, and once more the walls of the -silent spruce forest closed in on either side of them. - -Late that night they camped some twenty miles from the trading post, in -a little clearing at the river’s edge. Toma mentioned “bear sign,” and -so they hung up their flour and bacon on a tree bough for fear a bear -might get it. - -Sandy kept first watch while Toma and Dick slept. - -It was a dark night. Only the stars were out, and when the fire died -down Sandy scarcely could see a dozen paces from the camp. Occasionally -he glanced into the shadows, listening to the mysterious sounds of the -forest, and starting up at each crackle of a twig or rustle of -undergrowth. - -Sandy wondered if the men on their trail had been thrown off, and -imagined what he would do if they would suddenly attack. As he thought -of the dangers threatening Dick and him, his hand tightened on his -rifle. - -It was nearly eleven o’clock, the time he was to call Toma for the -second watch, when Sandy became conscious of some sinister presence. -Before he really saw or heard anything, he shivered and looked fearfully -about into the gloom of the forest. - -A scratching and grunting noise attracted his attention to the tree -where they had hung up the flour and bacon. It seemed he could hear the -shuffle of heavy feet and the wheeze of giant lungs as he listened -intently. - -“I won’t call Dick and Toma,” thought Sandy. “It may be only my -imagination. I’ll go see what it is.” - -Heart beating wildly, Sandy commenced to creep toward the point he had -heard the noises. He could see nothing in the dark, yet as he strained -his eyes it seemed to him that one portion of the blackness was blacker -than the rest. - -Suddenly, he heard the crashing of a splintered tree bough. A low, -vibrating growl followed, and Sandy dropped upon his stomach. There came -a slapping, thumping sound, then an angry growling and tussling. The -dark blot lurched downward. Sandy raised his rifle and blazed away at -the shape. A rambling roar rose in the night. - -“Dick! Toma!” cried Sandy, as he turned about and fled, hearing behind -him the rush of a heavy body pursuing him. - - - - - CHAPTER VI - A GRIZZLY SHOWS FIGHT - - -Toma and Dick were already on their feet when Sandy rushed toward them -out of the gloom. - -“It’s a bear, a giant bear!” cried Sandy. “Run! I’ve wounded him!” - -The angry roar behind Sandy was all that was needed for Dick and Toma to -take to their heels with alacrity. - -“Get up tree, get up tree!” Toma called to them. - -Faster than they ever before had climbed a tree, Dick and Sandy shinned -up one in the dark. The bear charged beneath them in the underbrush. The -huge beast wheeled on finding his prey had taken to the trees and -circled the trunk which supported Dick and Sandy. Toma’s calm voice came -through the gloom from a near-by tree: - -“Him grizzly all right,” Toma told them. “You stay in tree. I get down -to rifle pretty quick.” - -“You surely must have wounded the bear,” Dick whispered to Sandy. “I’ve -heard they won’t attack unless they’re wounded.” - -“I don’t know what I did,” Sandy came back breathlessly. “I just blazed -away and ran. Believe me, I don’t want to go down there again while that -monster is wandering around looking for me. He’d chew us up in about two -bites and a half.” - -Dick knew that Sandy’s caution bump was working again, and he smiled in -the dark. He did not intend to let Toma go down after the bear alone. -Yet he believed the young Indian would protest if he revealed his -intentions. - -“Got your rifle?” Dick called to Toma, not intimating his resolution. - -“I got gun,” Toma called back. - -“I wish I’d thought to bring mine along,” Dick muttered, “but then it -takes an Indian to shin up a tree with a heavy rifle in his hand I -suppose. Anyway I have my knife.” - -“Don’t go down, Dick,” whispered Sandy, as the bear crashed about in the -brush below them. - -“Nonsense, Sandy, I’ve got as much chance as Toma. We can’t let that -bear wreck our camp. That’s what he’s up to.” - -“Then I’ll go down too,” Sandy stubbornly decided. - -They could not hear Toma’s movements with the bear making so much noise, -but Dick suspected the guide already had slipped down from his tree and -was stalking the wounded grizzly, perhaps close enough to get in a fatal -shot. - -Presently, they could hear the bear make off into the gloom toward the -campfire. When Dick and Sandy dropped down out of the tree, the bear -seemed to be on the other side of the campfire, clawing and mouthing -over their dunnage. - -“You better stay up in the tree,” Dick said. - -“Not on your tintype,” Sandy snapped. “If you go, I go.” - -“Well, then, we’ve got to get our guns,” said Dick. “Mine’s right where -I got out of my blankets.” - -“Seems to me I dropped mine just before I started climbing the tree,” -Sandy was feeling around in the dark. “Yes, here it is,” was his -triumphant call. - -Toma seemingly had vanished. Since his last words, they had heard -nothing more from him. Dick judged the guide was stalking the bear from -some other direction. At any moment he expected to hear the report of -the Indian’s rifle, and see the flash of it in the gloom. - -Sandy alone armed, save for Dick’s hunting knife, the boys began a -stealthy advance toward the camp where they could hear the bear slashing -and groveling about, evidently in some pain, for they were sure now that -Sandy’s shot had taken effect. - -The coals of the campfire shed a faint glow. As the boys drew nearer, on -hands and knees, they could see the bulk of the grizzly outlined. He -seemed a mammoth of his kind, and indeed was a fearful beast to meet in -the forest. - -“I’ll bet he’s wrecked our camp outfit,” Dick muttered. “Careful, Sandy, -don’t get too close. Let’s wait till he gets away from the fire a little -further, then I can get my rifle.” - -Scarcely were the words out of his mouth, when Toma’s rifle crashed in -the dark on the left, and Dick and Sandy saw a streak of flame, and -heard the roar of the bear, plainly hard hit. The grizzly rose upon his -hind legs and turned toward the spot he believed his enemy was hidden. -Then Sandy leveled his rifle and fired, drawing bead as best he could -just under the huge beast’s forelegs. - -At this second shot, the bear seemed undecided just which way to charge. -He stopped, his head turning from side to side, growling horribly, not -hit hard enough to fall. - -Toma shot again, then Sandy. The grizzly dropped to all fours, and began -clawing at his breast. Toma shot again from another position. The bear -rose up again with a roar of pain and rage and started for Dick and -Sandy, who turned to flee. Then the big beast, without any apparent -reason whatsoever, wheeled about and made off into the forest in the -opposite direction. - -“He’s hit hard!” cried Dick, hurrying forward. - -Toma came out of the gloom like a shadow. “He go off die,” said the -Indian. “Be careful he no come back. I go see where he go.” Toma -disappeared after cautioning the boys to stay where they were until he -returned. - -The minutes passed slowly while Dick and Sandy waited the return of -Toma. Finally Dick grew impatient and was about to go on to the campfire -for his rifle, when Toma appeared again, as if he had risen out of the -earth. - -“She all right,” Toma reported. “Him keep going. Him die somewhere.” - -Relieved, Dick and Sandy approached the campfire. Toma already was -heaping on more wood. As the flames leaped upward, and the light chased -away some of the surrounding shadows, Dick and Sandy breathed freely -once more. However, sleep was far from them after the narrow escape from -being clawed by the wounded bear. They ventured about to see what damage -the big grizzly had effected. - -They found Dick’s and Toma’s blankets torn to shreds. The coffee pot was -crushed flat and the sugar sack broken open, its contents scattered. - -Dick hurried to the bough where they had hung the flour and bacon. “Hey, -look here—Sandy, Toma!” - -They joined Dick. The bough had been broken down; the flour was -scattered about as if the sack had exploded; the bacon was gone. -Searching about in the gloom they found hunks of chewed rind among the -pine needles. Only one small chunk of bacon was left, and this they -preserved in one of their knapsacks. - -“Him no hungry,” Toma grunted, “him play. Him chew bacon up, spit him -out.” - -“Well, he did us plenty of damage all right,” Dick said ruefully. - -“Looks like we were in for a hungry spell,” Sandy added, resignedly. - -“Humph! We have bear steak for breakfast,” Toma exclaimed significantly. - -“That’s what I call justice,” Dick laughed. - -All three went back to the campfire then and squatted around the -crackling flames. The excitement had loosened Toma’s tongue, it seemed, -and he began telling stories of other bears he had known, and whom his -father had known. Dick and Sandy listened with rapt interest to the -simple tales of the young Indian. - -Almost the balance of the night passed with Toma’s droning voice -relating thrilling adventures among the tribes in the far north. Toward -dawn Sandy turned in for an hour or so of rest, but Toma and Dick -remained awake. - -The sun had scarcely topped the distant forest skyline when Dick and -Toma awakened Sandy, and all three gathered up what they could of the -wreckage remaining of their provisions. - -“Now we gettum bear steak,” Toma said. - -In single file they followed the gliding figure of the guide, as he set -off on the trail of the grizzly. - -“See that track!” Dick exclaimed presently, pointing with his rifle at a -spot of soft leaf-mold. - -“It’s a bear track, all right,” conceded Sandy, “—and look! There’s -blood on that bush.” - -“We sure hit him a lot of times—I mean you and Toma,” Dick corrected. He -felt disappointed that he had not actually been in on the killing of the -bear, since he had had no rifle. But the thrill of trailing a wounded -grizzly made him forget. - -Toma seemed to follow the trail as if by instinct. Where Sandy and Dick -could see no sign whatever, Toma went unerringly forward, always with -that gliding, noiseless, pigeon-toed pace, that seemed tireless, though -it was kept up with an ease and speed that made Dick and Sandy run. - -For a half mile they wound among the trees, beginning to come upon spots -where the bear had dropped down to rest. At these points the blood was -drying in large clots. Finally, approaching a fallen tree, they came -upon the grizzly, stone dead! - -Dick and Sandy were about to cheer, yet the actual sight of the bear -made them a little sad. The great monarch of the forest never again -would proudly tread the forest aisles. Yet the boys felt a certain -satisfaction in having won in a battle with such a powerful foe. - -Toma immediately began skinning one haunch of the great bear. “Him old -and tough,” grunted Toma, “but we cook um long time. That make um -tender.” - -Dick laughed. “The old boy will make stringy eating.” - -“I wish we could take his hide,” Sandy sighed. - -“It sure would knock the eyes out of the fellows back home,” Dick said. - -“No time to skin,” Toma interrupted. “Hide too heavy carry. Mister -Mackenzie say mus’ travel light.” - -“Yes, it’s impossible for us to have the old fellow’s hide, but that’s -no reason why we can’t have his scalp.” Suiting his action to his words, -Dick drew his sharp hunting knife and stooped over the head of the -wilderness king. With Sandy’s help they took the old grizzly’s scalp, -ears and all, as a trophy. - -“It’s yours and Toma’s,” Dick smiled, when they had finished. He held -the scalp out to Sandy. - -Sandy’s eyes lightened. “Let Toma have the scalp. I’ll take the claws.” - -Dick’s hunting knife once more came into play. The bear’s claws measured -as long as five inches, and Sandy was exceedingly proud as he at last -pushed them into a side pocket of his leather coat. - -Toma was waiting when they had finished. The guide had his knapsack -filled with the tenderest steaks he could cut. - -At a jog trot they set out for the river and their campsite, and soon -they were grilling bear steaks over the fire. - -When they broke camp they had provisions for two scanty meals, including -some of the bear steaks which they saved from breakfast. The canoe -packed, they once more set out down the river. - -“We make um grub cache tomorrow,” Toma encouraged them. “Get um plenty -grub there.” - -Late that afternoon, without mishap they reached a point where Toma said -they must abandon their canoe and go on by land, since the river swung -off in another direction. They carefully hid their canoe in some -underbrush along with two others left by a party that had recently gone -on ahead of them, and started out on foot. - -Dick and Sandy were very tired long before Toma showed signs of slowing -up, but they gamely stuck to the pace without complaint. - -They were angling down the side of a long ravine, toward a spring, which -Toma muttered would be a good place to camp, when of a sudden, the guide -stopped dead. - -“Hide quick!” Toma whispered, with a significant gesture of one sinewy -brown hand. - -Dick and Sandy crouched. - -“Think um bad fellas ahead,” Toma explained. “You stay here. I go ahead; -look um over.” - -Dick and Sandy were glad to sink down and rest their weary legs. But the -warning in Toma’s voice did not escape them. They were keyed to sharp -watchfulness as Toma dropped to his hands and knees and disappeared -silently among the bushes. - - - - - CHAPTER VII - THE RIFLED CACHE - - -Dick and Sandy had crouched in hiding for upwards of a half hour before -Toma returned. He came as he had gone, silently, like a ghost almost, so -stealthy were his movements, so clever his woodcraft. - -“What did you find?” whispered Dick, anxiously. - -“Two, t’ree—five bad fellas,” Toma counted on his fingers. “One Pierre -Govereau lead um. They got um spring for tonight. We go round um. Got -to. Them fellas friends Bear Henderson. They watch um trail for police. -’Fraid police go to Fort Good Faith.” - -Dick and Sandy exchanged glances. Their weariness was temporarily -forgotten in this new peril. They began to understand the far-reaching -power of the man who had captured Sandy’s uncle and had taken possession -of Fort Good Faith on the edge of the northern wilderness. - -“We go,” Toma urged, his only excitement revealed by the swift movements -of his eyes as they roved this way and that. - -Silently the Indian guide melted into the underbrush, Dick immediately -behind him, Sandy in the rear. For nearly two hundred yards they went -onward, almost at snail’s pace. It was twilight now. Long shadows of -tree and bush stretched everywhere. - -At last Toma signaled for them to stop. Dick and Sandy dropped flat. Not -more than three hundred feet ahead a campfire twinkled through the -trees, and, motionless, between them and the fire, stood a silent -figure, with rifle on his shoulder. It was a guard. Dick divined the -figure, so like the tree trunk against which it stood, had even escaped -the sharp eyes of Toma at first. - -Four men were sitting around the campfire, and they could hear the -mutter of gruff voices. Once or twice a louder than usual exclamation in -French arose above the other sounds. It seemed the leader of the party -was haranguing his men, or disciplining one of them. - -Suddenly Dick started and clutched Sandy’s arm. - -“That guard!” he exclaimed under his breath. “It’s the scar faced -Indian!” - -Sandy paled a little. It seemed almost impossible that the Indian could -have gotten ahead of them. His appearance was as mysterious as had been -their glimpses of him at Fort du Lac and along the Big Smokey river. - -Toma was motioning for them to bear to the right. They crawled off after -the guide in that direction. - -Neither Dick nor Sandy knew which of them made too much noise, or -revealed some part of his body, yet they had crawled no further than a -dozen paces when the guard moved, turned and looked straight at them. -Toma, watching over his shoulder, fell flat, Dick and Sandy following -his example. Had they been seen? - -The guard, his rifle ready for use, started slowly toward them. Tensely, -Dick and Sandy watched Toma for a sign as to what course to take. They -saw Toma slowly turn to his side. The guide swung his rifle to his -shoulder as he lay. - -Just as the guard cried out, Toma fired. - -The scar faced Indian whirled, dropped his rifle and fell to his knees, -clutching at one shoulder. Dick and Sandy got a glimpse of the men at -the fire leaping up and snatching their rifles, as they took to their -heels after Toma. - -For several minutes they sprinted in the wake of the young Indian’s -flying heels, hearing behind the crash of their pursuers through the -underbrush, and their cries to one another. - -Then, before a hollow tree, half covered by the dead branches of a -lightning-blasted pine tree, Toma halted suddenly. He motioned to them -to follow and disappeared into the half-obscured hole in the tree. Dick -and Sandy slipped in after him. There was barely enough room in the tree -for three to stand upright, but they managed to crowd in, while Toma -quickly arranged the dead branches over the hole until their hiding -place was entirely covered from view. - -The distant shouts grew louder, as the men beat the brush looking for -them. Two came closer and closer, until at last they stopped before the -hollow tree, so near that the three hidden feared their heavy breathing -might be heard. - -“I thought I saw ’em go this way,” one said, in a harsh voice. - -“Mebbe so,” the other, apparently an Indian, answered. “It look like -they jump in air an’ fly away.” - -“Pierre sure will give us the devil if we let ’em get away,” said the -first. “Can’t blame him. Henderson will skin him alive if these trails -aren’t kept clean of Hudson’s Bay men and mounties.” - -“I see bush move over d’er!” the Indian ejaculated. - -The two men moved off in another direction, and the boys in the hollow -tree breathed easier. - -“No go yet,” Toma advised. “Wait till all quiet.” - -The minutes passed slowly while they waited in their cramped position. -The shouts of the searchers grew fainter as they apparently abandoned -the chase. Presently all was still. Toma peeped out through the branches -covering the entrance to the hollow tree. After looking carefully about, -the guide pushed back the branches and stepped out. Dick and Sandy -followed. They were learning lessons in woodcraft every hour from this -child of the forest. - -“I think we ought to go back to the camp, steal up close and see if we -can’t learn something of your Uncle Walter, Sandy,” Dick announced. - -“Is it worth the risk?” Sandy came back. “Can’t we do better by hurrying -on to Fort Dunwoody?” - -“It’s true we can’t do much without the aid of the mounted police,” Dick -studied. “Yet I’d like to know, if it’s possible, just what has been -done with your uncle—how they’re treating him.” - -Dick asked Toma what he thought of trying to learn something by -eavesdropping. “If you think um best thing do,” Toma replied. “That scar -face got best ears of all. He wounded now. Not much good; what say I -try?” - -“No, you’ve done plenty of this already, Toma,” Dick was firm. “I’ll go -this time. You wait here where you can cover me with your guns if I am -detected.” - -Toma, assured Dick was determined to go, grunted his assent, and a -moment later Dick disappeared into the bushes on his perilous venture. -Sandy and Toma crawled back to within gunshot of the camp, where the men -had gathered again, gesticulating to one another, plainly undecided what -to do. - -When Dick left his chum and the guide he realized the danger he faced. -Yet he knew any information he might gain would be more than valuable to -the police when once he got in touch with them. Govereau’s men were -talking so loudly that he had little trouble in overhearing them. The -leader’s heavy voice broke out in French, which disappointed Dick, for -he knew very little French. Then Govereau changed to broken English, -evidently for the benefit of a member of his band who did not understand -French. - -“We go on queeck, ketch them,” Govereau was saying. “Sure t’ing them -fella are zee ver’ ones come from Fort du Lac. That devil Many-Scar an’ -them others—they let zem get through Little Moose, I bat. We go.” - -The four began breaking camp hurriedly. The scar faced Indian was -reclining with one arm in a crude sling. He arose with the others and -rolled up his blanket with one hand, as if nothing were wrong with him. - -Dick was disappointed in not hearing anything regarding the situation at -Fort Good Faith. But, as he could think of nothing to do about it, he -edged about and crept back to Sandy and Toma. - -“They’re breaking camp,” he told his companions. “They think we’ve gone -on ahead. Suppose we fool them and camp right here after they leave.” - -Toma’s face lighted up and Sandy was jubilant at the chance to rest his -weary legs. A few minutes later, hidden in the bushes, they watched -Govereau and his four men string out on the trail and quietly disappear -into the forest. They got a close look at the leader of the band as he -passed, and Dick and Sandy could not suppress a shiver of dread. The man -had an exceedingly evil and cruel face. - -Dick hid his disappointment in learning nothing of Henderson’s movements -and of Sandy’s uncle in his elation at this opportunity to camp where -Toma had planned. They would be fresh for a long hike next day, which -would take them to the hidden cache of provisions. - -Toma said little while they prepared their scanty meal, which was for -the most part, bear steak. Every now and then the guide looked up at the -sky and sniffed the air. - -“Storm pretty soon. Winter come. Heap big blizzard few days,” he finally -confided to Dick and Sandy. - -“That means we’ve got to make a raise of a dog team,” Dick said, tearing -off a huge hunk of cold bear meat. - -“Good thing Mr. MacLean gave you that money,” Sandy observed. - -Dick agreed with his chum, stifling a yawn. Already his eyes were -closing. Toma consented to take the first watch, and in a few moments -Dick and Sandy were sound asleep in their blankets. - -The night passed without incident, Dick and Sandy taking their turns on -watch. At dawn they were on the trail again, leaving camp hungry. They -hesitated to shoot at any small game for fear Govereau’s men might be -near. Toward noon, however, Dick’s gnawing stomach got the better of his -caution, and he knocked over a partridge. They made a short stop, -broiled the partridge and divided it. - -Appetites a little appeased, they were off again, hoping to make the -cache of provisions on Limping Dog Creek by nightfall. Late in the -afternoon they trudged down into the canyon designated by MacLean on the -map. - -It was twilight when the canyon walls widened and grew less precipitous. -Toma said they were nearing Limping Dog Creek. Sandy was hobbling from a -slight sprain received when he tripped over a root, and Dick was far -from fresh. - -“Flapjacks will sure taste good,” Dick murmured. - -“Amen,” Sandy groaned in answer. - -When at last they came in sight of the creek, Toma stopped to compare -landmarks with the map. - -“There um three trees,” Toma pointed to some huge balmagiliad trees that -stood out from the smaller jack pines like giants. - -They hurried forward. Martin MacLean had said the cache was in the third -of the three big trees nearest the creek. They speedily reached the tree -and Toma climbed it. He was gone for some time, Dick and Sandy straining -their eyes upward through the dark foliage. - -Toma came down much slower than he had gone up. As he dropped to the -turf, Dick and Sandy awaited anxiously his report. - -“Him gone,” said Toma briefly. “Cache not there!” - -Dick’s eyes narrowed, and Sandy’s countenance grew glum indeed. - -“Maybe this isn’t the tree,” Dick ventured. - -“Him right tree,” Toma was certain. - -“It must have been Govereau’s men,” Dick spoke, after a short silence. - -“Mebbe so,” Toma grunted. - - - - - CHAPTER VIII - DICK DROPS A MOOSE - - -The loss of the cache, more than anything else, had cast its shadow of -gloom over the spirits of Dick and Sandy. Toma, however, who had made -the discovery, seemed not so deeply concerned. - -“We catch um meat,” Toma attempted to cheer the boys. “Mebbe bye an’ bye -we eat.” - -“I’m not so sure about that,” declared Sandy, thinking of the lonely -strip of bacon and the one handful of flour, which were all that -remained of the provisions the grizzly had destroyed. “To tell you the -truth, I haven’t seen very much game lately. Have you, Dick?” - -Dick shook his head, forced to acknowledge the truth of Sandy’s -statement. - -“When a fellow’s hungry,” Sandy complained, rubbing his lame ankle, -“he’s hungry, that’s all, and a mouthful of bacon is about as much good -to him as a drop of fresh water in the ocean.” - -“Me no eat one time for whole week.” Toma reminded them. - -Both boys looked up in astonishment. - -“A whole week!” gasped Dick, “great guns! I hope we don’t come to that.” - -“Mebbe set snare for rabbit tonight,” encouraged Toma. “Toma good ketch -um rabbit.” - -“I could eat two or three rabbits,” Sandy grumbled, taking up the slack -in his belt. - -As they made their way onward, Dick seriously considered their plight. -Thoughts of the ruthless, cold-hearted rifling of the cache by Bear -Henderson’s men filled him with an anger that was difficult to suppress. -But anger or resentment could not help them now. The thing to do was to -abandon any attempt at further progress that day and put in a few good -hours hunting while it was yet daylight. - -“Boys,” he decided, “we’d better pitch camp here for a while, until we -can bag some game. My suggestion is that each of us start off in a -different direction. We must keep track of the time and be sure to get -back to camp by dark. The chances are that at least one of us will be -successful.” - -“It’s hunt or starve,” agreed Sandy. “Which way do you want me to go?” - -“Toma had better try his luck here in the creek valley,” said Dick, -“because game is apt to be more plentiful here and he’s the best hunter. -You and I can make our way into the hills, keeping about half a mile -apart. Shoot anything at all that has meat on its bones,” and he winked -slyly at Toma. - -“I could eat a skunk and like it,” groaned Sandy. “By the way, before we -start don’t you think we’d better divide that bacon?” - -With a queer, inexplicable feeling, Dick produced the last morsels of -food from their packs and divided them carefully. If he gave Sandy a -little more than an equal portion, no one, with the possible exception -of a tiny sparrow perched on a branch overhead, could have noticed it. -They ate in silence, and in silence they arose immediately after their -inadequate meal and started off for the hunt. - -“I don’t think I’ll ever see anything,” Dick muttered to himself, “or if -I do the chances are that the pesky thing will get away. Hang it all, -why did Govereau, or whoever it was, have to find that cache?” - -Dick’s mood brightened a few minutes later as he came up through the -autumn sunshine to the foot of a slope, thickly covered with stunted -pine. It looked like a very good hiding place for ptarmigan, or possibly -even deer. He unslung his rifle and went forward as cautiously as he -could, one finger hovering close to the trigger of his gun. - -But, after an hour’s slow progress, Dick had begun to lose hope. He had -seen nothing. Apparently the forest was as devoid of all animal life as -a city street. Except for a hawk, circling lazily about high overhead, -there was neither bird nor beast anywhere in that lonely stretch of -wilderness. - -Mopping his perspiring brow, the young hunter finally sat down for a -moment’s rest, before continuing his course to the top of a high ridge. - -Then an abrupt, totally unexpected crackling in the heavy Saskatoon -thicket ahead caused him to start—almost in wonderment. His breath came -quickly. He half rose, then fearing, that even his slightest sound might -spoil everything, he sank down again, his left hand nursing the cold, -blue barrel of his Ross rifle. - -More crackling, a sudden parting of the bushes, and Dick’s heart almost -stood still. A large bull moose, majestic in his stature, crashed into -view. - -By this time Dick was fairly trembling with excitement. Twice he -endeavored to raise his rifle to his shoulder. His arm shook so much -that he knew it would be worse than useless to attempt a shot while his -nerves were in such a condition. - -“I can’t do it,” thought Dick, then across his mind flashed the mental -picture of a cache, broken into and robbed, and the sneering face of -Pierre Govereau mocking him. Then his rifle went to his shoulder, and -two loud reports rang out in quick succession. The moose stumbled, but -did not fall. Dick heard quite plainly its sudden snort of alarm and the -crash of underbrush as it struck off at terrific speed directly down the -slope in the direction from which he had but recently come. - -The moose was wounded, he knew, but he also was well aware from previous -experience that a wounded moose will often travel for miles before it -falls. Galvanized into action, Dick was off, following the blood-stained -trail, hoping against hope that either Sandy or Toma might intercept the -animal before it had become lost in the intricate tangle of brush and -woodland that lay to the south. - -Sliding down a particularly treacherous part of the trail, Dick’s foot -caught in an exposed root and he fell heavily. As he bounded to his feet -again, he thought he heard a distant shout—but he was not entirely sure. - -For twenty minutes more, he pushed forward rapidly, sometimes almost -losing the trail of the moose. Then finally he did lose it altogether. -Search as he would, the telltale tracks had disappeared as magically and -as unaccountably as if the animal had leaped into the air and flown away -to a place of safety. - -“It’s the most unusual thing I ever heard of,” Dick commented aloud, -racing about in a vain effort to discover some sign that would point out -again the trail that had so suddenly vanished. - -In despair his eyes fell upon a level formation of rock not more than -thirty feet away. Could it be that the moose had passed that -way—scrambled over the level rock floor in its mad race with death? If -so, it would explain the mysterious disappearance of the tracks; but -there must be blood-stains somewhere. - -“Whoop-ee!” he shouted as his quick eyes made out the signs he -sought—small splotches of red scattered across the smooth surface of -sandstone. And shortly thereafter, he hurried on again, like a young -bloodhound finding fresh scent along the path ahead. - -“I’ll be more careful next time,” he assured himself. “It would be a -pity if this moose got away. I’d have been ashamed to show my face in -camp.” - -Two miles further on he almost forgot about the moose. Through a screen -of willows, skirting a small creek, he caught the faint movement of some -living thing—something that stood concealed and which watched him -furtively as he made his way along through the dead and matted grass of -the little valley. - -Dick felt instinctively that some danger threatened. What this was he -had no way of finding out, yet the feeling persisted that he was being -watched, spied upon by an enemy more terrible than any wild denizen of -the forest. As he advanced swiftly on his way, he was conscious of a -strange tingling of nerves, as if he half expected at any moment to be -pounced upon and overcome by an unknown assailant. - -“I’ve never felt so queer about anything in my life,” he confided to the -silent trees, as he hurried quickly along. “I’m sure that I saw -something move there in the bushes, and I’m positive that it wasn’t an -animal that walks on four legs.” - -Just then, an object lying on the ground, immediately ahead, drove every -other thought from his mind. With a glad cry he sprang forward, and, a -short time later, stood looking down at the prostrate body of the bull -moose, majestic even in death. - -A lump arose in Dick’s throat as he stood there silently regarding it. -“Poor old fellow,” he breathed, “it was a shame to do this. But perhaps -you saved us from starving. Maybe——” - -A shout close at hand roused Dick from his musings. Wheeling about his -eyes lighted with pride and happiness, as he espied the approaching -figures of Sandy and Toma. - -“Good for you!” Sandy exclaimed, as he strode up to where his chum was -standing. “I just knew you’d do it. Say, I believe it’s the biggest -moose I ever saw.” - -“You ketch um big fella,” complimented Toma. “It is good.” - -Together the three young adventurers stood admiring the moose. So -interested had they become that not one of them caught the sound of -stealthy footsteps until a heavy, threatening form, followed by three -others, pushed its way within the circle of admiring eyes. - -With a cry of warning, Dick sprang back, clutching his rifle tightly. -Then he looked at the man. - -It was Pierre Govereau! - - - - - CHAPTER IX - PIERRE GOVEREAU - - -Govereau advanced menacingly. Backed by the rifles of the three -villainous looking men with him, the three boys could do nothing. - -“What you do wiz my moose?” Govereau snarled. - -“Do you mean to say you shot that moose!” Dick exclaimed angrily. - -“It iss so,” Govereau avowed brazenly. - -“You lie!” Dick exclaimed hotly. “I shot that moose. I can prove it. -What do you mean by holding us up this way. We have done you no harm.” - -“It iss Henderson bizness—zat.” Govereau turned and signaled his men to -bind the three young men. - -“You’ll sweat for this,” Dick gritted. - -“Not so much as you,” Govereau taunted. “Young fellas like you should -stay home wiz zee mamma.” - -Dick gritted his teeth again, but resolved to keep his mouth shut. He -must save his breath to get Sandy and Toma out of the mess. It must have -been Govereau’s men watching him when he had felt so queer on the trail -of the wounded moose. - -Dick did not resist the moose-hide thongs as they were bound mercilessly -tight about his wrists. Sandy and Toma followed his example. There were -other ways of getting the better of Govereau, and it might be easier if -they submitted, or seemed to submit, mildly to capture. - -They could see one of the men slicing steaks from the moose haunch -before, at a guttural command, they were started off into the woods, -northward along Limping Dog Creek. - -An hour’s tramping brought them to Govereau’s camp, four miles up the -creek. The scar faced Indian was there to greet them. He leered at the -captives hatefully. Dick felt that the Indian knew one of them had shot -him at the camp forty miles away, and that the savage would do anything -in his power to wreak vengeance. - -Govereau had made his headquarters in an old cabin, deserted by some -trapper. There were two rooms, and the three young captives were shoved -into the smaller of them, their hands still bound behind them. Probably -their captors realized they would soon untie themselves, but since with -the huge oaken bolt shot on the door, there was no way of getting out of -the room, they did not bother themselves about it. - -“Well?” Dick turned to Toma and Sandy, when at last they were left -alone. - -Toma’s face was as stolid as ever. Sandy had nothing to say. He sat down -on the bunk at one side of the room. - -“I guess we’re in a pickle, all right,” Sandy said at last. - -Dick paced back and forth twice, then stopped before the door, which he -carefully inspected. The door seemed heavy enough to repel the attack of -a battering ram, say nothing of three boys. Dick turned back to Sandy -and Toma. “Govereau will question us now, I suppose,” Dick spoke -rapidly. “And he’ll probably take us out separately to see if our -stories are the same. He’ll want to know just how much we know of -Henderson’s movements and what we are trying to do against him.” - -“What shall we say?” Sandy scratched his head. Toma said nothing. The -young Indian seemed to feel that the situation was beyond his ability to -handle. - -“We’ll tell Govereau that we have been visiting the factor at Fort du -Lac—spending our vacation there, and that we were on our way south—to -return home. How’s that?” - -“That sounds all right,” Sandy responded, a little dubiously. - -“No go so far east if go south from Fort du Lac,” Toma’s dark eyes -blinked rapidly. - -Dick thought a minute. “Then suppose we have some one at Fort Dunwoody -that we want to see before we leave for home—a cousin.” - -“That’s the trick,” Sandy agreed enthusiastically. - -“Then we all understand what we’re to tell,” Dick resumed. “Toma, how -about it?” - -“I tell um,” was the taciturn reply. - -“If Govereau believes our story he may let us go,” Dick concluded. “If -he learns the truth he may do something worse than just hold us behind a -locked door.” - -All three were silent for a time while Dick paced back and forth. Upon -his shoulders he realized was now the bulk of responsibility. Toma might -excel him on the trail, where native woodcraft and instinctive stealth -was the chief requirement, but in the present situation Toma was at best -only a willing servant. And it was Sandy’s nature to depend upon his -chum, himself only offering what suggestions occurred to his lower mind. - -“I’ve a plan to escape, if this first scheme fails!” Dick suddenly -stopped his pacing and looked about him. - -Sandy jumped as if shot, so sudden was Dick’s exclamation. “Let’s hear -it,” the young Scotch lad cried eagerly. Toma brightened. - -Dick turned to Toma. “Sandy or I would be glad to do this,” he addressed -the young guide, “but it’s just about impossible for us. Can I depend on -your support, Toma?” - -“I do my best; what you say I do?” Toma promised sincerely. - -“My plan is this: when Govereau questions you, Toma, you are to express -a desire to join him—to turn against us. See? With you on the outside -there’s much more chance of escaping than with all three of us in here. -Can you do it, Toma?” - -“I try.” - -“Then I’ll leave everything to you once you get outside. Of course, -Govereau may get wise to what you are up to. But, again, he’s no doubt -pretty anxious to get more men in his band.” - -As Dick concluded his instructions, there came a noise at the door, and -the bolt was shot back. A sharp, rat-like face, that of a half-breed, -was pushed in. “You come,” said the man, indicating Dick. - -Dick and Sandy both realized that a crisis was at hand. If they revealed -their real mission to Govereau they would without doubt never reach the -mounted police. Perhaps they would not reach them anyway, yet there was -a good chance that Govereau might let them go if they convinced him of -their ignorance of any of Henderson’s business. - -“Good luck, Dick,” Sandy’s voice was a little husky. - -“Never mind, old boy, I’ll make out,” Dick cheered him. - -Toma was visibly affected, and Dick reassured him also. Short as the -time had been that Toma had been with them, there seemed already a -strong bond of friendship between the young Indian and the two young -adventurers. - -Dick squared his shoulders and followed the rat-faced half-breed into -the other room. Dick now faced Pierre Govereau. The Frenchman was seated -at a board table across from the door which just had been closed after -Dick. At one side of the room a huge fireplace roared and crackled. The -rat-faced half-breed went over and squatted before the fire, picking up -a red-hot iron in a pair of tongs. Dick Kent shivered as he saw what the -man was doing. But he met Govereau’s eyes unflinchingly. - -“What iss zee bizness you bean on when you make for zee Fort Dunwoody?” -Govereau came straight to the point. - -“My friend and I are visiting in Canada,” replied Dick cooly. “The -factor at Fort du Lac was an old friend of my chum’s father. I have a -cousin in Fort Dunwoody that we wanted to call on before we went home.” - -“I zink you lie,” growled Govereau. He sat silent for a moment, glaring -at Dick as if he would hypnotize the young man with his snake-like eyes. -But Dick’s gaze did not falter. - -“Why you fear my men?” Govereau’s voice cracked like a whip. - -Dick hesitated a moment. Sandy’s uncle’s welfare might depend upon his -misleading the villainous Govereau. “We had been told there were bandits -along the trail to the fort,” Dick replied in a clear voice. - -“Haw!” scoffed Henderson’s lieutenant, and wheeled to the half-breed at -the fireplace. “Napio, zee iron now. We make zee young upstart talk -right.” - -Dick recoiled slightly as the Indian arose and came forward with a short -piece of iron, red hot and smoking in the tongs. Govereau came out from -behind the table. Dick’s hands were still tied behind him. The Frenchman -seized Dick in an iron grasp and tore away his shirt front. - -“You tell zee truth now,” Govereau hissed. “Queeck, Napio!” - -The iron was pushed close to Dick’s naked breast. He could feel the heat -of it already searing his skin. - -Then the door opened and the half-breed hesitated. Govereau turned, -snarling at the interruption. An Indian stood in the door. - -“Men all go way,” said the intruder. “They drink firewater. M’sieu -Govereau, you come bring them back.” - -“Throw him back in. We finish wiz him tonight,” Govereau ordered the -half-breed. “Bring zee young white one. I come soon,” he waved away the -Indian at the door. - -Dick reeled into Sandy’s arms a minute later as he was roughly pushed -into the back room. “He’ll call you next, Sandy,” Dick gasped a little -weakly. “If he asks you why you feared his men, say you thought they -were bandits.” - -Sandy pressed Dick’s arm to signify he understood and followed the -rat-faced half-breed out into the front room. Dick and Toma waited only -a few minutes before the door opened and Sandy was pushed in once more. -Govereau had not attempted to torture Sandy. He seemed in a hurry to go -after his men. They could hear him cursing through even those thick, log -walls, for Sandy’s story had tallied with Dick’s. - -It was Toma’s turn next, and Dick talked earnestly with the guide as to -the method he was to use in convincing Govereau of his desires to be a -traitor to his white friends. Dick was now certain that Govereau would -not believe their story. Toma was their last chance. - -They waited for some time before Toma was called. Then the half-breed -came again, and beckoned to the guide. In high suspense Dick and Sandy -watched him disappear through the door. - -In a half hour they took courage. Toma had not come back. They waited an -hour and still Toma was not thrown back among them. Their spirits rose. -Toma had then convinced Govereau of his sincerity. - -It was growing dark now, and at any moment Dick expected Govereau to -call for him again. The Frenchman seemed to have a personal enmity for -Dick, perhaps because of the young man’s refusal to be cowed by -browbeating. - -“What if Toma really does turn traitor?” Sandy broke a long silence. “I -heard Uncle Walter say these Indians couldn’t be trusted too far.” - -“I don’t know why, but I trust Toma absolutely,” Dick replied -confidently, “that Indian is smarter than we think. If Govereau really -is convinced that Toma is going in with him we’ll soon be out of here. -When I think what your uncle may be going through up there, I can’t sit -still.” - -“Well, he couldn’t get much worse than we have already,” Sandy returned -grimly. “Gee, I never thought we’d come to this when we left Fort du -Lac.” - -“I could stand it better if I wasn’t so hungry and thirsty,” Dick -declared. - -“You said it,” Sandy heartily sanctioned. “I guess they’re going to -starve us too.” - -“Do you notice it’s growing colder?” Dick asked presently. - -“I thought maybe it was because we didn’t have any fire.” - -“I remember Toma said we were due for a blizzard,” Dick recalled. - -“Funny why Govereau doesn’t call one of us out again,” Sandy mused. - -“He’s after his men I expect. An Indian reported they were drinking -while I was being questioned. The fellow saved me from being tortured.” - -Engaging in a wandering conversation, Dick and Sandy whiled away two -more long hours, in which they managed to untie each other’s wrists, and -kept warm by walking back and forth and swinging their arms. They were -almost certain now that Govereau had gone. If so, then if Toma hadn’t -been forced to go with the Frenchman, he would be more able to help -them. - -It was along toward morning when Dick started up out of a doze to hear -the sound of a blow and the muffled fall of a body in the front room. -There was a sharp stifled cry. Then Dick shook Sandy to wakefulness. - -“What is it?” whispered Sandy, leaping to his feet. - -“S-s-sh,” Dick cautioned. - -Through the darkness in the room they could hear the heavy wooden bolt -on the door of their prison sliding backward. - - - - - CHAPTER X - TOMA AND A COLD SNAP - - -With bated breath Dick and Sandy awaited some sign of the identity of -the person who was entering so stealthily. Was it the scar faced Indian -coming for vengeance, or was it—the warmth from the other room was -rushing in. It was Toma’s voice that came to them. - -“Quick! Come! Govereau gone long way.” - -Hearts leaping with joy, Dick and Sandy joined the young guide in the -darkness. He led them out into the larger room, picking his way with a -certainty that revealed he could see in the dark. - -“Watch for one fella on floor. I hit him on head with rifle,” Toma -whispered. “Govereau’s men all go to post ten miles south where they -drink fire-water. Govereau heap mad. Him after them. They come back -anytime. He take me long with um. I run away. He know what I do now. You -bet he know.” - -Toma swung open the cabin door, and Dick and Sandy followed him out. It -was so cold their teeth commenced chattering almost immediately. They -buttoned up their jackets and hurried off into the night. - -“We’ll make Fort Dunwoody yet,” Dick shivered, almost gladly. - -“I’ll say we will,” Sandy came back. - -Then they fell silent as they took Toma’s tireless, jogging pace, -beneath a cloudy sky. Again the Indian’s trail wisdom came in like a -God-send. Dick and Sandy did not know where they were going, but they -had a feeling that Toma certainly did. - -How long they ran they did not know when they began to feel damp spots -on their cheeks and hands. - -“It’s snowing,” Dick panted over his shoulder. - -“I know it,” wheezed Sandy. - -“Ought to cover our trail,” Dick came back. - -“I guess so, but I can’t talk. I’ve got to save my wind. You must be -made of iron.” - -Dick said no more, and presently Toma slowed down. It was snowing -heavily now, and with the going getting harder underfoot, Dick and Sandy -were grateful for the slackening of the pace. Yet they sensed something -unusual ahead had been the cause of it, and were not perfectly at ease -by any means. - -Finally Toma came to a dead stop at the edge of a clearing. Peering -ahead through the gloom and the falling snow, they could see the lights -of a cabin twinkling. - -“You stay here; I go on,” Toma instructed in a low voice. “My brother -live here. Him give us warm clothes. I see if all right first. Wait for -me.” - -Dick and Sandy hovered in the undergrowth and watched Toma’s figure melt -away into the gloom in the direction of the cabin. - -“I hope he gets some clothes for us,” Sandy chattered. - -“And I’m glad Govereau didn’t take my wallet,” said Dick. “We can pay -for what we get now.” - -“The Frenchman didn’t think we had any money, I suppose,” Sandy opined. - -They fell silent then, for against the lighted window they could see a -head silhouetted through the falling snow. Toma was peering in at the -window. For an instant the guide’s head was outlined there, then it -disappeared. Presently a shaft of light shot out over the snow as the -door opened and closed. A moment later the door opened again, though the -boys could not see who entered. - -Dick and Sandy expected Toma to come back for them almost immediately, -or at least signal that all was right. But the minutes passed and the -guide did not return nor make a sign. The boys began to worry. - -“What do you suppose is keeping him?” Dick wondered. - -“I don’t know,” Sandy replied, “but I do know I can’t stand still in -this cold much longer.” - -“We’ll circle around the cabin and come in closer,” Dick directed. “If -something has happened we want to be sure we don’t get into trouble, -too. Toma’s brother may have been killed by Henderson’s men. The country -seems to be alive with the villains.” - -Silently they started around the cabin. Half way around, Dick stumbled -and fell over something in the snow. Sandy stopped dead and a gasp of -horror came from his lips. - -“Dick!” he exclaimed. “You’ve fallen over a dead man!” - -Dick got up, more shaken by the identity of the thing he had fallen over -than by the fall. - -Covered by the light film of snow that had fallen, and which was -steadily growing heavier, was the body of a man. In the gloom they could -not distinguish his features, but they were put on their guard. Armed -only with their hunting knives, they felt that the utmost caution must -be exercised in further advances. - -“Toma’s in trouble. I know it now!” Dick ejaculated. - -“Well, it’s up to us to get him out,” Sandy retorted. - -Drawing their knives they started stealthily for the cabin. They could -hear no sound of life, and the knowledge of what was lying behind them -under the snow made the atmosphere doubly fearsome. - -At last they reached the single window through which they had seen Toma -look into the cabin. Dick cautiously raised his eyes over the sill. He -looked only an instant, then he quickly ducked downward. - -“It’s the scar faced Indian!” he made the astounding disclosure to -Sandy. “And there’s another with him. They have Toma bound. He’s lying -on the bunk. I could see his eyes. They’re playing cards and talking. -How in the world did they ever catch Toma?” - -“That Indian again,” muttered Sandy. “How the deuce did he get here -anyway. We saw him last at Govereau’s camp. It’s ghostly the way that -fellow shows up everywhere.” - -“Govereau must have sent him here on some dirty business,” Dick decided. -“Perhaps Toma’s brother had valuable furs stored here.” - - -With mutual consent they crawled away from the cabin and hid in the -trees at the edge of the clearing, where they tried to decide on a plan -by which to rescue Toma. That they had a good chance of success they -were sure. The scar-faced Indian had the use of but one arm since the -wound Toma had given him, so they had but one real man to deal with. -Still they were as well as unarmed. What could they do? - -“I’ll tell you what,” Dick was speaking fast. “You go out into the woods -and begin calling for help, anything to get one of them out of the -cabin. Then I’ll slip in and see if I can’t take care of the other one -and get hold of a rifle. The Indian will probably stay inside, and -wounded as he is I’m sure I can handle him.” - -“Gee! That’s a ghostly job you have for me to do,” Sandy whispered -ruefully. - -“We’ve got to do it, Sandy,” urged Dick. “It won’t hurt to try. You keep -hidden, and when one of them comes out to see what’s wrong, keep quiet. -I’ll do the rest.” - -Dick and Sandy gripped hands, then parted. Dick crept around to a point -opposite the door of the cabin, waiting tensely until Sandy began his -part of the ruse. He did not have to wait long. Presently, from afar in -the forest, a shriek as of some one in mortal agony, arose. Sandy was -doing well. - -“H-e-l-p, oh, h-e-l-p,” his voice rang out, high and shrill. - -Sandy repeated his call several times, then the cabin door opened, and -as Dick had hoped, the scar faced Indian’s companion came out. He had a -rifle in his hands. - -Again Sandy’s cry rang out from a little further off. The man hesitated -no longer, but stepped from the cabin door and walked across the -clearing into the trees to investigate. He disappeared in the direction -of Sandy’s unearthly wailing. - -Dick ran forward across the clearing, his moccasins making no noise in -the snow. He remembered that the scar faced Indian had been sitting at -the table facing the window. Therefore, if he had not changed his -position, his back would be to the door. - -Pausing before the door, Dick found it open a crack. Cautiously he -pushed it open a little more and peered in. The Indian still was sitting -with his back to the door. He was idly shuffling the cards. Against the -bunk where Toma lay bound, Dick could see a rifle leaning. One leap -across the floor and he would have this rifle. It was a desperate -chance, but he must make the best of it. - -Swift as a panther, Dick threw open the door and leaped in. The -astonished Indian was scarcely half out of his chair when Dick had the -rifle in his hands. - -“Hands up!” he cried. - -Whether the Indian understood English or not, Dick did not know, but his -words had the required effect. Slowly the scar-faced Indian turned his -ugly face upon his captor, his mouth twisted into an evil, smirking -grin. Dick stepped forward and drew the revolver from his captive’s belt -and tossed it into a corner. Then he backed toward the bunk with the -rifle still trained on the Indian. Quickly, he drew his knife and -slashed Toma’s bonds. - -“Ha! Now we got um!” Toma tore the gag from his mouth, leaned up and -picked up the revolver Dick had thrown away. In a trice, then, Toma had -lashed the scar-faced Indian to his chair. - -Dick already was expecting the return of the Indian’s companion. With -the Indian secured, both Toma and he turned their attention to the door. -With bated breath they waited and listened for approaching footfalls. - - - - - CHAPTER XI - SLUSH ICE - - -Toma and Dick no longer could hear Sandy hallooing, and Dick judged that -his chum was safely in hiding. Yet, as they waited, guns trained on the -door, a rifle shot shattered the silence. It came from the direction -taken by the man who had gone to investigate the calls for help. Dick’s -face paled. What did it mean? Had poor Sandy fallen? Had the man found -him? - -“I’m going out,” Dick said tensely to Toma a moment later. - -Whatever Toma’s reply was Dick did not hear it, for with an impatient -leap he flung open the door and disappeared. Toma remained behind, not -sure that his young white friend’s move had been wise, yet believing he -could do more to help if he stayed in the cabin. - -When Dick left the cabin he made straight for the point from which he -thought the rifle shot had come. It was growing lighter. In the east a -faint gray fan of light showed over the forest—dawn. He ran on for a -little way, then he came upon tracks. Pursuing these at a run, he came -in sight of the man who had left the cabin an hour before. The meeting -was a surprise for both. - -Dick dodged behind a tree as the other fired from his hip. The ball -whizzed harmlessly over Dick’s head, and he shot hastily. His shot also -went wild, but the other took to his heels. Dick did not pursue him, but -began calling for Sandy. Presently he was rewarded by a distant shout -and in a few minutes the chums were reunited. - -“Did he shoot at you?” Dick queried anxiously. - -“No, I don’t know what he shot at. Maybe he thought it was me,” Sandy -replied. “I’m half frozen. Gosh, it seemed hours out here.” - -“Let’s hurry back to the cabin,” Dick hastened. “Toma is there, and -we’ve captured the scar faced Indian.” - -Sandy was too cold to care how many Indians had been captured, and he -hobbled along after Dick like a stiff, old man. - -“I hope Toma is all right,” Dick said anxiously as they neared the -cabin. - -On the threshold of the cabin they stood a moment later in stark -amazement. Toma lay bleeding and silent on the floor, and the scar faced -Indian was gone! - -“Well, if that doesn’t beat anything!” Dick ejaculated, rushing to Toma. - -The young guide came to at the application of a little water. His head -had been struck with something; an overturned chair revealed what the -escaped Indian had probably used. - -“He slip out ropes some way,” Toma explained when he could sit up once -more. “I watch door when him jump on me. That all I know.” - -“I’m glad you’re alive—that’s all I can say,” Dick said thankfully. - -“Hello, what’s this?” Sandy hurried from the fireplace where he had been -warming himself to the crude wooden table. A slip of paper with writing -on it lay among the scattered playing cards. Dick also hastened forward -and read the roughly scrawled words: - - Pierre Govereau: - - Send Many-Scar Jackson and Swede to Big John Toma’s cabin. We want the - black fox fur he has hidden there. - - BEAR HENDERSON. - -Dick and Sandy read it aloud to Toma. - -“This my big brother’s cabin,” Toma explained simply. “Last night I see -no one when look in window. I go in. That Many-Scar and other fella come -in, ketch me. I not know where Big John is. They not find um black fox. -Big John sell um black fox t’ree weeks go by.” - -Dick and Sandy dropped their eyes. They now felt sure who the man was -that Dick had fallen over—the dead man. How could they tell Toma? At -last Dick took the guide’s arm. Silently they went out, Sandy following. - -Toma showed no emotion as they showed him the body partly covered with -snow. He might have been a wooden image as he said quietly: - -“Him Big John Toma; I know before I see. I feel he dead. That -Many-Scar——” something choked off his voice. His dark eyes suddenly -flashed and glowed like coals of fire. - -“I wouldn’t give ten cents for Many-Scar’s life, slick as that Indian -is,” Sandy whispered. - -Dick nodded. - -Though all felt they had no time to lose, since Govereau’s men might be -expected to follow them, they could not leave Toma’s brother without -burial. - -All three set to work under the spruce trees, hacking through the frozen -soil with axes. In a half hour they had dug a shallow grave. Wrapped in -blankets, they gently lowered the body of Big John Toma to its last -resting place. - -Dick fashioned a rude cross from two saplings, which he showed to Toma. -The young Indian nodded. “Good; him Christian—me too,” said the guide. - -When they had placed the last sod on the mound, Dick and Sandy left -their friend alone by the grave and went to the cabin to prepare for -continuing their journey. They found much pemmican and dried fish, upon -which Big John Toma had existed, but nowhere any flour or coffee. By the -time they had arranged shoulder packs and had donned whatever warm -clothes they had found, Toma had joined them. He seemed his old self -once more, though Dick and Sandy knew that behind his mask of -indifference was deep sorrow and a mighty resolve for the redskin’s -revenge upon the murderer of his brother. The guide refused to take the -money Dick offered him for the food and clothing they had taken from Big -John’s cabin. - -“We three days from Fort Dunwoody now,” Toma told them when they were -ready for the trail. “Not sure we make um three days. Big blizzard come -pretty soon now. Mebbe tomorrow. We get um dog sled then. Need um bad.” - -All that day Toma led them due southeast, across higher ground, where -vegetation was sparse. They crossed one shallow valley where there were -no trees at all, and upon a ridge at the other side made camp. It was an -advantageous spot from which to watch the back trail, and before they -started on they were disturbed by the sight of three tiny figures. The -men were undoubtedly on their trail. Straight across the valley they -toiled and they were coming fast. - -“I’ll bet it’s Govereau!” Dick exclaimed in alarm. - -“Yes, and it looks as if we were only about three miles ahead of him,” -Sandy declared. “Let’s get a move on. I don’t want to get mixed up with -him again.” - -“Neither do I,” Dick heartily agreed. - -Toma was of the same mind, and they all set off at a fast pace when once -more they took to the trail. They felt confident they could lengthen the -lead on their pursuers, but two hours after noon, when they paused to -rest on a high ridge, they looked back and were astounded to see the -three men not more than a mile behind them. - -“Them best trail men Govereau got,” Toma protected his own prowess on -finding that he had been outpaced. - -They started on again, doubling their former speed. A half hour more -brought them to the banks of a river. - -“Him Saskatoon River,” Toma told them. “Him full slush ice. We make um -raft in hurry; get over, then we safe from Govereau.” - -Dick and Sandy looked off across the sullen expanse of the Saskatoon. As -Toma had said, it was filled with a slow-moving mass of slush, formed by -night freezes and day thaws. - -They fell to work like Trojans on a raft, lashing dead logs together -with tiny saplings and tough vines. It was a cumbersome raft that they -at last shoved out into the icy stream. With poles to propel the -unwieldy craft, they began the perilous trip across the river. The delay -caused by the building of the raft had given their pursuers time to -overtake them, and at any moment they expected to hear a shout or rifle -shots from the shore they were slowly leaving behind. - -One side of the raft was heavier than the other, and out in the current -they came near being spilled off, before they followed Toma’s example -and balanced the logs by shifting their weight from side to side. - -Pushing on desperately, they reached midstream, when their pursuers -reached the river. But the few shots that were fired fell short. The -boys had poled the raft out of range. Waving their hands to the -chagrined men they reached the other shore and, abandoning their raft, -hastened on. - -Once more snow was spitting out of the gray heavens, and it was growing -steadily colder. They hiked for three miles, then Toma advised a halt -The guide began immediately throwing up a shelter of boughs. Dick and -Sandy helped with a will, and they finished none too soon. With the fall -of night the blizzard Toma had prophesied swept down upon them like a -thousand, shrieking demons. - - - - - CHAPTER XII - THE BLIZZARD - - -When the boys awoke on the following morning, numb and stiff from cold -in spite of the protection of their crudely constructed shelter, a full -six inches of snow covered the surface of their blankets. - -“Snow make um much warmer to sleep,” Toma explained to them, as he -crawled out of his bed, very much as a husky gets out of a snowdrift. - -Dick turned his eyes towards the open door of the shelter and shivered. -Contrary to his expectations the storm had not abated during the night. -A shining, white wall of snow almost shut out any view of their camp -surroundings, while the wind continued to howl furiously. - -To all appearances, the boys were shut in by the high, white walls of a -snow prison. Snow sifted in the door of their shelter and through the -numerous cracks in the walls. - -“I’m not crazy about getting up,” Sandy observed, with a seriousness -that brought a laugh from Dick and Toma. “Anyhow, nobody can get -anywhere in a storm like this.” - -“The wind, she blow from northwest,” Toma cut in. “No get lost when wind -blow hard like that. Keep wind on left side. No like—but better than -stay here.” - -The young guide counted slowly on his fingers, and went on: - -“Me know place where young Indian live. Him called Raoul Testawich. Got -um cabin nice and warm, an’ mebbe we ketch um good dog team there.” - -“Fine!” exclaimed Dick, “we’ll make a try for it. Sure you won’t get -lost?” - -Toma shook his head. - -“No,” said the guide, with assurance. “I find way all right. Best thing -we go.” - -Somewhere in the back of Dick’s mind there was some doubt as to the -advisability of facing such a storm, yet he had implicit faith in the -prowess of Toma, and he did not question the young Indian’s ability. - -“It’ll be great to get near a warm fireplace again,” said Dick. “What do -you say, Sandy?” - -Sandy’s answer was to spring up out of his blankets and commence -immediate preparations for breakfast. A fire was started with -considerable difficulty, and less than an hour later the three boys were -on the trail again, walking Indian file with Toma in the lead. - -But the storm was worse even than they had anticipated. It was fury -unleashed, it sucked the very breath out of their mouths and blew -through their mackinaws as if they had been cheesecloth. Dick imagined -that the weight of the snow-laden air alone was sufficient to prevent -any long continued trek across that blinding field of white. - -Taking turns breaking trail, they proceeded at a slow pace, puffing with -exertion. And always they kept the wind on their left, Toma calling out -encouragement from time to time to keep up the spirits of his -less-hardened and less-experienced comrades. - -Moisture froze on their coat collars, formed by the warmth of their -breath against the freezing wind. Breathing became more and more -difficult, and Sandy, the weaker physically of the three, began to -complain of aching muscles and finally stopped short, panting heavily. - -“I’m tired out,” he gasped, “——all in. Dick, I don’t believe I can go a -step further. Can’t we sit down and rest?” - -Dick was on the point of acceding to Sandy’s request, when Toma, several -paces in the lead, came back, crying out his disapproval. - -“No! No!” shouted the guide above the howling of the wind. “No do that; -get um legs all stiffened up. Bye an’ bye can’t move. Mebbe we better go -slower, but no sit down.” - -“I’ll try to go on,” declared Sandy bravely, “but you fellows better -stop now and then to give me a chance to breathe. I tell you I’m all -in.” - -And so they went on, bracing themselves against the fury of the wind, -shuffling forward through mounting drifts, in places piled waist high, -as if to block their progress. On several occasions, so violent was the -storm that it was impossible to see anything. Once, fighting their way -through a smothering fog of white, Toma shouted out a warning. - -They were traveling down a sharp incline at the time, attempting to -reach a river bottom, where towering cliffs would protect them somewhat -from the force of the wind. Toma shouted to them. His keen ears had -detected a sound other than that made by the blizzard. It was a -different sound, and he had heard it before—a queer rumbling, followed -by a mighty roar. - -With a quickness born of desperation, the guide seized Dick and Sandy by -the arms and pulled them out of the path of an almost certain death. - -As the boys stood trembling and appalled at the deafening tumult about -them, what seemed at first a vast mountain of snow, went shooting past, -carrying everything before it. The snowslide left in its wake nothing -but a wide belt of barren ground—even huge rocks had been torn away from -the earth and hurtled on into the storm. - -“That was close enough to suit me,” declared Sandy in a tragic whisper, -as the boys continued their descent. “I’ve never seen a snowslide -before, and I don’t wish to see another one. Do you feel shaky, Dick?” - -“Yes, I do,” admitted Dick, his cheeks slightly pale. “I thought the -entire upper part of the valley wall was falling in on us.” He turned to -Toma. “Do you suppose,” he inquired, “that it’ll be safe to go down?” - -The Indian lad shook his head thoughtfully. - -“Me no can tell. Mebbe more snowslide after while. We take chance—that’s -all.” - -Dick and Sandy hesitated. - -“Perhaps we’d better not go down to the river,” said Dick. “It may be a -wiser plan to keep up above, where there isn’t the danger from these -avalanches. No use to risk our lives needlessly,” he pointed out. - -Their guide grunted something under his breath, then looked up, his -sober, dark eyes twinkling. - -“Snowslide catch us in the valley,” he pronounced. “Big blizzard catch -us on top. Which way you like die best?” - -At any other time the two boys would have seen the humor in the -situation, but at that particular moment neither Sandy nor Dick felt -that there was anything funny about it. For a brief interval they stood, -deep in thought, their two youthful faces clouded with apprehension. - -“It makes no difference to me which way I die,” declared Sandy at -length, kicking disconsolately at the trunk of a small tree, which had -been uprooted by the force of the snowslide. “We’re more than half way -down to the river now, so what’s the use of turning back. My choice is -the valley. At least, we can travel faster down there, with more -protection from the storm.” - -“You’re right,” agreed Dick, “I choose the valley, too. Do you think we -can reach your friend Raoul’s place before dark?” - -“Best we can do it take three hours from here,” replied Toma, “an’ night -come early. One hour more mebbe an’ then we no see at all. Dark all -’round. Travel very slow then. Raoul him live on top of river bank ten, -fifteen miles from here.” - -Without further word, the three boys made their way quickly down to the -floor of the valley and proceeded on their way. Beneath their feet was -the frozen course of the Bad Heart River, winding forth through a white -world of weird, irregular cliffs, now deeply mantled with snow. - -“This is better,” Sandy growled, looking up to where the storm broke -above their heads. “I never would have thought it would make so much -difference being down here. You can actually see a little and hardly -feel the wind at all.” - -“Fine!” answered Dick. “But save your breath, Sandy. You’ll need it.” - -Monotonously, heavily, the moccasined feet of the three snow-covered -figures crunched along the unbroken trail. In the lead, Toma glided -ahead with an untiring energy that filled Dick with admiration. He -wondered what the young half-breed was thinking about. Was he, too, -secretly fearful of some new impending danger lurking in their path? - -He noticed presently that the shadows, flung across the floor of the -valley, were gradually becoming darker and darker, a heavy dusk had -settled around them. Toma, barely four feet away, was a vague, -indistinct blur, completely shutting off his view of the trail in front -of him. - -That the fury of the blizzard had not abated, was easily apparent. He -could still hear the wind howling above their heads, and feel the snow -as it sifted quietly down. At every step his feet sunk into the soft, -yielding surface, and his heart pounded like a trip-hammer from the -continuous, never-ending exertion. - -“How much farther?” Sandy demanded, a note of despair in his voice. “How -much farther, Toma?” - -“No can tell.” - -Sandy mumbled and complained to himself. He came stumbling and panting -behind Dick, keeping up an incessant babbling or muttering that filled -his friend with alarm. - -“How much farther?” he asked again. - -Toma grunted. - -“No can tell.” - -A snort of fury seized upon Sandy. With a strangled, despairing cry, he -sprang forward past Dick and seized Toma by the shoulder. - -“Listen to me you, you—Indian. I’ve got a right to know how far we’ve -gone. Come on, now—out with it!” - -Toma turned as if to brush off the detaining hand, when Sandy struck out -with all the force of his right arm. It was an unexpected blow which -sent the young Indian guide staggering to his knees. Aghast, scarcely -believing his senses, Dick stood in bewilderment for a moment unable to -move. With incredible speed, his companion had sprung forward again, his -fumbling, eager hands encircling Toma’s throat. - -“Stop it!” shrieked Dick. - -A shrill, unearthly shout, terrible in that utter desolation, seemed to -freeze Dick’s blood. Toma and Sandy were at grips, struggling, rolling—a -dark, almost indistinguishable ball against the gray background of -billowing drifts. - -“Stop it!” roared Dick again, and, jumping in, endeavored to separate -them. He was still somewhat dazed over the sudden, unexpected turn -events had taken. What had happened to Sandy? What was the meaning of -that unwarranted attack upon the kindly young Indian guide? Had the -hardship and severe nervous strain of the past few days, proved too much -for his friend? Desperately he tugged and pulled at the two combatants, -finally breathing a sigh of thankfulness as Toma rolled on top, -successfully pinning the arms of his assailant. - -“Fight all gone,” declared the victor between gasps of exhaustion, -raising one hand to wipe away the blood trickling from a cut over his -left eye. “Hm, poor fellow go sleep bye an bye. Trail too much. Worry -too much. All make him mad like grizzly caught in trap, an’ fight like -grizzly till strength all gone.” - -Toma arose, brushing the snow from his clothing, then placed a still -trembling hand on Dick’s arm. - -“Him lay there all night—huh?” he inquired. “What you think we do next? -What you think?” - -Disconsolately, Dick gazed out into the black pall of darkness which had -gathered around them. - -“Toma,” he inquired presently, “do you believe Sandy will feel better -after a while? Will he be able to get up and walk again?” - -“Him walk no more tonight,” stated Toma with conviction. - -“In that case, there’s only one thing to do. I’ll camp here with Sandy -while you go on to your friend’s house for help. Do you think you can -make it, Toma?” - -“You start ’em fire here,” instructed the Indian. “Me make it all right. -Get back two, three hours, mebbe, with dog team and take poor Sandy to -warm bed. Please no worry if I be little late.” - -“No,” answered Dick, gulping down a hard substance in his throat. -“Good-bye and good luck to you, Toma. I’ll be here when you return.” - -Not a suspicious moisture, but real tears were standing in Dick’s eyes a -few minutes later as he and the young half-breed separated over the -recumbent body of Sandy. A single, warm hand-clasp, then Toma was away, -his footfalls sounding faintly through the dark. - - - - - CHAPTER XIII - DICK SEES A GHOST - - -Several hours had passed since Toma’s departure, and the fire Dick had -kindled had burned down to a mass of glowing, red embers. The still -falling snow hissed and sputtered over the coals. Off in the distance a -few wolves howled. Sandy lay stretched out at Dick’s feet and the owner -of the feet himself drowsed and nodded in a futile effort to keep awake. - -He recovered consciousness a few moments later, however, when a -half-burned stick, lying on the outer edge of the fire, crackled forth -suddenly like a cap in a toy pistol. In an instant he was wide-eyed and -alert, his eyes straining towards the outer rim of darkness. He could -see nothing. - -“Dreaming again,” he grumbled to himself, looking down at Sandy, and -wondering how much time had elapsed since the young Indian guide had set -out on his perilous journey through the storm. Then his thoughts turned -to the happenings of the day. - -One thing that bothered Dick, and which he had not yet explained -entirely to his own satisfaction, was Sandy’s strange behavior a few -hours previous. The young Scotchman’s violent and unwarranted attack -upon Toma was not in the least like the usual happy-go-lucky conduct -that Dick had ascribed to his friend. Of course, he had heard many times -before, of similar cases where men, driven to the limit of physical -exertion, had acted queerly. It was a sort of temporary mental breakdown -preceding physical collapse. What Sandy needed was a good sleep, -followed by a day or two of complete rest. He’d probably feel better in -the morning. - -For the next few minutes Dick busied himself in gathering more wood for -the fire. His first duty was to keep himself and Sandy warm, as warm as -possible in their hastily improvised camp there in the inadequate -shelter of the river bottom. - -“Toma will be back in an hour or two,” he thought to himself, “and then -everything will be all right.” - -He looked down at Sandy, whom he had bundled up in their two blankets -and hoped devoutly that nothing had happened which might delay the young -Indian’s safe return. Although not in the least doubting the guide’s -prowess, Dick had learned to his sorrow that Govereau’s opposition was -not the only factor to be considered in the successful carrying out of -their plans. - -“There is always this blamed wilderness to contend with,” ruminated -Dick. “Treacherous rivers, forest fires, wild beasts, the danger of -freezing to death in the extreme cold or getting lost in a blizzard. -Sometimes I think——” - -Exactly what Dick thought will probably never be recorded. He woke -suddenly from his preoccupation, a look of fear in his eyes, every nerve -tingling as if tiny electric wires ran close to the surface of his skin. -A slight sound somewhere out there in the enveloping darkness had caught -his attention. In addition, there had quickly come over him a vague -feeling that he and Sandy were not alone, that an actual presence, -either an animal of some sort or a human being, had intruded within the -circle of their campfire and was ready to pounce down upon them. - -For a brief second Dick could scarcely suppress the cry of terror that -had sprung to his lips. He wanted to turn his head to look at the thing -he knew to be immediately behind him, but, for some unknown reason, his -body seemed incapable of action. Instead he sat there, weak and -trembling, the blood pounding in his throat with a force almost -suffocating. - -With a truly mighty effort he contrived finally to twist and squirm -around so that his gaze could discern the thing that menaced him, and in -that instant he caught wildly at the trunk of the up-rooted tree upon -which he sat, so frozen with horror, that the person who stood -immediately opposite—probably no more than ten or twelve feet away—might -easily have advanced and overpowered him without encountering even the -slightest resistance. - -In all his life, Dick had never seen so strange an apparition. His first -sickening impression was that he was confronted not by a man at all but -by a real ghost, fashioned out of a substance as hard and unyielding as -a block of ice. In the glare of the campfire, the person’s body gave -forth a peculiar gleam or sparkle that so amazed and confounded Dick -that he found himself putting up his hands to his eyes in an effort to -shut out the unusual sight. - -“Toma, he tell me come,” issued a friendly voice from the ghost-like -figure, standing there in front of him. “You no ’fraid me.” - -Dick came to with a start. - -“No,” he mumbled weakly. - -“Toma one mile down river,” continued the voice. “Him stuck in ice with -huskies. Mebbe no get sled out.” - -“What’s that!” demanded Dick. “I don’t think I understand you.” - -“Ice thin where river runs quick. Toma, me, drive on river too close to -rapids. Hurry up get back here for sick fella. We go fast. Toma, me, sit -in sled. All at once ice break. Toma, huskies, me, sled—everybody fall -in river.” - -Dick sat and stared incredulously at the speaker. He understood now. -This was Raoul Testawich, Toma’s friend, who, in his broken English, was -trying to describe what had taken place that night farther up the river. -Dick shivered at the thought of that unexpected, icy-cold plunge when -the sled with its two occupants had broken through into the river. No -wonder that young Testawich looked like a ghost, his clothing a -glistening ice and snow-covered mantle of white. - -“Is Toma safe?” he questioned eagerly. - -“Yes,” nodded the half-breed, “Toma all right, but sled gone. Cut -harness away from sled to save huskies. Toma stay back there now and -watch dogs. What you think; you, me take sick fella along that far?” - -“We can try,” answered Dick in an awed voice. “How far did you say it -was?” - -“About one mile,” said Raoul. - -“We can do it!” Dick stated with conviction. “I know we can—even if we -are compelled to drag and carry him all the way.” - -There was admiration and wonder in Dick’s eyes now as he looked at the -ice-clad form of the half-breed. What tremendous endurance Toma and this -man must have. It seemed almost incredible. - -He rose quickly, fired with new determination, walked over to the spot -where Sandy lay and, as gently as possible, attempted to arouse him. - -“Wake up! Wake up, Sandy!” he called. - -Several minutes elapsed before Dick succeeded in dragging his friend to -an upright position. Sandy swayed on his feet, mumbling incoherently, -glaring about him with blood-shot, unseeing eyes. Supported by a -friendly arm on either side, he moved forward, almost a dead weight -between them. - -“We get there sooner you think,” encouraged Raoul. “Bye an’ bye we turn -bend in river an’ then you see Toma’s campfire. Little fella pretty -sick.” - -They mushed on in silence. Step by step, slowly, at what seemed to Dick -a snail’s pace, they plodded through the darkness towards the place -where the courageous young half-breed guide awaited them. The snow had -ceased to fall. The roar of the storm above their heads had died down to -a faint murmuring. Presently Raoul spoke: - -“I see light now. Pretty soon we get to campfire. Then dogs pull sick -fella rest of way to my home.” - -“But we haven’t any sled,” interposed Dick. - -“Toma tie poles together for sled by time we get there. Make ’em pole -sled for sick fella.” - -Again they went on in silence. The light of Toma’s campfire gradually -grew brighter as they advanced. Presently Dick discerned the lonely -figure of the Indian guide and after a time, five blotches in the snow, -five furry forms that snarled and howled as they waited impatiently for -the return of their master. - -“We’ve made it!” howled Dick, unable to suppress his exultation. “We’ve -made it, Toma, old boy. Yip! Yip!” - -Toma’s answering shout was drowned out by a deafening chorus from the -huskies. - - - - - CHAPTER XIV - AN UNWELCOME VISITOR - - -The cabin of Raoul Testawich, which stood in a sheltering grove of -spruce a few miles back from Bad Heart river, loomed up through the -darkness several hours later as Toma, Raoul and Dick, with the team of -huskies in the lead, crossed a narrow coulee about thirty yards away -from the house and plunged on through heavy drifts to the narrow, -cleared space immediately in front of the door. - -Wrapped in blankets, Sandy still lay on the hastily improvised sled. As -his three comrades gathered about him, a heavy door squeaked open and a -sleepy voice, in Cree, called out a welcome. In an incredibly short time -they had lifted Sandy from the sled and had carried him within, gently -placing him in a bunk at one end of the room. - -A young Indian girl, whom Dick judged to be Raoul’s wife or sister, -closed the door after them and advanced swiftly to the mud fireplace -where, over crackling spruce logs, a heavy iron pot sent forth the -pleasant aroma of steaming moose meat. Close by, with growing interest -and enthusiasm, Dick beheld a small table laden with food. - -“We eat this time for sure,” grinned Toma, nudging Dick’s arm. “Mebbe -you no want eat now.” - -“Like fun, I don’t,” laughed the other. “There are two things I -want—food and sleep. I’m so blamed tired that Raoul will have to wait -until sometime tomorrow before I buy his dog team. I believe I could -sleep for three days.” - -“You sleep long you like,” conceded Toma, as Raoul left the room to look -after the dogs. “Him, Raoul, my very good friend. Fine fella. Like ’em -sister, too. Mebbe some day marry girl.” - -The far away expression in the young half-breed’s eyes drew a laugh from -Dick. - -“I’m glad to hear that,” he said, “and I want to congratulate you. When -do you expect to get married?” - -“Four—five—six years,” he answered, counting laboriously on his fingers. -“Father Girard he tell ’em me at mission too young yet. No marry till -get older. Get older very slow,” he concluded, casting woebegone eyes in -the direction of the young lady of his choice. - -The re-entrance of Raoul cut short any further reference to the subject -of Toma’s tender affair of the heart. It was well, too, for the face of -the owner of the huskies wore a look of concern as he strode forward and -commenced to remove his outer garments, still thickly encrusted with ice -and snow. As he fumbled with the buttons of his moose-hide coat, he -broke forth excitedly in Cree, pausing now and again to make quick, -explanatory gestures with his hands. - -“What’s the trouble?” demanded Dick, who though not understanding one -word that had been spoken, could tell from the Indian’s expression that -something out of the ordinary had taken place. “What did he say, Toma?” - -“He say,” interrupted the guide, “that he no like way huskies act. -Huskies tired but no want to lie down and make bed in snowdrift. Huskies -afraid of something, very much afraid.” - -“That not all,” Toma continued as a relieved expression brightened -Dick’s eyes. “Raoul him not sure, but see track mebbe made by snowshoe. -Look like snowshoe track only wind blow snow over it. Raoul think -Govereau’s men come here tonight and look for us. What you think? Mebbe -camped not far away.” - -For a brief moment, a look of apprehension, of fear, swept through Dick. -The supposition was not entirely impossible. Experience had taught him -that Govereau was both an experienced woodsman and an implacable enemy, -a man who had the disconcerting habit of putting in an appearance at -times when one least expected him. On the other hand, Dick could not -help but believe that the hated French half-breed had not yet succeeded -in catching up with them. The incident at the river when he, Sandy and -Toma had crossed through the ice floe successfully, must have delayed -him considerably. - -“I don’t think he has had time to overtake us yet,” said Dick. “If any -one has been here today, it must be someone else.” - -Toma shook his head. - -“Mebbe you right. I like think so. All same Govereau make you surprise -once in a while. Fool ever’body.” - -“That’s true,” rejoined Dick, “but if Govereau really is here, he’s here -and that’s an end to it. There’s nothing that we can do except to fight -him and take our own risks. I think that you and Raoul had better get -into some dry clothes as quickly as possible. A good supper and a sound -sleep afterwards are the first things to be considered. I wonder if I’d -better wake Sandy?” - -“Him better sleep long time an’ wake up himself. Him be all right then.” - -Dick heeded this advice from Toma and a few minutes later sat down to -one of the most enjoyable meals he had eaten in weeks. Then he and the -young Indian guide tumbled into the bunk above Sandy and were almost -instantly fast asleep, their weary limbs stretching out in the luxurious -softness of a white rabbit sleeping-bag. - -They woke on the following afternoon and clambered down from their -perch. To his amazement, Dick beheld Sandy, somewhat pale but otherwise -quite his usual self, sitting at the table, opposite their host. He was -eating gruel from a bowl and conversing in low tones to Raoul. - -“Why, Sandy!” exclaimed Dick, unable to conceal his delight. “What has -happened?” - -“What do you mean?” - -“You’re up.” - -“Sure I’m up,” the voice of the young Scotchman rose in jovial good -humor as he glanced across at his two friends, who were dressing -hurriedly. “Didn’t expect me to lie in bed all night and all day too, -did you?” - -“Yes, but how do you feel?” - -Sandy put down his spoon and swung round to meet Dick’s inquiring gaze. - -“A little shaky, I guess, but otherwise about the same as usual. By the -way, Dick, what happened yesterday? When I woke up this morning, I -couldn’t imagine where I was. And funny thing—I can’t remember very much -of what took place on the trail. Did I get hurt?” - -“Didn’t Raoul tell you?” - -“Not yet.” - -Dick picked up his moccasins and began absently to turn them in his -hands. For Sandy’s benefit, it had occurred to him to gloss over the -events of the previous day, to give his friend as little information as -possible. It was not that Sandy’s breakdown was anything to be ashamed -of, considering what he had been through. It was not that, Dick told -himself. It was the possible effect the news might have on him. For -Sandy was proud, and the knowledge of even a temporary weakness on his -part would be sure to cause him a good deal of humiliation. - -“You played out on the trail, Sandy,” Dick stated evenly. “I was all in -myself. I hope we never again have so many obstacles and difficulties to -contend with. I can’t imagine what would have happened to us if Toma -hadn’t gone for help. We have Toma and Raoul to thank for getting -through safely yesterday.” - -“Toma is always doing remarkable things,” said Sandy. “I can’t help but -admire the way he broke trail through that storm. Wish I had half his -endurance.” - -“You no talk about me so much,” Toma broke forth, pretending to be -angry, but grinning in spite of himself. “Me no like ’em all big words. -Mebbe make fun of me.” - -“You hurry up dress,” interposed Raoul. “My sister wait in next room to -bring something to eat. Pretty soon we have breakfast middle of the -night.” - -“All right,” laughed Dick, “we’ll hurry. I’ll be ready as soon as I put -on these moccasins.” - -He was looking at Raoul as he spoke, but was hardly prepared for what -suddenly ensued. The young Indian was abruptly on his feet and had -dashed forward to one side of the room, where he caught up a rifle, -which had been leaning there against the wall. Amazed at first, Dick -quickly caught the significance of Raoul’s actions, as there came to his -ears the dull tromping of feet outside, followed quickly by a loud -thumping at the door. A moment later, a towering, heavy form broke into -the room and stood blinking across at them. - -“What you want!” demanded Raoul, flourishing his rifle. - -The intruder closed the door behind him, his shifting eyes regarding -each of them in turn. He was a big man, clothed almost entirely in fur, -a parka concealing the lower part of his face. As the four other -occupants of the room stood or sat watching him, he shook off his heavy -mitts, kicked the snow from his feet and removed his parka. His general -appearance, Dick observed, was far from prepossessing. - -“What you want!” repeated Raoul. - -“You don’t need to be afeered o’ me,” finally grumbled their unexpected -guest, rubbing one burly hand against his bearded cheek. “Put down yer -gun, brother, I ain’t gonna hurt nobody. I jes’ came in to get warm an’ -ask fer something to eat. Been hoofing it all the way from Twin Brothers -Creek, near the Big Smokey. Left there this morning. Stranger in these -parts. My name’s Bill Watson. Guess you don’t know me.” - -Dick was conscious of a feeling of relief to learn something of the -intruder’s identity. At least, he was not one of Govereau’s men. Then -Dick felt Toma’s face brushing close to his own. - -“No like him,” breathed the guide in a scarcely audible whisper. -“Ever’body watch out. See him one time before with Govereau. He come to -find out if you and Sandy here.” - -Toma drew back quickly as the stranger’s gaze turned again in their -direction. - - - - - CHAPTER XV - OUTWITTING THE ENEMY - - -Dick Kent had no reason to doubt that Toma’s stealthily imparted -information concerning the true identity of Bill Watson was correct. The -man had been sent by Govereau. His story of the long trek from Twin -Brothers Creek was a deliberate falsehood intended to deceive Dick and -his friends. He was here as a spy to carry out certain instructions from -Govereau, the accomplishment of which would probably result disastrously -to their expedition. - -In a few minutes following Toma’s whispered warning, Dick thought -swiftly. Their safety and the success of their plans depended upon -immediate action. Something had to be done before Watson became aware -that anyone suspected him. - -The first step, of course, was to discover some way to acquaint Sandy -and Raoul with the stranger’s duplicity. This, of course, must be -accomplished secretly, and in a manner that would not arouse Watson’s -slightest suspicion. - -“If only on some pretext I could get the two of them outside,” thought -Dick, “the rest would be easy. Four of us would have no difficulty in -taking him prisoner. We would bind him hand and foot and then Raoul -could keep him here several days while Sandy, Toma and I continued our -journey with the dog team.” - -Annette entered from the adjoining room at Raoul’s summons and began -removing the dishes from the table, in preparation for the meal for -Watson, Toma and Dick. Watson now occupied a chair at one side of the -room, and sat directly facing Sandy. Raoul had moved forward and was -assisting his sister with her task, while Toma, like a restless spirit, -remained unseated, occasionally changing his position from sheer -nervousness. - -“I ain’t had very much to eat today,” Watson informed them, producing an -evil-smelling pipe and lighting it with the stub of a match. “Been too -busy mushing to think about it. Trail heavy all the way, too.” - -A strained silence followed. It was evident that Watson intended to make -himself perfectly at home, for, a moment later, he stretched out his -burly legs, and, to Dick’s disgust, spat on the floor. - -“Where you fellows bound for?” he demanded suddenly of Sandy. - -“Nowhere in particular,” replied the young Scotchman non-committally. -“Where are you going?” - -Watson’s face darkened with a scowl. - -“I ain’t a goin’ to tell neither if that’s the way you feel about it. -Guess you never was taught no manners, young man.” - -Sandy turned his head slightly and winked covertly at Dick. - -“No offense intended, I’m sure.” - -The man from Govereau’s camp grunted something under his breath. - -“Little boys ain’t got no business on the trail anyway,” he began again, -this time in a scoffing tone that caused an angry red to mount suddenly -in Sandy’s cheeks. - -In his restless moving about, changing positions often, Toma had -presently come to a pause close to Sandy and now stood absently tossing -a small object in his hand, his gaze directed toward Annette and Raoul, -who were completing preparations for supper. Looking at him, no one -would have suspected that any thought, out of the ordinary, lay at the -back of the young half-breed’s mind. His face was expressionless, yet as -Dick watched him, there flashed from them unexpectedly a look that could -not be mistaken. - -It was as if Toma had sent him some sort of a signal. What was its -meaning Dick could not possibly imagine until, apparently by accident, -the small object, which looked like a brass buckle, fell from the -guide’s hand and rolled under Sandy’s chair. As he stepped forward and -stooped to get it, Dick knew from the expression on Sandy’s face that -he, too, had been warned. - -“Supper all ready,” Raoul announced. - -Watson bounded to his feet and was the first to reach the table. Without -waiting for further permission he pulled out a chair and slumped into -it. Dick followed more leisurely, with Toma bringing up the rear. As -they approached directly behind Watson’s chair, Toma’s hand shot out, -poking Dick in the ribs. Half-turning, the recipient of the blow emitted -a startled gasp as he perceived Toma’s long arms steal out and encircle -the unsuspecting guest. - -Watson and the chair swayed backward, then toppled over, striking the -floor with a resounding crash. The heavy, powerful form rolled to one -side, endeavoring to break the iron grip of the young half-breed. For a -tense second Dick stood inactive, then leaped to his friend’s -assistance. Attempting to pinion Watson’s arms, to his horror Dick saw -their opponent had actually succeeded in pulling a dangerous looking -automatic from his pocket and was grimly endeavoring to use it. - -Dick seized Watson’s wrist in his two hands, putting forth his last -ounce of strength in an effort to force the gun from the man’s grasp. In -quick succession three ear-splitting reports rang out. Annette screamed. -After that Dick was not quite sure what was taking place during that -confused wild scramble on the floor until he felt the heavy body under -him relax and a voice triumphantly proclaim: - -“Well, I guess that ought to settle him for a while.” - -With perspiration trickling down into his eyes, Dick looked up. Raoul -stood with a small stick of wood in his hands and close beside him -Sandy, a look of triumph on his face, each surveying their now helpless -foe. - -“You didn’t hit him half hard enough, Raoul,” Sandy protested. “It was a -good thing for him that I didn’t have that club, myself. I might have -killed him.” - -“Hit ’em plenty hard,” Raoul confessed, tossing the stick back toward -the fireplace. “Tie him up easy now. I go get rope.” - -Dick and Toma rose to their feet and a moment later Raoul returned with -a rope. Bound hand and foot, Watson was lifted bodily and carried across -the room, where he was deposited not unkindly in the selfsame bunk -occupied by Sandy on the previous night. Dick breathed a sigh of relief. - -“I’m glad that’s over with,” he declared thankfully. “All things -considered, we’ve been pretty lucky so far. We’ve beaten Govereau at -every turn.” - -“Beaten but not licked,” Sandy reminded him. “I’ll have to admit right -here that he’s a mighty tough customer. It’s a good thing Toma saw this -man, Watson, before. Otherwise things might have turned out -differently.” - -“We must get an early start in the morning,” said Dick, as he moved back -toward the supper table. “I’d hate to meet any more visitors from -Govereau’s camp. If Raoul is willing, I’ll pay him tonight for the team -of huskies. What do you think would be a fair price for them, Toma?” - -“Raoul say he willing to sell for two hundred dollars,” answered the -guide. “That very cheap for good team like that.” - -“I’ll make it two hundred and fifty. The additional amount wouldn’t -begin to pay him for all the kindness he has shown us.” - -As he spoke, Dick reached in his pocket and pulled out the roll of bills -Factor MacLean had given him on the day of their departure from Fort du -Lac, and, counting out the sum mentioned, passed it over to Raoul. - -“I hope I’m not cheating you.” - -“You buy best dog team in the country,” Toma stated enthusiastically. -“Mounted police use ’em last winter to carry mail. Govereau go fast to -catch us now.” - -“How long will it take us to reach mounted police headquarters?” -inquired Sandy. - -“Three, four day if nothing happen,” their guide answered. “First day -snow too heavy to make trail good. After that mebbe get better.” - -A short time later, a low groan from Watson attested to the fact that -that gentleman was slowly regaining consciousness. After considerable -tossing and rolling about, their captive finally opened his eyes and -presently called for a drink of water. - -“Feeling better now?” Dick inquired solicitously, when he complied with -the request. - -“Yeah, I’m feeling better,” came Watson’s smothered retort as he glared -up angrily at his questioner. “I’m feelin’ a blamed sight better than -you’ll be feelin’ in another day or two, I can tell you that.” - -“You brought it all on yourself,” Dick reminded him. “You had no -business coming here to play the part of a spy, in the first place. If -you got hurt, it’s your own fault. All I’m sorry about is that the -unpleasant little blow you received on top of your head wasn’t given to -the man who sent you.” - -“What do you mean?” bluffed Watson. - -“I guess you know what I mean,” Dick spoke coldly, “and please get the -idea out of your mind that we don’t know who you are, and where you came -from.” - -“Where did I come from?” their prisoner blustered. - -“From Govereau.” - -“Well, what are you gonna do about it?” - -There was defiance in Watson’s voice. - -“If you mean, what are we going to do with you,” Dick answered, “I might -as well tell you that we haven’t decided yet. A good deal depends upon -the way you behave yourself.” - -“We’re thinking seriously of taking you outside and putting a bullet in -you,” chimed in Sandy. - -“Yuh better not, if you know what’s best for you,” stormed Watson. “If -yuh try that, Govereau’ll come down here and make mince-meat out of -yuh.” - -“He might walk into the same kind of trap you did,” grinned Sandy. - -“Where is Govereau now?” asked Dick, shaking his head at Sandy in an -effort to check the useless controversy. “If you answer my questions -truthfully, we’ll let you off a whole lot easier than we would -otherwise. We might even be induced to give you something to eat.” - -“He ain’t very far from here.” - -“How far?” - -“About two miles away. We’re camped in the heavy timber jus’ back from -the river.” - -“How did he find out that we are stopping here for the present with -Raoul?” - -“One of our men seen a dog team come up here early yesterday morning. -Govereau thought it might be you, so he sent me over to find out.” - -“Is that all he told you to do?” - -For a few minutes Watson lay, staring about him, apparently quite -oblivious of his surroundings. He paid no attention to the last question -put to him. Finally he turned his head, his gaze meeting Dick’s -squarely. - -“You fellows are in a mighty bad position, if you want to know it,” he -suddenly blurted out. “There ain’t one chance in ten thousand that -you’ll ever get through alive. Your only hope is to go back to the place -you come from.” - -“I’m not asking you for advice,” said Dick angrily. - -“Jes’ the same, I’m tellin’ yuh. I wouldn’t take the whole of upper -Canada to be a standin’ in your shoes just now. You’re only a kid an’ -don’t realize how bad a mess you’re in.” - -Sandy strode forward and put a hand on Dick’s shoulder. - -“No use to bother with him, Dick,” he exclaimed in disgust. “We’re just -wasting time. He’d keep us talking here all night. Our best plan is to -get out of here as quickly as possible. Govereau may be along any time -to find out what has happened to him.” - -“I think same, too,” Toma cut in. “What you say I hitch up huskies, and -we start right away?” - -Dick glanced from one to the other. - -“I guess you’re right. We can’t any more than lose our way in the dark, -and we’ve been lost before.” - -“But what are we going to do with him?” Sandy wondered, pointing at -their prisoner. - -“We’ll have to leave him here with Raoul,” Dick replied. Then he turned -to Toma’s friend. - -“Do you object?” he asked. “You can release him sometime tomorrow. That -will give us a chance to be well on our way before Govereau learns what -has become of us.” - -Raoul nodded his head, grinning. - -“All right, me keep ’em big fellow in bed. Bye an’ bye feed him with -spoon like little baby. How you like that?” he asked, turning to Watson. - -The only reply from the man in the bunk was a snort of rage as he -twisted to one side and glared helplessly about him. - - - - - CHAPTER XVI - A JOURNEY THROUGH THE NIGHT - - -The lonely journey through the dark proved to be not nearly as difficult -as Dick had expected. An hour after their departure from Toma’s cabin, -the little party emerged from the shelter of spruce and pine, skirting -the river, and drove forth upon a comparatively open prairie, piled high -with drifts. - -Here the snow had been packed down by the wind and the huskies were able -to trot across its surface without breaking through. They went forward -at such a brisk pace that Dick, running behind, was forced to admit, -breathlessly, to Toma: - -“I can’t keep this up all night. Can’t you slow down once in a while, -and give me a chance to catch my breath?” - -“We all ride now,” the guide answered, motioning Dick to a place on the -sled in front of Sandy, who, because of his weakened condition, had been -riding most of the time since they had left the cabin. - -A moment later, sitting at his friend’s feet, Dick was conscious of a -new experience. He had never ridden behind a team of huskies before. - -“This is wonderful,” he remarked as the dogs sprang forward at Toma’s -sharp word of command. “How easy they pull us, Sandy. If we keep on at -this rate, it won’t take us long to reach mounted police headquarters.” - -Toma, who was standing behind, with one hand on the gee-pole, laughed -good-naturedly over Dick’s enthusiasm. - -“They go fast tonight,” he admitted, “but mebbe tomorrow we come to soft -snow in woods. No go fast then.” - -Somewhere, close at hand, there broke forth a weird, unearthly noise, a -sound that echoed across the stillness, causing both Dick and Sandy to -sit up very straight, hearts thumping excitedly. - -“What was that?” they demanded in chorus. - -“Wolves,” came the ready response. “We see plenty of wolves from now on. -Rabbits very few this year and wolves always hungry.” - -“Well, I don’t want ’em to feed on me,” shivered Sandy. “What would we -do if they should happen along and suddenly decide to make a meal on -us?” - -“Shoot,” answered Dick, one hand stealing back in the sled to make sure -that in the hurry of their departure they had not forgotten their -rifles. - -“They not come yet,” Toma reassured them. “Bye ’n’ bye weather get more -cold, snow more deep, wolves more hungry. Then we watch out. No travel -like this at night then. Me ’fraid wolves too.” - -Dick laughed. “I’m glad to hear that there’s something you’re really -afraid of, Toma. I’d begun to think that nothing could frighten you.” - -Another howl from the wolf pack, and Sandy’s mittened hand was pawing at -Dick’s shoulder. - -“Honestly, Dick, I don’t like this. Just listen to that! Isn’t it awful? -Toma, are you sure they won’t come over here and try to gobble us up?” - -“Plenty sure,” answered the guide. - -Sandy slouched back in his seat again, not entirely convinced in his own -mind that Toma was right. - -“I hope so,” he grumbled, “but why in the dickens did the rabbits have -to get scarce this year. I suppose they heard we were coming along and -just to make our bad luck complete, hopped off to another part of the -country. I wonder why the wolves didn’t follow them, Toma?” - -“Wolves no follow rabbits ’cause rabbits all dead,” patiently explained -the half-breed. - -“Who killed ’em?” Sandy wanted to know. - -Toma’s whip cracked forth over the boys’ heads, and the huskies sprang -forward with redoubled effort. - -“Rabbits no get killed—they sick an’ die,” he answered. “When you live -in this country long time you find out queer thing. Ever’ six, seven -years see many rabbits—like mosquitos in spring. Wolves an’ coyotes all -very fat then. Almost step on rabbits when you walk through woods. When -rabbits many like that, one fellow him get sick, bye ’n’ bye another -rabbit him sick, too. Pretty soon no rabbits left—all dead. No tell you -why.” - -Following this explanation, Sandy lapsed into silence for many moments. -There was no sound at all except that made by the pattering feet of the -huskies, and the crunching of the sled under them. A belated moon had -risen slowly from the distant horizon, and in its pure, white light, the -boys could now discern objects, which a few hours before had remained -hidden. Looking about him, Dick saw that the comparatively open space -around them extended southward for many miles, a vast, snow-covered -field, dotted here and there with small patches of poplar. - -They were passing one of these tree clumps a short time later when, -plainly discernible, not more than fifty or a hundred yards to their -right, Dick perceived the huge body of a wolf gliding quickly along, -almost abreast of them. The boy’s startled exclamation drew the -attention of Sandy and Toma. - -“Follow us like that all night, mebbe,” Toma stated indifferently, “he -no come any closer. He ’fraid us like we ’fraid him.” - -“He doesn’t appear to be very frightened,” came Sandy’s dry comment, -“and if he comes one step nearer, I’m going to teach him a few manners.” - -“No,” said Dick, “we’ve got to save our ammunition. We may need it badly -a little later on. Besides, I doubt very much whether one wolf would -dare to attack us. It’s a full pack that I’d be afraid of.” - -“If there were more than one,” rejoined Sandy, peering fearfully across -at the subject of their conversation, “I think I’d be inclined to pull -this blanket over my head. I simply wouldn’t want to see ’em.” - -Dick’s amused laugh was broken short by a sudden snarling from the -huskies. This continued until Toma cracked his whip and shouted out a -sharp word of command. - -“No like ’em wolves either,” he explained. “You promise no be afraid if -I tell you something.” - -“Certainly,” answered Dick. “What is it?” - -“You look on other side.” - -Sandy and Dick, following directions, drew in a quick breath of alarm. -Two more wolves, equally as large as the one on their right, trotted -along unconcernedly across the drifts, their furry forms plainly -distinguishable in the moonlight. - -“Lord help us!” exclaimed Sandy, with no thought of irreverence. - -“Can you beat that?” Dick wanted to know. - -“No see wolves any more when morning comes,” Toma attempted to cheer -them. “You wait.” - -After that the hours seemed interminable. Both Dick and Sandy had -forgotten about the novelty of their ride. Intermittently Toma’s whip -cracked; the huskies moved on; there was no sound except the slight -noise of their progress across the field of white. On either side -trotted the wolves, three dark shapes, moving like ghosts, never once -quickening or slackening pace. It was with a sigh of relief that Dick -finally perceived the first faint glow of morning across the eastern -sky. - -“We stop pretty soon and have something to eat,” announced Toma, -breaking the long silence. - -And a few minutes later, when they drew up before a small log cabin, -standing at the edge of a narrow sheltering woodland, their companions -of the night—the three wolves—were nowhere in sight. - -“What I tell you,” their guide reminded them. - -“Right, as usual,” grumblingly admitted Sandy. “But tell me, Toma, whose -place is this?” - -“Another friend—him live here,” answered Toma. “We have breakfast, sleep -two, three hours, then go on some more. No like to travel night.” - -It took but a few moments to unhitch and feed the huskies. Dick looked -on with interest as Toma threw each one of the dogs its ration of frozen -fish. Then the three boys strode forward toward the cabin, upon the door -of which the young half-breed knocked loudly. But no answer ensued. - -“Guess him gone away,” Toma stated, and pushed open the door. “He no -care if we stay here for little while. Mebbe out on trap line.” - -After a fire was started in the fireplace, Dick and Toma proceeded to -get breakfast, while Sandy carried in armloads of wood from the big pile -outside. They ate in front of a crackling flame, joking and laughing -amongst themselves. - -“With the help of the huskies,” exulted Sandy, “we’ll soon leave Pierre -Govereau so far behind he’ll never catch up. Won’t he be wild when he -hears how we’ve outwitted him?” - -“I wouldn’t be too sure about that if I were you,” Dick cautioned. -“Govereau isn’t the only man we’ll have to fear either. You know -Henderson has accomplices all along the line.” - -So it proved. - -In spite of their good intentions, their determination to sleep only a -few hours, it was morning of the following day when Dick and Sandy awoke -to find their new team gone and Toma hunting around in the underbrush -some distance from camp. - - - - - CHAPTER XVII - THE STOLEN HUSKIES - - -The dogs were gone, and that was all there was to it, Dick decided a -moment later, after a shouted conference with Toma. They would have to -go on on foot. It was discouraging, but it made Dick more determined -than ever. - -“We’ll never get to the fort now,” Sandy grumbled. - -“Well, we’re a darn sight closer than we were,” Dick tried to be -cheerful. - -They watched Toma circling the camp, looking for tracks. Presently he -came in. - -“Some fella steal dogs all right. Mebbe Henderson’s men; mebbe just -plain thief. Who know?” - -“Well, they’re gone anyway, and it’s up to us to make the best of it,” -Dick resigned himself. “It’ll be slow work hauling this sled.” - -Toma had nothing more to say. His only answer was to slip the breast -band of a dog harness over one shoulder and start the sled. Dick and -Sandy followed his lead and presently they were mushing slowly out on -the trail. - -It was exceedingly tiresome business, and within an hour all were leg -weary. The snow had begun to thaw a little, and was soggy underfoot. The -sled runners cut down deeply, making it exceedingly hard pulling, even -with so light a load as they had. - -Long before noon they were resting frequently. And it was with great -thankfulness that they at last made camp. - -“Phew! That was a stiff jaunt,” Dick panted, lying flat on his back, -even his iron endurance tested to the utmost. Sandy was too winded to -reply. Toma alone seemed to make no note of it. Long since the boys had -ceased being surprised at any of Toma’s feats of muscular endurance. - -They were about ready to dine on cold baked beans and coffee, when Toma -called their attention to a movement ahead of them from the direction of -Fort Dunwoody. It proved to be a man and a dog team. - -“Honestly, we’re going to meet somebody!” Sandy exclaimed incredulously. -For days they had seen few save enemies. - -“Well, maybe this isn’t a friend,” said Dick, dubiously. - -Toma studied the man intently as he drew nearer. Finally they could hear -the cries of the driver to his dogs and the occasional cracking of his -long whip. It was a white man; they could tell even at that distance by -the tail to tail hitch of the dogs. Most of the Indians drove in fan -formation, each dog attached to separate tugs of varying lengths. - -The stranger stopped some distance from them, and came on more slowly. -Evidently, he himself was not too certain whether or not he was meeting -a hostile party. - -They hailed each other. - -“I’m Corporal Richardson of the Mounted,” called the lone driver of the -dog team. “Who are you?” - -“Hurrah!” cheered Sandy. - -“Dick Kent and Sandy McClaren with a guide from Fort du Lac,” Dick -called back through cupped palms. - -The policeman seemed satisfied. Cracking his whip over the dogs, he -speedily joined the young travelers. - -Corporal Richardson was dressed in a heavy fur coat and parka. When near -the campfire he pulled open his great coat, disclosing the scarlet of -his uniform coat. He listened attentively to Dick’s story of their -adventures, and he seemed favorably impressed with both Dick and Sandy, -though at first he was somewhat suspicious of Toma. - -“I left Fort Dunwoody a week ago,” the policeman told them, his steely -eyes unwavering. “We’ve been hearing rumors of Bear Henderson’s -outbreak, and I was sent up here to clear some of these trails. Of -course Henderson is rather foolish to think he can whip the Mounted and -the Hudson’s Bay Company, but he’s made rather a good try at it already. -Last report we had he’d burned two trading posts, and had captured three -more. Mackenzie’s Landing has fallen to him, I understand. They say his -next move is Fort du Lac.” - -Dick and Sandy gasped at the revelations of the policeman. - -“Didn’t you know about the capture of Fort Good Faith, and the -imprisonment of Walter MacClaren, my friend’s uncle?” Dick asked. - -“We did not,” replied Corporal Richardson. “That is news. But of course -Henderson has made a lot of moves we know nothing of. I suppose you’re -after help. It was nervy of you young fellows to break through -Henderson’s lines. You know he isn’t letting any one in or out of the -far north. A man’s life isn’t worth a cent who isn’t hand in glove with -the outlaw. I’m detailed to scout the trail to Mackenzie’s Landing—clear -things up there if possible. I wish I could go with you fellows, but -you’ll have to go on alone and talk to the Inspector. I doubt if you get -help right away. Every officer is out on the trail now, except the bare -few that guard the post. It looks like reserves might be called out in -spite of the fact that we don’t like to do it.” - -“Then you think we may even have to go on to Fort Good Faith alone?” -Dick spoke concernedly. - -“Oh, no, but you may have to wait for a constable.” - -“But we can’t wait!” Dick cried desperately. “We’ve been delayed a week -as it is. Sandy’s uncle must have help.” - -Corporal Richardson sympathized with them, but he said he would not -build up false hopes. “I suggest you ask the Inspector for a special -deputization. In times like these every man will be forced into the -service who isn’t an enemy of the crown.” - -Dick and Sandy thrilled at this possibility. To think of being for even -a brief period a member of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police was almost -beyond their dreams. - -“I’ll have to be mushing,” announced the policeman. “Too bad you lost -your dogs. I passed a team about ten miles back. I thought the driver -looked rather sneaky. It’s pretty hard to describe ordinary huskies. All -I remember unusual about the team was that the leader, an exceptionally -big fellow, limped with his left forefoot. Not much, just a little.” - -“That’s our team, sure enough!” Dick cried. “Remember, Sandy, how that -leader limped?” - -“I wish we could catch up with the fellow,” Sandy gritted. - -“It’s too late now,” Corporal Richardson shook his head. “I wish I could -split my team with you, but you see I’ve only four and with two I’d be -slowed up considerably. What you’d better do is leave your sled, and -take what you need by shoulder pack. If——” - -Corporal Richardson did not finish the sentence. He seemed to start, and -his eyes widened. His hand flew to his chest. Across the snow came the -ringing crack of a distant rifle. The mounted policeman dropped upon one -elbow, as his startled companions hastened to him. - -Dick shook his fist at the hills in the direction the shot seemed to -have come from. - -“I guess I’m hit pretty bad,” the corporal revived and whispered. Toma -had thrown up the sled as a sort of barricade, if any more shots were -fired, and Dick and Sandy commenced administering first aid to the -wounded policeman. The bullet had struck under the shoulder blade at the -back, and had come out the right side. - -“It’s a nasty wound,” Dick said grimly—“maybe a lung is touched.” - -“Rather lucky for you fellows at that,” the corporal smiled gamely. “Now -you can use my dog team to tote me back to the fort.” - -“Do you have any idea who shot you?” Dick asked. - -“One of Henderson’s men without a doubt,” was the faint reply, “the -country’s alive with them. But we’ll beat ’em yet.” - -Dick grimly agreed with him. - -Strangely enough, no more shots were fired. Dick judged the reason for -this was that a single man had attacked them and had lost courage after -seeing he had drawn blood in a party too strong for him. Yet he could -not be sure. At any moment they might expect the sharpshooter lurking in -the wooded hills to drop one of them. If they were to move on to the -fort they could not remain sheltered from attack. - -The limp body of the corporal was speedily transferred to his sled, -after some of the packs had been thrown aside. Dick picked up the -gee-pole, Toma took the lead, and Sandy cracked the long whip. - -“Mush!” - -They were off, the dogs yelping eagerly down the back trail, overjoyed -at hitting the home trail so soon. - -For nearly an hour they advanced at a fast rate of speed, Sandy and Dick -changing off advance guard with Toma. Then they entered a long ravine, -crested with spruce and jackpine. As yet no sign of the man who had shot -the corporal appeared. Then, without warning, from the brow of the -ravine, puffed the smoke of a rifle. A bullet fanned Dick’s cheek, and -he paused and fired at the distant smoke at the top of the ravine. - -“Mush! Mush!” shouted Sandy to the dogs, cracking the long whip. - -The dogs responded nobly, drawing the sled, carrying the wounded -officer, so fast that the boys could hardly keep up. - -Again the hidden rifle cracked from the top of the ravine. This time one -dog gave a sharp yelp, leaped into the air and fell kicking his last in -a tangle of harness. - -“He’s killed a dog!” cried Dick angrily. “Quick, get him out of the -harness so we can go on.” - -The three remaining huskies were growling and snarling in a mess, and it -was some minutes before Sandy and Toma could straighten them out, cut -the dead dog from his harness and start on again. Meanwhile Dick emptied -his rifle at the brow of the ravine, taking a chance on hitting whoever -was skulking there with such deadly intent. - -On their way again, the fast moving sled proved an elusive target for -the sharpshooter. He shot three times without effect. Swiftly they -neared a point where the ravine widened out into a low walled valley, -which was almost barren of vegetation. Once on this clear space they -would be safe, for there was no cover within rifle range for the man who -was dogging them. - -Dick and Sandy were almost on the point of giving a shout of triumph -when the hidden rifle cracked again and another dog dropped in the -harness. The sled stopped, and once more the excited dogs got themselves -in a bad mix-up. At the mercy of the mysterious and deadly rifle, the -boys attacked the tangled harness and dogs. - - - - - CHAPTER XVIII - A HUNGRY PACK - - -Scarcely had they cut loose the fallen dog when the rifle sounded again -and the lead dog dropped to his haunches, failing to rise again. Dick -put the dog out of misery with a shot from his rifle, then turned to -Toma and Sandy. - -“We’ve got to get that fellow out of his nest. He’s playing with us. As -soon as he finishes with the dogs he’ll start in on us. We might as well -die fighting. Follow me.” Dick wheeled and started up the hill, firing -his rifle as he went, Sandy and Toma not far behind. - -The man on the rim of the ravine seemed taken by surprise. His shots -went wild. Only one came close, and that tore through Sandy’s mackinaw. - -Shouting at the top of their voices, the boys reached the top of the -ravine. A running figure was just disappearing over a knoll ahead of -them. Dick paused a moment, levelled his rifle and fired quickly. The -figure, some hundred yards distant, leaped high, as if hit, and ran on -limping. Toma and Sandy also fired, but did not hit. They ran on after -the man a little way, then fearing to leave the wounded officer too long -alone, they hurried back, certain they had routed the sharpshooter. - -“We’re lucky,” Dick said, as they trotted down the slope of the ravine, -“—not a scratch and he was sure shooting close.” - -“I kind of wish I was in Corporal Richardson’s place when I think of -going on with one dog,” Sandy changed the subject, making light of his -narrow escape. “Means we’ve got to buckle into the harness again.” - -Toma paused as they reached the sled. They could see him looking up at -the sky. - -“Heap snow come soon,” the imperturbable weather prophet announced. -“Make um wolves hungry.” - -Dick and Sandy did not think seriously of Toma’s prophecy, for they were -intent on the hard work ahead, and already were stepping into the places -vacated by the dead dogs. - -Again they toiled out on the trail to Fort Dunwoody, hauling the wounded -man, who was muttering to himself now in a delirious state brought on by -rising fever. - -In an hour it had begun to snow, but the boys kept on. Thicker and -thicker fell the soft, white flakes, until they could see no more than -twenty feet ahead. It was a wet snow, and made pulling the sled harder -than ever. The runners seemed to drag like lead upon the aching -shoulders of the three. They were glad when darkness fell and they were -forced to camp. - -“We’re in for an all-night snow storm, I guess,” Dick observed, as the -fire he was trying to start went out for a third time, and he had to -enlist the aid of Toma. - -“I’d like to sleep for a week,” said Sandy, from where he was trying to -make the wounded officer more comfortable. “That falling snow is just -like a bedtime story that really does put a fellow to sleep.” - -They rolled into their sleeping bags as soon as they had appeased their -appetites, not troubling to keep watch. All night the snow fell, and in -the morning they awakened almost smothered with the wet drifts. The -world was all fresh and white like a new blanket, but they had not taken -ten steps before they knew they would make little progress that day. - -“If a crust would only freeze over the snow we could get along faster,” -Dick bewailed. - -Corporal Richardson seemed a little better after the night’s rest. His -fever had gone down and an examination of the wound showed it to be -coming along as well as could be expected. He was very weak, however, -from loss of blood. - -“Where are we?” the officer asked Dick. - -“About fifty miles north of Fort Dunwoody with only one dog,” Dick -replied. “You were unconscious yesterday during the scrap we had with -the same fellow who hit you.” - -“Yes, I seemed to have had delirium,” replied the corporal. “I imagined -I heard shooting.” - -“Well, you didn’t need your imagination to hear that yesterday,” Dick -assured him. - -“It’ll be a wonder if you get through,” the officer said, “better leave -me along the trail somewhere. There’s an abandoned cabin a few miles -this side of Badge Lake. You’ll strike it if you follow the long ridge. -Put me off there with some grub and then have Inspector Dawson send a -man out after me.” - -“No, we couldn’t do anything like that,” Dick returned firmly. “In your -condition you need medical care as soon as you can get it. As long as we -can stand you’re going to stay on this sled.” - -As if to bear out Dick’s words, the officer fainted dead away. - -Alarmed, Dick put a cup of melted snow to the pale lips. The corporal -had just aroused enough to drink when a sound from across the snow -startled Dick so that he spilled the water. - -“Listen to that!” ejaculated Sandy. - -“I heard it,” Dick replied. - -Long, weird, mournful, the howl of a wolf rose and fell in the distance. -It was the hunger cry of the most savage denizen of the northland wilds. -Deep snow had made hunting hard for the wolves, and they were beginning -to take notice of the man prey of the land. - -“Him hungry,” grunted Toma. - -They set off on the trail once more. A half mile they struggled along -with the sled, when another wolf howled from a different quarter. This -time the cry was answered. - -“Wolves come together for big hunt,” Toma explained, with his usual -absence of emotion. - -“Here’s hoping they don’t pick on us,” Sandy remarked. - -Dick was silent. His face was haggard. The troubles of the trail were -weighing heavily on his sturdy shoulders, and this new danger of the -northland taxed his courage to the utmost. Yet he did not falter. -Instead, his words were cheerful, though they came from drawn lips. - -“I guess we have a few shots left in our rifles,” said Dick meaningly. -“Those wolves better not come too close.” - -“Few shots is right,” Sandy came back dishearteningly. “Dick, do you -know we have only about ten shots left for each of the rifles? And we -had the hard luck to unload Corporal Richardson’s ammunition when we put -him on the sled. All he has is a belt full of revolver cartridges.” - -Dick’s hands clenched on the strap with which he was helping pull the -sled. “Makes no difference, Sandy. After we’ve escaped all these human -wolves that have been after us, I guess we can handle the animals all -right.” But he was not quite so sure as he tried to make Sandy believe. - -“Wolves eat um dead dogs back trail,” Toma called from the rear of the -sled, where he was following up after a stiff job of breaking trail. - -All afternoon the cries of the gathering pack could be heard, now near, -now far. Once it seemed they were all around them. Then the boys -redoubled their efforts on the heavy sled. - -“We ought to pull into that cabin the corporal mentioned before long,” -Dick said worriedly, as he changed places with Sandy. - -“I don’t know about that,” Sandy replied. “The corporal was probably -estimating the distance if we made time with a good dog team—but we -haven’t gone more than five miles today.” - -They made no stop for a mid-day meal, chewing raw bacon while toiling on -the trail. The fear of the wolves had entered their hearts yet they -would not let one another feel that fear by any spoken word. - -Near nightfall they were certain the wolves were trailing them, and they -could not hide it from one another. Far in the rear they could hear the -hunting cry of the pack, and it was blood-curdling. - -While the sun still shone over the western skyline, the first of the -wolf pack appeared behind, and the boys knew that they were in for -trouble. - -The leader of the wolves was old and wise. For a time he held the pack -of nearly thirty gaunt, gray wolves out of rifle range, waiting for -dark. But hunger could not be denied. The less wise of the pack forged -ahead, and the rifles of the three boys spoke with deadly effect. - -Dick’s toll was three wolves before he emptied his magazine. Sandy shot -one and thought he had killed another, but the animal seemed only -stunned, and after a minute leaped up and came on again at a swinging -lope, to be dropped by a shot from Dick, who had reloaded. - -Toma did not fire, however. Instead, without any orders from Dick or -Sandy, he made camp in a patch of scrub pine and spruce, where there was -plenty of dead wood. Speedily he made a fire. When Dick and Sandy had -exhausted their ammunition, and had gone for Corporal Richardson’s -revolver, a huge fire was roaring and crackling before the upturned -sled, in whose shelter rested the corporal. - -The wolves had drawn off out of gunshot now. Some of them were devouring -their comrades that had fallen. When darkness crept over the little camp -the wolves had completely surrounded it. - -“We’ve got to save our cartridges,” Dick said at last. “Toma, how many -have you left?” - -“Just gun full up,” replied Toma, which meant he had the magazine of his -repeater full—eight shots. - -Dick was fingering Corporal Richardson’s revolver. He was unaccustomed -to handling a revolver and comprehended he could do little real damage -with the small arm, having always used a rifle. Sandy was no better than -he, and when Dick asked Toma if he could shoot with a revolver with -accuracy, the guide shook his head. - -“They’re slinking around us in a circle now,” Sandy reported fearfully, -as the shadows deepened. - -As he had said, now and again a dark, sinister form glided across the -snow from shrub to shrub, skirting the firelight. Here and there, one of -the pack sat on his haunches, his beady eyes fixed on the camp, while -his mouth slavered. Frequently one of the number raised his nose to the -sky and sounded the hunger howl. - -The wolves feared the campfire, and Toma explained that as long as they -could keep the fire going they need not fear any very dangerous attack. -And even if the wolves did rush them they could be repelled by fire -brands. - -“I’m going to see what they do when I throw fire,” Dick said presently. -He picked out the nearest shadowy form, and drawing a flaming stick from -the fire, threw it at the wolf. His aim was good and the animal snarled -horribly as the fire fell within a few feet of its feet. - -It was close to midnight when Toma confided to Dick and Sandy what they -both feared. The wolves were gaining in number as wanderers joined the -pack surrounding them. The places of those they had killed earlier in -the day, and the few they had managed to pick off after dark were being -filled by other ravenous beasts. - -There would be no sleep in the camp that night. - - - - - CHAPTER XIX - THE CIRCLE OF DEATH - - -Toma had cut a huge stack of wood, and it was well he did, for the -moment the fire died down the wolves drew closer. In fact they seemed to -taunt the boys into using the last of their ammunition in firing at the -difficult targets they made. - -The one dog was whimpering with fear and cowering under the legs of his -masters in abject fear. Sometimes, however, a low whine sounded among -the wolves, at which the husky pricked up his ears and did not seem so -frightened. Toma tied the dog to the sled with a thong of moose-hide. - -As the night wore away, Dick and Sandy risked shot after shot at the -wolves, and now and again they dropped a skulking shadow. But usually -they missed, since Toma objected to giving up his rifle, and they were -forced to use the corporal’s revolver. - -“How long do you suppose we can hold out?” Sandy asked in a strained -voice. - -“I see no reason why we can’t hold out until they leave,” Dick replied -with more confidence than he felt. “We’ve plenty of firewood. As long as -we have fire to fight with we’re safe.” - -“How do we know they’ll leave?” Sandy wanted to know. - -Dick shuddered a little, and did not answer. He saw a gray shape loom up -at the edge of the firelight, and raising the revolver, fired quickly. -He gave a cry of satisfaction as he saw the gaunt beast leap into the -air and fall, kicking its last. - -There followed a rush of hungry wolves for their fallen companion. -Horrified, the boys watched the dead wolf torn to pieces by the pack. -Dick emptied his revolver into the writhing mass. He could not help but -hit, and he killed another wolf, wounding two others, which the pack -finished. - -Sandy began throwing burning brands at the wolves, and they drew off -once more into the darkness, where they paced nervously back and forth, -growling and snarling. - -The boys decided that one of them should try to sleep while the other -two watched. Dick arranged three twigs in one hand for Sandy and Toma to -draw from. The one with the shortest twig, after the draw, was to be the -lucky one. Sandy drew the shortest. But after a half hour of futile -tossing about, he gave it up. - -“No use,” Sandy joined the haggard watchers at the fire. “One of you -fellows try it. I couldn’t sleep in a million years with those devils -out there waiting to gobble me up.” - -“I don’t think I can either,” said Dick. “Toma, you’d better try it. One -of us had better get some rest.” - -The guide grunted assent, and rolled into his sleeping bag, which once -had been his brother’s. In a few minutes Toma was breathing steadily in -sound slumber. His calmness gave the boys courage. - -“If he can sleep I guess we hadn’t ought to feel so nervous,” Sandy -observed. - -“I’ve heard old sourdoughs say an Indian never lets the nearness of -death trouble him when he can’t get away from it,” Dick related, trying -to get his own mind and Sandy’s off their perilous predicament. - -“Well, I wish I was an Indian then,” Sandy sighed, “—for the present -anyway.” - -The renewed and increased restlessness of their dog attracted their -attention then, and they watched him straining at the moosehide leash. - -Dick caught the dog trying to chew through the thong and spoke sharply. - -“Funny why he wants to get away,” Dick mused aloud. “One would think the -dog would realize his danger and want to stay near the fire.” - -Corporal Richardson’s voice sounded from his blankets. The officer had -awakened and had overheard Dick’s remark. - -“There’s a female wolf out there—several of them,” the veteran -northerner answered Dick. “She’s calling to the dog. It’s the mate call -of the wolf and the dog understands it. But only the wisest of -she-wolves understand how to use the call to lure meat for their -stomachs. That dog wouldn’t last three minutes once he left the fire.” - -“How do you feel now?” Dick asked, going to the wounded man’s side. - -“Much better,” answered the officer, “but my side is stiff and mighty -sore. I’ll be flat on my back for a couple of weeks yet. Couldn’t be -worse luck now that the Inspector needs every man of us.” - -“Then you really think we have a good chance escaping from the wolf -pack?” Dick eagerly seized at a grain of encouragement. - -The corporal did not answer immediately. “You’d have a lot bigger chance -if you left me here in the morning,” said the corporal steadily. - -“Leave you here!” Dick exclaimed. “What do you think we are—cowards?” - -“I should say not, Dick Kent,” replied the policeman. “But that doesn’t -make me any less a burden. With this wolf pack surrounding you you’ll do -well to get away from camp at all, say nothing of hauling me along.” - -“But we’re with you anyway,” Dick concluded decisively. - -“Oh, well,” the officer turned a little, stifling a groan at the -movement, “the wolves may scare up moose or caribou before morning. If -they do they’ll soon leave us alone.” - -The conversation had weakened the corporal, and Dick soon left him to -rest, joining Sandy. The boys discussed the situation, listening to the -fearful howls of the wolves, hoping against hope that as Corporal -Richardson had said, they might find other game before morning. - -After two hours of sound slumber, Toma quietly arose and joined the two -at the fireside. He said little, but set to work cutting down more wood, -and breaking it up into firewood lengths. - -Morning dawned, cold and gray. Dick and Sandy were worn from loss of -sleep. Silently they waited for the wolves to depart. But with the sun -an hour high the pack still circled the camp, tongues lolling, jaws -slavering. - -“Will they never leave!” Sandy’s voice faltered. - -“Wolf much hungry!” Toma grunted. “Maybe um leave, we start. Sometime -they do.” He looked at Dick to see what he thought. - -Dick surveyed the menacing circle of wolves. They had grown bolder as -their hunger increased. Could they hitch up the dog and break out of -that circle of death? - -“If you think we have a chance to get out of here, Toma, we’ll try it,” -Dick grimly returned a moment later. “Anything but this suspense suits -me.” - -As the boys packed up the wolves grew more uneasy and shifted closer. -Toma scarcely could manage the husky as he hitched it to the sled. The -young guide held his rifle in one hand, working at a disadvantage so -that he might be prepared to shoot at a moment’s notice. Toma’s was the -only rifle left in which there was ammunition, and Dick had shot away -all the revolver cartridges during the night. - -It was with many misgivings that a few minutes later they took their -places for the dash through the wolves. - -Toma took the lead, with the rifle, Sandy held the dog, while Dick took -up the rear, swinging the camp axe. - -Slowly, in grim silence, they pulled away from the fire. - -A hundred feet away they discovered they never would get through the -circle. For, instead of retreating, the wolves dashed this way and that, -then rushed them in a body. Sandy’s cry of terror was drowned by the -crack of Toma’s rifle and Dick’s hoarse shout: - -“Back to the fire! We can’t make it!” - -Then Toma’s rifle was empty, and with clubbed rifle and axe they were -left to fight their way back to the campfire. Slashing with razor fangs, -the wolves leaped in and out. Dick wrought havoc with the axe, and Toma -ploughed his way through the snarling, writhing mass like a Hercules. -When the guide broke through he ran to the fire and commenced throwing -coals and burning sticks with his mittens, until the air was filled with -flying embers. Howls of pain followed as the hot coals burned the -wolves. The scent of singed hair and burning flesh arose. - -At last the wolves drew off reluctantly, leaving behind them a trail of -wounded and dying. In the repulsion of the attack the boys had slain -nine wolves and wounded seven. They could see the hairy bodies of the -dead lying scattered all the way from where the fight had begun. - -“Wood not last much longer,” Toma’s voice startled Dick. - -Dick hastily inspected the patch of wood in which they had camped. As -Toma had said, they soon would be out of firewood. And the nearest wood -was three hundred yards away—outside the circle of death. - -Dick and Sandy shuddered; Corporal Richardson stirred and moaned; Toma -began quietly gathering the chips and twigs; half buried in the snow. - - - - - CHAPTER XX - SANDY DISAPPEARS - - -Sitting by the fire, conscious presently of a light step at his side and -a friendly hand on his shoulder, Dick turned and looked up into Sandy’s -face, as his chum spoke in a voice husky with emotion. - -“I guess we’ve about played our last card,” said Sandy. “Right now it -doesn’t look as if Fort Dunwoody was very close, does it?” - -“No, not very close,” Dick was obliged to answer, as his tired eyes -swept the narrowing circle of timber wolves. - -“We’ve done the best we could anyway,” Sandy went on dejectedly. “I -guess my Uncle Walter won’t receive a whole lot of help from us.” - -“Sandy, I used to think you were an optimist,” declared Dick, “but now I -know you’re a born pessimist. Why don’t you try to cheer up?” - -Sandy glanced about at the wolves. A scowl puckered his usually placid -brow. “Can’t be very cheerful with those fellows waiting for us,” he -said shortly. “Do you know I sometimes think that big one with the -shaggy head actually grins at me? If he thinks he’s going to pick a -whole lot of meat off my bones he’s badly mistaken.” - -Dick grinned in spite of himself. “Exactly what do you mean, Sandy?” - -“Well, I’m a whole lot thinner than I was. Toma would make better -eating.” - -At this juncture, Toma, who had been cutting what little wood remained, -strode forward with an almost excited look on his face. “I know what do -now,” he announced. “We no got firewood; plenty over by trees.” - -“We know that,” Sandy responded impatiently, “but we’re a long ways from -being over there.” - -“Me ketch um good idea. No can go to wood with wolves there. We move -fire to wood; move um little at time, one feet, two feet—bye and bye we -get there—mebbe by night we travel fast.” - -Toma was right. At nightfall they had accomplished the unusual feat of -moving the fire to another patch of wood. And with the first snarling -approach of the ravenous wolves a replenished fire sprang up to beat -them back. The boys, in exuberance, piled more and more wood on the fire -until it leaped five feet into the still, frosty air, and grew so hot it -melted a circle of snow about it. - -Dick breathed a sigh of satisfaction as he crawled into his blankets -hours later. It had been decided that Sandy was to stand first watch -with Toma. Tonight, Dick decided grimly, he would make the most of the -hours allotted him for sleep. He intended to follow Toma’s example and -forget everything in the complete relaxation of weary mind and muscles. - -“Got to fight this thing through,” he reminded himself, stretching his -long legs out before the campfire and composing himself for sleep. A few -minutes later, while watching Sandy nervously pacing to and fro, he -forgot all his troubles in a happy loss of consciousness that carried -him away to a land where wolves, blizzards and scar faced Indians did -not once trouble him. - -He was awakened by Toma shaking him by the shoulder. “Big wolf eat you -up if sleep like that,” declared the young guide goodnaturedly. - -Dick jumped up, once more mentally alert, and shortly piled more wood on -the fire, commencing his lonely vigil. He scanned the fringe of the -firelight for the skulking shapes, which had become so dreadfully -familiar, but he could see none—not a single prowling form anywhere. He -decided that the wolves had moved further back from the fire. Several -times he believed he heard a deep-throated snarl, but he was not sure. - -“I hope they’re gone,” he breathed fervently, “so that we can continue -on our way to Fort Dunwoody. We’ve lost too much time already.” - -Off to his right a faint glow suffused the east. In another hour, if the -wolves really were gone, they might continue their slow progress, and, -barring emergencies, might reasonably expect to arrive at the mounted -police barracks in about three days. - -With the first grin in hours brightening his face, Dick set about -preparing breakfast. He had a frying pan over the fire and was melting -snow for coffee. It was so quiet around him that he imagined he could -hear the low, irregular breathing of Corporal Richardson. Then, -presently Toma stirred, stretched out one arm and yawned: - -“Guess I get up,” the guide announced. - -“When you do,” Dick replied, “I wish you’d go over and wake Sandy. I’ve -kept his watch for him, and if I wasn’t so busy getting breakfast I’d go -over myself.” - -Dick was adding coffee to the boiling water when Toma returned. - -“Well, did you wake him?” - -The half breed endeavored to speak, but no sound came from his trembling -lips. - -“What’s wrong?” Dick inquired, trying to be calm. - -“Sandy, him gone!” - -“Gone!” Dick’s heart took a sickening plunge. - -The light was strong enough now so that they could see that the wolves -were gone, but this happy discovery was not so encouraging with the -disappearance of Sandy. - -Horrified at first, at the thought that Sandy must have been eaten by -the wolves, Dick and Toma began a minute search of the vicinity. They -found tracks, but no sign of Sandy. If the departed wolves had slain -Dick’s chum there would have been traces left, at least bits of -clothing. - - - - - CHAPTER XXI - THE MAN FROM CROOKED STICK RIVER - - -If, as Dick suspected possible, Pierre Govereau had overtaken them again -and somehow made off with Sandy, what then could they do? Corporal -Richardson must go on to the post at all hazards. The infection in the -officer’s wound would kill him unless medical aid were procured soon. -Yet Dick could not leave without knowing what had happened to Sandy, and -making a sincere effort to find his chum. And in that strange country he -could not find his way without the aid of Toma. - -“I’ve a good idea what might have happened to Sandy,” Dick mused aloud a -little later. - -“What you say?” Toma eagerly asked. - -“He’s walked in his sleep two or three times in his life that I know -about, and last night he must have done it again. Now I’m sure he left -the fire after the wolves were gone. If he did then he might have fallen -into Govereau’s hands.” Dick strode back and forth in the snow, almost -beside himself. - -“Oh! if some friend would only come along on the way to Fort Dunwoody,” -Dick exclaimed aloud. - -“We take um sick fella to cabin,” Toma suggested. “We leave um there -when go look for Sandy.” - -At his wit’s end Toma’s suggestion seemed the only way out. Dick felt -his duty to Sandy even greater than that to the minion of the northland -law, and he would not exactly be deserting the policeman if he left him -with food and firewood. - -“That’s the thing to do,” Corporal Richardson spoke up from his -blankets. “The Indian has it right. The cabin is between six and eight -miles from here. You can take me there and come back and take up young -McClaren’s trail.” - -Dick was glad to hear the officer’s voice, and to learn that he was once -more rational, with abated fever. - -“If it’s all right with you, corporal, that’s what we’ll do. Toma, let’s -hurry.” - -In a few minutes the camp where they had been held up a day and two -nights had been deserted and out across the vast, endless expanse of -snow, Toma and Dick toiled in the dog traces, dragging the wounded -policeman. - -They had gone some two miles and were resting when suddenly they were -startled by the sound of a dog driver’s voice from over the knoll they -had just coasted down. Was it friend or enemy? Dick prayed it was a -friend as he hurried to the top of the little hill and looked. - -A team of eight dogs, followed by a lone man, swinging a long whip, was -coming along the trail they had made in the snow. Dick waited till the -man had come a little nearer. Then he revealed himself. The man saw him -almost immediately, and drew his dog team to a slower pace. The stranger -seemed suspicious as to Dick’s identity, but the evident distress of the -young man on the hill reassured him. He came on to within hailing -distance, and stopped his team, raising his rifle. - -“If you’re one of that Henderson gang,” called the man threateningly, -“I’ll plug you where you stand.” - -Dick breathed a sigh of relief. “We’re bound for Fort Dunwoody,” he -replied. “We’ve got a wounded policeman on our sled and have only one -dog.” - -Satisfied that Dick was telling the truth, the shouted to his dogs and -came on. A moment later he joined Dick and Toma alongside the sled. - -“By gar, I tink I never get out of dat country.” the newcomer, appearing -to be a French-Indian, mopped his brow. “That Pierre Govereau one tough -customer. Yah!” - -“You came in a nick of time,” Dick returned. - -“One of our party has disappeared, we think he’s been captured. Now -we’re trying to get a wounded policeman to a place of safety while I and -my guide take a look for my chum. My name’s Dick Kent,” he held out his -hand. - -“Me, I’m Gaston Leroi,” announced the stranger, shaking with French -warmth, “that Henderson’s man Govereau kill my partner up on Crooked -Stick River. I get away pretty lucky.” - -“And it’s lucky for us you got away,” Dick replied with spirit. He -stepped to the sled and stopped over the wounded officer. “Corporal -Richardson, here’s a man who can help us out,” Dick told the officer. - -“Thank God,” murmured the policeman. “What’s his name?” - -“Gaston Leroi.” - -“Gaston Leroi!” exclaimed the corporal with more strength in his voice -than had been there for hours. “Not the trapper Leroi. Hey! Bring him -around where I can see him.” - -At the sound of the wounded man’s voice the French trapper had leaped -forward where he could see the officer’s face. - -“By gar!” exclaimed Leroi. “George Richardson! What them fellers do to -you, George?” - -Dick was overjoyed to discover the men were old friends. - -“Gaston, you won’t mind doing something for me?” he heard the corporal -saying. - -“Sacre diable! Do I mind!” Gaston exclaimed. - -“It’s like this,” the corporal went on, “these young fellows want to go -back and look for their partner, but they won’t leave me. Could you haul -me to the fort?” - -The trapper vociferously expressed his willingness to do this for his -friend, Constable Richardson. - -“They’re out of ammunition too,” revealed the corporal. “Just had a long -fight with a pack of hungry wolves. Can you spare some ammunition, -Gaston?” - -“What kind of gun you got?” the trapper turned to Dick. - -“Ross 30.30,” Dick replied anxiously. - -Leroi’s face fell. He turned to Toma. - -“I got um 45.70 Winchester,” Toma anticipated the trapper’s question. - -“Me, I use 45.70!” Gaston Leroi exclaimed with pleasure and turned back -to Dick, saying: “I use revolver. Like heem better dan rifle. I take -your gun. You take mine. Huh?” - -“Suits me,” replied Dick gratefully. - -Leroi dived into his packs and soon brought out several boxes of -ammunition, with which Dick and Toma filled their pockets. - -A half hour later Dick and Toma bid goodbye to Gaston Leroi, and watched -his dog team, hauling the wounded corporal, disappear over a long hill. -Then the two boys set out over the back trail at a jog trot. They were -determined not to rest their heads until they had discovered what had -become of Sandy. - -“Do you think it was Govereau?” Dick asked Toma as they hurried along. - -“I not know,” replied Toma, who was slightly in the lead. “Tracks show -only two fella keetch Sandy. Hope snow no more; if not we trail um -easy.” - -They did not speak again until they had reached the scene of their -battle with the wolves, where they picked up the trail. - -“They’re going north,” Dick spoke, after studying the tracks. “It must -be some of Henderson’s men, though it seems queer Govereau would come -this far south.” - -“That Govereau, he bad fella; he go everywhere. No ’fraid anybody. Mebbe -I see that Many Scar.” - -Dick fell silent at the mention of the scar faced Indian. He knew Toma -was thinking of his dead brother, and was planning revenge if he met the -murderer, who he believed to be the scar faced Indian. Dick knew nothing -to say which would change Toma’s mind in this respect, so he said -nothing as they forged onward at a mile-eating pace. - -They had traveled nearly ten miles into a deeply wooded vicinity, when -the tracks began to grow fresher, and they slowed their pace. Presently -they rounded a bend, and in a tiny valley, drained by a winding, frozen -creek, they came upon an Indian village of a dozen tepees. - -Toma seemed as surprised as Dick at the discovery. - -“Um war party,” Toma replied immediately. “No good Injun if um fight -White Father.” - -“How can you tell they’re a war party?” inquired Dick. - -“No squaws, no papooses,” replied Toma abruptly. - -As Toma had said there were no women or children to be seen in the camp. -And at different points along the fringe of trees around the clearing, -Dick made out dusky sentinels, armed with long rifles, with feathers in -their beaver bonnets. - -“The tracks lead down into the village, so Sandy must be there -somewhere,” Dick mused aloud. - -The larger portion of the party of Indians who had thrown up their -caribou hide tepees in the valley, seemed to be absent. Here and there a -warrior squatted before a cooking fire, his rifle leaning close beside -him. - -“Look!” Dick suddenly pointed. - -A white man had come out of one of the tepees and was walking slowly -toward the creek. - -“I see um,” said Toma. “Guess him one Govereau’s men. Huh? Him Henderson -got plenty bad Indian work for him.” - -“Then Govereau has joined forces with these Indians,” Dick’s spirits -fell. “It will be one big job getting Sandy away from him now. I wonder -which tepee he is in—er—” he was about to wonder if Sandy was alive, but -dared not trust the words on his tongue. It was too horrible to speak -of—that Pierre Govereau had murdered his chum. - -“We wait till dark,” Toma voiced the resolve of both. - -At twilight the boys saw a large party come in from the north, in which -there were a number of whites. They were loaded down with furs, which -they probably had stolen. Dick thought he recognized the figure of the -half-breed Pierre Govereau, but could not be certain at that distance. - -Slowly darkness fell and the campfires flung out flickering shadows on -the sloping walls of tepees and over the figures of the warriors -squatted around them. - -“I make believe I one of them,” Toma whispered presently. “I go -down—find out where Sandy is.” - -“It’s an awful risk,” Dick tried to object, “and you aren’t dressed like -they are.” - -“I fix that. You wait here—no, you come down closer. Be ready to shoot, -you hear trouble. Jump ’round when you shoot. Make um think you whole -army. I ketch um Sandy.” - -Though Dick feared Toma would come to grief, he could do nothing but let -the courageous young guide take the chance, hoping, if worst came to -worst, and Toma was discovered, that he might draw the attention of the -Indians long enough for his red friend to escape. - -Toma crawled off down the slope toward the camp, Dick followed him for a -little way, until he reached a heavy copse of brush where he felt he was -within good rifle range of the camp. Toma went on and disappeared, -Dick’s whispered wish of “good luck” following him. - -As Dick lay there waiting he could see on the side of the camp nearest -him, the shadowy figure of a warrior sentinel, standing motionless by a -tree, silhouetted by the light of one of the fires. Dick raised his -rifle and drew bead on the guard. It was this warrior who would discover -Toma, if any did, and Dick watched intently for a motion that would -indicate the guard had seen something unusual. - -He watched for possibly five minutes, when of a sudden another figure -arose between him and the shadowy guard. There was a swift movement of -the two shadows; they swayed violently, then the guard fell and the -other stooped over him. Then both disappeared in the dark underbrush. - -Dick held his breath. Toma had attacked the guard and knocked him down. -In a flash Dick saw Toma’s plan—the young Indian would change clothes -with the warrior and creep into the camp, casually joining the others. - -Gripping his rifle, Dick awaited developments. What would happen in the -next hour he did not know, but he hoped for the best. - - - - - CHAPTER XXII - A SKIRMISH IN THE NIGHT - - -Dick waited what seemed to him several hours, though it could not have -been more than thirty minutes, before he saw a sign of Toma. Then, in -almost the exact position the guard had held, he saw a figure rise up -which he was almost certain was Toma, though the firelight revealed that -the young guide now wore the clothes and head-dress of the sentinel. - -“Good for you, Toma,” Dick whispered. “Now if you can only get in among -them without them recognizing that you’re not really a member of their -band.” - -Toma did not enter the camp from that side, however. Once more he -disappeared. - -A patch of brush to the left caught Dick’s roving eyes, and this he -watched, believing Toma would take this means of getting into the camp -without attracting attention, since the bushes led up to a point very -near one of the tepees. - -Dick was right. A few minutes later the bush tops waved a little at the -passage of a creeping body. Presently in the shadow of the tepee nearest -the bushes, Toma rose and walked slowly toward one of the campfires, -where he joined a group. Dick feared Toma might see the scar faced -Indian, and that the guide’s desire for revenge might cause him to -destroy all his chances for the rescue of Sandy. But as time passed and -all went well, Dick felt that Toma must be making good progress in the -dangerous mission he had set out on. - -A little later Dick saw a figure, which he took to be Toma, break away -from a group of natives and saunter toward one of the tepees. Evidently -the guide now was either looking for Sandy, or had learned the captive’s -exact position from the conversation of the warriors. - -Toma stooped into the opening of the tepee and disappeared. Holding his -breath, Dick watched. Toma was gone some time, then in the flickering -light he appeared again. Would Sandy follow? Dick’s heart beat -painfully. - -Then he could not suppress a low cry of exultation as Sandy’s bare head -came out next and the two slipped into the deep shadows of another -tepee. For minutes they did not move, then they suddenly dashed for the -patch of brush that had covered Toma’s entrance into the camp. Dick’s -finger tightened on the trigger. - -There was a commotion among one of the groups about the campfires. A -shout sounded, then a rifle shot. The Indians began to run; they had -seen Toma and Sandy! - -Dick took quick aim and fired. The crack of his rifle in the silent -forest startled the camp. Dick shot again, hurrying to another position -as Toma had advised. He could see that Toma and Sandy had reached cover, -and that the guide was firing on his pursuers. - -The whole camp was in a turmoil now; Indians and whites hurrying hither -and thither, shooting at the flashes of Dick’s rifle. He could not hear -what they were shouting to each other, but he divined they thought he -was quite a number of men, so fast was he firing and from so many -positions. - -“I’ll hurry along toward Toma and Sandy,” Dick muttered to himself, -“they’ll know where I am by the sound of my rifle.” - -Twenty yards further on Toma and Sandy reached him. - -“Thank God you’re safe at last!” Dick embraced Sandy, while Toma kept up -rifle fire on the Indians and whites, who were now charging after them. - -With a parting salvo at their pursuers, the three made off into the -night toward Fort Dunwoody. All night they hurried on, hungry and tired, -yet determined to elude Govereau if they dropped in their tracks. - -“Him Govereau with Indians,” Toma revealed to Dick. “No see um Many-Scar -Jackson. I hear um talk much. Bear Henderson, him make north country big -nation all his own. Give Indians back their land. Humph! Bear Henderson -crazy—him thief, outlaw. That Govereau bad fella too; keep um police -from come up from south.” - -It did not take Sandy long to tell Dick and Toma how he had been -captured by two scouts of Govereau’s band, who had lain in hiding, -looking for a chance to attack. It had been their approach and the -appearance of a herd of caribou going south that had frightened away the -wolves. Dick had been right in suspecting that Sandy had walked in his -sleep. It was almost funny to hear him tell how he had awakened, -struggling in the hands of his captors, dreaming they were wolves -devouring him. - -At dawn the travelers reached the shores of a large lake, whose snow -covered ice stretched for leagues and leagues ahead. - -“Him Badge Lake,” Toma told them. “We cross um ice, make journey -shorter.” - -They stopped long enough to steep coffee and make some flapjacks. Dick -and Toma had taken very few provisions with them when they left Gaston -Leroi, and they now could see that they would have barely enough for -another meal. - -Still hungry, they set off across the frozen lake with many a backward -glance to see if they were followed. But if they were, they saw no sign -of Govereau’s band. The silent forest, fading from view as they forged -out farther and farther over the ice, disclosed no running figures on -their trail. - -“We cross um lake when sun set,” Toma said. “Maybe see moose when other -side. We eat then.” - -It was a long jaunt across the lake. At noon they could see the other -shore, dim and hazy to the south. With hunger gnawing at their vitals -they trudged the last miles across the ice, hearing now and again, a low -rumbling roar as the lake ice cracked open for hundreds and hundreds of -yards. Once they were held up by one of these cracks, wider than the -rest, which they could not leap over. They had to follow this until it -grew narrower. Sandy slipped when they finally jumped the crack, and -fell into the niche. At the bottom the fissure came together, and was -partly filled with slivers of ice. Dick and Toma pulled Sandy out on the -end of a rifle. - -Darkness was just falling when they reached the other shore of the lake. -It was with groans of thankfulness that they built a fire and dropped -down to rest for the night. - -“I’m all in,” Sandy sank upon his back by the fire. - -“I couldn’t have gone much further,” Dick admitted. - -Even Toma seemed tired. They did not bother to get supper, but rolled -into their sleeping bags, and fell into heavy slumber, not even keeping -watch. - -Dawn found them awake. They finished their provisions for breakfast, and -again took to the trail on the last lap to Fort Dunwoody. They had no -time to hunt, but kept watch among the trees for a ptarmigan or -partridge, or bigger game if they ran across it. But they had bad luck -and the entire day passed with no more than two ptarmigan to show for -their pains. - -The birds made a slender meal for the three hungry young men. Toma -chopped out some roots that proved succulent when stewed, and they -managed to fill their stomachs with this, though within an hour -afterwards they were as hungry as ever. - -Twenty miles from Fort Dunwoody, at noon of the third day since the -rescue of Sandy, they came abruptly upon a friendly Indian village at -the edge of a tiny lake. - -“Now we’ll eat!” cried the haggard Sandy. - -And eat they did, in preparation for the last lap of their eventful -journey, for they felt it would be a hard day on the trail. - - - - - CHAPTER XXIII - GRAY GOOSE LAKE - - -“The fort! The fort!” cheered Dick, as the following evening they came -to the edge of a vast plain. - -Sandy was overjoyed, so much so that he could not speak. - -Sure enough, a half mile ahead frowned the stockade of Fort Dunwoody, -under the rippling flag of the king. Toma did not express himself in -words, but hastened his tireless pace. - -Dick and Sandy hurried after the guide, curiously gazing at the fort. -Along the top of the stockade they could see a red-coated policeman -pacing slowly back and forth. - -“Who goes there?” the sentry above the gate called when the worn -travelers appeared. - -“Friends,” cried Dick. “We’re from Fort du Lac—looking for help at Fort -Good Faith.” - -“You the lads that helped bring in Corporal Richardson?” the sentry -gruffly asked. - -“Yes.” - -The huge gate swung back immediately, and the young adventurers passed -through. The police guard met them as the gate was closed. - -“You’ll want to see Inspector Dawson?” asked the guard. - -“I think he’s the man we should see,” Dick replied. - -Presently they were ushered into the presence of Inspector Dawson, whose -grim face, under a thatch of iron gray hair, broke into a smile, meant -to be kind. - -Dick and Sandy gave the scout salute. - -“Ah, ha!” said the Inspector, “I see you’ve been members of the Boy -Scouts.” - -“Yes sir, first class, both of us,” replied Dick, a little abashed in -the presence of so distinguished a man as Inspector Dawson. - -“Corporal Richardson told me about you,” went on the Inspector. - -“Then the corporal got in all right,” Dick exulted. - -“Yes, thanks to you boys and Gaston Leroi,” Inspector Dawson said. -“He’ll be up and around in a few days now. I’ve already sent relief to -Fort Good Faith,” he concluded. - -“Oh!” Dick was both glad and disappointed at once. He had hoped to join -the expedition. - -“However, an Indian runner came in today saying that Sergeant Brewster -and Constable Marden, the two I detailed for Fort Good Faith, were held -up at Gray Goose Lake by one of Henderson’s lieutenants and about thirty -renegade Indians. I believe the man’s name is Pierre Govereau. He has a -criminal record here.” - -“Govereau!” ejaculated Dick and Sandy in one voice. - -“You seem to have met him before,” the Inspector continued briskly. “But -the point I’m getting at is this; I have no men to send on as relief to -Gray Goose Lake. I expect one of my scouts, Malemute Slade, in tomorrow -morning from Fort du Lac where he has cleared things up.” - -At mention of Malemute Slade, Dick and Sandy exchanged significant -glances. - -“Yes,” the inspector continued. “And I suppose you follows want to go on -to Fort Good Faith. You seem to be able to take care of yourselves. -Would you like to be special deputies?” - -“Would we!” Dick exclaimed. - -“Hurrah!” shouted Sandy. - -Inspector Dawson could not forbear a smile at the boys’ exuberance. “All -right, step forward,” he commanded, arising from his desk. - -Dick and Sandy lined up like soldiers while they repeated the oath of -allegiance to the law on specials duty for the duration of the Henderson -outbreak. - -The Inspector made Toma an official scout. - -“Now good day, boys,” the Inspector said dismissing them. “Report to me -tomorrow morning early. I expect Slade in then.” - -Dick and Sandy followed Toma out of headquarters seething with -excitement. They felt themselves full-fledged mounted policemen now, -and, too, they were to take the trail with Malemute Slade, the famous -scout they had met on the Big Smokey. Their only regret was that they -could not don the beautiful uniforms they saw everywhere about the post. - -They inquired as to the quarters of Corporal Richardson, and had a long -chat with the convalescent officer. They secured arrangements to pass -the night in the barracks, and once more toasted their shins before a -genuine stove. - -Bright and early next morning, Dick and Sandy rolled out of their bunks -and pulled on their clothes. - -“It hardly seems possible we’re at Fort Dunwoody,” Dick declared when -they attacked the ample breakfast set before them by the post cook. - -Sandy shivered in recalling the narrow escapes they had had and agreed -with Dick. - -Toma, who had slept before the fire on a bearskin rug, was as silent as -he always was when off the trail, but his moon face was split by a -continuous smile. - -Malemute Slade was waiting at headquarters when the boys reported as -instructed. His dog team of six huge huskies stood in front of the -Inspector’s office, harnessed to the sled, ready for the trail. - -Dick and Sandy were pleased to find that Malemute Slade remembered them. -His dark, wind-hardened face lighted up pleasantly, as he shook hands -with his future trail mates. - -“Wal, I swan,” he exclaimed, “I guess we’ll do some tall fightin’ now.” - -Dick and Sandy assured him they were with him with all they had to -offer, and after Inspector Dawson had wished them good luck, they mushed -across the parade square to the stockade gate, which swung slowly open -for them. - -Hour after hour the relief detachment from the post traveled northward. -Malemute Slade would not permit the boys to sleep longer than five -hours. Long before dawn they were up, had eaten a hasty breakfast, while -the dogs wolfed their daily frozen fish, and had hit the trail again. -Dick and Sandy had grown almost as trail hardened as Toma on their long -trip from Fort du Lac to Fort Dunwoody, and they did not complain at the -terrific pace set by Malemute Slade. - -On the afternoon of the third day, more than a hundred miles north of -Fort Dunwoody, they saw from the top of a ridge the white, level expanse -of Gray Goose Lake. They had not been molested along the way and they -decided that Govereau was doing all his fighting at Gray Goose Lake. - -Around the lake they broke into rough and serrated country, through -which they proceeded cautiously. Soon they heard the faint report of -rifles, by which they located the scene of combat. - -Malemute Slade led the way up a long ravine where they left the dog team -in charge of Toma and went on under cover of whatever they found. - -“Follow me, lads, an’ don’t fire till I give the word,” Malemute Slade -ordered. - -“Look! There they are!” whispered Dick a moment later as they reached -the top of the ravine. - -On a rocky knoll, overlooking Gray Goose Lake, they could see the -occasional puff of two rifles. All around the bottom of the little hill -were hidden Govereau’s men, flanked by a deep gorge on their left. - -“Now, lads, we’ll take ’em on the run. Shoot an’ holler all you can,” -Malemute Slade’s drawling voice calmed them. - -Dick and Sandy tensed for the coming skirmish, tightening their grips of -their rifles. - -“Ready,” called Malemute Slade. “Here we go.” - -They broke from cover and ran yelling like an army across the space that -separated them from Govereau’s party. The Indians turned and shouted, -seeming paralyzed with surprise. The besieged policemen, on the hill, -seeing reinforcements, also charged, leaping from their hiding place and -firing as they came. - -Attacked from two sides, Govereau’s band broke and fled. - -“There’s Govereau!” cried Dick. - -“An’ here’s where one dirty skunk cashes in,” shouted Malemute Slade, -raising his high-powered rifle. At the report of the rifle, Govereau -fell, Dick and Sandy rushing past his body in pursuit of the others. - -Dick barely had witnessed the fall of Govereau before he caught sight of -Toma stalking an Indian, who was trying to crawl away among the bushes. - -“Halt, in the king’s name!” commanded Dick, as he recognized the skulker -to be no other than Many-Scar Jackson. - -But the scar faced Indian did not halt. He broke into a run toward the -deep gorge on the left, Toma in hot pursuit, and Dick and Sandy close -behind. - -Suddenly Dick stopped dead in his tracks, Sandy almost falling over him. -“Toma!” he called, but the guide did not seem to hear. - -“He’s going to avenge his brother’s death,” Sandy exclaimed, pushing -ahead. - -“Stop!” Dick hauled his chum back. “Toma doesn’t want us to interfere. -It’s his fight. If we see he’s getting the worst of it, then we’ll -help.” - -Sandy drew back and with pale faces they watched the two Indians come -together and draw their knives in a duel to the death. - -Around and around they circled before Toma darted in like a flash and -drew blood. But Many-Scar made a stab in return, and they saw Toma reel -a little. Then the two clinched, staggered this way, then that, their -knife blades locked. - -“Many-Scar has him!” Sandy suddenly exclaimed, raising his rifle. - -“Wait!” Dick cried. - -For a moment it had seemed as if the scar faced Indian would plunge his -knife into Toma’s breast, but the agile young guide twisted suddenly, -like a snake, and Many-Scar was tripped to his knees. - -Then as Toma leaped in to follow up his advantage, Many-Scar whirled -away, leaped to his feet and once more they circled. - -“Many-Scar is getting the worst of it,” Dick breathed a few moments -later. - -“He sure is,” agreed Sandy exultingly. - -Toma’s enemy plainly was weakening. Dick and Sandy prepared to see the -final thrust, when of a sudden the scar faced Indian broke away and ran -like the wind straight toward the gorge. - -“They’ll fall into the gorge!” Dick cried, starting to run toward them. - -But Many-Scar Jackson and Toma, too, seemed uncognizant of any immediate -danger from a fall. Many-Scar ran like a deer, and as he reached the -edge, he leaped into the air. Like a bird he soared across the space -between the two cliffs, landing safely on the other side, where he -vanished into the bushes. - -“What a jump!” exclaimed Dick. - -“I can’t believe it,” Sandy said amazedly. “Why, it was a broad jump -record. It’s nearly thirty feet between the cliffs.” - -Toma had halted on the brink of the cliff and the boys saw him raise -clinched fists to the sky. Toma had failed this time, but, somehow, the -boys felt sure there was another time coming. - -Behind them Malemute Slade was calling. They rejoined the victorious -mounted police, Toma tardily returning. - -Presently they were behind the dogs on the trail to Fort Good Faith, -their party now increased to five with Sergeant Brewster and Constable -Marden. - -“I hope Uncle Walter has been able to hold out this long,” Sandy -whispered to himself as he ran after the waving tails of the huskies. - - - - - CHAPTER XXIV - CHIEF BLACK DOG’S SCHEME - - -“We’re coming into an Indian village,” Dick called to Sandy, when the -party reached the top of a long ridge. - -Sandy, who was some distance in the rear, hurried up and joined Dick. A -village of nearly a score of tepees lay ahead, the smoke of a number of -campfires rising here and there. - -Sergeant Brewster, who had taken command, explained that he was about to -enlist the tribe’s aid in an effort at retaking Fort Good Faith. - -“Chief Black Dog is a good friend of the mounted,” said Sergeant -Brewster, “and he’ll let us have a few warriors. I suppose Henderson has -tried to get the old fellow on his side, but chief is loyal.” - -They entered the village, and had some trouble with the numberless -Indian dogs that rushed out savagely from behind the tepees and attacked -the huskies. Presently several Indians came and called off the dogs, -throwing stones and sticks at them. - -Sergeant Brewster addressed one of the braves: “Tell Chief Black Dog a -man from the Great White Father has come to see him.” - -The buck hurried away, and soon returned, saying the chief would be glad -to see him, in fact had invited them all to his council tepee. - -Leaving Toma to look after the dogs, Dick and Sandy followed Malemute -Slade and the policemen to a tepee much larger than the rest. The -entrance was so high that even Malemute Slade entered erect. - -“Gosh, it’s dark,” whispered Sandy, when the tepee flap closed behind -them. - -The only light in the tepee was a tiny fire glowing in the center. -Before this Dick and Sandy could make out three shadowy figures. The one -in the center was an aged Indian with snow white hair. He was Chief -Black Dog. - -“The white brother comes from the Great White Father. It is good. Peace -with white brother,” the old chief spoke. - -“We bring presents from the great chief to the big chief,” Sergeant -Brewster announced, drawing from his mackinaw pockets a fine pocket -knife and a shining tobacco box. - -Dick and Sandy could see the old chief’s eyes glitter as they fell upon -the gifts. - -“It is good,” said Chief Black Dog, accepting the presents. - -The sergeant also gave something to each of the two chiefs seated on -either side of Chief Black Dog, for which they muttered thanks. - -“What will the white brother have?” the chief spoke again. - -“We wish help to fight the bad outlaw, Bear Henderson,” answered the -sergeant. “He has taken Fort Good Faith from the good factor Walter -MacClaren.” - -“It is good. My warriors are brave. They go with you.” - -Sergeant Brewster thanked the old chief, then waited for dismissal. -Chief Black Dog sat looking into the fire for a time, his deep eyes -meditative. The boys watched curiously. The chief seemed to be thinking. -At length he spoke: - -“The red man would know how many braves the bad chief Henderson fights -with. Some my warriors, young and foolish, with Henderson. I send -warrior in night. He go make believe join Henderson. He find his -brothers there. He find out how many braves hold fort. Come tell me. He -find where big chief MacClaren in prison. We know how to fight better -then.” - -“The red man’s words are wise,” replied the sergeant. - -“It is good,” the chief said, turning to the chief on his left and -speaking swiftly in his native tongue. - -The other chief rose and quietly left the tepee. - -“White brother’s men stay, wait for spy, when he come back. One night -maybe. Then we know all.” He waved a withered hand in dismissal. - -Dick and Sandy welcomed the open air, when once again they stepped into -the sunlight. At the sergeant’s orders they helped Toma unharness the -dogs. - -Chief Black Dog assigned two tepees to the party from Fort Dunwoody. -Dick, Sandy and Toma took one, the mounted policemen the other. An hour -later the boys watched the spy leave for Fort Good Faith, while the war -drums of the tribe summoned the braves to battle. - -It was an exciting evening the boys passed, watching the warriors in -their fantastic dances. When at last they went to their tepee to rest, -they were tired, but could not sleep. The wait for news from Fort Good -Faith was proving to be a trying one. So near Sandy’s uncle, yet under -orders to remain idle, the boys chafed and worried. - -“I can’t stand it,” Sandy cried. “I want to get there and have it over -with.” - -“I know just how you feel,” sympathized Dick. “I want to smell powder -too. But I believe the chief made a wise move, at that. What do you -think, Toma?” - -Toma’s dark face, lighted by the fire, brightened. “Him wise chief,” -said Toma. “My father know him long ago when they hunt on Saskatchewan -River.” - -“Tell us a story about the old days, Toma,” Dick pleaded, as he squatted -by the fire, “—an Indian story.” - -“Yes, do,” Sandy chimed in. - -The young guide seemed to be looking far away as he stared into the -glowing coals. Outside, the war drums and the cries of the dancing -warriors echoed in the forest aisles. - -“I tell story my father tell me long ago, when I little boy,” Toma -began. “Big medicine man tell my father. It is story of Saskatchewan -River and Great Bear, mighty hunter of the Crees. - -“Long ago, by Saskatchewan live big tribe. One hunter, one Great Bear, -he mightier than all big hunters. Him not like Saskatchewan country. Him -want travel far, far—where sun goes down. - -“Big medicine man, one Two-Horns-in-the-Bone not want lose Great Bear, -great hunter. Him try keep Great Bear home. But Great Bear don’t care. -He go anyway, he say. - -“Then Great Bear get ready go far away. When start, -Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go ’long little way with Great Bear, so Great -Spirit be with him in far lands. They stop on bank of Saskatchewan, -mighty river. Great Bear, lie thirsty. He kneel down, fill up with -water. Two-Horns-in-the-Bone make sign over him, big medicine sign. When -Great Bear get up, medicine man say: - -“‘They who drink waters of Saskatchewan shall return before they die.’ - -“Great Bear, him laugh. Him think Two-Horns-in-the-Bone make fun. Great -Bear young, strong; he laugh at Great Spirit, like him laugh at grizzly. -Him leap in Saskatchewan an’ swim across. Him wave spear goodbye to -medicine man, an’ turn back on Saskatchewan. - -“Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go back to tepee. Say nothing. Him very wise. - -“Many moons pass. Great Bear go far, far away—to Big Sea, to desert, to -other side of sunset. He fight many battles, always win. - -“Medicine man by Saskatchewan, him wait an’ smoke long pipe. Twenty -winters gone by, then spring come. Two-Horns-in-the-Bone walk down to -Saskatchewan. He wait all day. When sunset come he see old man walking. -Old man all bent over, white hair, hobble on stick. -Two-Horns-in-the-Bone watch. Old man come down to edge of water. Him -kneel down and drink. Then he go back and lay down. - -“Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go to old man. Him speak, him look in face. Old -Indian, him Great Bear. Old medicine man raise face to sky. ‘The Great -Spirit has spoken,’ say Two-Horns-in-the-Bone. ‘They who drink waters of -Saskatchewan shall return before they die.’” - -Toma’s voice died out. The young Indian seemed to be in another land, as -he thought of his father’s people. Dick and Sandy sat spell-bound. - -“It is the Legend of the Saskatchewan,” Dick said in a hushed voice. - -“It sure was a good story,” said Sandy. “Tell us another one, Toma.” - -But Toma shook his head. Dick and Sandy saw a certain sadness in his -face, that the legend had aroused, and they did not urge him. Presently -they rolled into their blankets. Once asleep, they did not awaken until -summoned by Sergeant Brewster. - -As they hurried from the tepee on the morning of that day which was to -mean so much, an inspiring sight greeted their eyes. - - - - - CHAPTER XXV - THE ATTACK ON THE FORT - - -The tepees of the Indian village were arranged in a hollow square, and -in the midst of this were gathered more than fifty warriors, arrayed for -battle. - -“Isn’t it a fearful sight!” exclaimed Sandy. - -“I’d hate to have them catch me alone in the forest,” Dick responded. - -“They’ll help us do for Henderson,” Sergeant Brewster remarked at their -elbow. “The spy came in an hour ago. He reports that Henderson has about -ten half-breeds and thirty Indians holding the fort. They don’t dream of -an attack. Henderson thinks Govereau is taking care of the police.” - -“Did the spy find out anything about Uncle Walter?” Sandy queried -anxiously. - -“I was coming to that,” continued the sergeant. “It seems that Henderson -has imprisoned him in a cave about a mile from the fort. The spy -believes he can find the cave from what he overheard while inside the -stockade. I’ll detail you fellows to go after the factor. But don’t -leave until we’re sure we’ve taken the fort—that comes first. Toma and -Malemute Slade will accompany, with the spy as a guide.” - -They were interrupted by Malemute Slade and Constable Marden driving up -with the dog team. - -“Wal, boys,” grinned Malemute Slade, “we’re off for another tussle. As -f’r me I can’t get to it too soon.” - -Dick and Sandy laughed and fell into line. The band of Indians already -had started out. They left the village amid the lamentations of Indian -women and the loud barking of the dogs. - -They traveled slowly, Sergeant Brewster explaining that they must not -reach Fort Good Faith until nightfall, if they were to surprise -Henderson. Scouts were sent on ahead to report any appearance of -Henderson’s men. - -Just before dark the war party came to a halt on the slope of a hill, -from the top of which they could see Fort Good Faith not far away. Dick -and Sandy gazed upon the stockade in awe. They had traveled more than -six hundred miles since leaving Fort du Lac, and at last within sight of -the post, they felt rewarded for all the hardships they had gone through -in an effort to rescue Sandy’s uncle. - -“We’ll have to keep out of sight till after dark—that’s all that bothers -me,” chafed Sandy. “I wish we were climbing the stockade right now.” - -Sergeant Brewster called to them just then. “Here’s the spy,” he -presented a somber Indian. “He’ll stay close by you until it’s time for -you to go after your uncle. Take your orders from Malemute Slade.” - -Worked up to a frenzy by their war dances, the warriors were eager to -attack, and it was all the policemen and the chiefs could do to hold -them back until nightfall. - -The minutes seemed like hours. But darkness slowly fell, and the hour of -the attack approached. The Indians grew quieter then. At a word from the -sergeant the war party started on toward the fort. - -All was silent until they were under the very walls of the stockade, -then the Indians gave vent to a horrible war cry, and like so many -chipmunks clambered over the stockade. The first inside rushed the guard -at the gate and swung it open for the rest of the party. Rifles and -revolvers flashed in the darkness everywhere, and combined with the -cries of the Indians, made a deafening racket. - -Dick dropped down from the top of the palisades on the heels of Malemute -Slade, Sandy and Toma following him. Suddenly he heard Sandy cry out: - -“Help, Dick!” - -Dick turned and ran toward the sound, his rifle clubbed in his hands. In -the gloom he could see Sandy struggling in the grip of a brawny -half-breed, Dick’s gun stock swept down, and Sandy’s adversary rolled -over and lay still. - -“Come on, Sandy. Let’s not lose Malemute,” Dick called. - -They could see the policemen concentrating their attack on the door of -the post residence, which had been hastily barricaded. - -“Up an’ at ’em,” Malemute bellowed as he rushed to join the mounted -police. Three half-breeds leaped out of the shadows and barred the big -scout’s way. Malemute fired once, swung his fists twice, and the -half-breeds were trampled underfoot. - -The surprise attack was over as quickly as it had begun. Dick and Sandy -saw a huge, long-haired man come to the door in answer to the sergeant’s -demand for surrender, and watched the handcuffs snapped upon the -outlaw’s wrists. It was the first look at the man behind all the -trouble. Henderson’s name fitted him, they decided. He looked much like -a grizzly in man’s clothing. - -“That wasn’t half a fight,” Malemute Slade complained. “Now if that -pesky spy would show up we’d skip out for the prisoner.” - -“There he is!” Dick exclaimed. - -The Indian spy and Toma both were approaching at a run. - -“Lead on there,” Malemute sang out to the spy. “We’ll be a’ter the -factor now—double quick.” - -Led by the spy, the five left the stockade in the hands of the mounted -police, and hurried off into the night. - -It was hard going through the deep snow, but the spy seemed to be sure -of the way. Only once did the Indian seem confused. Then he paused while -the rest waited impatiently. Then they were off again. - -Presently they came to a narrow canyon. Dick, Sandy and Toma were -running close together. Malemute Slade and the Indian spy were slightly -in the lead. - -Suddenly the spy stopped dead, emitting a guttural exclamation. - -“Down!” cried Malemute. - -Scarcely had all five dropped flat when a hoarse voice sounded, -seemingly out of the wall of the canyon: - -“Who’s there?” - -“You’ll shore find out in a minute,” retorted Malemute boldly. “Jest -come out where we can see the color o’ y’r whiskers.” - -“If you think much of y’r hide you better skidaddle,” replied the voice, -threateningly. - -“Haw, haw,” called Malemute. “You’ll be the one to do the skidaddlin’ -when we finish with yuh.” - -Silence followed, while Dick strained his eyes to see from whence the -voice came. - -“It’s from the cave,” Sandy whispered. - -Nerves at snapping pitch, the young adventurers awaited the orders of -the scout, who was mumbling to himself. Malemute was about to order a -blind advance, when four dark forms leaped out of the rocks behind them. -Dick Kent had a momentary vision of Malemute Slade pinned under two men, -then something crashed down upon his head and all went black. - - - - - CHAPTER XXVI - LOST UNDERGROUND - - -Dick Kent regained consciousness slowly. His head pained severely, and -as he passed his hand through his hair his fingers encountered something -warm and sticky. All was silent in the canyon. He sat up with a start, -all coming back to him—the mysterious voice from the canyon wall, the -surprise attack, the blow that had felled him. - -“Sandy! Sandy!” he shouted hoarsely. But the dark canyon gave back his -voice in a hollow echo. There was no answer. - -“Where have they gone?” Dick wondered. “Have they been killed or -captured?” - -He got dizzily to his feet and stumbled along the canyon, feeling his -way. Almost immediately, he felt a depression in the rock. In the -starlight a dark hole yawned in the wall. - -“The cave!” he exulted. - -Just then he stumbled over something solid, yet yielding. Groping about -his feet, he recoiled in horror. It was the face of a man! In the -starlight he finally made out the body, and saw that it was not one of -his party. - -Again Dick called out Sandy’s name, but only the echo of his voice from -the yawning cavern answered him. - -Dick’s head was clearing now. He thought swiftly and concluded his -companions must have gone into the cavern in search of Walter MacClaren. -He turned in and groped his way along, calling every now and then. Once -he thought he heard a shout and stopped, but all was silent. - -He had a few matches in his pocket and he drew one out and lighted it. -He found himself in a large cave, evidently formed by the erosion of -water. The roof of the cavern was some six feet higher than his head. -Where he was standing there seemed but one passage. - -“Well, I can’t get lost if there’s only the main passage,” Dick decided, -and started on boldly, feeling his way in the blackness. - -The cavern slanted downward slightly, and leading forward fairly -straight, Dick made good time, though he tested every bit of footing to -make certain he did not step off into a hole, or run into an -obstruction. - -Presently he could hear running water, and as the sound grew louder, he -lighted another match. There was no disturbance of air and the flame -burned steadily. Dick could see that the cavern branched at this point. -Down one passage a swift stream of dark water flowed; the other was dry. - -About to take to the cavern that was dry underfoot, Dick heard a shout -somewhere in the cave before him. He thrilled as he recognized Sandy’s -voice. - -“Sandy, Sandy, here I am!” he answered at the top of his lungs, hurrying -down the cavern from which he believed the voice had come. Once more he -heard Sandy’s shout, but this time it was fainter. Then he heard it no -longer. - -“There must be tracks if anyone has passed here,” Dick thought, and -striking a match, stooped down. Plainly, in the moist floor of the -cavern, were the tracks of moccasins. But they were directed both -forward and back, and meant very little. - -Thinking to catch Sandy before he was too far away, Dick hastened -forward with less caution. He had advanced some fifty yards, when of a -sudden the earth gave way under him. His cry of terror was drowned by -the sound of falling stones and gravel, as he pitched downward. His -clutching hands encountered a rim of solid rock. With a painful jerk he -stopped his fall, dangling there by his fingers over a chasm he knew not -how deep. - -Once he regained his breath and sense, he endeavored to pull himself up. -But he could not quite make it. The hole bulged outward under his feet -and, kick and thresh as he would, he could not get a foothold anywhere. -The rim he was clinging to was so narrow that it was impossible for him -to hold his body up on it even if he pulled himself up by the hands. He -realized that he was part way down the hole, hanging to the conical -wall. - -Dick’s struggles slowly weakened. His head was paining him severely. He -realized that he could not hang on much longer, yet gritting his teeth, -he clung on while his muscles burned and his fingers grew numb. - -With his last remaining strength, he shouted. But it seemed that his -voice was deadened by the formation of the hole, as if he had shouted -into a barrel. But again and again he raised his voice, though it grew -weaker and weaker. - -He did not know whether he imagined it or not, but he thought his last -outcry received an answer. Slowly he was losing consciousness. It seemed -that he could hear the pad, pad of moccasins and more voices. A hand -grasped his wrists, then he gave out. - -When once more Dick awakened he found himself in a dimly lighted -underground room. Some one was pouring something hot between his teeth. - -“Sandy!” he started up, looking into his chum’s happy face. - -“Greetin’s, lad,” called Malemute Slade, smiling down from the other -side of him, “you’ve had a tough time of it.” - -“I thought it was all over with as far as I was concerned,” replied -Dick. - -“Uncle Walter is here, but he’s pretty sick,” Sandy was telling him. “We -found him in this room, almost dead from starvation. He seems to be a -little better since we fed him some hot broth.” - -Dick raised up, his aching head swimming. Across the room, watched over -by Toma, on a heap of balsam boughs, he saw a bearded man, haggard of -face. It was Walter MacClaren. - -“I guess I can stand on my pins now,” declared Dick. “But where did you -all go right after I was knocked out?” - -“The devils drove us right into the cave,” volunteered Malemute Slade. -“It was a running fight till I climbed on a shelf of rock an’ dropped -down on the beans of a couple of ’em. I cracked their pates, then we -choked the other one till he told us where the lad’s uncle was. Me—I -guess I’ve got about all I want of fightin’ for today.” - -“I heard you shouting,” Sandy explained, “but you were in the wrong -branch of the cavern. I had to go clear down to the fork before I found -where you were. You had just about let go of the rock. I was scared to -death when I had pulled you out. I struck a match—and say!—that hole -didn’t seem to have any bottom.” - -Dick shuddered, but smiled grimly. He had had a close shave—they had all -had a close shave—but things had come out right in the end. - -Malemute Slade had located the store of food kept by MacClaren’s guards, -and they sat down and had a bite to eat. Then, they all gathered -anxiously around Walter MacClaren. With eyes shining, Sandy stooped -forward and patted his uncle’s hand. - -“Everything is all right now,” the youth muttered happily. “I’m sure -that Uncle Walt will get better.” - -For several minutes they stood there in the half-light, looking down at -the recumbent figure of the man, whose life they had saved barely in the -nick of time. Except for their quiet breathing and the low trickle of -water in an alcove close at hand, the deep hush remained unbroken. Then, -unexpectedly, MacClaren stirred, muttering in his sleep. His eyes -blinked open. - -His gaze wavered from one to the other of the little company gathered -around him, and slowly a smile played across his lips. - -“Up in a few days,” he managed to articulate weakly. “Thanks—everyone of -you! I’ll be feeling fine in the morning.” - -Then, with another smile, he rolled over on his side and went back to -sleep. In a surge of new-found happiness, Dick nodded significantly at -Sandy, and, arm-in-arm, they turned quietly and tip-toed out of the -room. - - - THE END - - - - - Transcriber’s Notes - - ---Copyright notice provided as in the original—this e-text is public - domain in the country of publication. - ---Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and - dialect unchanged. - ---Added a Table of Contents based on chapter headings. - ---In the text versions, delimited italics text in _underscores_ (the - HTML version reproduces the font form of the printed book.) - - - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Dick Kent with the Mounted Police, by -Milton Richards - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE *** - -***** This file should be named 50431-0.txt or 50431-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/4/3/50431/ - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Rod Crawford, Rick Morris -and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/50431-0.zip b/old/50431-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6fa6b9e..0000000 --- a/old/50431-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50431-h.zip b/old/50431-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7dd673b..0000000 --- a/old/50431-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50431-h/50431-h.htm b/old/50431-h/50431-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 856e628..0000000 --- a/old/50431-h/50431-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6554 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> -<head> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> -<title>Dick Kent with the Mounted Police, by Milton Richards</title> -<meta name="author" content="Milton Richards" /> -<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> -<link rel="schema.DC" href="http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/" /> -<meta name="DC.Creator" content="Milton Richards (ps.)" /> -<meta name="DC.Title" content="Dick Kent with the Mounted Police" /> -<meta name="DC.Language" content="en" /> -<meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> -<meta name="pss.pubdate" content="1927" /> -<style type="text/css"> -xbody, table.twocol tr td { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; } /* BODY */ - -h1, h2, h3, h5, h6, .titlepg p { text-align:center; clear:right; } /* HEADINGS */ -h1 { margin-top:3em; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto; max-width:15em; } -.box h1, .box h2 { margin-top:.5em; } -h2, h3 { margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:2em; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width: 17em; } -.box h3 { margin-top:1em; } -h6 { font-size:100%; font-style:italic; } -h6.var { font-size:80%; font-style:normal; } -.titlepg { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border-style:double; clear:both; } - -/* == BOXES == */ -.dbox { border-style:double; } -div.box, .dbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em;} -.nbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:18em;} -div.box, div.subbox, div.nbox { border-style:solid; border-width:1px; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -div.subbox { margin:.2em; } -div.box dl dd, div.subbox dl dd, div.nbox dl dd {margin-left:2em; font-size:90%; } -div.box dl dt, div.subbox dl dt, div.nbox dl dt {margin-left:1em; } -div.box p {margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; max-width:70em; } -h4 { font-size:80%; text-align:center; clear:right; } -span.chaptertitle { font-style:normal; display:block; text-align:center; font-size:150%; } - -p, blockquote, li { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } /* PARAGRAPHS */ -p.bq, blockquote { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -div.verse { font-size:100%; } -p.indent {text-indent:2em; text-align:left; } -p.tb, p.tbcenter { margin-top:2em; } - -span.pb, div.pb, dt.pb, p.pb /* PAGE BREAKS */ -{ text-align:right; float:right; margin-right:0em; clear:right; } -div.pb { display:inline; } -.pb, dt.pb, dl.toc dt.pb, dl.tocl dt.pb, .index dt.pb { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left: 1.5em; - margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em; display:inline; text-indent:0; - font-size:80%; font-style:normal; font-weight:bold; - color:gray; border:1px solid gray;padding:1px 3px; } -div.index .pb { display:block; } -.bq div.pb, .bq span.pb { font-size:90%; margin-right:2em; } - -div.img, body a img, .imgcenter {text-align:center; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:0em; clear:both; } - -sup, a.fn { font-size:75%; vertical-align:100%; line-height:50%; font-weight:normal; } -.center, .tbcenter, .csmallest, .csmaller, .caption { text-align:center; clear:both; } /* TEXTUAL MARKUP */ -.caption {margin-top:0em; } -table.center { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } -.small { font-size:80%; } -.smaller, .csmaller { font-size:66%; } -.smallest, .csmallest { font-size:50%; } -.larger, .xlarge { font-size:150%; } -.large { font-size:125%; } -.gs { letter-spacing:1em; } -.gs3 { letter-spacing:1.5em; } -.gslarge { letter-spacing:.3em; font-size:110%; } -.sc { font-variant:small-caps; font-style: normal; } -.sc i { font-variant:normal; } -.rubric { color: red; font-weight:bold; } -hr { width:40%; margin-left:30%; } -.shorthr { width:20%; } -.jl { text-align:left; } -span.jl { float:left; } -.jr, .jr1 { text-align:right; } -span.jr, span.jr1, span.center, span.jl { display:block; } -.jr1 { margin-right:2em; } -.ind1 { text-align:left; margin-left:2em; } -.u { text-decoration:underline; } - -table.center { border-style: groove; } -table.center, table.hymntab { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - -dd.t { text-align:left; margin-left: 5.5em; } - -span.date, span.author { text-align:right; font-variant:small-caps; display:block; margin-right:1em; } -span.center { text-align:center; display:block; } -span.hst { margin-left:1.5em; } -.biblio dt { margin-top:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } -.biblio dd { font-size:90%; } - -/* INDEX (.INDEX) */ - -/* FOOTNOTE BLOCKS */ -div.notes p { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; text-align:justify; max-width:25em; } -.fnblock { margin-top:2em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em; } -.fndef { text-align:justify; margin-top:1.5em; margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; } -.fndef p.fncont, .fndef dl { margin-left:0em; text-indent:0em; } -.fndef p.fnbq, .fndef dl { margin-left:1em; text-indent:0em; } - -.lnum { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left:.5em; /* POETRY LINE NUMBER */ -display:inline; } - -.hymn { text-align:left; } /* HYMN AND VERSE: HTML */ -.verse { text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:0em; } -p.t0, p.l, .t0, .l, div.l, l { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.tw, div.tw, .tw { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t, div.t, .t { margin-left:5em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t2, div.t2, .t2 { margin-left:6em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t3, div.t3, .t3 { margin-left:7em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t4, div.t4, .t4 { margin-left:8em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t5, div.t5, .t5 { margin-left:9em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t6, div.t6, .t6 { margin-left:10em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t7, div.t7, .t7 { margin-left:11em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t8, div.t8, .t8 { margin-left:12em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t9, div.t9, .t9 { margin-left:13em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t10,div.t10,.t10 { margin-left:14em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t11,div.t11,.t11 { margin-left:15em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t12,div.t12,.t12 { margin-left:16em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t13,div.t13,.t13 { margin-left:17em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t14,div.t14,.t14 { margin-left:18em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t15,div.t15,.t15 { margin-left:19em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } - - /* CONTENTS (.TOC) */ - .toc dt.center { text-align:center; clear:both; margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:1em; } - .toc dt { text-align:right; clear:left; - margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - .toc dt .cn { font-style:normal; } - .toc dt.jr { text-align:right; } - .toc dt.smaller { max-width:25em; } - .toc dd { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:2em; } - .toc dd.t { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:4em; text-indent:0em; } - .toc dt a, .toc dd a { text-align:left; clear:right; float:left; } - .toc dt.sc { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.scl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.sct { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; margin-left:1em; } - .toc dt.jl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:normal; } - .toc dt.scc { text-align:center; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt span.lj { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } - .toc dt.jr { font-style:normal; } - .toc dt a span.cn, .toc dt span.cn, dt span.cn { width:3.5em; text-align:right; margin-right:.7em; float:left; } - dt .large {font-weight:bold; } - div.bcat dl dd { margin-left:4em; max-width:21em; } - div.bcat dl dt { text-indent:-2em; margin-left:2em; } - -.clear { clear:both; } -.htab { margin-left:8em; } - /* MAXWIDTH FOR JUVENILE BOOKS */ - p, blockquote, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre.internal dl { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p.csmaller { max-width:38em; } - p.csmallest { max-width:40em; } - blockquote { max-width:23em; } - - - div.verse { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - div.bq { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:23em; } -/* book advertisements */ - p.bkad {font-size:125%; font-weight:bold; margin-top:2em; max-width:20em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p.bkpr {font-size:90%; } - p.bkrv { } - dl.blist dt { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } - dl.blist, dl.biblio { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - - dl.int { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - dl.int dt {margin-left:0em; } - dl.int dd {margin-left:2em; } -</style> -</head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -Project Gutenberg's Dick Kent with the Mounted Police, by Milton Richards - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Dick Kent with the Mounted Police - -Author: Milton Richards - -Release Date: November 11, 2015 [EBook #50431] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE *** - - - - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Rod Crawford, Rick Morris -and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - -</pre> - -<div class="img"> -<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Dick Kent with the Mounted Police" width="394" height="498" /> -</div> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/icover.jpg" alt="Dick Kent with the Mounted Police" width="500" height="778" /> -</div> -<div class="img"> -<img width="500" height="764" src="images/p1.png" alt="Wrapped in blankets, Sandy still lay on the hastily improvised sled. -(Page 127)" /> -<p class="caption">Wrapped in blankets, Sandy still lay on the hastily improvised sled. -(Page 127)</p> -</div> -<div class="box"> -<h1>Dick Kent -<br />with the Mounted Police</h1> -<p class="tbcenter">By MILTON RICHARDS</p> -<p class="tbcenter"><span class="small">AUTHOR OF</span> -<br />“Dick Kent in the Far North” -<br />“Dick Kent with the Eskimos” -<br />“Dick Kent, Fur Trader” -<br />“Dick Kent and the Malemute Mail”</p> -<div class="img" id="p2"> -<img src="images/p2.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="217" /> -</div> -<p class="tbcenter">THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY -<br />Akron, Ohio <span class="hst">New York</span></p> -</div> -<p class="csmaller">Copyright MCMXXVII -<br />THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY -<br /><i>Made in the United States of America</i></p> -<h2>Contents</h2> -<dl class="toc"> -<dt class="jr"><span class="jl"><span class="small">CHAPTER</span></span> <span class="small">PAGE</span></dt> -<dt><span class="cn">I </span><a href="#c1">The Scar Faced Indian</a> 3</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">II </span><a href="#c2">At Little Moose Portage</a> 14</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">III </span><a href="#c3">Dick Shoots the Rapids</a> 27</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">IV </span><a href="#c4">Through the Flames</a> 39</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">V </span><a href="#c5">MacKenzie’s Landing</a> 47</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">VI </span><a href="#c6">A Grizzly Shows Fight</a> 55</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">VII </span><a href="#c7">The Rifled Cache</a> 65</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">VIII </span><a href="#c8">Dick Drops a Moose</a> 75</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">IX </span><a href="#c9">Pierre Govereau</a> 83</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">X </span><a href="#c10">Toma and a Cold Snap</a> 94</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XI </span><a href="#c11">Slush Ice</a> 102</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XII </span><a href="#c12">The Blizzard</a> 110</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XIII </span><a href="#c13">Dick Sees a Ghost</a> 120</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XIV </span><a href="#c14">An Unwelcome Visitor</a> 127</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XV </span><a href="#c15">Outwitting the Enemy</a> 135</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XVI </span><a href="#c16">A Journey Through the Night</a> 145</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XVII </span><a href="#c17">The Stolen Huskies</a> 153</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XVIII </span><a href="#c18">A Hungry Pack</a> 162</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XIX </span><a href="#c19">The Circle of Death</a> 171</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XX </span><a href="#c20">Sandy Disappears</a> 179</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXI </span><a href="#c21">The Man From Crooked Stick River</a> 184</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXII </span><a href="#c22">A Skirmish in the Night</a> 194</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXIII </span><a href="#c23">Gray Goose Lake</a> 200</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXIV </span><a href="#c24">Chief Black Dog’s Scheme</a> 209</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXV </span><a href="#c25">The Attack on the Fort</a> 216</dt> -<dt><span class="cn">XXVI </span><a href="#c26">Lost Underground</a> 222</dt> -</dl> -<div class="pb" id="Page_3">3</div> -<h1 title="">DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE</h1> -<h2 id="c1">CHAPTER I -<br /><span class="small">THE SCAR FACED INDIAN</span></h2> -<p>Dick Kent tossed aside the wolf trap he had been -trying to repair, and turned to his chum, Sandy -McClaren.</p> -<p>“Let’s go back to your Uncle Walter’s at Fort -Good Faith,” said Dick restlessly. “It’s getting too -quiet around here.”</p> -<p>Sandy McClaren’s big blue eyes turned from the -marten pelt he had been scraping. “I’m with you, -Dick. Uncle Walt needs us, too. He’s still having -a lot of trouble with that outlaw, Bear Henderson.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_4">4</div> -<p>For a year after finishing school in the United -States, Dick Kent and Sandy McClaren had been -pursuing adventure two hundred miles north of -Hay River Landing, Canada, where they had gone -to visit Sandy’s uncle. Lately they had come to -Fort du Lac at the invitation of Martin MacLean, -the factor there. The savage northland already had -woven its spell of dangerous adventure about them, -but Fort du Lac had proved dull after the excitement -of the more lawless trading post supervised -by Sandy’s uncle on the northern fringe of the -Hudson’s Bay Company’s territory.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy had turned toward the big log -store building where Martin MacLean bartered for -furs, when they stopped dead, looking northeast -along the trail that curved about a high headland -of pine forest.</p> -<p>“What’s that?” cried Dick suddenly.</p> -<p>“Looks like an Indian runner!” Sandy exclaimed.</p> -<p>“I’ll tell Mr. MacLean,” Dick stretched his athletic -legs toward the store.</p> -<p>The fur trader came out on Dick’s heels a moment -later, his broad, bony frame and bearded face tense -at the hint of trouble.</p> -<p>“It’s a runner all right,” confirmed the trader, -watching the distant figure, which was rapidly -approaching.</p> -<p>Presently a swarthy faced Indian, his coarse black -hair streaming about his haggard features, fell -almost exhausted into their arms.</p> -<p>“Help me carry him in,” Martin MacLean commanded. -“He’s tuckered out. We’ve got to get -him to talk. There’s trouble somewhere.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_5">5</div> -<p>They tugged the limp body of the runner into -the store and lay him on several bales of fur. The -trader hurried for stimulant, which he forced between -the Indian’s teeth. The runner soon opened -his eyes. All three bent over him as he spoke:</p> -<p>“Him Bear Henderson take um post—from Mister -McClaren,” gasped the runner. “Tie um up. Kill -all good Injuns!”</p> -<p>Dick Kent’s face paled as he turned to Sandy. -“Henderson has captured your Uncle Walter!”</p> -<p>“Well, he’ll get his when the mounted police get -there,” flared Sandy, his Scotch temper showing -itself.</p> -<p>The factor of the post turned to them. They fell -silent. “Boys, I can’t leave the post,” he said, “and -I don’t trust any of the Indians around the store. -Can I depend on you to go down the river and get -Malcolm Mackenzie?”</p> -<p>“Can you!” Dick and Sandy chorused, “I should -smile.”</p> -<p>“You know what this means,” the trader went -on sternly. “Bear Henderson is a powerful man. -There isn’t a doubt this runner was followed here. -There may be men right here at Fort du Lac who -are in sympathy with the outlaw. Henderson is -plotting against the whole northern frontier held by -Hudson’s Bay Company. It’s life or death.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_6">6</div> -<p>“We’ll do it!” Dick cried eagerly. “Tell us what -to do.”</p> -<p>“All right then. You go by canoe down the river -to Mackenzie’s Landing. Tell Mackenzie I asked -him to go with you to the mounted police post at -Fort Dunwoody. You know the trail that far. -Malcolm knows it from the landing on. There’s -a grub cache he might have forgotten. In case he -has——” the boys followed MacLean behind the -counter. From the strong box the trader drew a -map. “Now here is our post,” the trader continued, -indicating a dot on the rough map with a match -end, while Dick and Sandy followed him attentively; -“There’s Little Moose Portage, and further down -Mackenzie’s Landing, the free trader’s post. Twenty -miles further the river swings north and you leave -the water and go by land. Then here’s where you -strike the cache of food——”</p> -<p>Dick’s sudden, startled cry interrupted. “What -was that at the window!”</p> -<p>“I didn’t see anything,” whispered Sandy.</p> -<p>“Sure you weren’t imagining something?” said -the trader.</p> -<p>“I know I saw a face right there a moment ago,” -Dick insisted, pointing to a window in the rear of -the long store. “It seemed to be an Indian’s face -which was covered with hideous scars.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_7">7</div> -<p>MacLean walked back and pulled the curtains -shut over the window. He returned and went on -explaining the location of the cache and the route -to be taken to Fort Dunwoody.</p> -<p>Once started, Dick and Sandy were not long in -preparing for the trip down the river to Mackenzie’s -Landing. They cleaned and oiled their 30.30 Ross -rifles, packed a canoe with flour, beans, bacon, coffee, -salt, sugar and camp utensils, and saw that they -were well supplied with ammunition.</p> -<p>On their last trip to the canoe from the storehouse, -Sandy, too, had a singular surprise. But -he did not cry out. Instead, he called softly to -Dick, who was a little ahead of him.</p> -<p>“I saw the same face you saw behind those boxes -over there on the landing,” Sandy said tensely. -“Make believe we didn’t notice anything. Then -we’ll pick up our rifles and walk down the river till -we get where we can see behind the boxes.”</p> -<p>“All right,” Dick replied cooly, his dark eyes -gleaming as they always did at the promise of -excitement.</p> -<p>“Don’t shoot. Capture him,” Dick added, as they -deposited their packs into the canoe, picked up their -rifles and started off down the river bank, their eyes -bent to the left.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_8">8</div> -<p>When they had advanced far enough to see -behind the boxes, they turned and looked. The -face was gone! There was no one behind the packing -boxes.</p> -<p>Sandy scratched his head. “Blame it, I know I -saw somebody watching us.”</p> -<p>“Come on, we’ll look closer.” Dick led the way -forward and they examined all the boxes, but found -each one empty.</p> -<p>“Looks queer,” Dick admitted.</p> -<p>“Those Indians can disappear mighty suddenly,” -Sandy said. “Let’s tell Mr. MacLean.”</p> -<p>They hurried back to the store. The trader plainly -was deeply concerned over what they had to tell. -“I tell you, boys, I hadn’t ought to let you make -this trip,” he said, pacing back and forth. “Henderson -has men here that I know nothing about. -They say he has secret operatives all over the northern -frontier. Sandy’s uncle never would forgive -me if anything happened to you fellows. But I -don’t see what else I can do. The mounted police -must be notified.”</p> -<p>“Well, Sandy and I aren’t men,” Dick replied -modestly, “but you know we’ve been in the north -country for a year now and so far we’ve taken -pretty good care of ourselves. Sandy’s Uncle -Walter will tell you that.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_9">9</div> -<p>The trader surveyed Dick Kent’s stalwart figure -and Sandy’s more stocky frame with a renewal of -confidence. “Yes,” he concluded, “I believe you -fellows will come out all right. Shake.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy gripped Martin MacLean’s hard -hand. They felt a glow of admiration for the big -“sourdough” who had so complimented two “chechakos,” -or tenderfeet. The trader drew from his -pocket a wallet of money and thrust it into Dick’s -hand, with the remark it might come in handy for -expenses.</p> -<p>An hour later the boys were gliding down the -river, Dick in the stern steering, Sandy in front on -the lookout for snags. The dark walls of spruce -forest on either side closed in on them with a mysterious -silence. They seemed to feel malevolent eyes -watching them as they sheered the oily surface of -the stream. The strange face both had seen at Fort -du Lac remained in their memory and made them -silent as they forged along with the current. It was -the last warm days of fall; already a hint of winter -was in the air, and with the threat of danger hovering -about was combined another feeling of dread, -as if the very atmosphere of the vast, lonely land -heralded the approach of mercilessly cold weather.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_10">10</div> -<p>“You watch the south bank, and I’ll watch the -north,” Dick broke the silence when the landing at -Fort du Lac had faded from view around a bend. -“I think we’ll be followed by land if our suspicions -are correct and there’s really some one on our trail.”</p> -<p>“They’ll have to follow by land for a ways anyway,” -rejoined Sandy. “Mr. MacLean will see them -if they use one of the canoes at the landing. But -I suppose they have a canoe hidden somewhere along -the river.”</p> -<p>“That’s about it,” Dick agreed. “We’ll keep sharp -watch and be ready to duck if there’s any shooting.”</p> -<p>They paddled on silently for a quarter of an hour, -making good time and keeping to the center of the -stream. They were just passing a large heap of -driftwood, lodged in an eddy near the north shore, -when Sandy called Dick’s attention to something -under the brush.</p> -<p>“What do you make of that light brown object -just the other side of the little sand point sticking -out into the river?” asked Sandy.</p> -<p>“I was looking at it myself,” responded Dick. “I -thought it was a log with the bark off it at first, but -it might be a canoe.”</p> -<p>“It looks a lot like a canoe—as if they tried to -hide it under some brush but the brush sprung up -after they left and exposed it.”</p> -<p>“We’ll turn in and see,” Dick plied his paddle -lustily, and the light craft swerved toward the shore.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_11">11</div> -<p>“Aren’t we taking an awful risk?” Sandy was -cautious. “Suppose they’re close to us.”</p> -<p>“We’ll take a chance,” Dick returned. “Better -take a chance now than have them catch up with -us in that canoe. It’s plain they’re not here yet.”</p> -<p>Nerves keyed high at thought of the peril they -might be floating into, Dick and Sandy bore swiftly -into the sand point, and presently the bottom of the -canoe grated on the gravel. Dick leaped out into -the shallow water and beached the canoe, Sandy -following closely.</p> -<p>“It’s a canoe sure enough!” Dick exclaimed when -they reached the spot where they had seen the suspicious -object.</p> -<p>“And they tried to hide it,” Sandy came back, as -they drew nearer. “See the tracks in the mud? -Say! That canoe hasn’t been there a day, if that!”</p> -<p>“You’re right!” Dick cried, “and right here and -now we’re going to see that nobody chases us in this -canoe.”</p> -<p>“Be careful,” Sandy cautioned.</p> -<p>“We’ll set her adrift,” Dick went on, unheeding -Sandy’s precautions. “Here, Sandy, you grab the -bow and I’ll get around behind and push. Soon as -we get it out in the current it’ll float down where -they can’t find it. We might sink it, but we’d have -to tow it into the river and we haven’t time.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_12">12</div> -<p>Sandy fell to work with a will. The canoe was -lodged in the mud rather securely and they strained -for some minutes before it at last came loose with -a suck and splash that nearly tumbled Sandy over. -An instant later they had shoved the canoe out into -the stream, where the current caught it and carried -it past the sand point.</p> -<p>The young adventurers paused to gaze with satisfaction -upon this blow they felt they had dealt the -enemy, when a sound from the shore drew their -startled attention.</p> -<p>“Listen,” whispered Dick.</p> -<p>They could hear a crashing among the trees. Looking -toward the forest they could see nothing at first. -Then suddenly, into a small clearing that led down -to the river bank, burst three men, running and -waving their rifles menacingly.</p> -<p>“Quick! The canoe!” cried Dick hoarsely. “Don’t -stop to shoot. We’ve got to get away. They’re -after that canoe. It’s the Indian with the scarred -face!”</p> -<p>Sandy tumbled into the stern of the canoe in one -flying leap, and as Dick shoved on the prow, he -picked up his paddle and stroked backward. The -canoe left the beach with a lunge, and Dick was -nearly precipitated into the water as he leaped into -his position in the bow. As they crouched to paddle, -three shots sounded and bullets cut the water about them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_13">13</div> -<p>“Downstream fast,” shouted Dick. “Stay low, -Sandy.”</p> -<p>Rifle balls were flying thick and fast as they -rounded the sand point, paddling frantically after -the canoe they had set adrift.</p> -<p>“Diable!” they could hear an enraged cry in -French, as their pursuers found the canoe gone and -the boys escaping.</p> -<p>Dick turned and looked back. All three of the -men were kneeling with rifles leveled. “Duck!” he -shouted to Sandy just in time.</p> -<p>The rifles cracked almost as one and two bullets -ripped through the bottom of the canoe, plowing -up splinters in their wake.</p> -<p>“We’ve sprung a leak,” called Sandy almost immediately. -“Those shots have put the canoe out of -commission!”</p> -<p>Dick glanced about at the bottom of the canoe. -Sandy was right. The bullets had struck below the -waterline and the river was gurgling in around the -packs and blankets.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_14">14</div> -<h2 id="c2">CHAPTER II -<br /><span class="small">AT LITTLE MOOSE PORTAGE</span></h2> -<p>Dick Kent thought swiftly. There was no time -to lose. The canoe was filling fast. Already it was -growing perceptibly heavier. Ahead he could see -the canoe they had set adrift. It was a long chance, -but it was the only thing to be done, aside from -swimming to the other shore and abandoning all -their packs and camp equipment.</p> -<p>“Sandy!”</p> -<p>“What?” panted his chum.</p> -<p>“We’ve got to switch our packs into that empty -canoe.”</p> -<p>“Catch it first, I’ll say!” cried Sandy.</p> -<p>They redoubled their efforts on the paddles. The -drifting canoe was spinning slowly in the stream. -Waterlogged as they were, they yet were slowly -gaining on the empty craft. Out of rifle range -from the sand point, the bullets of their pursuers -no longer endangered them as they skipped across -the water yards short of their mark.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_15">15</div> -<p>Slowly they overhauled the empty canoe, and at -last Dick reached out and grasped the prow, hauling -it to the side of their own sinking craft. Dropping -their paddles then, they straddled the two gunwales -and with their legs held the canoes together while -with all haste they transferred their dunnage. Working -grimly and silently they had almost finished -when the canoes began to whirl slowly in the current. -Sandy lost his balance and toppled into the -water, his hoarse shout of surprise muffled as the -river closed over his head.</p> -<p>Sandy came up from the cold bath. Dick shouted -encouragement, extending a paddle to his chum while -he alone held the canoes together. In a moment, -spluttering and shivering, Sandy crawled back into -the loaded canoe.</p> -<p>The leaking canoe was rolling on its side when -the last blanket was taken from it. The young men -picked up their paddles and struck out with all speed. -They feared their pursuers, since they no longer -appeared on the sand point, had run back into the -forest and were coming along the river bank into -rifle range.</p> -<p>“B-r-r-r, that sure was no warm bath,” chattered -Sandy.</p> -<p>“Keep paddling, and warm up,” Dick called over -his shoulder. “We’ll go ashore and dry your clothes -when we’re sure we’ve got away from them.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_16">16</div> -<p>No sooner were the words out of his mouth when -a rifle shot sounded from the shore some distance -behind them. A bullet whined over their heads and -plunked into the river.</p> -<p>“There they go again!” cried Dick. “Let’s bear -toward the other shore and see if we can’t get out -of range.”</p> -<p>Crouching over their paddles they swerved to the -right and gradually paddled out of range once more.</p> -<p>Until late in the afternoon the boys kept up a -killing pace with the paddles. Sandy, warmed by -the stiff exercise, would not permit Dick to go in -shore on his account, and so they drew into the swift -current above Little Moose Portage.</p> -<p>The canoe was beached on the shore opposite -the one where the enemy had put in an appearance -miles behind. It was an excellent camp site. They -were only about three hundred yards above the -rapids, whose swift current, filled with sharp stones, -made it necessary to go on by land to a point where -the river was less dangerous. They could hear the -sound of the rushing water.</p> -<p>“We’ll keep sharp watch while we make camp,” -said Dick. “Those fellows may have found another -canoe and caught up with us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_17">17</div> -<p>“Even if they come on by land they can’t be so -very far behind,” Sandy added, shivering a little -now that the warming work on the paddle was discontinued.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy had paddled many miles that day -and they were very tired. A year before they could -not have kept on that far. But the north country -had hardened their already healthy bodies, until they -laughed at the exertion that would have put a southland -boy flat on his back.</p> -<p>A campfire of pine cones and dead wood soon -was crackling cheerily. Dick set on the coffee pot -and mixed up some flapjacks while Sandy took off -his moccasins and sox by the fire. By the time -Sandy was fairly dry the meal was ready, and the -boys fell to ravenously. Now and again they were -startled by some sound from the forest, but each -time the noise proved to be only that made by a wild -animal investigating their campfire.</p> -<p>“We’ll take turns on watch tonight,” Dick said, -sipping his last cup of coffee.</p> -<p>“Let’s draw straws for the first trick,” Sandy -suggested.</p> -<p>“No,” Dick objected, “that ducking you had gave -you the hardest day. I’ll take the first watch.”</p> -<p>Sandy wanted it otherwise, but Dick insisted.</p> -<p>“Well, if you’ll be sure to wake me up when my -turn comes,” Sandy was already yawning, “it’s all -right with me.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_18">18</div> -<p>Soon Sandy was rolled in his blankets, close by -the fire, which was welcome indeed in the chill of -the autumn evening.</p> -<p>Dick took a position in the shadow of a clump of -willows where the firelight would not reveal him to -any prowlers of the night that might investigate too -closely. Here he squatted Indian fashion, his rifle -across his knees. Many thoughts passed through his -mind as the time slowly passed. That Sandy and he -were on the most perilous mission of their lives he -knew. But contrary to being frightened by impending -danger, he was overjoyed. It was what he and -Sandy had come north for—adventure. And they -were getting it.</p> -<p>“We ought to get to Mackenzie’s Landing day -after tomorrow,” he mused, talking low to himself -to keep from going to sleep. It was too dangerous -to walk about. “That means three or four more -camps before we get a guide. Gee, I wish we could -go on by ourselves. If Sandy or I only knew the -country around Fort Dunwoody—but we’d get lost, -and we can’t afford to lose any time with Sandy’s -uncle in Bear Henderson’s hands. Wonder——”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_19">19</div> -<p>Dick sat up suddenly, listening. It seemed to him -that above the ripple of the river water and the low -rumble of the distant rapids he heard the scrape of -a canoe bottom on the gravel. His heart leaped and -beat on painfully. What if some one stole their -canoe, or crept up and attacked them! The thought -galvanized him into action.</p> -<p>He dropped to his hands and knees, his rifle -clutched in his right fingers. It was only a short -distance to that part of the beach where they had -dragged the canoe up out of the water. Dick crawled -quietly along among the shadows to the fringe of -undergrowth bordering the beach. At first the glare -of the firelight in his eyes made all appear very dark -by contrast, but gradually his vision was adjusted, -and he could make out the vague form of the canoe.</p> -<p>“Wonder if it was only my imagination,” he -mumbled, not seeing anything amiss. “But——” -he caught his breath. The canoe had moved!</p> -<p>Sure enough, difficult as it was to see distinctly, -he knew the canoe had rocked from side to side.</p> -<p>“What could it be?” he whispered, straining his -eyes.</p> -<p>It seemed now that he could see a darker blot of -darkness moving above the rim of the canoe, but -he was not sure. There was but one thing to do—crawl -out of the sheltering bushes and across the -sand to a point from which he could ascertain just -what was moving the canoe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_20">20</div> -<p>The decision made, Dick did not hesitate a -moment. Half way to the canoe, he stopped and -lay prone on his stomach, listening and watching. -What little breeze there was blew from the canoe -toward him, so that an animal would not easily -detect his approach unless it heard him. Faintly, -Dick could hear a scratching sound, as if some sharp -instrument agitated the sand and gravel. He was -more puzzled than ever.</p> -<p>He moved on again, drawing one knee cautiously -after the other, careful that his rifle was ready for -instant firing. Ten feet further and the scratching -sound ceased suddenly. Dick was now within a few -feet of the prow of the canoe. He stopped dead still, -and, resting on his knees, raised his rifle.</p> -<p>“Who’s there?” he called sternly.</p> -<p>A sudden commotion followed. Around the prow -of the canoe flashed two round glowing eyes, and -a bearded, tuft-eared cat face. Dick’s rifle crashed. -There was an inhuman squall of pain; a ball of fur -and fury bounded high into the air and fell writhing, -spitting and snarling within three feet of Dick, -who leaped to one side.</p> -<p>“Hi! Hi! Dick, where are you?” It was Sandy -calling from the campfire. He had been awakened -by the gun shot.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_21">21</div> -<p>“It’s all right, Sandy,” Dick called back, stooping -over the animal he had killed. “Only a lynx scratching -around the canoe. Come and take a look. Gosh! -I must have hit him right between the eyes.”</p> -<p>Sandy came running up, and bent over the dead -lynx. When the cat’s last struggles ceased, the boys -hauled it into the firelight.</p> -<p>“I was scared half to death,” Sandy grinned -sheepishly. “I was dreaming we were in Fort Good -Faith with Uncle Walter and about a million wild -Indians were whooping and shooting at the -stockade.”</p> -<p>“You can bet your bottom dollar I didn’t feel so -calm about the time that lynx came around the canoe -and looked me in the eye,” Dick confessed. “I never -took aim at all—just blazed away. Lucky shot I -call it. I thought it was some one trying to steal -our canoe.”</p> -<p>“What time is it?” Sandy inquired, getting up -and stretching.</p> -<p>Dick drew out a fine watch which had been a -graduation present. “Only ten o’clock,” he reported. -“You can go back to bed, Sandy. My watch isn’t -half done.”</p> -<p>The young adventurers talked a few minutes after -Sandy was back in his blankets. But Sandy soon -fell asleep. In spite of the excitement brought on -by the killing of the lynx, Sandy was so tired that -he went back to sleep almost immediately.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_22">22</div> -<p>Dick looked down at the lynx. “He’s sure a -beauty,” he whispered proudly. “I kind of wish I -hadn’t killed him now. It’s a shame to kill animals -when a fellow can’t use their fur or meat.”</p> -<p>He returned to his position in the shadow of the -willows and sat there patiently until midnight, when -it was time to awaken Sandy. The fire had died -down and he heaped more wood on it. He never -felt more wide awake in his life. Sandy was sleeping -soundly.</p> -<p>“Sandy, you’re pretty tired,” Dick murmured, -looking down at his chum, “and I feel just about as -fresh as when we pitched camp. Guess I won’t -wake you up—just let you sleep until morning.”</p> -<p>There was an affection like brotherhood between -the two boys, who had been neighbors and chums -from infancy up. And since Dick was two years -older than Sandy, he often felt somewhat like an -older brother would feel toward a younger. Perhaps -this induced Dick to resume his watch without -awakening Sandy.</p> -<p>When Dick sat down again he was sure he could -stay awake all night, but the flicker of the firelight, -the whispering silence of the forest, and the ripple -of the river were like a pleasant lullaby. Before -he knew it he was nodding, and presently he fell -sound asleep. Head drooping over his knees, Dick -slept unknowing, while the fire died down and the -deep blackness of the northland night crept over the -silent camp.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_23">23</div> -<p>Sandy awakened with a start at four o’clock. It -still was dark, as the days were shortening with the -approach of winter. He did not know why Dick -had not awakened him, and he was at first fearful -that something had happened to his chum.</p> -<p>“Dick, Dick,” he called softly, sitting up in his -blankets, trying to pierce the gloom with his eyes.</p> -<p>There came no answer. Quietly Sandy reached -out and one hand closed on his rifle. The feel of the -cold steel comforted him. He had begun to learn -what an encouraging companion a firearm can be -in those lonely climes where they are necessary if -one would live long.</p> -<p>Arising, Sandy began a search of the camp and -quickly came upon Dick, sound asleep a little -way off.</p> -<p>“Ho, ho,” laughed Sandy mischievously, “I’ve -got one on you now, old boy. Asleep on watch, huh. -I’ll fix you.”</p> -<p>His fears relieved, Sandy’s sense of humor -cropped out. He could not resist playing a good -joke on his chum.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_24">24</div> -<p>Sandy thought a moment, then hit upon an idea, -which he quickly put into execution. The fire had -gone out, and Sandy’s scheme was no other than -to rebuild it so close to Dick that it would sizzle the -sleeping lad’s chin.</p> -<p>Soon Sandy had the fire crackling and snapping -within two feet of Dick’s face, as he lay on the pine -needles where he had fallen over during the night.</p> -<p>Setting about breakfast, Sandy chuckled as he -watched Dick begin to squirm and mutter in his -sleep as the heat reached him.</p> -<p>At last Dick turned over, and flinging out one -hand, almost plunged it into the fire. Sandy cried -out sharply, and jumped forward to keep Dick’s -hand out of the fire, when his chum leaped up wide -awake.</p> -<p>“What! How——” Dick stammered, blinking -his eyes.</p> -<p>Sandy doubled up with laughter. Dick soon saw -the joke and joined Sandy in a hearty laugh. Then -he quickly grew serious.</p> -<p>“That’s the worst thing I could have done,” Dick -accused himself. “Suppose Henderson’s men had -crept up on us while I was asleep. Sandy, I’ll never -forgive myself for this. I can’t blame them for -shooting soldiers that sleep on guard duty—after -tonight.”</p> -<p>“Oh, never mind,” Sandy’s optimism came to the -front. “What’s the difference. We’re safe and -sound, aren’t we?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_25">25</div> -<p>“That doesn’t excuse me for neglecting my duty,” -Dick insisted. But as he reached for the tin plate -of bacon and camp bread that Sandy handed him, -Dick cheered up. “What beats me,” he concluded, -“is that I was going to let you sleep till morning, -Sandy. Guess I wasn’t as tough as I thought I -was.”</p> -<p>“That’s just like you,” Sandy retorted. “Just -because you’re a couple of years older than I you -think you ought to do all the heavy work.”</p> -<p>“Well, I’ll see that you do your night watching -after this,” Dick promised. “And now we’d better -get started. If those fellows kept on after us they’ve -had just about time enough to catch up.”</p> -<p>It did not take the boys long to break camp. The -trail that led along the bank past the dangerous -Little Moose Rapids to safe water was on the other -bank of the river, and Dick and Sandy prepared to -paddle across. Once on the trail, they planned to -shoulder their packs and the canoe for the jaunt -over the portage. They shoved out the canoe without -mishap and were cutting across the swift current -of the Big Smokey river above the rapids, when -on the other shore, at the point where they intended -landing, Dick thought he saw a wisp of smoke -ascending, as from a campfire recently extinguished.</p> -<p>“Sandy, do you see any one over there?” Dick -called.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_26">26</div> -<p>“I see a kind of smoke haze among those little -spruce trees,” Sandy replied.</p> -<p>“You know what I think?” Dick went on, -sturdily plying his paddle, “that gang is waiting for -us over there. They’re in ambush. As soon as -we get close in they’ll open fire. I’ll bet I’m right. -If I am we don’t dare try to land.”</p> -<p>“Well, there’s no trail around the rapids on the -side we camped,” Sandy returned. “We’d have to -detour about twelve miles that way to get back to -the Big Smokey.”</p> -<p>They were slowly drawing closer to the opposite -bank, the swift current pulling them downstream a -little in spite of their efforts. The boys were silent -as they drew closer, undecided which way to turn, -almost certain now that a warm reception awaited -them on the portage trail landing. Suddenly Dick -spoke cooly, but tensely:</p> -<p>“Backwater, Sandy. Don’t act excited. We don’t -dare go on. I just saw two rifle barrels thrust -over a hump of moss on a fallen tree.”</p> -<p>Sandy did not falter at the warning. He reversed -his paddle, as Dick was doing, and the canoe came -almost to a standstill.</p> -<p>“We’ll have to shoot the rapids!” Dick’s voice -was like the snap of a whip as he made known his -daring resolve.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_27">27</div> -<h2 id="c3">CHAPTER III -<br /><span class="small">DICK SHOOTS THE RAPIDS</span></h2> -<p>At Little Moose Rapids the Big Smokey river -plunged through a gorge nearly a half mile long before -it finally came once more to a gentler incline -where canoeing was safe. Only the most daring of -canoeists ever risked piloting a frail craft through -this treacherous stretch of water, and many who had -dared had been drowned. Dick’s last minute resolution -was one of desperation. Though he and -Sandy were experts with the paddle, yet they never -would have considered attempting to shoot any -rapids had death or capture not threatened them.</p> -<p>“We’ll never make it!” the optimistic Sandy was -shaken from his cheeriness by Dick’s desperate -resolve.</p> -<p>“We’ve got to!” shouted Dick, as with one strong -stroke of his paddle he swerved the canoe head on -with the current, and they sped straight toward the -gorge.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_28">28</div> -<p>At the maneuver they heard an angry shout from -the shore that had been their destination. Even at -that distance they could detect the menace in that -cry, and with added zeal they bent to their paddles.</p> -<p>Then a rifle cracked and a ball whistled across the -water behind them. Another and another shot was -fired while they sped on swifter and swifter.</p> -<p>“We’re getting out of range!” Dick cried.</p> -<p>“I hope so,” panted Sandy.</p> -<p>“They’re poor marksmen, anyhow,” Dick returned.</p> -<p>They both fell silent as they left one danger -behind, only to face one almost as threatening.</p> -<p>The river swiftly narrowed and deepened as they -swept down between the high walls of the gorge. -A sullen roar of the water against the numerous -rocks and against the solid walls could be heard. -The canoe seemed to shoot ahead like a leaf on the -wind. Louder and louder grew the sound of rushing -water. Then the boys saw the first wave of -foam and spray where the water whirled among -several huge boulders.</p> -<p>Sandy was in the bow, Dick in the stern when -they struck the first angry whirlpool.</p> -<p>“Use your paddle to push off the rocks,” shouted -Dick above the rumble of the water.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_29">29</div> -<p>They scudded past a huge, wet boulder, seemed -almost flung against another, only to be whisked -into a deep pool where it was all Dick and Sandy -could do to keep the canoe from turning clear -around. Out of the pool, they danced on once more. -The rapids were clear of rocks for a space, but they -were moving so fast that it seemed no time before -they reached a giant buttress of stone that seemed -to bar the way.</p> -<p>“Push off,” cried Dick. “I’ll backwater. Heave -now. Here we go!”</p> -<p>They shaved the bluff so closely that the grind of -the canoe upon the rock could be heard. The dash -of water against the cliff showered down upon them, -and the canoe took in a bucketful.</p> -<p>“Dip the water out!” shouted Dick, while they -spun into another deep pool, the cliff behind them.</p> -<p>Sandy began frantically bailing out the water with -his hat, while Dick desperately held the canoe bow -against the current.</p> -<p>The gorge was deeper now, almost shutting out -the early morning sunlight. All about spray flew in -the air, like driving mist, and the roar of rushing -water was almost deafening. The canoe was holding -up well, yet its two occupants realized its frail -shell would be shattered to atoms if but once it was -thrown upon one of the countless rocks they seemed -to miss by inches.</p> -<p>“I hope we don’t hit a waterfall,” shouted Sandy -as he ceased bailing water and drew a long breath.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_30">30</div> -<p>“Let ’er come,” responded Dick daringly, swerving -the canoe this way and that with a lusty stroke -of his paddle.</p> -<p>“Look out, another rock!”</p> -<p>Sandy turned from his bailing and grasped his -paddle just in time. In a crouch he met the boulder -with the end of the paddle and pushed. The canoe -forged off to the left, dodged in between two other -rocks, and once more they reached a space comparatively -straight and free from obstructions. Like an -arrow they shot onward.</p> -<p>The noise of the foaming water was fast increasing -in volume. Dick feared a waterfall, and silently -he nerved himself for it, and none too soon. Dashing -down a narrow channel and bobbing around -a curve like a cork on ocean waves, he saw ahead -a mist of spray and the rumble of falling water burst -upon his ears.</p> -<p>Sandy could not suppress a cry of terror, but -white-lipped Dick managed to hold his breath for -what was to come. “Hold tight!” he shouted to -his chum. “I’ll hold her straight, and we’ll dive -over. We’ve a chance. It’s not high.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_31">31</div> -<p>Straight toward the edge of the waterfall the -canoe shot with terrific speed. The rumble of the -water was frightful. Then they went over. One -glimpse they had of the whirlpools boiling below -the falls as the prow of the canoe swept over and -the light craft leaped into the misty air, like a ski -jumper.</p> -<p>It was only a short drop of about five feet, but -when the canoe struck the churning water, it spun -and spun about, wallowing in the foam. Dick and -Sandy were drenched to the skin in a moment. All -they could do was cling to the canoe, hoping against -hope.</p> -<p>“Hang to that rock ahead, if we go under!” Dick -cried, above the thunder of the falls.</p> -<p>“I can’t see!” Sandy shouted back, rubbing the -water from his eyes and coughing.</p> -<p>Then the canoe struck something submerged, and -turned over on its side, tipping Dick and Sandy into -the boiling whirlpools.</p> -<p>Dick clung to the side of the canoe as the water -washed over him. For an instant Sandy disappeared, -then Dick saw him come up, also clinging to the -canoe, which had not entirely turned over, but had -shipped so much water that it was sinking.</p> -<p>Presently, canoe and swimmers were whipped -into a deep pool below the falls, and Dick and Sandy -began desperately flinging water out of their craft. -A little later they crawled back into their canoe, -wet as half drowned rats, and Dick pushed off into -the center of the stream.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_32">32</div> -<p>The worst was over. Below the falls the gorge -widened out slowly and the current grew more sluggish. -For a quarter of an hour they glided on -silently without need of their paddles, except to -keep the craft in the center of the stream.</p> -<p>“Whew! I hope we don’t run into any more -rapids,” Sandy breathed more freely.</p> -<p>Dick emphatically agreed. “Next time,” said he, -“I’ll prefer facing the bullets, I think. Gee, if the -fellows back in the U. S. A. knew what we’d just -gone through they’d have a fit.”</p> -<p>“They’ll never believe it,” Sandy opined.</p> -<p>“We’ll make ’em believe it if we live to tell it,” -vowed Dick, pulling extra hard on his paddle and -making the canoe leap forward like a live thing. -“But, to change the subject, I guess we left the -enemy behind this time.”</p> -<p>“I’ll say so,” Sandy came back, “but two duckings -in two days isn’t fair. Where can I stop off -and get dry?”</p> -<p>“I think we’d better keep moving till noon,” Dick -advised. “Then we can kill two birds with one -stone—eat and dry off too.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_33">33</div> -<p>Sandy saw the wisdom of this and fell silent, -bending his energies to the paddle. They made good -time until about noon, when they espied a sandy -shoal ahead of them that promised plenty of dry -firewood for a campfire. They drew in, beached -the canoe and made camp. An hour later, dry again -and in good spirits, they pushed off and went on -down the river.</p> -<p>“Seems as if I smell burning wood in the air,” -Dick remarked a couple of miles further on.</p> -<p>“I do too,” Sandy replied, “——must be a forest -fire somewhere near.”</p> -<p>“Hope it’s not too near,” said Dick, “a forest -fire would hold us up a while even if we are on the -river. I’ve heard my father tell about the fires they -used to have in Oregon. They’re no joke.”</p> -<p>Sandy was about to add what he knew of forest -fires when they both sighted another canoe toiling -upstream. At that distance they could not at first -distinguish whether there was more than one in -the canoe. However, they held any stranger they -might meet a possible enemy, since Martin MacLean -had told them how far-reaching was the hand -of Bear Henderson, and so they prepared for -hostility.</p> -<p>Slowly the two canoes drew together. Sandy -quietly picked up his rifle, while Dick continued -paddling. They could now see there was but one -man in the canoe.</p> -<p>“Hello there,” Dick hailed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_34">34</div> -<p>The stranger waved a hand, ceased paddling, -except to hold his canoe against the current, and -waited for the boys to glide up. He was a tall man, -with long, dark hair and a leathery face.</p> -<p>“Where you goin’?” he asked as the canoe prows -touched.</p> -<p>“Mackenzie’s Landing,” Dick replied, seeing nothing -hostile in the other’s demeanor, and seeing no -reason why he should not reveal his destination, if -not his errand.</p> -<p>“I got my grub stole back river a piece,” the -stranger said, pointing over his shoulder with one -thumb. “Have you fellers got plenty of grub?”</p> -<p>“Sure,” Dick answered. “Want to eat with us? -Our grub’s a little wet, but it swallows all right.”</p> -<p>“I’d be obliged,” the stranger returned, “but -mebbe you wasn’t figgerin’ to stop jest now.”</p> -<p>“We just had a snack,” Dick admitted, “but if -you’re hungry we’ll split what we have.”</p> -<p>“I jest need enough to get me to Fort du Lac.”</p> -<p>“Fort du Lac!” Dick and Sandy chorused. “We -just came from there!”</p> -<p>“So? Wal, it’ll be nigh three days canoein’ up -river, an’ I’ll need grub. No time to hunt. You -fellers didn’t happen to run across an Injun with a -heap of scars on his face?” the man asked, searching -their faces.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_35">35</div> -<p>“A scar faced Indian!” Sandy exclaimed. -“Why——”</p> -<p>“Well, yes,” Dick broke in with a warning look at -his chum. “We noticed a fellow of that description -at the fort. Didn’t think much about him,” Dick -was cautious.</p> -<p>“You fellers needn’t be afraid to tell me all you -know,” the stranger had noticed Dick’s reserve and -his interruption of Sandy. “I ain’t publishin’ my -business but my name’s Slade.”</p> -<p>“Not Malemute Slade, the scout for the mounted!” -Dick exclaimed, for the man’s reputation as a scout -was a fable in the north country, and many times he -had heard it spoken with awe and admiration.</p> -<p>“There’s them call me Malemute Slade,” admitted -the tall man cooly, “but what was that about this -here scar faced Indian?”</p> -<p>Dick then related the queer experiences at the fort.</p> -<p>The canoes were permitted to drift on down the -river while they talked. Malemute Slade listened -attentively.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_36">36</div> -<p>“His name’s Many-Scar Jackson,” Slade told -them when they had finished with their story. “He’s -wanted for murder down the river a piece. But -that’s nothin’ to this Henderson breakin’ loose. -That’s news to me, an’ it’ll be news for the mounted -maybe. I’ve heard rumors f’r a long time, but -didn’t think much of it. A tough customer, Henderson. -You fellers wants to watch y’r step. If I -seen any of the gang that was foller’n you I’ll square -up with ’em.”</p> -<p>In the keen eyes and the lean jaw of the far-famed -Malemute Slade the boys saw that which -made them confident that Slade could “square up” -with most any one or any number.</p> -<p>“Tell the factor you saw us and that we’re all right—only -got a ducking when we shot Little Moose -Rapids,” Dick said.</p> -<p>Malemute Slade’s eyes lighted up. He looked with -new respect at Dick’s wiry figure. “So you fellers -shot the Little Moose an’ come through alive—wal, -I swan. You must have toted a dozen rabbit’s feet.”</p> -<p>“Not a one,” Dick replied modestly, while Sandy -grinned with pride.</p> -<p>“Y’r apt to have somethin’ worse on your hands -afore you get to Mackenzie’s,” Malemute surprised -them. “There’s a forest fire whoopin’ it up back -a piece, an’ it’ll maybe hit the river afore you pass -it. There’s a bit of smoke in the air now. Hey!”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy started up and looked where -Slade pointed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_37">37</div> -<p>Nearly four hundred yards down the river a stag -had come down to drink and was standing half in -and half out of the water. The canoes were slowly -drifting down upon it.</p> -<p>“You fellers want a fresh haunch o’ venison f’r -tonight?” queried Malemute.</p> -<p>“You bet!” Dick and Sandy chimed, “but the -deer’s seen us and we can’t get close enough for a -shot.”</p> -<p>“Reckon I can drop him from here,” Malemute -Slade replied cooly.</p> -<p>“What!” Dick exclaimed incredulously.</p> -<p>Malemute’s only reply was slowly to raise his -45.70 lever action rifle to his shoulder. Dick and -Sandy watched breathlessly. Motionless as a statue, -the big man took aim before his rifle crashed. As -the echo of the shot sounded in the silent forest, the -stag leaped upward and fell into the river with a -soundless splash.</p> -<p>“Now you fellers split your grub with me, an’ -I’ll be goin’ on. If I had time I’d paddle down an’ -cut a hunk off that deer. But I’ll have to be -moochin’.”</p> -<p>Malemute Slade thought nothing of the wonderful -exhibition of markmanship he had just made, and -Dick and Sandy were awed to silence as they undid -their packs and transferred half their food into the -scout’s canoe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_38">38</div> -<p>Malemute Slade paid them in king’s coin for the -provisions.</p> -<p>“You’ll probably see me again afore this Henderson -business is over, but it’s hard tellin’,” was -Malemute’s parting prophecy. “Au revoir.”</p> -<p>“Au revoir,” the boys sang out the French “so -long,” and started on to where the stag had fallen.</p> -<p>Late that evening, making camp at a point they -judged somewhere within fifty miles of Mackenzie’s -Landing, the smoke of the forest fire was so strong -it made them cough. They had paddled a little way -up a small creek for the night, thinking to make -themselves more secure from a possible night attack -from Henderson’s men, who seemed so determined -they should not get to the mounted police.</p> -<p>“I’m afraid we’re in for it,” Dick shook his head -concernedly.</p> -<p>“It sure feels as if we were close to a fire,” Sandy -agreed dubiously.</p> -<p>“Well, we’ll need all the sleep we can get at any -rate,” Dick concluded, as he rolled into his blankets, -and Sandy prepared for the first watch.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_39">39</div> -<h2 id="c4">CHAPTER IV -<br /><span class="small">THROUGH THE FLAMES</span></h2> -<p>That night Dick slept fitfully. The place where -they had camped was in a deep coulee, unwooded -except for a few clumps of red willow. Straight -above them, at the top of an almost perpendicular -wall of red shale and crumbling sandstone, was a -dark fringe, which marked the beginning of a -mighty forest of spruce and jack pine. Moaning -in his sleep, Dick sat up and commenced rubbing his -eyes. Then he paused to stare in open-mouthed -wonder.</p> -<p>The coulee was full of smoke. It floated around -them in a ever thickening cloud, while above, -plainly visible in the glare of the conflagration, -sweeping down from the north, he beheld a thick, -dense column of smoke, which seemed to span the -coulee like a black bridge.</p> -<p>Ten feet away, Sandy, on sentinel duty, coughed -and dug at his eyes. In alarm, Dick threw aside -his blankets and crawled hurriedly forward to consult -with his chum.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_40">40</div> -<p>“Sandy!” he shouted, “the fire is all around us. -We’ll die like rats in a trap if we stay here. Why -didn’t you awaken me before? Let’s hurry back to -the river and our canoe.”</p> -<p>“Can’t,” said Sandy laconically, “I’ve been watching -that. There’s a belt of fire between us and the -river. We should never have camped so far away -from it.”</p> -<p>“Well, you know we thought we’d be safer from -Henderson’s men up here,” Dick replied.</p> -<p>The boys could hear plainly the howling of the -wind and the distant, thunderous roar of the fire. -Accustomed as he had become to danger since his -sojourn in the north, Dick could not overcome a -sudden feeling of fear and apprehension.</p> -<p>“Where will we go?” shivered Sandy. “It seems -to be all around us.”</p> -<p>“We’ve got to go through it somehow,” Dick -answered, not altogether sure, himself, what ought -to be done. “It’s dangerous to remain here any -longer. What do you think is best?”</p> -<p>Sandy, eyes running water, scratched his head -in perplexity.</p> -<p>“If we could get to the river,” he said, “we’d -be safe. I don’t see any other way.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_41">41</div> -<p>A few moments later, two disconsolate figures -clambered up the side of the coulee and struck off -hurriedly at right angles with the fire. With a -catch in his throat, Dick perceived the huge walls -of flames bearing down upon them. For several -miles, at least, they were cut off from the river. -Even the sky glowed dully like a large orange disk -through a thick blanket of smoke.</p> -<p>“What’s that!” exclaimed Sandy, suddenly starting -back.</p> -<p>Something had shot past them through the underbrush—a -heavy body, hurtling along in mute terror. -Almost immediately came other bodies, small and -large—rabbits scurrying almost between their legs; -deer, jumping past in a wild stampede; bear and -moose, crashing their way forward in a cumbersome, -heart-stirring panic, as they ran from the fire.</p> -<p>“If they’re afraid, it’s about time we were,” -Sandy declared grimly, through set teeth. “If this -smoke gets any worse we’ll be suffocated in another -ten minutes. My throat feels as if I had been drinking -liquid fire for a week.”</p> -<p>Twenty feet away a flying ember settled down on -the dry grass and immediately burst into flames. -With the ever increasing velocity of the wind, similar -patches of fire sprang up around them on every -side.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_42">42</div> -<p>“I’m afraid,” said Dick, fighting bravely against -mounting despair, “that we’ll never make it. I -never saw such a wind.”</p> -<p>Sandy did not reply. With handkerchiefs pressed -to their noses and mouths, the boys struggled forward -for another quarter of a mile.</p> -<p>By this time the heat had become terrific. Dick’s -face felt as if it had been washed in a bucket of -lye. Sandy’s cheeks were streaked with tears, not -tears of grief, but tears of misery from smoke-tortured, -bloodshot eyes.</p> -<p>“No use,” choked Sandy, plunging down a short -embankment with Dick at his heels. “I’m about -ready to quit. You see,” he explained, struggling -with the lump in his throat, “I’m getting dizzier -and dizzier every minute. This heat and smoke is -getting me.”</p> -<p>Dick put out his hand with an assurance he did -not feel, and patted his chum on the shoulder.</p> -<p>“Buck up,” Dick encouraged, “we’ll get out of -this somehow. I tell you, Sandy, we’ve got to do -it. Maybe this——”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_43">43</div> -<p>Dick never finished what he was about to say. -His foot slipped, and with a startled exclamation, -he pitched forward, completely upsetting Sandy. In -a moment both boys had rolled and slid down a steep -bank. It seemed there was no end to the fall, and -Dick’s heart almost failed him as he thought of what -fate might meet them below. Perhaps they were -rolling toward the brink of a cliff hundreds of feet -high, perhaps they would fall into some rock cluttered -canyon, or again, they might be drowned in -some deep lake at the bottom of the bank.</p> -<p>Then they reached the bottom with a jarring impact -that shook the breath from their bodies. When -they recovered enough to look each other over, Dick -was sitting upright, astride of Sandy, who lay in a -crumpled, groaning heap under him. Dick heard, -or thought he heard, the trickle of running water. -His right foot felt pleasantly cool. When he put -out his hand to investigate his fingers encountered -water.</p> -<p>Sandy was half submerged in a tiny pool, and -was sinking fast, before Dick could pull him back to -safety. Dazed from the fall, Sandy sputtered a -moment, then inquired excitedly:</p> -<p>“Have we got to the bottom?”</p> -<p>“I guess so,” replied Dick. “At any rate there -seems to be a sort of creek running along here. Are -you all right, Sandy?”</p> -<p>“Well, if I’m not, I soon will be,” answered -Sandy, more cheerfully. “Wait till I get a drink -of this water. Boy, I’m dry. Do you think we’ll -be safe here?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_44">44</div> -<p>By way of answer, Dick pointed up to the wide -belt of fire. “It’s closer than it was before. We’re -protected down here from the heat and smoke, but -that won’t last long. In two hours this place will -be as hot as a stove. Our only chance is to keep -on moving.”</p> -<p>“I hate to leave this water,” said Sandy, gulping -large mouthfuls of it.</p> -<p>“I don’t intend leaving the water,” Dick assured -him. “It’s just occurred to me that our best plan -will be to follow this little creek. It’s probably fed -from a spring and will eventually run either into a -lake or river. Once we get into more water we’ll -be pretty safe.”</p> -<p>Sandy thought Dick was right, and a few minutes -later, greatly refreshed, they set out again, -following the creek downstream.</p> -<p>Two miles further on the creek ran into a larger -stream, and a little later as they hurried around -a curve, Sandy, who was in the lead, gave vent to -an exclamation of despair.</p> -<p>“Look at that!” he shouted. “The fire has cut in -ahead of us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_45">45</div> -<p>Sandy was right. Not more than a quarter mile -downstream, the fire was raging on both sides of the -creek, and even as they looked, a large jack pine, -flaming to the top of its highest branches, swayed -suddenly in the wind and went crashing forward -in a shower of sparks and burning embers.</p> -<p>Sick at heart, the two young adventurers stood for -a short time, scarcely daring to think of their predicament. -Apparently there was little chance of -escape, the main body of the fire behind them, -another fire sweeping ahead.</p> -<p>“We’ve got to get through,” Dick muttered. -“We’ll have to take a chance, Sandy. The fire ahead -hasn’t been burning long and it’s not as far through -it—maybe not more than a hundred yards. Somehow, -I feel certain that this creek will take us -straight on to the Big Smokey where we left the -canoe.”</p> -<p>Sandy’s face brightened a little. “I believe you’re -right, Dick. If a burning tree or branch doesn’t -fall on us, we can make it. We’ll have to wade right -down through the center of the stream. If it gets -too hot we can dive under the water. I’m going -to take off my shirt, soak it in water and breathe -with it around my head.”</p> -<p>“A good idea,” approved Dick. “I’ll do it too.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_46">46</div> -<p>A half hour later, two boys emerged, wet and -blackened, from a cloud of smoke and flame and -advanced painfully along the creek to a point where -it emptied into the Big Smokey river. Behind them -thundered the terrible conflagration, getting closer -every moment. Moose, deer and caribou stood -trembling at the river’s edge, or struck boldly out -into the stream. The boys turned north and followed -the river for a mile before they discovered the object -they sought. It was daylight now, though the smoke -made it difficult to see far. Yet the light, graceful -Peterboro canoe, loaded with supplies, did not miss -their searching eyes. As they pushed it into the -river and climbed in, Dick Kent gave voice to a -fervent exclamation.</p> -<p>“We made it, Sandy!” he exulted, as he dipped -his paddle once more into the bosom of the Big -Smokey.</p> -<p>Sandy was about to share Dick’s rejoicing, when -the movements of a huge brown bear, which had -splashed into the water behind them, attracted his -attention. The bear was swimming straight for the -canoe.</p> -<p>“Shove out quick!” cried Sandy suddenly, but -too late.</p> -<p>The brown bear, blinded by smoke, and thinking -the canoe some log to cling to, clawed at the rim -of the frail craft and pulled down. The canoe went -over, spilling its contents into the river, while the -bear, finding the craft unstable, swam on out into -the river.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_47">47</div> -<h2 id="c5">CHAPTER V -<br /><span class="small">MACKENZIE’S LANDING</span></h2> -<p>The plunge into the river revived both Dick and -Sandy. Gasping, they came up for air, only to -breathe the choking smoke and gases of the burning -forest. They knew that the canoe was upside down -and that their packs were in the bottom of the river. -The bear was nowhere to be seen.</p> -<p>“Are you all right, Sandy?” called Dick, hoarsely.</p> -<p>“You bet,” Sandy replied, a bit faintly.</p> -<p>Among the burning brands sizzling in the water, -and the flying sparks, they struggled with the canoe. -In a few minutes they had righted it, though it was -half full of water. The paddles, they could see, had -gone with the packs.</p> -<p>“Look for a paddle!” shouted Dick. “They must -be floating around somewhere.”</p> -<p>“There! I see one,” Sandy dived off as he spoke, -and swam back quickly with a paddle in one hand.</p> -<p>But look as they did they could not locate -the other paddle.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_48">48</div> -<p>“We can’t look any longer. We’ll have to change -off with one paddle,” Dick called a little later.</p> -<p>Dick paddling, they started on. The heat still -was stifling, but they felt that the air was growing -cooler. The wind seemed in their faces, which -would tend to bear the fire back along the river. -Wild animals of all kinds still could be seen in the -water, wallowing along the shore or swimming the -stream. But they had no more dangerous encounters -with the frightened beasts.</p> -<p>Two hours of paddling, shifting the paddle back -and forth between them as soon as one grew tired, -and they came to a comparatively clear stretch of -water. Here the fire was deeper in the forest, and -had not eaten out to the bank yet. In greedy gasps, -Dick and Sandy drew in the gusts of cool, pure air -that were wafted over them.</p> -<p>“Look back, Sandy,” Dick called.</p> -<p>The whole sky was a mass of red flames behind -them, and an ocean of smoke was rolling ceaselessly -upward.</p> -<p>“Mackenzie’s Landing can’t be much further,” -Sandy said when they had looked their last upon the -great fire.</p> -<p>“No, we ought to make it by night. We’ll have -to make it or camp without grub or blankets. I -prefer going on,” Dick stated.</p> -<p>“So do I,” Sandy rejoined.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_49">49</div> -<p>Some distance further on, as they rounded a huge -bend in the stream, they could not suppress a cheer. -In the distance they could see the shoulder of a high, -barren bluff which was the ten-mile landmark on the -trip to Mackenzie’s Landing.</p> -<p>It was late in the afternoon when in the distance -they at last viewed the stockade and roofs of Malcolm -Mackenzie’s trading post. Blackened and -disheveled, nearly exhausted, they guided their canoe -to the pier, where three half-breeds were watching -them curiously. The half-breeds helped them secure -their canoe, and listened without comment to some -of their story of the eventful journey.</p> -<p>“Malcolm Mackenzie, he sick,” one of the half-breeds -told them. “No can go. Him burned bad -when fight with fire.”</p> -<p>“Did you hear that?” Dick turned to Sandy.</p> -<p>“Yes—just our luck. Now what?” Sandy -returned, a little disheartened, as the half-breeds led -the way into the stockade.</p> -<p>“We can talk to Mr. Mackenzie, can’t we?” Dick -asked one of the men, as they entered the post.</p> -<p>“Yah, I guess.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_50">50</div> -<p>Presently, they were ushered into a room smelling -of liniment and arnica. On a bunk lay Malcolm -Mackenzie, his head and one arm swathed in bandages. -Evidently he was suffering considerably -from serious burns. He turned his head as the boys -came in.</p> -<p>“Bear Henderson has captured Fort Good Faith,” -Dick blurted out. “My friend’s uncle has been imprisoned. -Mr. MacLean sent us to you. He said -you would lead us to the mounted police post at -Fort Dunwoody.”</p> -<p>“I’ve feared this,” Malcolm Mackenzie’s eyes narrowed, -“but you see how it is with me, boys. I -can’t travel. Got some bad burns while fighting -that forest fire. But I can send an Indian who -knows the trail.” He turned to one of the half-breeds, -who was standing behind Dick and Sandy. -“Send in Little John Toma,” he commanded.</p> -<p>A little later Dick and Sandy saw a young Indian -enter. He was handsome in a dark, inscrutable way, -and though not very tall, was powerfully built. He -stood respectfully at attention, seeming more intelligent -than many of his kind.</p> -<p>“Toma,” Mackenzie spoke, “I want you to lead -these young men to Fort Dunwoody as fast as you -can. Travel light. You ought to make it in four -days if everything goes right.” He turned back to -the boys. “Did MacLean say anything about a -cache of grub along the way?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_51">51</div> -<p>“Yes,” Dick reached into his pocket and drew out -the map the trader had drawn indicating the position -of the cache of food on the trail to Fort Dunwoody.</p> -<p>Mackenzie took the map, glanced at it and handed -it to Toma. “It’s on Limping Dog Creek,” said -Mackenzie, “just where that gorge you follow intersects -the stream. You know the place.” To Dick -and Sandy: “Introduce yourselves and get acquainted. -Toma will get everything ready for you -to go on. Take a rest as soon as you eat. Oh, -Calico, Calico!” he called to some one.</p> -<p>As the boys and Little John Toma passed out, -a large, waddling Indian woman came in. They -heard Mackenzie instructing her to get a meal ready -for his visitors before the bear-skin curtain dropped -behind them and they found themselves in the -spacious living room of the post.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy awkwardly introduced themselves -to the young Indian who was to be their guide.</p> -<p>“Glad to meet,” Toma surprised them by saying, -his teeth flashing whitely in a smile.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy quickly felt that they were going -to like Toma.</p> -<p>“I’ll bet he’s the son of a chief,” Sandy said to -Dick, when the young Indian had gone, and they -were busy at the wash bench, scrubbing off some -of the smoke and ashes of the forest fire.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_52">52</div> -<p>The boys ate heartily of the food the Indian -woman placed before them on the rough board -table. As soon as they were through they were -shown to a comfortable bunk behind moose-hide -curtains. Scarcely had they lay down when they -fell into sound slumber.</p> -<p>It seemed to Dick Kent that he had only been -asleep a moment when a hand, gently shaking his -shoulder, awakened him. He looked up into the -smiling face of Toma, the young guide.</p> -<p>“Time to go,” said Toma. “You wake up other -fella.”</p> -<p>As the curtains fell, and Toma disappeared, Dick -turned and shook Sandy.</p> -<p>An hour later they bid goodbye to Malcolm -Mackenzie and wished him speedy recovery from his -burns. The canoe lay ready packed with provisions -at the landing when they arrived there. Toma was -starting to push off. Dick and Sandy hopped in, -and Toma sprang lightly into the bow.</p> -<p>“Now for Fort Dunwoody,” Dick breathed a -sigh of relief.</p> -<p>“If I wasn’t an optimist,” Sandy added, “I’d say -we aren’t there yet by a long shot.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_53">53</div> -<p>Toma silently sculled the craft into the center of -the river, and they were once more floating down -the stream. The boys marveled at Toma’s deftness -with the paddle, though they themselves were -experts. The young Indian seemed able to make -the canoe fly with his quick, powerful strokes.</p> -<p>A half hour of paddling and the roofs of Mackenzie’s -Landing had disappeared in the haze of the -morning, and once more the walls of the silent -spruce forest closed in on either side of them.</p> -<p>Late that night they camped some twenty miles -from the trading post, in a little clearing at the -river’s edge. Toma mentioned “bear sign,” and so -they hung up their flour and bacon on a tree bough -for fear a bear might get it.</p> -<p>Sandy kept first watch while Toma and Dick -slept.</p> -<p>It was a dark night. Only the stars were out, and -when the fire died down Sandy scarcely could see -a dozen paces from the camp. Occasionally he -glanced into the shadows, listening to the mysterious -sounds of the forest, and starting up at each crackle -of a twig or rustle of undergrowth.</p> -<p>Sandy wondered if the men on their trail had been -thrown off, and imagined what he would do if they -would suddenly attack. As he thought of the -dangers threatening Dick and him, his hand tightened -on his rifle.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_54">54</div> -<p>It was nearly eleven o’clock, the time he was to -call Toma for the second watch, when Sandy became -conscious of some sinister presence. Before he -really saw or heard anything, he shivered and looked -fearfully about into the gloom of the forest.</p> -<p>A scratching and grunting noise attracted his -attention to the tree where they had hung up the -flour and bacon. It seemed he could hear the shuffle -of heavy feet and the wheeze of giant lungs as he -listened intently.</p> -<p>“I won’t call Dick and Toma,” thought Sandy. -“It may be only my imagination. I’ll go see what -it is.”</p> -<p>Heart beating wildly, Sandy commenced to creep -toward the point he had heard the noises. He could -see nothing in the dark, yet as he strained his eyes -it seemed to him that one portion of the blackness -was blacker than the rest.</p> -<p>Suddenly, he heard the crashing of a splintered -tree bough. A low, vibrating growl followed, and -Sandy dropped upon his stomach. There came a -slapping, thumping sound, then an angry growling -and tussling. The dark blot lurched downward. -Sandy raised his rifle and blazed away at the shape. -A rambling roar rose in the night.</p> -<p>“Dick! Toma!” cried Sandy, as he turned about -and fled, hearing behind him the rush of a heavy -body pursuing him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_55">55</div> -<h2 id="c6">CHAPTER VI -<br /><span class="small">A GRIZZLY SHOWS FIGHT</span></h2> -<p>Toma and Dick were already on their feet when -Sandy rushed toward them out of the gloom.</p> -<p>“It’s a bear, a giant bear!” cried Sandy. “Run! -I’ve wounded him!”</p> -<p>The angry roar behind Sandy was all that was -needed for Dick and Toma to take to their heels -with alacrity.</p> -<p>“Get up tree, get up tree!” Toma called to them.</p> -<p>Faster than they ever before had climbed a tree, -Dick and Sandy shinned up one in the dark. The -bear charged beneath them in the underbrush. The -huge beast wheeled on finding his prey had taken -to the trees and circled the trunk which supported -Dick and Sandy. Toma’s calm voice came through -the gloom from a near-by tree:</p> -<p>“Him grizzly all right,” Toma told them. “You -stay in tree. I get down to rifle pretty quick.”</p> -<p>“You surely must have wounded the bear,” Dick -whispered to Sandy. “I’ve heard they won’t attack -unless they’re wounded.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_56">56</div> -<p>“I don’t know what I did,” Sandy came back -breathlessly. “I just blazed away and ran. Believe -me, I don’t want to go down there again while that -monster is wandering around looking for me. He’d -chew us up in about two bites and a half.”</p> -<p>Dick knew that Sandy’s caution bump was working -again, and he smiled in the dark. He did not -intend to let Toma go down after the bear alone. -Yet he believed the young Indian would protest if -he revealed his intentions.</p> -<p>“Got your rifle?” Dick called to Toma, not intimating -his resolution.</p> -<p>“I got gun,” Toma called back.</p> -<p>“I wish I’d thought to bring mine along,” Dick -muttered, “but then it takes an Indian to shin up a -tree with a heavy rifle in his hand I suppose. Anyway -I have my knife.”</p> -<p>“Don’t go down, Dick,” whispered Sandy, as the -bear crashed about in the brush below them.</p> -<p>“Nonsense, Sandy, I’ve got as much chance as -Toma. We can’t let that bear wreck our camp. -That’s what he’s up to.”</p> -<p>“Then I’ll go down too,” Sandy stubbornly decided.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_57">57</div> -<p>They could not hear Toma’s movements with the -bear making so much noise, but Dick suspected the -guide already had slipped down from his tree and -was stalking the wounded grizzly, perhaps close -enough to get in a fatal shot.</p> -<p>Presently, they could hear the bear make off into -the gloom toward the campfire. When Dick and -Sandy dropped down out of the tree, the bear seemed -to be on the other side of the campfire, clawing and -mouthing over their dunnage.</p> -<p>“You better stay up in the tree,” Dick said.</p> -<p>“Not on your tintype,” Sandy snapped. “If you -go, I go.”</p> -<p>“Well, then, we’ve got to get our guns,” said -Dick. “Mine’s right where I got out of my blankets.”</p> -<p>“Seems to me I dropped mine just before I started -climbing the tree,” Sandy was feeling around in the -dark. “Yes, here it is,” was his triumphant call.</p> -<p>Toma seemingly had vanished. Since his last -words, they had heard nothing more from him. -Dick judged the guide was stalking the bear from -some other direction. At any moment he expected -to hear the report of the Indian’s rifle, and see the -flash of it in the gloom.</p> -<p>Sandy alone armed, save for Dick’s hunting knife, -the boys began a stealthy advance toward the camp -where they could hear the bear slashing and groveling -about, evidently in some pain, for they were sure -now that Sandy’s shot had taken effect.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_58">58</div> -<p>The coals of the campfire shed a faint glow. As -the boys drew nearer, on hands and knees, they -could see the bulk of the grizzly outlined. He seemed -a mammoth of his kind, and indeed was a fearful -beast to meet in the forest.</p> -<p>“I’ll bet he’s wrecked our camp outfit,” Dick muttered. -“Careful, Sandy, don’t get too close. Let’s -wait till he gets away from the fire a little further, -then I can get my rifle.”</p> -<p>Scarcely were the words out of his mouth, when -Toma’s rifle crashed in the dark on the left, and -Dick and Sandy saw a streak of flame, and heard -the roar of the bear, plainly hard hit. The grizzly -rose upon his hind legs and turned toward the spot -he believed his enemy was hidden. Then Sandy leveled -his rifle and fired, drawing bead as best he could -just under the huge beast’s forelegs.</p> -<p>At this second shot, the bear seemed undecided -just which way to charge. He stopped, his head -turning from side to side, growling horribly, not hit -hard enough to fall.</p> -<p>Toma shot again, then Sandy. The grizzly -dropped to all fours, and began clawing at his breast. -Toma shot again from another position. The bear -rose up again with a roar of pain and rage and -started for Dick and Sandy, who turned to flee. -Then the big beast, without any apparent reason -whatsoever, wheeled about and made off into the -forest in the opposite direction.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_59">59</div> -<p>“He’s hit hard!” cried Dick, hurrying forward.</p> -<p>Toma came out of the gloom like a shadow. “He -go off die,” said the Indian. “Be careful he no come -back. I go see where he go.” Toma disappeared -after cautioning the boys to stay where they were -until he returned.</p> -<p>The minutes passed slowly while Dick and Sandy -waited the return of Toma. Finally Dick grew impatient -and was about to go on to the campfire for -his rifle, when Toma appeared again, as if he had -risen out of the earth.</p> -<p>“She all right,” Toma reported. “Him keep going. -Him die somewhere.”</p> -<p>Relieved, Dick and Sandy approached the campfire. -Toma already was heaping on more wood. -As the flames leaped upward, and the light chased -away some of the surrounding shadows, Dick and -Sandy breathed freely once more. However, sleep -was far from them after the narrow escape from -being clawed by the wounded bear. They ventured -about to see what damage the big grizzly had -effected.</p> -<p>They found Dick’s and Toma’s blankets torn to -shreds. The coffee pot was crushed flat and the -sugar sack broken open, its contents scattered.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_60">60</div> -<p>Dick hurried to the bough where they had hung -the flour and bacon. “Hey, look here—Sandy, -Toma!”</p> -<p>They joined Dick. The bough had been broken -down; the flour was scattered about as if the sack -had exploded; the bacon was gone. Searching about -in the gloom they found hunks of chewed rind -among the pine needles. Only one small chunk of -bacon was left, and this they preserved in one of -their knapsacks.</p> -<p>“Him no hungry,” Toma grunted, “him play. -Him chew bacon up, spit him out.”</p> -<p>“Well, he did us plenty of damage all right,” Dick -said ruefully.</p> -<p>“Looks like we were in for a hungry spell,” Sandy -added, resignedly.</p> -<p>“Humph! We have bear steak for breakfast,” -Toma exclaimed significantly.</p> -<p>“That’s what I call justice,” Dick laughed.</p> -<p>All three went back to the campfire then and -squatted around the crackling flames. The excitement -had loosened Toma’s tongue, it seemed, and he -began telling stories of other bears he had known, -and whom his father had known. Dick and Sandy -listened with rapt interest to the simple tales of the -young Indian.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_61">61</div> -<p>Almost the balance of the night passed with -Toma’s droning voice relating thrilling adventures -among the tribes in the far north. Toward dawn -Sandy turned in for an hour or so of rest, but Toma -and Dick remained awake.</p> -<p>The sun had scarcely topped the distant forest -skyline when Dick and Toma awakened Sandy, and -all three gathered up what they could of the wreckage -remaining of their provisions.</p> -<p>“Now we gettum bear steak,” Toma said.</p> -<p>In single file they followed the gliding figure of -the guide, as he set off on the trail of the grizzly.</p> -<p>“See that track!” Dick exclaimed presently, pointing -with his rifle at a spot of soft leaf-mold.</p> -<p>“It’s a bear track, all right,” conceded Sandy, “—and -look! There’s blood on that bush.”</p> -<p>“We sure hit him a lot of times—I mean you and -Toma,” Dick corrected. He felt disappointed that -he had not actually been in on the killing of the -bear, since he had had no rifle. But the thrill of -trailing a wounded grizzly made him forget.</p> -<p>Toma seemed to follow the trail as if by instinct. -Where Sandy and Dick could see no sign whatever, -Toma went unerringly forward, always with that -gliding, noiseless, pigeon-toed pace, that seemed tireless, -though it was kept up with an ease and speed -that made Dick and Sandy run.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_62">62</div> -<p>For a half mile they wound among the trees, beginning -to come upon spots where the bear had -dropped down to rest. At these points the blood was -drying in large clots. Finally, approaching a fallen -tree, they came upon the grizzly, stone dead!</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy were about to cheer, yet the actual -sight of the bear made them a little sad. The great -monarch of the forest never again would proudly -tread the forest aisles. Yet the boys felt a certain -satisfaction in having won in a battle with such a -powerful foe.</p> -<p>Toma immediately began skinning one haunch of -the great bear. “Him old and tough,” grunted -Toma, “but we cook um long time. That make um -tender.”</p> -<p>Dick laughed. “The old boy will make stringy -eating.”</p> -<p>“I wish we could take his hide,” Sandy sighed.</p> -<p>“It sure would knock the eyes out of the fellows -back home,” Dick said.</p> -<p>“No time to skin,” Toma interrupted. “Hide too -heavy carry. Mister Mackenzie say mus’ travel -light.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_63">63</div> -<p>“Yes, it’s impossible for us to have the old fellow’s -hide, but that’s no reason why we can’t have -his scalp.” Suiting his action to his words, Dick -drew his sharp hunting knife and stooped over the -head of the wilderness king. With Sandy’s help they -took the old grizzly’s scalp, ears and all, as a trophy.</p> -<p>“It’s yours and Toma’s,” Dick smiled, when they -had finished. He held the scalp out to Sandy.</p> -<p>Sandy’s eyes lightened. “Let Toma have the -scalp. I’ll take the claws.”</p> -<p>Dick’s hunting knife once more came into play. -The bear’s claws measured as long as five inches, and -Sandy was exceedingly proud as he at last pushed -them into a side pocket of his leather coat.</p> -<p>Toma was waiting when they had finished. The -guide had his knapsack filled with the tenderest -steaks he could cut.</p> -<p>At a jog trot they set out for the river and their -campsite, and soon they were grilling bear steaks -over the fire.</p> -<p>When they broke camp they had provisions for -two scanty meals, including some of the bear steaks -which they saved from breakfast. The canoe -packed, they once more set out down the river.</p> -<p>“We make um grub cache tomorrow,” Toma encouraged -them. “Get um plenty grub there.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_64">64</div> -<p>Late that afternoon, without mishap they reached -a point where Toma said they must abandon their -canoe and go on by land, since the river swung off -in another direction. They carefully hid their canoe -in some underbrush along with two others left by a -party that had recently gone on ahead of them, and -started out on foot.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy were very tired long before Toma -showed signs of slowing up, but they gamely stuck -to the pace without complaint.</p> -<p>They were angling down the side of a long ravine, -toward a spring, which Toma muttered would be a -good place to camp, when of a sudden, the guide -stopped dead.</p> -<p>“Hide quick!” Toma whispered, with a significant -gesture of one sinewy brown hand.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy crouched.</p> -<p>“Think um bad fellas ahead,” Toma explained. -“You stay here. I go ahead; look um over.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy were glad to sink down and rest -their weary legs. But the warning in Toma’s voice -did not escape them. They were keyed to sharp -watchfulness as Toma dropped to his hands and -knees and disappeared silently among the bushes.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_65">65</div> -<h2 id="c7">CHAPTER VII -<br /><span class="small">THE RIFLED CACHE</span></h2> -<p>Dick and Sandy had crouched in hiding for upwards -of a half hour before Toma returned. He -came as he had gone, silently, like a ghost almost, so -stealthy were his movements, so clever his woodcraft.</p> -<p>“What did you find?” whispered Dick, anxiously.</p> -<p>“Two, t’ree—five bad fellas,” Toma counted on -his fingers. “One Pierre Govereau lead um. They -got um spring for tonight. We go round um. Got -to. Them fellas friends Bear Henderson. They -watch um trail for police. ’Fraid police go to Fort -Good Faith.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy exchanged glances. Their weariness -was temporarily forgotten in this new peril. -They began to understand the far-reaching power of -the man who had captured Sandy’s uncle and had -taken possession of Fort Good Faith on the edge -of the northern wilderness.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_66">66</div> -<p>“We go,” Toma urged, his only excitement revealed -by the swift movements of his eyes as they -roved this way and that.</p> -<p>Silently the Indian guide melted into the underbrush, -Dick immediately behind him, Sandy in the -rear. For nearly two hundred yards they went onward, -almost at snail’s pace. It was twilight now. -Long shadows of tree and bush stretched everywhere.</p> -<p>At last Toma signaled for them to stop. Dick and -Sandy dropped flat. Not more than three hundred -feet ahead a campfire twinkled through the trees, -and, motionless, between them and the fire, stood a -silent figure, with rifle on his shoulder. It was a -guard. Dick divined the figure, so like the tree -trunk against which it stood, had even escaped the -sharp eyes of Toma at first.</p> -<p>Four men were sitting around the campfire, and -they could hear the mutter of gruff voices. Once or -twice a louder than usual exclamation in French -arose above the other sounds. It seemed the leader -of the party was haranguing his men, or disciplining -one of them.</p> -<p>Suddenly Dick started and clutched Sandy’s arm.</p> -<p>“That guard!” he exclaimed under his breath. -“It’s the scar faced Indian!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_67">67</div> -<p>Sandy paled a little. It seemed almost impossible -that the Indian could have gotten ahead of them. -His appearance was as mysterious as had been their -glimpses of him at Fort du Lac and along the Big -Smokey river.</p> -<p>Toma was motioning for them to bear to the -right. They crawled off after the guide in that direction.</p> -<p>Neither Dick nor Sandy knew which of them made -too much noise, or revealed some part of his body, -yet they had crawled no further than a dozen paces -when the guard moved, turned and looked straight -at them. Toma, watching over his shoulder, fell flat, -Dick and Sandy following his example. Had they -been seen?</p> -<p>The guard, his rifle ready for use, started slowly -toward them. Tensely, Dick and Sandy watched -Toma for a sign as to what course to take. They -saw Toma slowly turn to his side. The guide swung -his rifle to his shoulder as he lay.</p> -<p>Just as the guard cried out, Toma fired.</p> -<p>The scar faced Indian whirled, dropped his rifle -and fell to his knees, clutching at one shoulder. -Dick and Sandy got a glimpse of the men at the fire -leaping up and snatching their rifles, as they took to -their heels after Toma.</p> -<p>For several minutes they sprinted in the wake of -the young Indian’s flying heels, hearing behind the -crash of their pursuers through the underbrush, and -their cries to one another.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_68">68</div> -<p>Then, before a hollow tree, half covered by the -dead branches of a lightning-blasted pine tree, Toma -halted suddenly. He motioned to them to follow and -disappeared into the half-obscured hole in the tree. -Dick and Sandy slipped in after him. There was -barely enough room in the tree for three to stand -upright, but they managed to crowd in, while Toma -quickly arranged the dead branches over the hole -until their hiding place was entirely covered from -view.</p> -<p>The distant shouts grew louder, as the men beat -the brush looking for them. Two came closer and -closer, until at last they stopped before the hollow -tree, so near that the three hidden feared their heavy -breathing might be heard.</p> -<p>“I thought I saw ’em go this way,” one said, in a -harsh voice.</p> -<p>“Mebbe so,” the other, apparently an Indian, answered. -“It look like they jump in air an’ fly -away.”</p> -<p>“Pierre sure will give us the devil if we let ’em get -away,” said the first. “Can’t blame him. Henderson -will skin him alive if these trails aren’t kept -clean of Hudson’s Bay men and mounties.”</p> -<p>“I see bush move over d’er!” the Indian ejaculated.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_69">69</div> -<p>The two men moved off in another direction, and -the boys in the hollow tree breathed easier.</p> -<p>“No go yet,” Toma advised. “Wait till all quiet.”</p> -<p>The minutes passed slowly while they waited in -their cramped position. The shouts of the searchers -grew fainter as they apparently abandoned the chase. -Presently all was still. Toma peeped out through -the branches covering the entrance to the hollow tree. -After looking carefully about, the guide pushed back -the branches and stepped out. Dick and Sandy followed. -They were learning lessons in woodcraft -every hour from this child of the forest.</p> -<p>“I think we ought to go back to the camp, steal up -close and see if we can’t learn something of your -Uncle Walter, Sandy,” Dick announced.</p> -<p>“Is it worth the risk?” Sandy came back. “Can’t -we do better by hurrying on to Fort Dunwoody?”</p> -<p>“It’s true we can’t do much without the aid of the -mounted police,” Dick studied. “Yet I’d like to -know, if it’s possible, just what has been done with -your uncle—how they’re treating him.”</p> -<p>Dick asked Toma what he thought of trying to -learn something by eavesdropping. “If you think -um best thing do,” Toma replied. “That scar face -got best ears of all. He wounded now. Not much -good; what say I try?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_70">70</div> -<p>“No, you’ve done plenty of this already, Toma,” -Dick was firm. “I’ll go this time. You wait here -where you can cover me with your guns if I am -detected.”</p> -<p>Toma, assured Dick was determined to go, grunted -his assent, and a moment later Dick disappeared -into the bushes on his perilous venture. Sandy and -Toma crawled back to within gunshot of the camp, -where the men had gathered again, gesticulating to -one another, plainly undecided what to do.</p> -<p>When Dick left his chum and the guide he realized -the danger he faced. Yet he knew any information -he might gain would be more than valuable to the -police when once he got in touch with them. Govereau’s -men were talking so loudly that he had little -trouble in overhearing them. The leader’s heavy -voice broke out in French, which disappointed Dick, -for he knew very little French. Then Govereau -changed to broken English, evidently for the benefit -of a member of his band who did not understand -French.</p> -<p>“We go on queeck, ketch them,” Govereau was -saying. “Sure t’ing them fella are zee ver’ ones -come from Fort du Lac. That devil Many-Scar an’ -them others—they let zem get through Little Moose, -I bat. We go.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_71">71</div> -<p>The four began breaking camp hurriedly. The -scar faced Indian was reclining with one arm in a -crude sling. He arose with the others and rolled up -his blanket with one hand, as if nothing were wrong -with him.</p> -<p>Dick was disappointed in not hearing anything -regarding the situation at Fort Good Faith. But, as -he could think of nothing to do about it, he edged -about and crept back to Sandy and Toma.</p> -<p>“They’re breaking camp,” he told his companions. -“They think we’ve gone on ahead. Suppose we fool -them and camp right here after they leave.”</p> -<p>Toma’s face lighted up and Sandy was jubilant at -the chance to rest his weary legs. A few minutes -later, hidden in the bushes, they watched Govereau -and his four men string out on the trail and quietly -disappear into the forest. They got a close look at -the leader of the band as he passed, and Dick and -Sandy could not suppress a shiver of dread. The -man had an exceedingly evil and cruel face.</p> -<p>Dick hid his disappointment in learning nothing -of Henderson’s movements and of Sandy’s uncle in -his elation at this opportunity to camp where Toma -had planned. They would be fresh for a long hike -next day, which would take them to the hidden cache -of provisions.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_72">72</div> -<p>Toma said little while they prepared their scanty -meal, which was for the most part, bear steak. -Every now and then the guide looked up at the sky -and sniffed the air.</p> -<p>“Storm pretty soon. Winter come. Heap big -blizzard few days,” he finally confided to Dick and -Sandy.</p> -<p>“That means we’ve got to make a raise of a dog -team,” Dick said, tearing off a huge hunk of cold -bear meat.</p> -<p>“Good thing Mr. MacLean gave you that money,” -Sandy observed.</p> -<p>Dick agreed with his chum, stifling a yawn. Already -his eyes were closing. Toma consented to take -the first watch, and in a few moments Dick and -Sandy were sound asleep in their blankets.</p> -<p>The night passed without incident, Dick and -Sandy taking their turns on watch. At dawn they -were on the trail again, leaving camp hungry. They -hesitated to shoot at any small game for fear Govereau’s -men might be near. Toward noon, however, -Dick’s gnawing stomach got the better of his caution, -and he knocked over a partridge. They made -a short stop, broiled the partridge and divided it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_73">73</div> -<p>Appetites a little appeased, they were off again, -hoping to make the cache of provisions on Limping -Dog Creek by nightfall. Late in the afternoon they -trudged down into the canyon designated by MacLean -on the map.</p> -<p>It was twilight when the canyon walls widened -and grew less precipitous. Toma said they were -nearing Limping Dog Creek. Sandy was hobbling -from a slight sprain received when he tripped over -a root, and Dick was far from fresh.</p> -<p>“Flapjacks will sure taste good,” Dick murmured.</p> -<p>“Amen,” Sandy groaned in answer.</p> -<p>When at last they came in sight of the creek, -Toma stopped to compare landmarks with the map.</p> -<p>“There um three trees,” Toma pointed to some -huge balmagiliad trees that stood out from the smaller -jack pines like giants.</p> -<p>They hurried forward. Martin MacLean had -said the cache was in the third of the three big trees -nearest the creek. They speedily reached the tree -and Toma climbed it. He was gone for some time, -Dick and Sandy straining their eyes upward through -the dark foliage.</p> -<p>Toma came down much slower than he had gone -up. As he dropped to the turf, Dick and Sandy -awaited anxiously his report.</p> -<p>“Him gone,” said Toma briefly. “Cache not -there!”</p> -<p>Dick’s eyes narrowed, and Sandy’s countenance -grew glum indeed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_74">74</div> -<p>“Maybe this isn’t the tree,” Dick ventured.</p> -<p>“Him right tree,” Toma was certain.</p> -<p>“It must have been Govereau’s men,” Dick spoke, -after a short silence.</p> -<p>“Mebbe so,” Toma grunted.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_75">75</div> -<h2 id="c8">CHAPTER VIII -<br /><span class="small">DICK DROPS A MOOSE</span></h2> -<p>The loss of the cache, more than anything else, -had cast its shadow of gloom over the spirits of Dick -and Sandy. Toma, however, who had made the discovery, -seemed not so deeply concerned.</p> -<p>“We catch um meat,” Toma attempted to cheer -the boys. “Mebbe bye an’ bye we eat.”</p> -<p>“I’m not so sure about that,” declared Sandy, -thinking of the lonely strip of bacon and the one -handful of flour, which were all that remained of -the provisions the grizzly had destroyed. “To tell -you the truth, I haven’t seen very much game lately. -Have you, Dick?”</p> -<p>Dick shook his head, forced to acknowledge the -truth of Sandy’s statement.</p> -<p>“When a fellow’s hungry,” Sandy complained, -rubbing his lame ankle, “he’s hungry, that’s all, and -a mouthful of bacon is about as much good to him -as a drop of fresh water in the ocean.”</p> -<p>“Me no eat one time for whole week.” Toma reminded -them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_76">76</div> -<p>Both boys looked up in astonishment.</p> -<p>“A whole week!” gasped Dick, “great guns! I -hope we don’t come to that.”</p> -<p>“Mebbe set snare for rabbit tonight,” encouraged -Toma. “Toma good ketch um rabbit.”</p> -<p>“I could eat two or three rabbits,” Sandy grumbled, -taking up the slack in his belt.</p> -<p>As they made their way onward, Dick seriously -considered their plight. Thoughts of the ruthless, -cold-hearted rifling of the cache by Bear Henderson’s -men filled him with an anger that was difficult -to suppress. But anger or resentment could not help -them now. The thing to do was to abandon any -attempt at further progress that day and put in a few -good hours hunting while it was yet daylight.</p> -<p>“Boys,” he decided, “we’d better pitch camp here -for a while, until we can bag some game. My suggestion -is that each of us start off in a different -direction. We must keep track of the time and be -sure to get back to camp by dark. The chances are -that at least one of us will be successful.”</p> -<p>“It’s hunt or starve,” agreed Sandy. “Which way -do you want me to go?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_77">77</div> -<p>“Toma had better try his luck here in the creek -valley,” said Dick, “because game is apt to be more -plentiful here and he’s the best hunter. You and I -can make our way into the hills, keeping about half -a mile apart. Shoot anything at all that has meat -on its bones,” and he winked slyly at Toma.</p> -<p>“I could eat a skunk and like it,” groaned Sandy. -“By the way, before we start don’t you think we’d -better divide that bacon?”</p> -<p>With a queer, inexplicable feeling, Dick produced -the last morsels of food from their packs and divided -them carefully. If he gave Sandy a little more than -an equal portion, no one, with the possible exception -of a tiny sparrow perched on a branch overhead, -could have noticed it. They ate in silence, and in -silence they arose immediately after their inadequate -meal and started off for the hunt.</p> -<p>“I don’t think I’ll ever see anything,” Dick muttered -to himself, “or if I do the chances are that the -pesky thing will get away. Hang it all, why did -Govereau, or whoever it was, have to find that -cache?”</p> -<p>Dick’s mood brightened a few minutes later as he -came up through the autumn sunshine to the foot -of a slope, thickly covered with stunted pine. It -looked like a very good hiding place for ptarmigan, -or possibly even deer. He unslung his rifle and -went forward as cautiously as he could, one finger -hovering close to the trigger of his gun.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_78">78</div> -<p>But, after an hour’s slow progress, Dick had begun -to lose hope. He had seen nothing. Apparently -the forest was as devoid of all animal life as a -city street. Except for a hawk, circling lazily about -high overhead, there was neither bird nor beast anywhere -in that lonely stretch of wilderness.</p> -<p>Mopping his perspiring brow, the young hunter -finally sat down for a moment’s rest, before continuing -his course to the top of a high ridge.</p> -<p>Then an abrupt, totally unexpected crackling in -the heavy Saskatoon thicket ahead caused him to -start—almost in wonderment. His breath came -quickly. He half rose, then fearing, that even his -slightest sound might spoil everything, he sank down -again, his left hand nursing the cold, blue barrel of -his Ross rifle.</p> -<p>More crackling, a sudden parting of the bushes, -and Dick’s heart almost stood still. A large bull -moose, majestic in his stature, crashed into view.</p> -<p>By this time Dick was fairly trembling with excitement. -Twice he endeavored to raise his rifle to -his shoulder. His arm shook so much that he knew -it would be worse than useless to attempt a shot -while his nerves were in such a condition.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_79">79</div> -<p>“I can’t do it,” thought Dick, then across his mind -flashed the mental picture of a cache, broken into and -robbed, and the sneering face of Pierre Govereau -mocking him. Then his rifle went to his shoulder, -and two loud reports rang out in quick succession. -The moose stumbled, but did not fall. Dick heard -quite plainly its sudden snort of alarm and the crash -of underbrush as it struck off at terrific speed directly -down the slope in the direction from which he -had but recently come.</p> -<p>The moose was wounded, he knew, but he also was -well aware from previous experience that a wounded -moose will often travel for miles before it falls. -Galvanized into action, Dick was off, following the -blood-stained trail, hoping against hope that either -Sandy or Toma might intercept the animal before -it had become lost in the intricate tangle of brush and -woodland that lay to the south.</p> -<p>Sliding down a particularly treacherous part of -the trail, Dick’s foot caught in an exposed root and -he fell heavily. As he bounded to his feet again, he -thought he heard a distant shout—but he was not -entirely sure.</p> -<p>For twenty minutes more, he pushed forward rapidly, -sometimes almost losing the trail of the moose. -Then finally he did lose it altogether. Search as he -would, the telltale tracks had disappeared as magically -and as unaccountably as if the animal had leaped -into the air and flown away to a place of safety.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_80">80</div> -<p>“It’s the most unusual thing I ever heard of,” -Dick commented aloud, racing about in a vain effort -to discover some sign that would point out again the -trail that had so suddenly vanished.</p> -<p>In despair his eyes fell upon a level formation of -rock not more than thirty feet away. Could it be -that the moose had passed that way—scrambled over -the level rock floor in its mad race with death? If -so, it would explain the mysterious disappearance of -the tracks; but there must be blood-stains somewhere.</p> -<p>“Whoop-ee!” he shouted as his quick eyes made -out the signs he sought—small splotches of red scattered -across the smooth surface of sandstone. And -shortly thereafter, he hurried on again, like a young -bloodhound finding fresh scent along the path ahead.</p> -<p>“I’ll be more careful next time,” he assured himself. -“It would be a pity if this moose got away. -I’d have been ashamed to show my face in camp.”</p> -<p>Two miles further on he almost forgot about the -moose. Through a screen of willows, skirting a -small creek, he caught the faint movement of some -living thing—something that stood concealed and -which watched him furtively as he made his way -along through the dead and matted grass of the little -valley.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_81">81</div> -<p>Dick felt instinctively that some danger threatened. -What this was he had no way of finding out, -yet the feeling persisted that he was being watched, -spied upon by an enemy more terrible than any wild -denizen of the forest. As he advanced swiftly on -his way, he was conscious of a strange tingling of -nerves, as if he half expected at any moment to be -pounced upon and overcome by an unknown assailant.</p> -<p>“I’ve never felt so queer about anything in my -life,” he confided to the silent trees, as he hurried -quickly along. “I’m sure that I saw something -move there in the bushes, and I’m positive that it -wasn’t an animal that walks on four legs.”</p> -<p>Just then, an object lying on the ground, immediately -ahead, drove every other thought from his -mind. With a glad cry he sprang forward, and, a -short time later, stood looking down at the prostrate -body of the bull moose, majestic even in death.</p> -<p>A lump arose in Dick’s throat as he stood there -silently regarding it. “Poor old fellow,” he breathed, -“it was a shame to do this. But perhaps you saved -us from starving. Maybe——”</p> -<p>A shout close at hand roused Dick from his musings. -Wheeling about his eyes lighted with pride -and happiness, as he espied the approaching figures -of Sandy and Toma.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_82">82</div> -<p>“Good for you!” Sandy exclaimed, as he strode -up to where his chum was standing. “I just knew -you’d do it. Say, I believe it’s the biggest moose I -ever saw.”</p> -<p>“You ketch um big fella,” complimented Toma. -“It is good.”</p> -<p>Together the three young adventurers stood admiring -the moose. So interested had they become -that not one of them caught the sound of stealthy -footsteps until a heavy, threatening form, followed -by three others, pushed its way within the circle of -admiring eyes.</p> -<p>With a cry of warning, Dick sprang back, clutching -his rifle tightly. Then he looked at the man.</p> -<p>It was Pierre Govereau!</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_83">83</div> -<h2 id="c9">CHAPTER IX -<br /><span class="small">PIERRE GOVEREAU</span></h2> -<p>Govereau advanced menacingly. Backed by the -rifles of the three villainous looking men with him, -the three boys could do nothing.</p> -<p>“What you do wiz my moose?” Govereau snarled.</p> -<p>“Do you mean to say you shot that moose!” Dick -exclaimed angrily.</p> -<p>“It iss so,” Govereau avowed brazenly.</p> -<p>“You lie!” Dick exclaimed hotly. “I shot that -moose. I can prove it. What do you mean by -holding us up this way. We have done you no -harm.”</p> -<p>“It iss Henderson bizness—zat.” Govereau -turned and signaled his men to bind the three young -men.</p> -<p>“You’ll sweat for this,” Dick gritted.</p> -<p>“Not so much as you,” Govereau taunted. “Young -fellas like you should stay home wiz zee mamma.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_84">84</div> -<p>Dick gritted his teeth again, but resolved to keep -his mouth shut. He must save his breath to get -Sandy and Toma out of the mess. It must have -been Govereau’s men watching him when he had felt -so queer on the trail of the wounded moose.</p> -<p>Dick did not resist the moose-hide thongs as they -were bound mercilessly tight about his wrists. -Sandy and Toma followed his example. There were -other ways of getting the better of Govereau, and -it might be easier if they submitted, or seemed to -submit, mildly to capture.</p> -<p>They could see one of the men slicing steaks from -the moose haunch before, at a guttural command, -they were started off into the woods, northward -along Limping Dog Creek.</p> -<p>An hour’s tramping brought them to Govereau’s -camp, four miles up the creek. The scar faced Indian -was there to greet them. He leered at the captives -hatefully. Dick felt that the Indian knew one -of them had shot him at the camp forty miles away, -and that the savage would do anything in his power -to wreak vengeance.</p> -<p>Govereau had made his headquarters in an old -cabin, deserted by some trapper. There were two -rooms, and the three young captives were shoved -into the smaller of them, their hands still bound behind -them. Probably their captors realized they -would soon untie themselves, but since with the huge -oaken bolt shot on the door, there was no way of -getting out of the room, they did not bother themselves -about it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_85">85</div> -<p>“Well?” Dick turned to Toma and Sandy, when -at last they were left alone.</p> -<p>Toma’s face was as stolid as ever. Sandy had -nothing to say. He sat down on the bunk at one -side of the room.</p> -<p>“I guess we’re in a pickle, all right,” Sandy said -at last.</p> -<p>Dick paced back and forth twice, then stopped -before the door, which he carefully inspected. The -door seemed heavy enough to repel the attack of a -battering ram, say nothing of three boys. Dick -turned back to Sandy and Toma. “Govereau will -question us now, I suppose,” Dick spoke rapidly. -“And he’ll probably take us out separately to see -if our stories are the same. He’ll want to know -just how much we know of Henderson’s movements -and what we are trying to do against him.”</p> -<p>“What shall we say?” Sandy scratched his head. -Toma said nothing. The young Indian seemed to -feel that the situation was beyond his ability to -handle.</p> -<p>“We’ll tell Govereau that we have been visiting -the factor at Fort du Lac—spending our vacation -there, and that we were on our way south—to return -home. How’s that?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_86">86</div> -<p>“That sounds all right,” Sandy responded, a little -dubiously.</p> -<p>“No go so far east if go south from Fort du -Lac,” Toma’s dark eyes blinked rapidly.</p> -<p>Dick thought a minute. “Then suppose we have -some one at Fort Dunwoody that we want to see -before we leave for home—a cousin.”</p> -<p>“That’s the trick,” Sandy agreed enthusiastically.</p> -<p>“Then we all understand what we’re to tell,” Dick -resumed. “Toma, how about it?”</p> -<p>“I tell um,” was the taciturn reply.</p> -<p>“If Govereau believes our story he may let us -go,” Dick concluded. “If he learns the truth he -may do something worse than just hold us behind -a locked door.”</p> -<p>All three were silent for a time while Dick paced -back and forth. Upon his shoulders he realized -was now the bulk of responsibility. Toma might -excel him on the trail, where native woodcraft and -instinctive stealth was the chief requirement, but in -the present situation Toma was at best only a willing -servant. And it was Sandy’s nature to depend upon -his chum, himself only offering what suggestions -occurred to his lower mind.</p> -<p>“I’ve a plan to escape, if this first scheme fails!” -Dick suddenly stopped his pacing and looked about -him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_87">87</div> -<p>Sandy jumped as if shot, so sudden was Dick’s -exclamation. “Let’s hear it,” the young Scotch lad -cried eagerly. Toma brightened.</p> -<p>Dick turned to Toma. “Sandy or I would be glad -to do this,” he addressed the young guide, “but it’s -just about impossible for us. Can I depend on -your support, Toma?”</p> -<p>“I do my best; what you say I do?” Toma promised -sincerely.</p> -<p>“My plan is this: when Govereau questions you, -Toma, you are to express a desire to join him—to -turn against us. See? With you on the outside -there’s much more chance of escaping than with all -three of us in here. Can you do it, Toma?”</p> -<p>“I try.”</p> -<p>“Then I’ll leave everything to you once you get -outside. Of course, Govereau may get wise to what -you are up to. But, again, he’s no doubt pretty -anxious to get more men in his band.”</p> -<p>As Dick concluded his instructions, there came -a noise at the door, and the bolt was shot back. A -sharp, rat-like face, that of a half-breed, was pushed -in. “You come,” said the man, indicating Dick.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_88">88</div> -<p>Dick and Sandy both realized that a crisis was at -hand. If they revealed their real mission to Govereau -they would without doubt never reach the -mounted police. Perhaps they would not reach them -anyway, yet there was a good chance that Govereau -might let them go if they convinced him of their -ignorance of any of Henderson’s business.</p> -<p>“Good luck, Dick,” Sandy’s voice was a little -husky.</p> -<p>“Never mind, old boy, I’ll make out,” Dick -cheered him.</p> -<p>Toma was visibly affected, and Dick reassured -him also. Short as the time had been that Toma -had been with them, there seemed already a strong -bond of friendship between the young Indian and -the two young adventurers.</p> -<p>Dick squared his shoulders and followed the rat-faced -half-breed into the other room. Dick now -faced Pierre Govereau. The Frenchman was seated -at a board table across from the door which just -had been closed after Dick. At one side of the room -a huge fireplace roared and crackled. The rat-faced -half-breed went over and squatted before the fire, -picking up a red-hot iron in a pair of tongs. Dick -Kent shivered as he saw what the man was doing. -But he met Govereau’s eyes unflinchingly.</p> -<p>“What iss zee bizness you bean on when you -make for zee Fort Dunwoody?” Govereau came -straight to the point.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_89">89</div> -<p>“My friend and I are visiting in Canada,” replied -Dick cooly. “The factor at Fort du Lac was an -old friend of my chum’s father. I have a cousin -in Fort Dunwoody that we wanted to call on before -we went home.”</p> -<p>“I zink you lie,” growled Govereau. He sat -silent for a moment, glaring at Dick as if he would -hypnotize the young man with his snake-like eyes. -But Dick’s gaze did not falter.</p> -<p>“Why you fear my men?” Govereau’s voice -cracked like a whip.</p> -<p>Dick hesitated a moment. Sandy’s uncle’s welfare -might depend upon his misleading the villainous -Govereau. “We had been told there were bandits -along the trail to the fort,” Dick replied in a clear -voice.</p> -<p>“Haw!” scoffed Henderson’s lieutenant, and -wheeled to the half-breed at the fireplace. “Napio, -zee iron now. We make zee young upstart talk -right.”</p> -<p>Dick recoiled slightly as the Indian arose and -came forward with a short piece of iron, red hot -and smoking in the tongs. Govereau came out from -behind the table. Dick’s hands were still tied behind -him. The Frenchman seized Dick in an iron grasp -and tore away his shirt front.</p> -<p>“You tell zee truth now,” Govereau hissed. -“Queeck, Napio!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_90">90</div> -<p>The iron was pushed close to Dick’s naked breast. -He could feel the heat of it already searing his skin.</p> -<p>Then the door opened and the half-breed hesitated. -Govereau turned, snarling at the interruption. An -Indian stood in the door.</p> -<p>“Men all go way,” said the intruder. “They -drink firewater. M’sieu Govereau, you come bring -them back.”</p> -<p>“Throw him back in. We finish wiz him tonight,” -Govereau ordered the half-breed. “Bring zee young -white one. I come soon,” he waved away the Indian -at the door.</p> -<p>Dick reeled into Sandy’s arms a minute later as -he was roughly pushed into the back room. “He’ll -call you next, Sandy,” Dick gasped a little weakly. -“If he asks you why you feared his men, say you -thought they were bandits.”</p> -<p>Sandy pressed Dick’s arm to signify he understood -and followed the rat-faced half-breed out into -the front room. Dick and Toma waited only a few -minutes before the door opened and Sandy was -pushed in once more. Govereau had not attempted -to torture Sandy. He seemed in a hurry to go after -his men. They could hear him cursing through even -those thick, log walls, for Sandy’s story had tallied -with Dick’s.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_91">91</div> -<p>It was Toma’s turn next, and Dick talked earnestly -with the guide as to the method he was to -use in convincing Govereau of his desires to be a -traitor to his white friends. Dick was now certain -that Govereau would not believe their story. Toma -was their last chance.</p> -<p>They waited for some time before Toma was -called. Then the half-breed came again, and beckoned -to the guide. In high suspense Dick and Sandy -watched him disappear through the door.</p> -<p>In a half hour they took courage. Toma had -not come back. They waited an hour and still Toma -was not thrown back among them. Their spirits -rose. Toma had then convinced Govereau of his -sincerity.</p> -<p>It was growing dark now, and at any moment -Dick expected Govereau to call for him again. The -Frenchman seemed to have a personal enmity for -Dick, perhaps because of the young man’s refusal -to be cowed by browbeating.</p> -<p>“What if Toma really does turn traitor?” Sandy -broke a long silence. “I heard Uncle Walter say -these Indians couldn’t be trusted too far.”</p> -<p>“I don’t know why, but I trust Toma absolutely,” -Dick replied confidently, “that Indian is smarter than -we think. If Govereau really is convinced that -Toma is going in with him we’ll soon be out of here. -When I think what your uncle may be going through -up there, I can’t sit still.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_92">92</div> -<p>“Well, he couldn’t get much worse than we have -already,” Sandy returned grimly. “Gee, I never -thought we’d come to this when we left Fort -du Lac.”</p> -<p>“I could stand it better if I wasn’t so hungry and -thirsty,” Dick declared.</p> -<p>“You said it,” Sandy heartily sanctioned. “I -guess they’re going to starve us too.”</p> -<p>“Do you notice it’s growing colder?” Dick asked -presently.</p> -<p>“I thought maybe it was because we didn’t have -any fire.”</p> -<p>“I remember Toma said we were due for a blizzard,” -Dick recalled.</p> -<p>“Funny why Govereau doesn’t call one of us out -again,” Sandy mused.</p> -<p>“He’s after his men I expect. An Indian reported -they were drinking while I was being questioned. -The fellow saved me from being tortured.”</p> -<p>Engaging in a wandering conversation, Dick and -Sandy whiled away two more long hours, in which -they managed to untie each other’s wrists, and kept -warm by walking back and forth and swinging -their arms. They were almost certain now that -Govereau had gone. If so, then if Toma hadn’t -been forced to go with the Frenchman, he would -be more able to help them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_93">93</div> -<p>It was along toward morning when Dick started -up out of a doze to hear the sound of a blow and -the muffled fall of a body in the front room. There -was a sharp stifled cry. Then Dick shook Sandy to -wakefulness.</p> -<p>“What is it?” whispered Sandy, leaping to his -feet.</p> -<p>“S-s-sh,” Dick cautioned.</p> -<p>Through the darkness in the room they could hear -the heavy wooden bolt on the door of their prison -sliding backward.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_94">94</div> -<h2 id="c10">CHAPTER X -<br /><span class="small">TOMA AND A COLD SNAP</span></h2> -<p>With bated breath Dick and Sandy awaited some -sign of the identity of the person who was entering -so stealthily. Was it the scar faced Indian coming -for vengeance, or was it—the warmth from the -other room was rushing in. It was Toma’s voice -that came to them.</p> -<p>“Quick! Come! Govereau gone long way.”</p> -<p>Hearts leaping with joy, Dick and Sandy joined -the young guide in the darkness. He led them out -into the larger room, picking his way with a certainty -that revealed he could see in the dark.</p> -<p>“Watch for one fella on floor. I hit him on head -with rifle,” Toma whispered. “Govereau’s men all -go to post ten miles south where they drink fire-water. -Govereau heap mad. Him after them. They -come back anytime. He take me long with um. I -run away. He know what I do now. You bet he -know.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_95">95</div> -<p>Toma swung open the cabin door, and Dick and -Sandy followed him out. It was so cold their teeth -commenced chattering almost immediately. They -buttoned up their jackets and hurried off into the -night.</p> -<p>“We’ll make Fort Dunwoody yet,” Dick shivered, -almost gladly.</p> -<p>“I’ll say we will,” Sandy came back.</p> -<p>Then they fell silent as they took Toma’s tireless, -jogging pace, beneath a cloudy sky. Again the -Indian’s trail wisdom came in like a God-send. Dick -and Sandy did not know where they were going, -but they had a feeling that Toma certainly did.</p> -<p>How long they ran they did not know when they -began to feel damp spots on their cheeks and hands.</p> -<p>“It’s snowing,” Dick panted over his shoulder.</p> -<p>“I know it,” wheezed Sandy.</p> -<p>“Ought to cover our trail,” Dick came back.</p> -<p>“I guess so, but I can’t talk. I’ve got to save -my wind. You must be made of iron.”</p> -<p>Dick said no more, and presently Toma slowed -down. It was snowing heavily now, and with the -going getting harder underfoot, Dick and Sandy -were grateful for the slackening of the pace. Yet -they sensed something unusual ahead had been the -cause of it, and were not perfectly at ease by any -means.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_96">96</div> -<p>Finally Toma came to a dead stop at the edge -of a clearing. Peering ahead through the gloom -and the falling snow, they could see the lights of a -cabin twinkling.</p> -<p>“You stay here; I go on,” Toma instructed in a -low voice. “My brother live here. Him give us -warm clothes. I see if all right first. Wait for me.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy hovered in the undergrowth and -watched Toma’s figure melt away into the gloom -in the direction of the cabin.</p> -<p>“I hope he gets some clothes for us,” Sandy chattered.</p> -<p>“And I’m glad Govereau didn’t take my wallet,” -said Dick. “We can pay for what we get now.”</p> -<p>“The Frenchman didn’t think we had any money, -I suppose,” Sandy opined.</p> -<p>They fell silent then, for against the lighted -window they could see a head silhouetted through -the falling snow. Toma was peering in at the -window. For an instant the guide’s head was outlined -there, then it disappeared. Presently a shaft -of light shot out over the snow as the door opened -and closed. A moment later the door opened again, -though the boys could not see who entered.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy expected Toma to come back for -them almost immediately, or at least signal that all -was right. But the minutes passed and the guide -did not return nor make a sign. The boys began -to worry.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_97">97</div> -<p>“What do you suppose is keeping him?” Dick -wondered.</p> -<p>“I don’t know,” Sandy replied, “but I do know -I can’t stand still in this cold much longer.”</p> -<p>“We’ll circle around the cabin and come in closer,” -Dick directed. “If something has happened we -want to be sure we don’t get into trouble, too. -Toma’s brother may have been killed by Henderson’s -men. The country seems to be alive with the -villains.”</p> -<p>Silently they started around the cabin. Half way -around, Dick stumbled and fell over something in -the snow. Sandy stopped dead and a gasp of horror -came from his lips.</p> -<p>“Dick!” he exclaimed. “You’ve fallen over a -dead man!”</p> -<p>Dick got up, more shaken by the identity of the -thing he had fallen over than by the fall.</p> -<p>Covered by the light film of snow that had fallen, -and which was steadily growing heavier, was the -body of a man. In the gloom they could not distinguish -his features, but they were put on their -guard. Armed only with their hunting knives, they -felt that the utmost caution must be exercised in -further advances.</p> -<p>“Toma’s in trouble. I know it now!” Dick -ejaculated.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_98">98</div> -<p>“Well, it’s up to us to get him out,” Sandy -retorted.</p> -<p>Drawing their knives they started stealthily for -the cabin. They could hear no sound of life, and -the knowledge of what was lying behind them under -the snow made the atmosphere doubly fearsome.</p> -<p>At last they reached the single window through -which they had seen Toma look into the cabin. Dick -cautiously raised his eyes over the sill. He looked -only an instant, then he quickly ducked downward.</p> -<p>“It’s the scar faced Indian!” he made the astounding -disclosure to Sandy. “And there’s another with -him. They have Toma bound. He’s lying on the -bunk. I could see his eyes. They’re playing cards -and talking. How in the world did they ever catch -Toma?”</p> -<p>“That Indian again,” muttered Sandy. “How the -deuce did he get here anyway. We saw him last at -Govereau’s camp. It’s ghostly the way that fellow -shows up everywhere.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_99">99</div> -<p>“Govereau must have sent him here on some dirty -business,” Dick decided. “Perhaps Toma’s brother -had valuable furs stored here.”</p> -<p class="tb">With mutual consent they crawled away from the -cabin and hid in the trees at the edge of the clearing, -where they tried to decide on a plan by which -to rescue Toma. That they had a good chance of -success they were sure. The scar-faced Indian had -the use of but one arm since the wound Toma had -given him, so they had but one real man to deal -with. Still they were as well as unarmed. What -could they do?</p> -<p>“I’ll tell you what,” Dick was speaking fast. -“You go out into the woods and begin calling for -help, anything to get one of them out of the cabin. -Then I’ll slip in and see if I can’t take care of the -other one and get hold of a rifle. The Indian will -probably stay inside, and wounded as he is I’m sure -I can handle him.”</p> -<p>“Gee! That’s a ghostly job you have for me to -do,” Sandy whispered ruefully.</p> -<p>“We’ve got to do it, Sandy,” urged Dick. “It -won’t hurt to try. You keep hidden, and when -one of them comes out to see what’s wrong, keep -quiet. I’ll do the rest.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy gripped hands, then parted. Dick -crept around to a point opposite the door of the -cabin, waiting tensely until Sandy began his part -of the ruse. He did not have to wait long. Presently, -from afar in the forest, a shriek as of some -one in mortal agony, arose. Sandy was doing well.</p> -<p>“H-e-l-p, oh, h-e-l-p,” his voice rang out, high and -shrill.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_100">100</div> -<p>Sandy repeated his call several times, then the -cabin door opened, and as Dick had hoped, the scar -faced Indian’s companion came out. He had a rifle -in his hands.</p> -<p>Again Sandy’s cry rang out from a little further -off. The man hesitated no longer, but stepped from -the cabin door and walked across the clearing into -the trees to investigate. He disappeared in the -direction of Sandy’s unearthly wailing.</p> -<p>Dick ran forward across the clearing, his moccasins -making no noise in the snow. He remembered -that the scar faced Indian had been sitting at the -table facing the window. Therefore, if he had not -changed his position, his back would be to the door.</p> -<p>Pausing before the door, Dick found it open a -crack. Cautiously he pushed it open a little more -and peered in. The Indian still was sitting with his -back to the door. He was idly shuffling the cards. -Against the bunk where Toma lay bound, Dick -could see a rifle leaning. One leap across the floor -and he would have this rifle. It was a desperate -chance, but he must make the best of it.</p> -<p>Swift as a panther, Dick threw open the door -and leaped in. The astonished Indian was scarcely -half out of his chair when Dick had the rifle in his -hands.</p> -<p>“Hands up!” he cried.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_101">101</div> -<p>Whether the Indian understood English or not, -Dick did not know, but his words had the required -effect. Slowly the scar-faced Indian turned his ugly -face upon his captor, his mouth twisted into an evil, -smirking grin. Dick stepped forward and drew the -revolver from his captive’s belt and tossed it into -a corner. Then he backed toward the bunk with the -rifle still trained on the Indian. Quickly, he drew -his knife and slashed Toma’s bonds.</p> -<p>“Ha! Now we got um!” Toma tore the gag from -his mouth, leaned up and picked up the revolver -Dick had thrown away. In a trice, then, Toma had -lashed the scar-faced Indian to his chair.</p> -<p>Dick already was expecting the return of the -Indian’s companion. With the Indian secured, both -Toma and he turned their attention to the door. -With bated breath they waited and listened for -approaching footfalls.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_102">102</div> -<h2 id="c11">CHAPTER XI -<br /><span class="small">SLUSH ICE</span></h2> -<p>Toma and Dick no longer could hear Sandy hallooing, -and Dick judged that his chum was safely -in hiding. Yet, as they waited, guns trained on the -door, a rifle shot shattered the silence. It came -from the direction taken by the man who had gone -to investigate the calls for help. Dick’s face paled. -What did it mean? Had poor Sandy fallen? Had -the man found him?</p> -<p>“I’m going out,” Dick said tensely to Toma a -moment later.</p> -<p>Whatever Toma’s reply was Dick did not hear -it, for with an impatient leap he flung open the -door and disappeared. Toma remained behind, not -sure that his young white friend’s move had been -wise, yet believing he could do more to help if he -stayed in the cabin.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_103">103</div> -<p>When Dick left the cabin he made straight for -the point from which he thought the rifle shot had -come. It was growing lighter. In the east a faint -gray fan of light showed over the forest—dawn. -He ran on for a little way, then he came upon tracks. -Pursuing these at a run, he came in sight of the -man who had left the cabin an hour before. The -meeting was a surprise for both.</p> -<p>Dick dodged behind a tree as the other fired from -his hip. The ball whizzed harmlessly over Dick’s -head, and he shot hastily. His shot also went wild, -but the other took to his heels. Dick did not pursue -him, but began calling for Sandy. Presently he was -rewarded by a distant shout and in a few minutes -the chums were reunited.</p> -<p>“Did he shoot at you?” Dick queried anxiously.</p> -<p>“No, I don’t know what he shot at. Maybe he -thought it was me,” Sandy replied. “I’m half -frozen. Gosh, it seemed hours out here.”</p> -<p>“Let’s hurry back to the cabin,” Dick hastened. -“Toma is there, and we’ve captured the scar faced -Indian.”</p> -<p>Sandy was too cold to care how many Indians -had been captured, and he hobbled along after Dick -like a stiff, old man.</p> -<p>“I hope Toma is all right,” Dick said anxiously -as they neared the cabin.</p> -<p>On the threshold of the cabin they stood a moment -later in stark amazement. Toma lay bleeding and -silent on the floor, and the scar faced Indian was -gone!</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_104">104</div> -<p>“Well, if that doesn’t beat anything!” Dick ejaculated, -rushing to Toma.</p> -<p>The young guide came to at the application of a -little water. His head had been struck with something; -an overturned chair revealed what the escaped -Indian had probably used.</p> -<p>“He slip out ropes some way,” Toma explained -when he could sit up once more. “I watch door -when him jump on me. That all I know.”</p> -<p>“I’m glad you’re alive—that’s all I can say,” Dick -said thankfully.</p> -<p>“Hello, what’s this?” Sandy hurried from the fireplace -where he had been warming himself to the -crude wooden table. A slip of paper with writing -on it lay among the scattered playing cards. Dick -also hastened forward and read the roughly scrawled -words:</p> -<blockquote> -<p>Pierre Govereau:</p> -<p>Send Many-Scar Jackson and Swede -to Big John Toma’s cabin. We want the -black fox fur he has hidden there.</p> -<p><span class="jr">BEAR HENDERSON.</span></p> -</blockquote> -<p>Dick and Sandy read it aloud to Toma.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_105">105</div> -<p>“This my big brother’s cabin,” Toma explained -simply. “Last night I see no one when look in -window. I go in. That Many-Scar and other fella -come in, ketch me. I not know where Big John is. -They not find um black fox. Big John sell um -black fox t’ree weeks go by.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy dropped their eyes. They now -felt sure who the man was that Dick had fallen -over—the dead man. How could they tell Toma? -At last Dick took the guide’s arm. Silently they -went out, Sandy following.</p> -<p>Toma showed no emotion as they showed him the -body partly covered with snow. He might have -been a wooden image as he said quietly:</p> -<p>“Him Big John Toma; I know before I see. I -feel he dead. That Many-Scar——” something -choked off his voice. His dark eyes suddenly flashed -and glowed like coals of fire.</p> -<p>“I wouldn’t give ten cents for Many-Scar’s life, -slick as that Indian is,” Sandy whispered.</p> -<p>Dick nodded.</p> -<p>Though all felt they had no time to lose, since -Govereau’s men might be expected to follow them, -they could not leave Toma’s brother without burial.</p> -<p>All three set to work under the spruce trees, hacking -through the frozen soil with axes. In a half -hour they had dug a shallow grave. Wrapped in -blankets, they gently lowered the body of Big John -Toma to its last resting place.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_106">106</div> -<p>Dick fashioned a rude cross from two saplings, -which he showed to Toma. The young Indian -nodded. “Good; him Christian—me too,” said the -guide.</p> -<p>When they had placed the last sod on the mound, -Dick and Sandy left their friend alone by the grave -and went to the cabin to prepare for continuing their -journey. They found much pemmican and dried -fish, upon which Big John Toma had existed, but -nowhere any flour or coffee. By the time they had -arranged shoulder packs and had donned whatever -warm clothes they had found, Toma had joined -them. He seemed his old self once more, though -Dick and Sandy knew that behind his mask of indifference -was deep sorrow and a mighty resolve for the -redskin’s revenge upon the murderer of his brother. -The guide refused to take the money Dick offered -him for the food and clothing they had taken from -Big John’s cabin.</p> -<p>“We three days from Fort Dunwoody now,” -Toma told them when they were ready for the trail. -“Not sure we make um three days. Big blizzard -come pretty soon now. Mebbe tomorrow. We get -um dog sled then. Need um bad.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_107">107</div> -<p>All that day Toma led them due southeast, across -higher ground, where vegetation was sparse. They -crossed one shallow valley where there were no trees -at all, and upon a ridge at the other side made camp. -It was an advantageous spot from which to watch -the back trail, and before they started on they were -disturbed by the sight of three tiny figures. The -men were undoubtedly on their trail. Straight -across the valley they toiled and they were coming -fast.</p> -<p>“I’ll bet it’s Govereau!” Dick exclaimed in alarm.</p> -<p>“Yes, and it looks as if we were only about three -miles ahead of him,” Sandy declared. “Let’s get -a move on. I don’t want to get mixed up with him -again.”</p> -<p>“Neither do I,” Dick heartily agreed.</p> -<p>Toma was of the same mind, and they all set off -at a fast pace when once more they took to the trail. -They felt confident they could lengthen the lead on -their pursuers, but two hours after noon, when they -paused to rest on a high ridge, they looked back and -were astounded to see the three men not more than -a mile behind them.</p> -<p>“Them best trail men Govereau got,” Toma protected -his own prowess on finding that he had been -outpaced.</p> -<p>They started on again, doubling their former -speed. A half hour more brought them to the banks -of a river.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_108">108</div> -<p>“Him Saskatoon River,” Toma told them. “Him -full slush ice. We make um raft in hurry; get -over, then we safe from Govereau.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy looked off across the sullen -expanse of the Saskatoon. As Toma had said, it -was filled with a slow-moving mass of slush, formed -by night freezes and day thaws.</p> -<p>They fell to work like Trojans on a raft, lashing -dead logs together with tiny saplings and tough -vines. It was a cumbersome raft that they at last -shoved out into the icy stream. With poles to propel -the unwieldy craft, they began the perilous trip -across the river. The delay caused by the building -of the raft had given their pursuers time to overtake -them, and at any moment they expected to hear a -shout or rifle shots from the shore they were slowly -leaving behind.</p> -<p>One side of the raft was heavier than the other, -and out in the current they came near being spilled -off, before they followed Toma’s example and balanced -the logs by shifting their weight from side -to side.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_109">109</div> -<p>Pushing on desperately, they reached midstream, -when their pursuers reached the river. But the few -shots that were fired fell short. The boys had poled -the raft out of range. Waving their hands to the -chagrined men they reached the other shore and, -abandoning their raft, hastened on.</p> -<p>Once more snow was spitting out of the gray -heavens, and it was growing steadily colder. They -hiked for three miles, then Toma advised a halt -The guide began immediately throwing up a shelter -of boughs. Dick and Sandy helped with a will, and -they finished none too soon. With the fall of night -the blizzard Toma had prophesied swept down upon -them like a thousand, shrieking demons.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_110">110</div> -<h2 id="c12">CHAPTER XII -<br /><span class="small">THE BLIZZARD</span></h2> -<p>When the boys awoke on the following morning, -numb and stiff from cold in spite of the protection -of their crudely constructed shelter, a full six inches -of snow covered the surface of their blankets.</p> -<p>“Snow make um much warmer to sleep,” Toma -explained to them, as he crawled out of his bed, -very much as a husky gets out of a snowdrift.</p> -<p>Dick turned his eyes towards the open door of the -shelter and shivered. Contrary to his expectations -the storm had not abated during the night. A shining, -white wall of snow almost shut out any view -of their camp surroundings, while the wind continued -to howl furiously.</p> -<p>To all appearances, the boys were shut in by the -high, white walls of a snow prison. Snow sifted in -the door of their shelter and through the numerous -cracks in the walls.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_111">111</div> -<p>“I’m not crazy about getting up,” Sandy observed, -with a seriousness that brought a laugh from Dick -and Toma. “Anyhow, nobody can get anywhere in -a storm like this.”</p> -<p>“The wind, she blow from northwest,” Toma cut -in. “No get lost when wind blow hard like that. -Keep wind on left side. No like—but better than -stay here.”</p> -<p>The young guide counted slowly on his fingers, -and went on:</p> -<p>“Me know place where young Indian live. Him -called Raoul Testawich. Got um cabin nice and -warm, an’ mebbe we ketch um good dog team there.”</p> -<p>“Fine!” exclaimed Dick, “we’ll make a try for it. -Sure you won’t get lost?”</p> -<p>Toma shook his head.</p> -<p>“No,” said the guide, with assurance. “I find way -all right. Best thing we go.”</p> -<p>Somewhere in the back of Dick’s mind there was -some doubt as to the advisability of facing such a -storm, yet he had implicit faith in the prowess of -Toma, and he did not question the young Indian’s -ability.</p> -<p>“It’ll be great to get near a warm fireplace again,” -said Dick. “What do you say, Sandy?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_112">112</div> -<p>Sandy’s answer was to spring up out of his blankets -and commence immediate preparations for -breakfast. A fire was started with considerable -difficulty, and less than an hour later the three boys -were on the trail again, walking Indian file with -Toma in the lead.</p> -<p>But the storm was worse even than they had -anticipated. It was fury unleashed, it sucked the -very breath out of their mouths and blew through -their mackinaws as if they had been cheesecloth. -Dick imagined that the weight of the snow-laden air -alone was sufficient to prevent any long continued -trek across that blinding field of white.</p> -<p>Taking turns breaking trail, they proceeded at a -slow pace, puffing with exertion. And always they -kept the wind on their left, Toma calling out encouragement -from time to time to keep up the spirits -of his less-hardened and less-experienced comrades.</p> -<p>Moisture froze on their coat collars, formed by -the warmth of their breath against the freezing wind. -Breathing became more and more difficult, and -Sandy, the weaker physically of the three, began -to complain of aching muscles and finally stopped -short, panting heavily.</p> -<p>“I’m tired out,” he gasped, “——all in. Dick, -I don’t believe I can go a step further. Can’t we -sit down and rest?”</p> -<p>Dick was on the point of acceding to Sandy’s -request, when Toma, several paces in the lead, came -back, crying out his disapproval.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_113">113</div> -<p>“No! No!” shouted the guide above the howling -of the wind. “No do that; get um legs all stiffened -up. Bye an’ bye can’t move. Mebbe we better go -slower, but no sit down.”</p> -<p>“I’ll try to go on,” declared Sandy bravely, “but -you fellows better stop now and then to give me -a chance to breathe. I tell you I’m all in.”</p> -<p>And so they went on, bracing themselves against -the fury of the wind, shuffling forward through -mounting drifts, in places piled waist high, as if to -block their progress. On several occasions, so violent -was the storm that it was impossible to see anything. -Once, fighting their way through a smothering -fog of white, Toma shouted out a warning.</p> -<p>They were traveling down a sharp incline at the -time, attempting to reach a river bottom, where -towering cliffs would protect them somewhat from -the force of the wind. Toma shouted to them. His -keen ears had detected a sound other than that made -by the blizzard. It was a different sound, and he -had heard it before—a queer rumbling, followed by a -mighty roar.</p> -<p>With a quickness born of desperation, the guide -seized Dick and Sandy by the arms and pulled them -out of the path of an almost certain death.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_114">114</div> -<p>As the boys stood trembling and appalled at the -deafening tumult about them, what seemed at first -a vast mountain of snow, went shooting past, carrying -everything before it. The snowslide left in its -wake nothing but a wide belt of barren ground—even -huge rocks had been torn away from the earth -and hurtled on into the storm.</p> -<p>“That was close enough to suit me,” declared -Sandy in a tragic whisper, as the boys continued -their descent. “I’ve never seen a snowslide before, -and I don’t wish to see another one. Do you feel -shaky, Dick?”</p> -<p>“Yes, I do,” admitted Dick, his cheeks slightly -pale. “I thought the entire upper part of the valley -wall was falling in on us.” He turned to Toma. -“Do you suppose,” he inquired, “that it’ll be safe -to go down?”</p> -<p>The Indian lad shook his head thoughtfully.</p> -<p>“Me no can tell. Mebbe more snowslide after -while. We take chance—that’s all.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy hesitated.</p> -<p>“Perhaps we’d better not go down to the river,” -said Dick. “It may be a wiser plan to keep up above, -where there isn’t the danger from these avalanches. -No use to risk our lives needlessly,” he pointed out.</p> -<p>Their guide grunted something under his breath, -then looked up, his sober, dark eyes twinkling.</p> -<p>“Snowslide catch us in the valley,” he pronounced. -“Big blizzard catch us on top. Which way you like -die best?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_115">115</div> -<p>At any other time the two boys would have seen -the humor in the situation, but at that particular -moment neither Sandy nor Dick felt that there was -anything funny about it. For a brief interval they -stood, deep in thought, their two youthful faces -clouded with apprehension.</p> -<p>“It makes no difference to me which way I die,” -declared Sandy at length, kicking disconsolately at -the trunk of a small tree, which had been uprooted -by the force of the snowslide. “We’re more than -half way down to the river now, so what’s the use -of turning back. My choice is the valley. At least, -we can travel faster down there, with more protection -from the storm.”</p> -<p>“You’re right,” agreed Dick, “I choose the valley, -too. Do you think we can reach your friend Raoul’s -place before dark?”</p> -<p>“Best we can do it take three hours from here,” -replied Toma, “an’ night come early. One hour -more mebbe an’ then we no see at all. Dark all -’round. Travel very slow then. Raoul him live -on top of river bank ten, fifteen miles from here.”</p> -<p>Without further word, the three boys made their -way quickly down to the floor of the valley and proceeded -on their way. Beneath their feet was the -frozen course of the Bad Heart River, winding forth -through a white world of weird, irregular cliffs, -now deeply mantled with snow.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_116">116</div> -<p>“This is better,” Sandy growled, looking up to -where the storm broke above their heads. “I never -would have thought it would make so much difference -being down here. You can actually see a little -and hardly feel the wind at all.”</p> -<p>“Fine!” answered Dick. “But save your breath, -Sandy. You’ll need it.”</p> -<p>Monotonously, heavily, the moccasined feet of -the three snow-covered figures crunched along the -unbroken trail. In the lead, Toma glided ahead with -an untiring energy that filled Dick with admiration. -He wondered what the young half-breed was thinking -about. Was he, too, secretly fearful of some -new impending danger lurking in their path?</p> -<p>He noticed presently that the shadows, flung -across the floor of the valley, were gradually becoming -darker and darker, a heavy dusk had settled -around them. Toma, barely four feet away, was a -vague, indistinct blur, completely shutting off his -view of the trail in front of him.</p> -<p>That the fury of the blizzard had not abated, was -easily apparent. He could still hear the wind howling -above their heads, and feel the snow as it sifted -quietly down. At every step his feet sunk into the -soft, yielding surface, and his heart pounded like a -trip-hammer from the continuous, never-ending -exertion.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_117">117</div> -<p>“How much farther?” Sandy demanded, a note of -despair in his voice. “How much farther, Toma?”</p> -<p>“No can tell.”</p> -<p>Sandy mumbled and complained to himself. He -came stumbling and panting behind Dick, keeping -up an incessant babbling or muttering that filled his -friend with alarm.</p> -<p>“How much farther?” he asked again.</p> -<p>Toma grunted.</p> -<p>“No can tell.”</p> -<p>A snort of fury seized upon Sandy. With a -strangled, despairing cry, he sprang forward past -Dick and seized Toma by the shoulder.</p> -<p>“Listen to me you, you—Indian. I’ve got a right -to know how far we’ve gone. Come on, now—out -with it!”</p> -<p>Toma turned as if to brush off the detaining -hand, when Sandy struck out with all the force of -his right arm. It was an unexpected blow which -sent the young Indian guide staggering to his knees. -Aghast, scarcely believing his senses, Dick stood in -bewilderment for a moment unable to move. With -incredible speed, his companion had sprung forward -again, his fumbling, eager hands encircling Toma’s -throat.</p> -<p>“Stop it!” shrieked Dick.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_118">118</div> -<p>A shrill, unearthly shout, terrible in that utter -desolation, seemed to freeze Dick’s blood. Toma -and Sandy were at grips, struggling, rolling—a -dark, almost indistinguishable ball against the gray -background of billowing drifts.</p> -<p>“Stop it!” roared Dick again, and, jumping in, -endeavored to separate them. He was still somewhat -dazed over the sudden, unexpected turn events -had taken. What had happened to Sandy? What -was the meaning of that unwarranted attack upon -the kindly young Indian guide? Had the hardship -and severe nervous strain of the past few days, -proved too much for his friend? Desperately he -tugged and pulled at the two combatants, finally -breathing a sigh of thankfulness as Toma rolled on -top, successfully pinning the arms of his assailant.</p> -<p>“Fight all gone,” declared the victor between -gasps of exhaustion, raising one hand to wipe away -the blood trickling from a cut over his left eye. -“Hm, poor fellow go sleep bye an bye. Trail too -much. Worry too much. All make him mad like -grizzly caught in trap, an’ fight like grizzly till -strength all gone.”</p> -<p>Toma arose, brushing the snow from his clothing, -then placed a still trembling hand on Dick’s arm.</p> -<p>“Him lay there all night—huh?” he inquired. -“What you think we do next? What you think?”</p> -<p>Disconsolately, Dick gazed out into the black pall -of darkness which had gathered around them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_119">119</div> -<p>“Toma,” he inquired presently, “do you believe -Sandy will feel better after a while? Will he be -able to get up and walk again?”</p> -<p>“Him walk no more tonight,” stated Toma with -conviction.</p> -<p>“In that case, there’s only one thing to do. I’ll -camp here with Sandy while you go on to your -friend’s house for help. Do you think you can -make it, Toma?”</p> -<p>“You start ’em fire here,” instructed the Indian. -“Me make it all right. Get back two, three hours, -mebbe, with dog team and take poor Sandy to warm -bed. Please no worry if I be little late.”</p> -<p>“No,” answered Dick, gulping down a hard substance -in his throat. “Good-bye and good luck to -you, Toma. I’ll be here when you return.”</p> -<p>Not a suspicious moisture, but real tears were -standing in Dick’s eyes a few minutes later as he and -the young half-breed separated over the recumbent -body of Sandy. A single, warm hand-clasp, then -Toma was away, his footfalls sounding faintly -through the dark.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_120">120</div> -<h2 id="c13">CHAPTER XIII -<br /><span class="small">DICK SEES A GHOST</span></h2> -<p>Several hours had passed since Toma’s departure, -and the fire Dick had kindled had burned down -to a mass of glowing, red embers. The still falling -snow hissed and sputtered over the coals. Off in the -distance a few wolves howled. Sandy lay stretched -out at Dick’s feet and the owner of the feet himself -drowsed and nodded in a futile effort to keep awake.</p> -<p>He recovered consciousness a few moments later, -however, when a half-burned stick, lying on the -outer edge of the fire, crackled forth suddenly like -a cap in a toy pistol. In an instant he was wide-eyed -and alert, his eyes straining towards the outer -rim of darkness. He could see nothing.</p> -<p>“Dreaming again,” he grumbled to himself, looking -down at Sandy, and wondering how much time -had elapsed since the young Indian guide had set -out on his perilous journey through the storm. Then -his thoughts turned to the happenings of the day.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_121">121</div> -<p>One thing that bothered Dick, and which he had -not yet explained entirely to his own satisfaction, -was Sandy’s strange behavior a few hours previous. -The young Scotchman’s violent and unwarranted -attack upon Toma was not in the least like the usual -happy-go-lucky conduct that Dick had ascribed to his -friend. Of course, he had heard many times before, -of similar cases where men, driven to the limit of -physical exertion, had acted queerly. It was a sort -of temporary mental breakdown preceding physical -collapse. What Sandy needed was a good sleep, -followed by a day or two of complete rest. He’d -probably feel better in the morning.</p> -<p>For the next few minutes Dick busied himself in -gathering more wood for the fire. His first duty -was to keep himself and Sandy warm, as warm as -possible in their hastily improvised camp there in -the inadequate shelter of the river bottom.</p> -<p>“Toma will be back in an hour or two,” he -thought to himself, “and then everything will be all -right.”</p> -<p>He looked down at Sandy, whom he had bundled -up in their two blankets and hoped devoutly that -nothing had happened which might delay the young -Indian’s safe return. Although not in the least -doubting the guide’s prowess, Dick had learned to -his sorrow that Govereau’s opposition was not the -only factor to be considered in the successful carrying -out of their plans.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_122">122</div> -<p>“There is always this blamed wilderness to contend -with,” ruminated Dick. “Treacherous rivers, -forest fires, wild beasts, the danger of freezing to -death in the extreme cold or getting lost in a blizzard. -Sometimes I think——”</p> -<p>Exactly what Dick thought will probably never -be recorded. He woke suddenly from his preoccupation, -a look of fear in his eyes, every nerve tingling -as if tiny electric wires ran close to the surface -of his skin. A slight sound somewhere out there -in the enveloping darkness had caught his attention. -In addition, there had quickly come over him a vague -feeling that he and Sandy were not alone, that an -actual presence, either an animal of some sort or a -human being, had intruded within the circle of their -campfire and was ready to pounce down upon them.</p> -<p>For a brief second Dick could scarcely suppress -the cry of terror that had sprung to his lips. He -wanted to turn his head to look at the thing he knew -to be immediately behind him, but, for some -unknown reason, his body seemed incapable of action. -Instead he sat there, weak and trembling, the blood -pounding in his throat with a force almost suffocating.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_123">123</div> -<p>With a truly mighty effort he contrived finally -to twist and squirm around so that his gaze could -discern the thing that menaced him, and in that -instant he caught wildly at the trunk of the up-rooted -tree upon which he sat, so frozen with horror, that -the person who stood immediately opposite—probably -no more than ten or twelve feet away—might -easily have advanced and overpowered him without -encountering even the slightest resistance.</p> -<p>In all his life, Dick had never seen so strange an -apparition. His first sickening impression was that -he was confronted not by a man at all but by a real -ghost, fashioned out of a substance as hard and -unyielding as a block of ice. In the glare of the -campfire, the person’s body gave forth a peculiar -gleam or sparkle that so amazed and confounded -Dick that he found himself putting up his hands -to his eyes in an effort to shut out the unusual sight.</p> -<p>“Toma, he tell me come,” issued a friendly voice -from the ghost-like figure, standing there in front -of him. “You no ’fraid me.”</p> -<p>Dick came to with a start.</p> -<p>“No,” he mumbled weakly.</p> -<p>“Toma one mile down river,” continued the voice. -“Him stuck in ice with huskies. Mebbe no get -sled out.”</p> -<p>“What’s that!” demanded Dick. “I don’t think -I understand you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_124">124</div> -<p>“Ice thin where river runs quick. Toma, me, -drive on river too close to rapids. Hurry up get -back here for sick fella. We go fast. Toma, me, -sit in sled. All at once ice break. Toma, huskies, -me, sled—everybody fall in river.”</p> -<p>Dick sat and stared incredulously at the speaker. -He understood now. This was Raoul Testawich, -Toma’s friend, who, in his broken English, was -trying to describe what had taken place that night -farther up the river. Dick shivered at the thought -of that unexpected, icy-cold plunge when the sled -with its two occupants had broken through into the -river. No wonder that young Testawich looked -like a ghost, his clothing a glistening ice and snow-covered -mantle of white.</p> -<p>“Is Toma safe?” he questioned eagerly.</p> -<p>“Yes,” nodded the half-breed, “Toma all right, -but sled gone. Cut harness away from sled to save -huskies. Toma stay back there now and watch dogs. -What you think; you, me take sick fella along that -far?”</p> -<p>“We can try,” answered Dick in an awed voice. -“How far did you say it was?”</p> -<p>“About one mile,” said Raoul.</p> -<p>“We can do it!” Dick stated with conviction. “I -know we can—even if we are compelled to drag and -carry him all the way.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_125">125</div> -<p>There was admiration and wonder in Dick’s eyes -now as he looked at the ice-clad form of the half-breed. -What tremendous endurance Toma and this -man must have. It seemed almost incredible.</p> -<p>He rose quickly, fired with new determination, -walked over to the spot where Sandy lay and, as -gently as possible, attempted to arouse him.</p> -<p>“Wake up! Wake up, Sandy!” he called.</p> -<p>Several minutes elapsed before Dick succeeded in -dragging his friend to an upright position. Sandy -swayed on his feet, mumbling incoherently, glaring -about him with blood-shot, unseeing eyes. Supported -by a friendly arm on either side, he moved -forward, almost a dead weight between them.</p> -<p>“We get there sooner you think,” encouraged -Raoul. “Bye an’ bye we turn bend in river an’ then -you see Toma’s campfire. Little fella pretty sick.”</p> -<p>They mushed on in silence. Step by step, slowly, -at what seemed to Dick a snail’s pace, they plodded -through the darkness towards the place where the -courageous young half-breed guide awaited them. -The snow had ceased to fall. The roar of the storm -above their heads had died down to a faint murmuring. -Presently Raoul spoke:</p> -<p>“I see light now. Pretty soon we get to campfire. -Then dogs pull sick fella rest of way to my -home.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_126">126</div> -<p>“But we haven’t any sled,” interposed Dick.</p> -<p>“Toma tie poles together for sled by time we -get there. Make ’em pole sled for sick fella.”</p> -<p>Again they went on in silence. The light of -Toma’s campfire gradually grew brighter as they -advanced. Presently Dick discerned the lonely figure -of the Indian guide and after a time, five blotches -in the snow, five furry forms that snarled and -howled as they waited impatiently for the return of -their master.</p> -<p>“We’ve made it!” howled Dick, unable to suppress -his exultation. “We’ve made it, Toma, old boy. -Yip! Yip!”</p> -<p>Toma’s answering shout was drowned out by a -deafening chorus from the huskies.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_127">127</div> -<h2 id="c14">CHAPTER XIV -<br /><span class="small">AN UNWELCOME VISITOR</span></h2> -<p>The cabin of Raoul Testawich, which stood in -a sheltering grove of spruce a few miles back from -Bad Heart river, loomed up through the darkness -several hours later as Toma, Raoul and Dick, with -the team of huskies in the lead, crossed a narrow -coulee about thirty yards away from the house and -plunged on through heavy drifts to the narrow, -cleared space immediately in front of the door.</p> -<p>Wrapped in blankets, Sandy still lay on the hastily -improvised sled. As his three comrades gathered -about him, a heavy door squeaked open and a sleepy -voice, in Cree, called out a welcome. In an incredibly -short time they had lifted Sandy from the sled and -had carried him within, gently placing him in a bunk -at one end of the room.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_128">128</div> -<p>A young Indian girl, whom Dick judged to be -Raoul’s wife or sister, closed the door after them -and advanced swiftly to the mud fireplace where, -over crackling spruce logs, a heavy iron pot sent -forth the pleasant aroma of steaming moose meat. -Close by, with growing interest and enthusiasm, -Dick beheld a small table laden with food.</p> -<p>“We eat this time for sure,” grinned Toma, nudging -Dick’s arm. “Mebbe you no want eat now.”</p> -<p>“Like fun, I don’t,” laughed the other. “There -are two things I want—food and sleep. I’m so -blamed tired that Raoul will have to wait until sometime -tomorrow before I buy his dog team. I believe -I could sleep for three days.”</p> -<p>“You sleep long you like,” conceded Toma, as -Raoul left the room to look after the dogs. “Him, -Raoul, my very good friend. Fine fella. Like ’em -sister, too. Mebbe some day marry girl.”</p> -<p>The far away expression in the young half-breed’s -eyes drew a laugh from Dick.</p> -<p>“I’m glad to hear that,” he said, “and I want to -congratulate you. When do you expect to get -married?”</p> -<p>“Four—five—six years,” he answered, counting -laboriously on his fingers. “Father Girard he tell -’em me at mission too young yet. No marry till -get older. Get older very slow,” he concluded, casting -woebegone eyes in the direction of the young -lady of his choice.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_129">129</div> -<p>The re-entrance of Raoul cut short any further -reference to the subject of Toma’s tender affair of -the heart. It was well, too, for the face of the -owner of the huskies wore a look of concern as he -strode forward and commenced to remove his outer -garments, still thickly encrusted with ice and snow. -As he fumbled with the buttons of his moose-hide -coat, he broke forth excitedly in Cree, pausing now -and again to make quick, explanatory gestures with -his hands.</p> -<p>“What’s the trouble?” demanded Dick, who -though not understanding one word that had been -spoken, could tell from the Indian’s expression that -something out of the ordinary had taken place. -“What did he say, Toma?”</p> -<p>“He say,” interrupted the guide, “that he no like -way huskies act. Huskies tired but no want to lie -down and make bed in snowdrift. Huskies afraid -of something, very much afraid.”</p> -<p>“That not all,” Toma continued as a relieved -expression brightened Dick’s eyes. “Raoul him not -sure, but see track mebbe made by snowshoe. Look -like snowshoe track only wind blow snow over it. -Raoul think Govereau’s men come here tonight and -look for us. What you think? Mebbe camped not -far away.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_130">130</div> -<p>For a brief moment, a look of apprehension, of -fear, swept through Dick. The supposition was not -entirely impossible. Experience had taught him that -Govereau was both an experienced woodsman and -an implacable enemy, a man who had the disconcerting -habit of putting in an appearance at times -when one least expected him. On the other hand, -Dick could not help but believe that the hated French -half-breed had not yet succeeded in catching up with -them. The incident at the river when he, Sandy and -Toma had crossed through the ice floe successfully, -must have delayed him considerably.</p> -<p>“I don’t think he has had time to overtake us -yet,” said Dick. “If any one has been here today, -it must be someone else.”</p> -<p>Toma shook his head.</p> -<p>“Mebbe you right. I like think so. All same -Govereau make you surprise once in a while. Fool -ever’body.”</p> -<p>“That’s true,” rejoined Dick, “but if Govereau -really is here, he’s here and that’s an end to it. -There’s nothing that we can do except to fight him -and take our own risks. I think that you and Raoul -had better get into some dry clothes as quickly as -possible. A good supper and a sound sleep afterwards -are the first things to be considered. I wonder -if I’d better wake Sandy?”</p> -<p>“Him better sleep long time an’ wake up himself. -Him be all right then.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_131">131</div> -<p>Dick heeded this advice from Toma and a few -minutes later sat down to one of the most enjoyable -meals he had eaten in weeks. Then he and the young -Indian guide tumbled into the bunk above Sandy -and were almost instantly fast asleep, their weary -limbs stretching out in the luxurious softness of -a white rabbit sleeping-bag.</p> -<p>They woke on the following afternoon and -clambered down from their perch. To his amazement, -Dick beheld Sandy, somewhat pale but otherwise -quite his usual self, sitting at the table, opposite -their host. He was eating gruel from a bowl and -conversing in low tones to Raoul.</p> -<p>“Why, Sandy!” exclaimed Dick, unable to conceal -his delight. “What has happened?”</p> -<p>“What do you mean?”</p> -<p>“You’re up.”</p> -<p>“Sure I’m up,” the voice of the young Scotchman -rose in jovial good humor as he glanced across -at his two friends, who were dressing hurriedly. -“Didn’t expect me to lie in bed all night and all day -too, did you?”</p> -<p>“Yes, but how do you feel?”</p> -<p>Sandy put down his spoon and swung round to -meet Dick’s inquiring gaze.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_132">132</div> -<p>“A little shaky, I guess, but otherwise about the -same as usual. By the way, Dick, what happened -yesterday? When I woke up this morning, I -couldn’t imagine where I was. And funny thing—I -can’t remember very much of what took place on -the trail. Did I get hurt?”</p> -<p>“Didn’t Raoul tell you?”</p> -<p>“Not yet.”</p> -<p>Dick picked up his moccasins and began absently -to turn them in his hands. For Sandy’s benefit, it -had occurred to him to gloss over the events of the -previous day, to give his friend as little information -as possible. It was not that Sandy’s breakdown was -anything to be ashamed of, considering what he had -been through. It was not that, Dick told himself. -It was the possible effect the news might have on -him. For Sandy was proud, and the knowledge -of even a temporary weakness on his part would -be sure to cause him a good deal of humiliation.</p> -<p>“You played out on the trail, Sandy,” Dick stated -evenly. “I was all in myself. I hope we never again -have so many obstacles and difficulties to contend -with. I can’t imagine what would have happened -to us if Toma hadn’t gone for help. We have Toma -and Raoul to thank for getting through safely yesterday.”</p> -<p>“Toma is always doing remarkable things,” said -Sandy. “I can’t help but admire the way he broke -trail through that storm. Wish I had half his endurance.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_133">133</div> -<p>“You no talk about me so much,” Toma broke -forth, pretending to be angry, but grinning in spite -of himself. “Me no like ’em all big words. Mebbe -make fun of me.”</p> -<p>“You hurry up dress,” interposed Raoul. “My -sister wait in next room to bring something to eat. -Pretty soon we have breakfast middle of the night.”</p> -<p>“All right,” laughed Dick, “we’ll hurry. I’ll be -ready as soon as I put on these moccasins.”</p> -<p>He was looking at Raoul as he spoke, but was -hardly prepared for what suddenly ensued. The -young Indian was abruptly on his feet and had -dashed forward to one side of the room, where he -caught up a rifle, which had been leaning there -against the wall. Amazed at first, Dick quickly -caught the significance of Raoul’s actions, as there -came to his ears the dull tromping of feet outside, -followed quickly by a loud thumping at the door. -A moment later, a towering, heavy form broke into -the room and stood blinking across at them.</p> -<p>“What you want!” demanded Raoul, flourishing -his rifle.</p> -<p>The intruder closed the door behind him, his shifting -eyes regarding each of them in turn. He was -a big man, clothed almost entirely in fur, a parka -concealing the lower part of his face. As the four -other occupants of the room stood or sat watching -him, he shook off his heavy mitts, kicked the snow -from his feet and removed his parka. His general -appearance, Dick observed, was far from prepossessing.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_134">134</div> -<p>“What you want!” repeated Raoul.</p> -<p>“You don’t need to be afeered o’ me,” finally -grumbled their unexpected guest, rubbing one burly -hand against his bearded cheek. “Put down yer -gun, brother, I ain’t gonna hurt nobody. I jes’ came -in to get warm an’ ask fer something to eat. Been -hoofing it all the way from Twin Brothers Creek, -near the Big Smokey. Left there this morning. -Stranger in these parts. My name’s Bill Watson. -Guess you don’t know me.”</p> -<p>Dick was conscious of a feeling of relief to learn -something of the intruder’s identity. At least, he -was not one of Govereau’s men. Then Dick felt -Toma’s face brushing close to his own.</p> -<p>“No like him,” breathed the guide in a scarcely -audible whisper. “Ever’body watch out. See him -one time before with Govereau. He come to find -out if you and Sandy here.”</p> -<p>Toma drew back quickly as the stranger’s gaze -turned again in their direction.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_135">135</div> -<h2 id="c15">CHAPTER XV -<br /><span class="small">OUTWITTING THE ENEMY</span></h2> -<p>Dick Kent had no reason to doubt that Toma’s -stealthily imparted information concerning the true -identity of Bill Watson was correct. The man had -been sent by Govereau. His story of the long trek -from Twin Brothers Creek was a deliberate falsehood -intended to deceive Dick and his friends. He -was here as a spy to carry out certain instructions -from Govereau, the accomplishment of which would -probably result disastrously to their expedition.</p> -<p>In a few minutes following Toma’s whispered -warning, Dick thought swiftly. Their safety and -the success of their plans depended upon immediate -action. Something had to be done before Watson -became aware that anyone suspected him.</p> -<p>The first step, of course, was to discover some -way to acquaint Sandy and Raoul with the stranger’s -duplicity. This, of course, must be accomplished -secretly, and in a manner that would not arouse -Watson’s slightest suspicion.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_136">136</div> -<p>“If only on some pretext I could get the two of -them outside,” thought Dick, “the rest would be -easy. Four of us would have no difficulty in taking -him prisoner. We would bind him hand and foot -and then Raoul could keep him here several days -while Sandy, Toma and I continued our journey -with the dog team.”</p> -<p>Annette entered from the adjoining room at -Raoul’s summons and began removing the dishes -from the table, in preparation for the meal for -Watson, Toma and Dick. Watson now occupied a -chair at one side of the room, and sat directly facing -Sandy. Raoul had moved forward and was assisting -his sister with her task, while Toma, like a restless -spirit, remained unseated, occasionally changing his -position from sheer nervousness.</p> -<p>“I ain’t had very much to eat today,” Watson -informed them, producing an evil-smelling pipe and -lighting it with the stub of a match. “Been too busy -mushing to think about it. Trail heavy all the -way, too.”</p> -<p>A strained silence followed. It was evident that -Watson intended to make himself perfectly at home, -for, a moment later, he stretched out his burly -legs, and, to Dick’s disgust, spat on the floor.</p> -<p>“Where you fellows bound for?” he demanded -suddenly of Sandy.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_137">137</div> -<p>“Nowhere in particular,” replied the young -Scotchman non-committally. “Where are you -going?”</p> -<p>Watson’s face darkened with a scowl.</p> -<p>“I ain’t a goin’ to tell neither if that’s the way -you feel about it. Guess you never was taught no -manners, young man.”</p> -<p>Sandy turned his head slightly and winked -covertly at Dick.</p> -<p>“No offense intended, I’m sure.”</p> -<p>The man from Govereau’s camp grunted something -under his breath.</p> -<p>“Little boys ain’t got no business on the trail -anyway,” he began again, this time in a scoffing -tone that caused an angry red to mount suddenly -in Sandy’s cheeks.</p> -<p>In his restless moving about, changing positions -often, Toma had presently come to a pause close -to Sandy and now stood absently tossing a small -object in his hand, his gaze directed toward Annette -and Raoul, who were completing preparations for -supper. Looking at him, no one would have suspected -that any thought, out of the ordinary, lay -at the back of the young half-breed’s mind. His -face was expressionless, yet as Dick watched him, -there flashed from them unexpectedly a look that -could not be mistaken.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_138">138</div> -<p>It was as if Toma had sent him some sort of a -signal. What was its meaning Dick could not possibly -imagine until, apparently by accident, the small -object, which looked like a brass buckle, fell from -the guide’s hand and rolled under Sandy’s chair. -As he stepped forward and stooped to get it, Dick -knew from the expression on Sandy’s face that he, -too, had been warned.</p> -<p>“Supper all ready,” Raoul announced.</p> -<p>Watson bounded to his feet and was the first to -reach the table. Without waiting for further permission -he pulled out a chair and slumped into it. -Dick followed more leisurely, with Toma bringing -up the rear. As they approached directly behind -Watson’s chair, Toma’s hand shot out, poking Dick -in the ribs. Half-turning, the recipient of the blow -emitted a startled gasp as he perceived Toma’s long -arms steal out and encircle the unsuspecting guest.</p> -<p>Watson and the chair swayed backward, then toppled -over, striking the floor with a resounding crash. -The heavy, powerful form rolled to one side, endeavoring -to break the iron grip of the young half-breed. -For a tense second Dick stood inactive, then -leaped to his friend’s assistance. Attempting to -pinion Watson’s arms, to his horror Dick saw their -opponent had actually succeeded in pulling a dangerous -looking automatic from his pocket and was -grimly endeavoring to use it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_139">139</div> -<p>Dick seized Watson’s wrist in his two hands, putting -forth his last ounce of strength in an effort to -force the gun from the man’s grasp. In quick succession -three ear-splitting reports rang out. Annette -screamed. After that Dick was not quite sure what -was taking place during that confused wild scramble -on the floor until he felt the heavy body under him -relax and a voice triumphantly proclaim:</p> -<p>“Well, I guess that ought to settle him for a -while.”</p> -<p>With perspiration trickling down into his eyes, -Dick looked up. Raoul stood with a small stick of -wood in his hands and close beside him Sandy, a look -of triumph on his face, each surveying their now -helpless foe.</p> -<p>“You didn’t hit him half hard enough, Raoul,” -Sandy protested. “It was a good thing for him that -I didn’t have that club, myself. I might have killed -him.”</p> -<p>“Hit ’em plenty hard,” Raoul confessed, tossing -the stick back toward the fireplace. “Tie him up -easy now. I go get rope.”</p> -<p>Dick and Toma rose to their feet and a moment -later Raoul returned with a rope. Bound hand and -foot, Watson was lifted bodily and carried across -the room, where he was deposited not unkindly in -the selfsame bunk occupied by Sandy on the previous -night. Dick breathed a sigh of relief.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_140">140</div> -<p>“I’m glad that’s over with,” he declared thankfully. -“All things considered, we’ve been pretty -lucky so far. We’ve beaten Govereau at every turn.”</p> -<p>“Beaten but not licked,” Sandy reminded him. -“I’ll have to admit right here that he’s a mighty -tough customer. It’s a good thing Toma saw this -man, Watson, before. Otherwise things might have -turned out differently.”</p> -<p>“We must get an early start in the morning,” said -Dick, as he moved back toward the supper table. -“I’d hate to meet any more visitors from Govereau’s -camp. If Raoul is willing, I’ll pay him tonight for -the team of huskies. What do you think would be -a fair price for them, Toma?”</p> -<p>“Raoul say he willing to sell for two hundred -dollars,” answered the guide. “That very cheap for -good team like that.”</p> -<p>“I’ll make it two hundred and fifty. The additional -amount wouldn’t begin to pay him for all the -kindness he has shown us.”</p> -<p>As he spoke, Dick reached in his pocket and -pulled out the roll of bills Factor MacLean had -given him on the day of their departure from Fort -du Lac, and, counting out the sum mentioned, passed -it over to Raoul.</p> -<p>“I hope I’m not cheating you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_141">141</div> -<p>“You buy best dog team in the country,” Toma -stated enthusiastically. “Mounted police use ’em -last winter to carry mail. Govereau go fast to catch -us now.”</p> -<p>“How long will it take us to reach mounted police -headquarters?” inquired Sandy.</p> -<p>“Three, four day if nothing happen,” their guide -answered. “First day snow too heavy to make -trail good. After that mebbe get better.”</p> -<p>A short time later, a low groan from Watson -attested to the fact that that gentleman was slowly -regaining consciousness. After considerable tossing -and rolling about, their captive finally opened his -eyes and presently called for a drink of water.</p> -<p>“Feeling better now?” Dick inquired solicitously, -when he complied with the request.</p> -<p>“Yeah, I’m feeling better,” came Watson’s smothered -retort as he glared up angrily at his questioner. -“I’m feelin’ a blamed sight better than you’ll be -feelin’ in another day or two, I can tell you that.”</p> -<p>“You brought it all on yourself,” Dick reminded -him. “You had no business coming here to play the -part of a spy, in the first place. If you got hurt, -it’s your own fault. All I’m sorry about is that the -unpleasant little blow you received on top of your -head wasn’t given to the man who sent you.”</p> -<p>“What do you mean?” bluffed Watson.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_142">142</div> -<p>“I guess you know what I mean,” Dick spoke -coldly, “and please get the idea out of your mind -that we don’t know who you are, and where you -came from.”</p> -<p>“Where did I come from?” their prisoner -blustered.</p> -<p>“From Govereau.”</p> -<p>“Well, what are you gonna do about it?”</p> -<p>There was defiance in Watson’s voice.</p> -<p>“If you mean, what are we going to do with you,” -Dick answered, “I might as well tell you that we -haven’t decided yet. A good deal depends upon the -way you behave yourself.”</p> -<p>“We’re thinking seriously of taking you outside -and putting a bullet in you,” chimed in Sandy.</p> -<p>“Yuh better not, if you know what’s best for you,” -stormed Watson. “If yuh try that, Govereau’ll -come down here and make mince-meat out of yuh.”</p> -<p>“He might walk into the same kind of trap you -did,” grinned Sandy.</p> -<p>“Where is Govereau now?” asked Dick, shaking -his head at Sandy in an effort to check the useless -controversy. “If you answer my questions truthfully, -we’ll let you off a whole lot easier than we -would otherwise. We might even be induced to -give you something to eat.”</p> -<p>“He ain’t very far from here.”</p> -<p>“How far?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_143">143</div> -<p>“About two miles away. We’re camped in the -heavy timber jus’ back from the river.”</p> -<p>“How did he find out that we are stopping here -for the present with Raoul?”</p> -<p>“One of our men seen a dog team come up here -early yesterday morning. Govereau thought it might -be you, so he sent me over to find out.”</p> -<p>“Is that all he told you to do?”</p> -<p>For a few minutes Watson lay, staring about him, -apparently quite oblivious of his surroundings. He -paid no attention to the last question put to him. -Finally he turned his head, his gaze meeting Dick’s -squarely.</p> -<p>“You fellows are in a mighty bad position, if -you want to know it,” he suddenly blurted out. -“There ain’t one chance in ten thousand that you’ll -ever get through alive. Your only hope is to go back -to the place you come from.”</p> -<p>“I’m not asking you for advice,” said Dick -angrily.</p> -<p>“Jes’ the same, I’m tellin’ yuh. I wouldn’t take -the whole of upper Canada to be a standin’ in your -shoes just now. You’re only a kid an’ don’t realize -how bad a mess you’re in.”</p> -<p>Sandy strode forward and put a hand on Dick’s -shoulder.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_144">144</div> -<p>“No use to bother with him, Dick,” he exclaimed -in disgust. “We’re just wasting time. He’d keep -us talking here all night. Our best plan is to get -out of here as quickly as possible. Govereau may be -along any time to find out what has happened to -him.”</p> -<p>“I think same, too,” Toma cut in. “What you -say I hitch up huskies, and we start right away?”</p> -<p>Dick glanced from one to the other.</p> -<p>“I guess you’re right. We can’t any more than -lose our way in the dark, and we’ve been lost -before.”</p> -<p>“But what are we going to do with him?” Sandy -wondered, pointing at their prisoner.</p> -<p>“We’ll have to leave him here with Raoul,” Dick -replied. Then he turned to Toma’s friend.</p> -<p>“Do you object?” he asked. “You can release -him sometime tomorrow. That will give us a chance -to be well on our way before Govereau learns what -has become of us.”</p> -<p>Raoul nodded his head, grinning.</p> -<p>“All right, me keep ’em big fellow in bed. Bye -an’ bye feed him with spoon like little baby. How -you like that?” he asked, turning to Watson.</p> -<p>The only reply from the man in the bunk was a -snort of rage as he twisted to one side and glared -helplessly about him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_145">145</div> -<h2 id="c16">CHAPTER XVI -<br /><span class="small">A JOURNEY THROUGH THE NIGHT</span></h2> -<p>The lonely journey through the dark proved to be -not nearly as difficult as Dick had expected. An -hour after their departure from Toma’s cabin, the -little party emerged from the shelter of spruce and -pine, skirting the river, and drove forth upon a comparatively -open prairie, piled high with drifts.</p> -<p>Here the snow had been packed down by the wind -and the huskies were able to trot across its surface -without breaking through. They went forward at -such a brisk pace that Dick, running behind, was -forced to admit, breathlessly, to Toma:</p> -<p>“I can’t keep this up all night. Can’t you slow -down once in a while, and give me a chance to catch -my breath?”</p> -<p>“We all ride now,” the guide answered, motioning -Dick to a place on the sled in front of Sandy, who, -because of his weakened condition, had been riding -most of the time since they had left the cabin.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_146">146</div> -<p>A moment later, sitting at his friend’s feet, Dick -was conscious of a new experience. He had never -ridden behind a team of huskies before.</p> -<p>“This is wonderful,” he remarked as the dogs -sprang forward at Toma’s sharp word of command. -“How easy they pull us, Sandy. If we keep on at -this rate, it won’t take us long to reach mounted -police headquarters.”</p> -<p>Toma, who was standing behind, with one hand -on the gee-pole, laughed good-naturedly over Dick’s -enthusiasm.</p> -<p>“They go fast tonight,” he admitted, “but mebbe -tomorrow we come to soft snow in woods. No go -fast then.”</p> -<p>Somewhere, close at hand, there broke forth a -weird, unearthly noise, a sound that echoed across -the stillness, causing both Dick and Sandy to sit up -very straight, hearts thumping excitedly.</p> -<p>“What was that?” they demanded in chorus.</p> -<p>“Wolves,” came the ready response. “We see -plenty of wolves from now on. Rabbits very few -this year and wolves always hungry.”</p> -<p>“Well, I don’t want ’em to feed on me,” shivered -Sandy. “What would we do if they should happen -along and suddenly decide to make a meal on us?”</p> -<p>“Shoot,” answered Dick, one hand stealing back -in the sled to make sure that in the hurry of their -departure they had not forgotten their rifles.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_147">147</div> -<p>“They not come yet,” Toma reassured them. -“Bye ’n’ bye weather get more cold, snow more deep, -wolves more hungry. Then we watch out. No -travel like this at night then. Me ’fraid wolves too.”</p> -<p>Dick laughed. “I’m glad to hear that there’s -something you’re really afraid of, Toma. I’d begun -to think that nothing could frighten you.”</p> -<p>Another howl from the wolf pack, and Sandy’s -mittened hand was pawing at Dick’s shoulder.</p> -<p>“Honestly, Dick, I don’t like this. Just listen to -that! Isn’t it awful? Toma, are you sure they -won’t come over here and try to gobble us up?”</p> -<p>“Plenty sure,” answered the guide.</p> -<p>Sandy slouched back in his seat again, not entirely -convinced in his own mind that Toma was right.</p> -<p>“I hope so,” he grumbled, “but why in the dickens -did the rabbits have to get scarce this year. I suppose -they heard we were coming along and just to -make our bad luck complete, hopped off to another -part of the country. I wonder why the wolves -didn’t follow them, Toma?”</p> -<p>“Wolves no follow rabbits ’cause rabbits all dead,” -patiently explained the half-breed.</p> -<p>“Who killed ’em?” Sandy wanted to know.</p> -<p>Toma’s whip cracked forth over the boys’ heads, -and the huskies sprang forward with redoubled -effort.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_148">148</div> -<p>“Rabbits no get killed—they sick an’ die,” he answered. -“When you live in this country long time -you find out queer thing. Ever’ six, seven years see -many rabbits—like mosquitos in spring. Wolves an’ -coyotes all very fat then. Almost step on rabbits -when you walk through woods. When rabbits many -like that, one fellow him get sick, bye ’n’ bye another -rabbit him sick, too. Pretty soon no rabbits left—all -dead. No tell you why.”</p> -<p>Following this explanation, Sandy lapsed into -silence for many moments. There was no sound at -all except that made by the pattering feet of the -huskies, and the crunching of the sled under them. -A belated moon had risen slowly from the distant -horizon, and in its pure, white light, the boys could -now discern objects, which a few hours before had -remained hidden. Looking about him, Dick saw -that the comparatively open space around them extended -southward for many miles, a vast, snow-covered -field, dotted here and there with small patches -of poplar.</p> -<p>They were passing one of these tree clumps a short -time later when, plainly discernible, not more than -fifty or a hundred yards to their right, Dick perceived -the huge body of a wolf gliding quickly along, -almost abreast of them. The boy’s startled exclamation -drew the attention of Sandy and Toma.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_149">149</div> -<p>“Follow us like that all night, mebbe,” Toma -stated indifferently, “he no come any closer. He -’fraid us like we ’fraid him.”</p> -<p>“He doesn’t appear to be very frightened,” came -Sandy’s dry comment, “and if he comes one step -nearer, I’m going to teach him a few manners.”</p> -<p>“No,” said Dick, “we’ve got to save our ammunition. -We may need it badly a little later on. Besides, -I doubt very much whether one wolf would -dare to attack us. It’s a full pack that I’d be afraid -of.”</p> -<p>“If there were more than one,” rejoined Sandy, -peering fearfully across at the subject of their conversation, -“I think I’d be inclined to pull this blanket -over my head. I simply wouldn’t want to see ’em.”</p> -<p>Dick’s amused laugh was broken short by a sudden -snarling from the huskies. This continued until -Toma cracked his whip and shouted out a sharp -word of command.</p> -<p>“No like ’em wolves either,” he explained. “You -promise no be afraid if I tell you something.”</p> -<p>“Certainly,” answered Dick. “What is it?”</p> -<p>“You look on other side.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_150">150</div> -<p>Sandy and Dick, following directions, drew in a -quick breath of alarm. Two more wolves, equally -as large as the one on their right, trotted along unconcernedly -across the drifts, their furry forms -plainly distinguishable in the moonlight.</p> -<p>“Lord help us!” exclaimed Sandy, with no thought -of irreverence.</p> -<p>“Can you beat that?” Dick wanted to know.</p> -<p>“No see wolves any more when morning comes,” -Toma attempted to cheer them. “You wait.”</p> -<p>After that the hours seemed interminable. Both -Dick and Sandy had forgotten about the novelty of -their ride. Intermittently Toma’s whip cracked; the -huskies moved on; there was no sound except the -slight noise of their progress across the field of -white. On either side trotted the wolves, three dark -shapes, moving like ghosts, never once quickening or -slackening pace. It was with a sigh of relief that -Dick finally perceived the first faint glow of morning -across the eastern sky.</p> -<p>“We stop pretty soon and have something to eat,” -announced Toma, breaking the long silence.</p> -<p>And a few minutes later, when they drew up before -a small log cabin, standing at the edge of a narrow -sheltering woodland, their companions of the -night—the three wolves—were nowhere in sight.</p> -<p>“What I tell you,” their guide reminded them.</p> -<p>“Right, as usual,” grumblingly admitted Sandy. -“But tell me, Toma, whose place is this?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_151">151</div> -<p>“Another friend—him live here,” answered Toma. -“We have breakfast, sleep two, three hours, then go -on some more. No like to travel night.”</p> -<p>It took but a few moments to unhitch and feed the -huskies. Dick looked on with interest as Toma -threw each one of the dogs its ration of frozen fish. -Then the three boys strode forward toward the -cabin, upon the door of which the young half-breed -knocked loudly. But no answer ensued.</p> -<p>“Guess him gone away,” Toma stated, and pushed -open the door. “He no care if we stay here for little -while. Mebbe out on trap line.”</p> -<p>After a fire was started in the fireplace, Dick and -Toma proceeded to get breakfast, while Sandy carried -in armloads of wood from the big pile outside. -They ate in front of a crackling flame, joking and -laughing amongst themselves.</p> -<p>“With the help of the huskies,” exulted Sandy, -“we’ll soon leave Pierre Govereau so far behind he’ll -never catch up. Won’t he be wild when he hears -how we’ve outwitted him?”</p> -<p>“I wouldn’t be too sure about that if I were you,” -Dick cautioned. “Govereau isn’t the only man we’ll -have to fear either. You know Henderson has accomplices -all along the line.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_152">152</div> -<p>So it proved.</p> -<p>In spite of their good intentions, their determination -to sleep only a few hours, it was morning of the -following day when Dick and Sandy awoke to find -their new team gone and Toma hunting around in -the underbrush some distance from camp.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_153">153</div> -<h2 id="c17">CHAPTER XVII -<br /><span class="small">THE STOLEN HUSKIES</span></h2> -<p>The dogs were gone, and that was all there was -to it, Dick decided a moment later, after a shouted -conference with Toma. They would have to go on -on foot. It was discouraging, but it made Dick -more determined than ever.</p> -<p>“We’ll never get to the fort now,” Sandy grumbled.</p> -<p>“Well, we’re a darn sight closer than we were,” -Dick tried to be cheerful.</p> -<p>They watched Toma circling the camp, looking -for tracks. Presently he came in.</p> -<p>“Some fella steal dogs all right. Mebbe Henderson’s -men; mebbe just plain thief. Who know?”</p> -<p>“Well, they’re gone anyway, and it’s up to us to -make the best of it,” Dick resigned himself. “It’ll -be slow work hauling this sled.”</p> -<p>Toma had nothing more to say. His only answer -was to slip the breast band of a dog harness over one -shoulder and start the sled. Dick and Sandy followed -his lead and presently they were mushing -slowly out on the trail.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_154">154</div> -<p>It was exceedingly tiresome business, and within -an hour all were leg weary. The snow had begun -to thaw a little, and was soggy underfoot. The sled -runners cut down deeply, making it exceedingly hard -pulling, even with so light a load as they had.</p> -<p>Long before noon they were resting frequently. -And it was with great thankfulness that they at last -made camp.</p> -<p>“Phew! That was a stiff jaunt,” Dick panted, -lying flat on his back, even his iron endurance tested -to the utmost. Sandy was too winded to reply. -Toma alone seemed to make no note of it. Long -since the boys had ceased being surprised at any of -Toma’s feats of muscular endurance.</p> -<p>They were about ready to dine on cold baked -beans and coffee, when Toma called their attention -to a movement ahead of them from the direction of -Fort Dunwoody. It proved to be a man and a dog -team.</p> -<p>“Honestly, we’re going to meet somebody!” Sandy -exclaimed incredulously. For days they had seen -few save enemies.</p> -<p>“Well, maybe this isn’t a friend,” said Dick, dubiously.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_155">155</div> -<p>Toma studied the man intently as he drew nearer. -Finally they could hear the cries of the driver to his -dogs and the occasional cracking of his long whip. -It was a white man; they could tell even at that distance -by the tail to tail hitch of the dogs. Most of -the Indians drove in fan formation, each dog attached -to separate tugs of varying lengths.</p> -<p>The stranger stopped some distance from them, -and came on more slowly. Evidently, he himself -was not too certain whether or not he was meeting -a hostile party.</p> -<p>They hailed each other.</p> -<p>“I’m Corporal Richardson of the Mounted,” -called the lone driver of the dog team. “Who are -you?”</p> -<p>“Hurrah!” cheered Sandy.</p> -<p>“Dick Kent and Sandy McClaren with a guide -from Fort du Lac,” Dick called back through cupped -palms.</p> -<p>The policeman seemed satisfied. Cracking his -whip over the dogs, he speedily joined the young -travelers.</p> -<p>Corporal Richardson was dressed in a heavy fur -coat and parka. When near the campfire he pulled -open his great coat, disclosing the scarlet of his uniform -coat. He listened attentively to Dick’s story -of their adventures, and he seemed favorably impressed -with both Dick and Sandy, though at first he -was somewhat suspicious of Toma.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_156">156</div> -<p>“I left Fort Dunwoody a week ago,” the policeman -told them, his steely eyes unwavering. “We’ve -been hearing rumors of Bear Henderson’s outbreak, -and I was sent up here to clear some of these trails. -Of course Henderson is rather foolish to think he -can whip the Mounted and the Hudson’s Bay Company, -but he’s made rather a good try at it already. -Last report we had he’d burned two trading posts, -and had captured three more. Mackenzie’s Landing -has fallen to him, I understand. They say his next -move is Fort du Lac.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy gasped at the revelations of the -policeman.</p> -<p>“Didn’t you know about the capture of Fort Good -Faith, and the imprisonment of Walter MacClaren, -my friend’s uncle?” Dick asked.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_157">157</div> -<p>“We did not,” replied Corporal Richardson. -“That is news. But of course Henderson has made -a lot of moves we know nothing of. I suppose -you’re after help. It was nervy of you young fellows -to break through Henderson’s lines. You -know he isn’t letting any one in or out of the far -north. A man’s life isn’t worth a cent who isn’t -hand in glove with the outlaw. I’m detailed to scout -the trail to Mackenzie’s Landing—clear things up -there if possible. I wish I could go with you fellows, -but you’ll have to go on alone and talk to the -Inspector. I doubt if you get help right away. -Every officer is out on the trail now, except the bare -few that guard the post. It looks like reserves -might be called out in spite of the fact that we don’t -like to do it.”</p> -<p>“Then you think we may even have to go on to -Fort Good Faith alone?” Dick spoke concernedly.</p> -<p>“Oh, no, but you may have to wait for a constable.”</p> -<p>“But we can’t wait!” Dick cried desperately. -“We’ve been delayed a week as it is. Sandy’s uncle -must have help.”</p> -<p>Corporal Richardson sympathized with them, but -he said he would not build up false hopes. “I suggest -you ask the Inspector for a special deputization. -In times like these every man will be forced into the -service who isn’t an enemy of the crown.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy thrilled at this possibility. To -think of being for even a brief period a member of -the Royal Northwest Mounted Police was almost beyond -their dreams.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_158">158</div> -<p>“I’ll have to be mushing,” announced the policeman. -“Too bad you lost your dogs. I passed a -team about ten miles back. I thought the driver -looked rather sneaky. It’s pretty hard to describe -ordinary huskies. All I remember unusual about -the team was that the leader, an exceptionally big -fellow, limped with his left forefoot. Not much, -just a little.”</p> -<p>“That’s our team, sure enough!” Dick cried. “Remember, -Sandy, how that leader limped?”</p> -<p>“I wish we could catch up with the fellow,” Sandy -gritted.</p> -<p>“It’s too late now,” Corporal Richardson shook -his head. “I wish I could split my team with you, -but you see I’ve only four and with two I’d be slowed -up considerably. What you’d better do is leave your -sled, and take what you need by shoulder pack. -If——”</p> -<p>Corporal Richardson did not finish the sentence. -He seemed to start, and his eyes widened. His hand -flew to his chest. Across the snow came the ringing -crack of a distant rifle. The mounted policeman -dropped upon one elbow, as his startled companions -hastened to him.</p> -<p>Dick shook his fist at the hills in the direction the -shot seemed to have come from.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_159">159</div> -<p>“I guess I’m hit pretty bad,” the corporal -revived and whispered. Toma had thrown up the -sled as a sort of barricade, if any more shots were -fired, and Dick and Sandy commenced administering -first aid to the wounded policeman. The bullet had -struck under the shoulder blade at the back, and had -come out the right side.</p> -<p>“It’s a nasty wound,” Dick said grimly—“maybe a -lung is touched.”</p> -<p>“Rather lucky for you fellows at that,” the corporal -smiled gamely. “Now you can use my dog -team to tote me back to the fort.”</p> -<p>“Do you have any idea who shot you?” Dick -asked.</p> -<p>“One of Henderson’s men without a doubt,” was -the faint reply, “the country’s alive with them. But -we’ll beat ’em yet.”</p> -<p>Dick grimly agreed with him.</p> -<p>Strangely enough, no more shots were fired. Dick -judged the reason for this was that a single man had -attacked them and had lost courage after seeing he -had drawn blood in a party too strong for him. Yet -he could not be sure. At any moment they might -expect the sharpshooter lurking in the wooded hills -to drop one of them. If they were to move on to -the fort they could not remain sheltered from attack.</p> -<p>The limp body of the corporal was speedily transferred -to his sled, after some of the packs had been -thrown aside. Dick picked up the gee-pole, Toma -took the lead, and Sandy cracked the long whip.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_160">160</div> -<p>“Mush!”</p> -<p>They were off, the dogs yelping eagerly down the -back trail, overjoyed at hitting the home trail so -soon.</p> -<p>For nearly an hour they advanced at a fast rate -of speed, Sandy and Dick changing off advance -guard with Toma. Then they entered a long ravine, -crested with spruce and jackpine. As yet no sign of -the man who had shot the corporal appeared. Then, -without warning, from the brow of the ravine, -puffed the smoke of a rifle. A bullet fanned Dick’s -cheek, and he paused and fired at the distant smoke -at the top of the ravine.</p> -<p>“Mush! Mush!” shouted Sandy to the dogs, cracking -the long whip.</p> -<p>The dogs responded nobly, drawing the sled, carrying -the wounded officer, so fast that the boys -could hardly keep up.</p> -<p>Again the hidden rifle cracked from the top of the -ravine. This time one dog gave a sharp yelp, -leaped into the air and fell kicking his last in a tangle -of harness.</p> -<p>“He’s killed a dog!” cried Dick angrily. “Quick, -get him out of the harness so we can go on.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_161">161</div> -<p>The three remaining huskies were growling and -snarling in a mess, and it was some minutes before -Sandy and Toma could straighten them out, cut the -dead dog from his harness and start on again. -Meanwhile Dick emptied his rifle at the brow of the -ravine, taking a chance on hitting whoever was -skulking there with such deadly intent.</p> -<p>On their way again, the fast moving sled proved -an elusive target for the sharpshooter. He shot -three times without effect. Swiftly they neared a -point where the ravine widened out into a low walled -valley, which was almost barren of vegetation. -Once on this clear space they would be safe, for there -was no cover within rifle range for the man who was -dogging them.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy were almost on the point of giving -a shout of triumph when the hidden rifle cracked -again and another dog dropped in the harness. The -sled stopped, and once more the excited dogs got -themselves in a bad mix-up. At the mercy of the -mysterious and deadly rifle, the boys attacked the -tangled harness and dogs.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_162">162</div> -<h2 id="c18">CHAPTER XVIII -<br /><span class="small">A HUNGRY PACK</span></h2> -<p>Scarcely had they cut loose the fallen dog when -the rifle sounded again and the lead dog dropped to -his haunches, failing to rise again. Dick put the dog -out of misery with a shot from his rifle, then turned -to Toma and Sandy.</p> -<p>“We’ve got to get that fellow out of his nest. -He’s playing with us. As soon as he finishes with -the dogs he’ll start in on us. We might as well die -fighting. Follow me.” Dick wheeled and started up -the hill, firing his rifle as he went, Sandy and Toma -not far behind.</p> -<p>The man on the rim of the ravine seemed taken -by surprise. His shots went wild. Only one came -close, and that tore through Sandy’s mackinaw.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_163">163</div> -<p>Shouting at the top of their voices, the boys -reached the top of the ravine. A running figure was -just disappearing over a knoll ahead of them. Dick -paused a moment, levelled his rifle and fired quickly. -The figure, some hundred yards distant, leaped -high, as if hit, and ran on limping. Toma and -Sandy also fired, but did not hit. They ran on after -the man a little way, then fearing to leave the wounded -officer too long alone, they hurried back, certain -they had routed the sharpshooter.</p> -<p>“We’re lucky,” Dick said, as they trotted down -the slope of the ravine, “—not a scratch and he was -sure shooting close.”</p> -<p>“I kind of wish I was in Corporal Richardson’s -place when I think of going on with one dog,” Sandy -changed the subject, making light of his narrow -escape. “Means we’ve got to buckle into the harness -again.”</p> -<p>Toma paused as they reached the sled. They -could see him looking up at the sky.</p> -<p>“Heap snow come soon,” the imperturbable -weather prophet announced. “Make um wolves -hungry.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy did not think seriously of Toma’s -prophecy, for they were intent on the hard work ahead, -and already were stepping into the places vacated -by the dead dogs.</p> -<p>Again they toiled out on the trail to Fort Dunwoody, -hauling the wounded man, who was muttering -to himself now in a delirious state brought on -by rising fever.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_164">164</div> -<p>In an hour it had begun to snow, but the boys -kept on. Thicker and thicker fell the soft, white -flakes, until they could see no more than twenty feet -ahead. It was a wet snow, and made pulling the -sled harder than ever. The runners seemed to drag -like lead upon the aching shoulders of the three. -They were glad when darkness fell and they were -forced to camp.</p> -<p>“We’re in for an all-night snow storm, I guess,” -Dick observed, as the fire he was trying to start went -out for a third time, and he had to enlist the aid of -Toma.</p> -<p>“I’d like to sleep for a week,” said Sandy, from -where he was trying to make the wounded officer -more comfortable. “That falling snow is just like -a bedtime story that really does put a fellow to sleep.”</p> -<p>They rolled into their sleeping bags as soon as -they had appeased their appetites, not troubling to -keep watch. All night the snow fell, and in the -morning they awakened almost smothered with the -wet drifts. The world was all fresh and white like -a new blanket, but they had not taken ten steps before -they knew they would make little progress that -day.</p> -<p>“If a crust would only freeze over the snow we -could get along faster,” Dick bewailed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_165">165</div> -<p>Corporal Richardson seemed a little better after -the night’s rest. His fever had gone down and an -examination of the wound showed it to be coming -along as well as could be expected. He was very -weak, however, from loss of blood.</p> -<p>“Where are we?” the officer asked Dick.</p> -<p>“About fifty miles north of Fort Dunwoody with -only one dog,” Dick replied. “You were unconscious -yesterday during the scrap we had with the -same fellow who hit you.”</p> -<p>“Yes, I seemed to have had delirium,” replied the -corporal. “I imagined I heard shooting.”</p> -<p>“Well, you didn’t need your imagination to hear -that yesterday,” Dick assured him.</p> -<p>“It’ll be a wonder if you get through,” the officer -said, “better leave me along the trail somewhere. -There’s an abandoned cabin a few miles this side of -Badge Lake. You’ll strike it if you follow the long -ridge. Put me off there with some grub and then -have Inspector Dawson send a man out after me.”</p> -<p>“No, we couldn’t do anything like that,” Dick returned -firmly. “In your condition you need medical -care as soon as you can get it. As long as we can -stand you’re going to stay on this sled.”</p> -<p>As if to bear out Dick’s words, the officer fainted -dead away.</p> -<p>Alarmed, Dick put a cup of melted snow to the -pale lips. The corporal had just aroused enough to -drink when a sound from across the snow startled -Dick so that he spilled the water.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_166">166</div> -<p>“Listen to that!” ejaculated Sandy.</p> -<p>“I heard it,” Dick replied.</p> -<p>Long, weird, mournful, the howl of a wolf rose -and fell in the distance. It was the hunger cry of the -most savage denizen of the northland wilds. Deep -snow had made hunting hard for the wolves, and -they were beginning to take notice of the man prey -of the land.</p> -<p>“Him hungry,” grunted Toma.</p> -<p>They set off on the trail once more. A half mile -they struggled along with the sled, when another -wolf howled from a different quarter. This time the -cry was answered.</p> -<p>“Wolves come together for big hunt,” Toma explained, -with his usual absence of emotion.</p> -<p>“Here’s hoping they don’t pick on us,” Sandy remarked.</p> -<p>Dick was silent. His face was haggard. The -troubles of the trail were weighing heavily on his -sturdy shoulders, and this new danger of the northland -taxed his courage to the utmost. Yet he did not -falter. Instead, his words were cheerful, though -they came from drawn lips.</p> -<p>“I guess we have a few shots left in our rifles,” -said Dick meaningly. “Those wolves better not -come too close.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_167">167</div> -<p>“Few shots is right,” Sandy came back dishearteningly. -“Dick, do you know we have only about -ten shots left for each of the rifles? And we had -the hard luck to unload Corporal Richardson’s ammunition -when we put him on the sled. All he has -is a belt full of revolver cartridges.”</p> -<p>Dick’s hands clenched on the strap with which he -was helping pull the sled. “Makes no difference, -Sandy. After we’ve escaped all these human wolves -that have been after us, I guess we can handle the -animals all right.” But he was not quite so sure as -he tried to make Sandy believe.</p> -<p>“Wolves eat um dead dogs back trail,” Toma -called from the rear of the sled, where he was following -up after a stiff job of breaking trail.</p> -<p>All afternoon the cries of the gathering pack could -be heard, now near, now far. Once it seemed they -were all around them. Then the boys redoubled -their efforts on the heavy sled.</p> -<p>“We ought to pull into that cabin the corporal -mentioned before long,” Dick said worriedly, as he -changed places with Sandy.</p> -<p>“I don’t know about that,” Sandy replied. “The -corporal was probably estimating the distance if we -made time with a good dog team—but we haven’t -gone more than five miles today.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_168">168</div> -<p>They made no stop for a mid-day meal, chewing -raw bacon while toiling on the trail. The fear of -the wolves had entered their hearts yet they would -not let one another feel that fear by any spoken -word.</p> -<p>Near nightfall they were certain the wolves were -trailing them, and they could not hide it from one -another. Far in the rear they could hear the hunting -cry of the pack, and it was blood-curdling.</p> -<p>While the sun still shone over the western skyline, -the first of the wolf pack appeared behind, and the -boys knew that they were in for trouble.</p> -<p>The leader of the wolves was old and wise. For -a time he held the pack of nearly thirty gaunt, gray -wolves out of rifle range, waiting for dark. But -hunger could not be denied. The less wise of the -pack forged ahead, and the rifles of the three boys -spoke with deadly effect.</p> -<p>Dick’s toll was three wolves before he emptied his -magazine. Sandy shot one and thought he had killed -another, but the animal seemed only stunned, and -after a minute leaped up and came on again at a -swinging lope, to be dropped by a shot from Dick, -who had reloaded.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_169">169</div> -<p>Toma did not fire, however. Instead, without any -orders from Dick or Sandy, he made camp in a patch -of scrub pine and spruce, where there was plenty of -dead wood. Speedily he made a fire. When Dick -and Sandy had exhausted their ammunition, and had -gone for Corporal Richardson’s revolver, a huge fire -was roaring and crackling before the upturned sled, -in whose shelter rested the corporal.</p> -<p>The wolves had drawn off out of gunshot now. -Some of them were devouring their comrades that -had fallen. When darkness crept over the little camp -the wolves had completely surrounded it.</p> -<p>“We’ve got to save our cartridges,” Dick said at -last. “Toma, how many have you left?”</p> -<p>“Just gun full up,” replied Toma, which meant he -had the magazine of his repeater full—eight shots.</p> -<p>Dick was fingering Corporal Richardson’s revolver. -He was unaccustomed to handling a revolver -and comprehended he could do little real damage -with the small arm, having always used a rifle. -Sandy was no better than he, and when Dick asked -Toma if he could shoot with a revolver with accuracy, -the guide shook his head.</p> -<p>“They’re slinking around us in a circle now,” -Sandy reported fearfully, as the shadows deepened.</p> -<p>As he had said, now and again a dark, sinister -form glided across the snow from shrub to shrub, -skirting the firelight. Here and there, one of the -pack sat on his haunches, his beady eyes fixed on the -camp, while his mouth slavered. Frequently one of -the number raised his nose to the sky and sounded -the hunger howl.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_170">170</div> -<p>The wolves feared the campfire, and Toma explained -that as long as they could keep the fire going -they need not fear any very dangerous attack. And -even if the wolves did rush them they could be repelled -by fire brands.</p> -<p>“I’m going to see what they do when I throw fire,” -Dick said presently. He picked out the nearest shadowy -form, and drawing a flaming stick from the -fire, threw it at the wolf. His aim was good and -the animal snarled horribly as the fire fell within a -few feet of its feet.</p> -<p>It was close to midnight when Toma confided to -Dick and Sandy what they both feared. The wolves -were gaining in number as wanderers joined the pack -surrounding them. The places of those they had -killed earlier in the day, and the few they had managed -to pick off after dark were being filled by other -ravenous beasts.</p> -<p>There would be no sleep in the camp that night.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_171">171</div> -<h2 id="c19">CHAPTER XIX -<br /><span class="small">THE CIRCLE OF DEATH</span></h2> -<p>Toma had cut a huge stack of wood, and it was -well he did, for the moment the fire died down the -wolves drew closer. In fact they seemed to taunt -the boys into using the last of their ammunition in -firing at the difficult targets they made.</p> -<p>The one dog was whimpering with fear and cowering -under the legs of his masters in abject fear. -Sometimes, however, a low whine sounded among -the wolves, at which the husky pricked up his ears -and did not seem so frightened. Toma tied the dog -to the sled with a thong of moose-hide.</p> -<p>As the night wore away, Dick and Sandy risked -shot after shot at the wolves, and now and again -they dropped a skulking shadow. But usually they -missed, since Toma objected to giving up his rifle, -and they were forced to use the corporal’s revolver.</p> -<p>“How long do you suppose we can hold out?” -Sandy asked in a strained voice.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_172">172</div> -<p>“I see no reason why we can’t hold out until they -leave,” Dick replied with more confidence than he -felt. “We’ve plenty of firewood. As long as we -have fire to fight with we’re safe.”</p> -<p>“How do we know they’ll leave?” Sandy wanted -to know.</p> -<p>Dick shuddered a little, and did not answer. He -saw a gray shape loom up at the edge of the firelight, -and raising the revolver, fired quickly. He gave a -cry of satisfaction as he saw the gaunt beast leap -into the air and fall, kicking its last.</p> -<p>There followed a rush of hungry wolves for their -fallen companion. Horrified, the boys watched the -dead wolf torn to pieces by the pack. Dick emptied -his revolver into the writhing mass. He could not -help but hit, and he killed another wolf, wounding -two others, which the pack finished.</p> -<p>Sandy began throwing burning brands at the -wolves, and they drew off once more into the darkness, -where they paced nervously back and forth, -growling and snarling.</p> -<p>The boys decided that one of them should try to -sleep while the other two watched. Dick arranged -three twigs in one hand for Sandy and Toma to -draw from. The one with the shortest twig, after -the draw, was to be the lucky one. Sandy drew the -shortest. But after a half hour of futile tossing -about, he gave it up.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_173">173</div> -<p>“No use,” Sandy joined the haggard watchers at -the fire. “One of you fellows try it. I couldn’t -sleep in a million years with those devils out there -waiting to gobble me up.”</p> -<p>“I don’t think I can either,” said Dick. “Toma, -you’d better try it. One of us had better get some -rest.”</p> -<p>The guide grunted assent, and rolled into his sleeping -bag, which once had been his brother’s. In a -few minutes Toma was breathing steadily in sound -slumber. His calmness gave the boys courage.</p> -<p>“If he can sleep I guess we hadn’t ought to feel -so nervous,” Sandy observed.</p> -<p>“I’ve heard old sourdoughs say an Indian never -lets the nearness of death trouble him when he can’t -get away from it,” Dick related, trying to get his -own mind and Sandy’s off their perilous predicament.</p> -<p>“Well, I wish I was an Indian then,” Sandy -sighed, “—for the present anyway.”</p> -<p>The renewed and increased restlessness of their -dog attracted their attention then, and they watched -him straining at the moosehide leash.</p> -<p>Dick caught the dog trying to chew through the -thong and spoke sharply.</p> -<p>“Funny why he wants to get away,” Dick mused -aloud. “One would think the dog would realize his -danger and want to stay near the fire.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_174">174</div> -<p>Corporal Richardson’s voice sounded from his -blankets. The officer had awakened and had overheard -Dick’s remark.</p> -<p>“There’s a female wolf out there—several of -them,” the veteran northerner answered Dick. -“She’s calling to the dog. It’s the mate call of the -wolf and the dog understands it. But only the wisest -of she-wolves understand how to use the call to -lure meat for their stomachs. That dog wouldn’t -last three minutes once he left the fire.”</p> -<p>“How do you feel now?” Dick asked, going to -the wounded man’s side.</p> -<p>“Much better,” answered the officer, “but my side -is stiff and mighty sore. I’ll be flat on my back for -a couple of weeks yet. Couldn’t be worse luck now -that the Inspector needs every man of us.”</p> -<p>“Then you really think we have a good chance -escaping from the wolf pack?” Dick eagerly seized -at a grain of encouragement.</p> -<p>The corporal did not answer immediately. “You’d -have a lot bigger chance if you left me here in the -morning,” said the corporal steadily.</p> -<p>“Leave you here!” Dick exclaimed. “What do -you think we are—cowards?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_175">175</div> -<p>“I should say not, Dick Kent,” replied the policeman. -“But that doesn’t make me any less a burden. -With this wolf pack surrounding you you’ll do well -to get away from camp at all, say nothing of hauling -me along.”</p> -<p>“But we’re with you anyway,” Dick concluded -decisively.</p> -<p>“Oh, well,” the officer turned a little, stifling a -groan at the movement, “the wolves may scare up -moose or caribou before morning. If they do they’ll -soon leave us alone.”</p> -<p>The conversation had weakened the corporal, and -Dick soon left him to rest, joining Sandy. The boys -discussed the situation, listening to the fearful howls -of the wolves, hoping against hope that as Corporal -Richardson had said, they might find other game -before morning.</p> -<p>After two hours of sound slumber, Toma quietly -arose and joined the two at the fireside. He said -little, but set to work cutting down more wood, and -breaking it up into firewood lengths.</p> -<p>Morning dawned, cold and gray. Dick and Sandy -were worn from loss of sleep. Silently they waited -for the wolves to depart. But with the sun an hour -high the pack still circled the camp, tongues lolling, -jaws slavering.</p> -<p>“Will they never leave!” Sandy’s voice faltered.</p> -<p>“Wolf much hungry!” Toma grunted. “Maybe -um leave, we start. Sometime they do.” He looked -at Dick to see what he thought.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_176">176</div> -<p>Dick surveyed the menacing circle of wolves. -They had grown bolder as their hunger increased. -Could they hitch up the dog and break out of that -circle of death?</p> -<p>“If you think we have a chance to get out of here, -Toma, we’ll try it,” Dick grimly returned a moment -later. “Anything but this suspense suits me.”</p> -<p>As the boys packed up the wolves grew more uneasy -and shifted closer. Toma scarcely could manage -the husky as he hitched it to the sled. The young -guide held his rifle in one hand, working at a disadvantage -so that he might be prepared to shoot at -a moment’s notice. Toma’s was the only rifle left in -which there was ammunition, and Dick had shot -away all the revolver cartridges during the night.</p> -<p>It was with many misgivings that a few minutes -later they took their places for the dash through the -wolves.</p> -<p>Toma took the lead, with the rifle, Sandy held the -dog, while Dick took up the rear, swinging the camp -axe.</p> -<p>Slowly, in grim silence, they pulled away from the -fire.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_177">177</div> -<p>A hundred feet away they discovered they never -would get through the circle. For, instead of retreating, -the wolves dashed this way and that, then -rushed them in a body. Sandy’s cry of terror was -drowned by the crack of Toma’s rifle and Dick’s -hoarse shout:</p> -<p>“Back to the fire! We can’t make it!”</p> -<p>Then Toma’s rifle was empty, and with clubbed -rifle and axe they were left to fight their way back -to the campfire. Slashing with razor fangs, the -wolves leaped in and out. Dick wrought havoc with -the axe, and Toma ploughed his way through the -snarling, writhing mass like a Hercules. When the -guide broke through he ran to the fire and commenced -throwing coals and burning sticks with his -mittens, until the air was filled with flying embers. -Howls of pain followed as the hot coals burned the -wolves. The scent of singed hair and burning flesh -arose.</p> -<p>At last the wolves drew off reluctantly, leaving -behind them a trail of wounded and dying. In the -repulsion of the attack the boys had slain nine wolves -and wounded seven. They could see the hairy bodies -of the dead lying scattered all the way from where -the fight had begun.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_178">178</div> -<p>“Wood not last much longer,” Toma’s voice -startled Dick.</p> -<p>Dick hastily inspected the patch of wood in which -they had camped. As Toma had said, they soon -would be out of firewood. And the nearest wood -was three hundred yards away—outside the circle -of death.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy shuddered; Corporal Richardson -stirred and moaned; Toma began quietly gathering -the chips and twigs; half buried in the snow.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_179">179</div> -<h2 id="c20">CHAPTER XX -<br /><span class="small">SANDY DISAPPEARS</span></h2> -<p>Sitting by the fire, conscious presently of a light -step at his side and a friendly hand on his shoulder, -Dick turned and looked up into Sandy’s face, as his -chum spoke in a voice husky with emotion.</p> -<p>“I guess we’ve about played our last card,” said -Sandy. “Right now it doesn’t look as if Fort Dunwoody -was very close, does it?”</p> -<p>“No, not very close,” Dick was obliged to answer, -as his tired eyes swept the narrowing circle of timber -wolves.</p> -<p>“We’ve done the best we could anyway,” Sandy -went on dejectedly. “I guess my Uncle Walter -won’t receive a whole lot of help from us.”</p> -<p>“Sandy, I used to think you were an optimist,” -declared Dick, “but now I know you’re a born pessimist. -Why don’t you try to cheer up?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_180">180</div> -<p>Sandy glanced about at the wolves. A scowl -puckered his usually placid brow. “Can’t be very -cheerful with those fellows waiting for us,” he said -shortly. “Do you know I sometimes think that big -one with the shaggy head actually grins at me? If -he thinks he’s going to pick a whole lot of meat off -my bones he’s badly mistaken.”</p> -<p>Dick grinned in spite of himself. -“Exactly what do you mean, Sandy?”</p> -<p>“Well, I’m a whole lot thinner than I was. Toma -would make better eating.”</p> -<p>At this juncture, Toma, who had been cutting -what little wood remained, strode forward with an -almost excited look on his face. “I know what do -now,” he announced. “We no got firewood; plenty -over by trees.”</p> -<p>“We know that,” Sandy responded impatiently, -“but we’re a long ways from being over there.”</p> -<p>“Me ketch um good idea. No can go to wood -with wolves there. We move fire to wood; move -um little at time, one feet, two feet—bye and bye we -get there—mebbe by night we travel fast.”</p> -<p>Toma was right. At nightfall they had accomplished -the unusual feat of moving the fire to another -patch of wood. And with the first snarling approach -of the ravenous wolves a replenished fire -sprang up to beat them back. The boys, in exuberance, -piled more and more wood on the fire until it -leaped five feet into the still, frosty air, and grew so -hot it melted a circle of snow about it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_181">181</div> -<p>Dick breathed a sigh of satisfaction as he crawled -into his blankets hours later. It had been decided -that Sandy was to stand first watch with Toma. -Tonight, Dick decided grimly, he would make the -most of the hours allotted him for sleep. He intended -to follow Toma’s example and forget everything -in the complete relaxation of weary mind and -muscles.</p> -<p>“Got to fight this thing through,” he reminded -himself, stretching his long legs out before the campfire -and composing himself for sleep. A few minutes -later, while watching Sandy nervously pacing to -and fro, he forgot all his troubles in a happy loss of -consciousness that carried him away to a land where -wolves, blizzards and scar faced Indians did not once -trouble him.</p> -<p>He was awakened by Toma shaking him by the -shoulder. “Big wolf eat you up if sleep like that,” -declared the young guide goodnaturedly.</p> -<p>Dick jumped up, once more mentally alert, and -shortly piled more wood on the fire, commencing his -lonely vigil. He scanned the fringe of the firelight -for the skulking shapes, which had become so dreadfully -familiar, but he could see none—not a single -prowling form anywhere. He decided that the -wolves had moved further back from the fire. Several -times he believed he heard a deep-throated snarl, -but he was not sure.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_182">182</div> -<p>“I hope they’re gone,” he breathed fervently, “so -that we can continue on our way to Fort Dunwoody. -We’ve lost too much time already.”</p> -<p>Off to his right a faint glow suffused the east. -In another hour, if the wolves really were gone, they -might continue their slow progress, and, barring -emergencies, might reasonably expect to arrive at the -mounted police barracks in about three days.</p> -<p>With the first grin in hours brightening his face, -Dick set about preparing breakfast. He had a frying -pan over the fire and was melting snow for coffee. -It was so quiet around him that he imagined he -could hear the low, irregular breathing of Corporal -Richardson. Then, presently Toma stirred, stretched -out one arm and yawned:</p> -<p>“Guess I get up,” the guide announced.</p> -<p>“When you do,” Dick replied, “I wish you’d go -over and wake Sandy. I’ve kept his watch for him, -and if I wasn’t so busy getting breakfast I’d go over -myself.”</p> -<p>Dick was adding coffee to the boiling water when -Toma returned.</p> -<p>“Well, did you wake him?”</p> -<p>The half breed endeavored to speak, but no sound -came from his trembling lips.</p> -<p>“What’s wrong?” Dick inquired, trying to be -calm.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_183">183</div> -<p>“Sandy, him gone!”</p> -<p>“Gone!” Dick’s heart took a sickening plunge.</p> -<p>The light was strong enough now so that they -could see that the wolves were gone, but this happy -discovery was not so encouraging with the disappearance -of Sandy.</p> -<p>Horrified at first, at the thought that Sandy must -have been eaten by the wolves, Dick and Toma began -a minute search of the vicinity. They found tracks, -but no sign of Sandy. If the departed wolves had -slain Dick’s chum there would have been traces left, -at least bits of clothing.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_184">184</div> -<h2 id="c21">CHAPTER XXI -<br /><span class="small">THE MAN FROM CROOKED STICK RIVER</span></h2> -<p>If, as Dick suspected possible, Pierre Govereau -had overtaken them again and somehow made off -with Sandy, what then could they do? Corporal -Richardson must go on to the post at all hazards. -The infection in the officer’s wound would kill him -unless medical aid were procured soon. Yet Dick -could not leave without knowing what had happened -to Sandy, and making a sincere effort to find his -chum. And in that strange country he could not -find his way without the aid of Toma.</p> -<p>“I’ve a good idea what might have happened to -Sandy,” Dick mused aloud a little later.</p> -<p>“What you say?” Toma eagerly asked.</p> -<p>“He’s walked in his sleep two or three times in -his life that I know about, and last night he must -have done it again. Now I’m sure he left the fire -after the wolves were gone. If he did then he might -have fallen into Govereau’s hands.” Dick strode -back and forth in the snow, almost beside himself.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_185">185</div> -<p>“Oh! if some friend would only come along on -the way to Fort Dunwoody,” Dick exclaimed aloud.</p> -<p>“We take um sick fella to cabin,” Toma suggested. -“We leave um there when go look for -Sandy.”</p> -<p>At his wit’s end Toma’s suggestion seemed the -only way out. Dick felt his duty to Sandy even -greater than that to the minion of the northland law, -and he would not exactly be deserting the policeman -if he left him with food and firewood.</p> -<p>“That’s the thing to do,” Corporal Richardson -spoke up from his blankets. “The Indian has it -right. The cabin is between six and eight miles -from here. You can take me there and come back -and take up young McClaren’s trail.”</p> -<p>Dick was glad to hear the officer’s voice, and to -learn that he was once more rational, with abated -fever.</p> -<p>“If it’s all right with you, corporal, that’s what -we’ll do. Toma, let’s hurry.”</p> -<p>In a few minutes the camp where they had been -held up a day and two nights had been deserted and -out across the vast, endless expanse of snow, Toma -and Dick toiled in the dog traces, dragging the -wounded policeman.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_186">186</div> -<p>They had gone some two miles and were resting -when suddenly they were startled by the sound of a -dog driver’s voice from over the knoll they had just -coasted down. Was it friend or enemy? Dick -prayed it was a friend as he hurried to the top of -the little hill and looked.</p> -<p>A team of eight dogs, followed by a lone man, -swinging a long whip, was coming along the trail -they had made in the snow. Dick waited till the man -had come a little nearer. Then he revealed himself. -The man saw him almost immediately, and drew his -dog team to a slower pace. The stranger seemed -suspicious as to Dick’s identity, but the evident distress -of the young man on the hill reassured him. -He came on to within hailing distance, and stopped -his team, raising his rifle.</p> -<p>“If you’re one of that Henderson gang,” called -the man threateningly, “I’ll plug you where you -stand.”</p> -<p>Dick breathed a sigh of relief. “We’re bound for -Fort Dunwoody,” he replied. “We’ve got a wounded -policeman on our sled and have only one dog.”</p> -<p>Satisfied that Dick was telling the truth, the -shouted to his dogs and came on. A moment later -he joined Dick and Toma alongside the sled.</p> -<p>“By gar, I tink I never get out of dat country.” -the newcomer, appearing to be a French-Indian, -mopped his brow. “That Pierre Govereau one tough -customer. Yah!”</p> -<p>“You came in a nick of time,” Dick returned.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_187">187</div> -<p>“One of our party has disappeared, we think he’s -been captured. Now we’re trying to get a wounded -policeman to a place of safety while I and my guide -take a look for my chum. My name’s Dick Kent,” -he held out his hand.</p> -<p>“Me, I’m Gaston Leroi,” announced the stranger, -shaking with French warmth, “that Henderson’s -man Govereau kill my partner up on Crooked Stick -River. I get away pretty lucky.”</p> -<p>“And it’s lucky for us you got away,” Dick replied -with spirit. He stepped to the sled and stopped -over the wounded officer. “Corporal Richardson, -here’s a man who can help us out,” Dick told the -officer.</p> -<p>“Thank God,” murmured the policeman. “What’s -his name?”</p> -<p>“Gaston Leroi.”</p> -<p>“Gaston Leroi!” exclaimed the corporal with -more strength in his voice than had been there for -hours. “Not the trapper Leroi. Hey! Bring him -around where I can see him.”</p> -<p>At the sound of the wounded man’s voice the -French trapper had leaped forward where he could -see the officer’s face.</p> -<p>“By gar!” exclaimed Leroi. “George Richardson! -What them fellers do to you, George?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_188">188</div> -<p>Dick was overjoyed to discover the men were old -friends.</p> -<p>“Gaston, you won’t mind doing something for -me?” he heard the corporal saying.</p> -<p>“Sacre diable! Do I mind!” Gaston exclaimed.</p> -<p>“It’s like this,” the corporal went on, “these young -fellows want to go back and look for their partner, -but they won’t leave me. Could you haul me to the -fort?”</p> -<p>The trapper vociferously expressed his willingness -to do this for his friend, Constable Richardson.</p> -<p>“They’re out of ammunition too,” revealed the -corporal. “Just had a long fight with a pack of -hungry wolves. Can you spare some ammunition, -Gaston?”</p> -<p>“What kind of gun you got?” the trapper turned -to Dick.</p> -<p>“Ross 30.30,” Dick replied anxiously.</p> -<p>Leroi’s face fell. He turned to Toma.</p> -<p>“I got um 45.70 Winchester,” Toma anticipated -the trapper’s question.</p> -<p>“Me, I use 45.70!” Gaston Leroi exclaimed with -pleasure and turned back to Dick, saying: “I use -revolver. Like heem better dan rifle. I take your -gun. You take mine. Huh?”</p> -<p>“Suits me,” replied Dick gratefully.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_189">189</div> -<p>Leroi dived into his packs and soon brought out -several boxes of ammunition, with which Dick and -Toma filled their pockets.</p> -<p>A half hour later Dick and Toma bid goodbye -to Gaston Leroi, and watched his dog team, hauling -the wounded corporal, disappear over a long hill. -Then the two boys set out over the back trail at a -jog trot. They were determined not to rest their -heads until they had discovered what had become of -Sandy.</p> -<p>“Do you think it was Govereau?” Dick asked -Toma as they hurried along.</p> -<p>“I not know,” replied Toma, who was slightly -in the lead. “Tracks show only two fella keetch -Sandy. Hope snow no more; if not we trail um -easy.”</p> -<p>They did not speak again until they had reached -the scene of their battle with the wolves, where they -picked up the trail.</p> -<p>“They’re going north,” Dick spoke, after studying -the tracks. “It must be some of Henderson’s men, -though it seems queer Govereau would come this -far south.”</p> -<p>“That Govereau, he bad fella; he go everywhere. -No ’fraid anybody. Mebbe I see that Many Scar.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_190">190</div> -<p>Dick fell silent at the mention of the scar faced -Indian. He knew Toma was thinking of his dead -brother, and was planning revenge if he met the -murderer, who he believed to be the scar faced -Indian. Dick knew nothing to say which would -change Toma’s mind in this respect, so he said nothing -as they forged onward at a mile-eating pace.</p> -<p>They had traveled nearly ten miles into a deeply -wooded vicinity, when the tracks began to grow -fresher, and they slowed their pace. Presently they -rounded a bend, and in a tiny valley, drained by a -winding, frozen creek, they came upon an Indian -village of a dozen tepees.</p> -<p>Toma seemed as surprised as Dick at the discovery.</p> -<p>“Um war party,” Toma replied immediately. -“No good Injun if um fight White Father.”</p> -<p>“How can you tell they’re a war party?” inquired -Dick.</p> -<p>“No squaws, no papooses,” replied Toma abruptly.</p> -<p>As Toma had said there were no women or children -to be seen in the camp. And at different points -along the fringe of trees around the clearing, Dick -made out dusky sentinels, armed with long rifles, -with feathers in their beaver bonnets.</p> -<p>“The tracks lead down into the village, so Sandy -must be there somewhere,” Dick mused aloud.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_191">191</div> -<p>The larger portion of the party of Indians who -had thrown up their caribou hide tepees in the valley, -seemed to be absent. Here and there a warrior -squatted before a cooking fire, his rifle leaning close -beside him.</p> -<p>“Look!” Dick suddenly pointed.</p> -<p>A white man had come out of one of the tepees -and was walking slowly toward the creek.</p> -<p>“I see um,” said Toma. “Guess him one Govereau’s -men. Huh? Him Henderson got plenty -bad Indian work for him.”</p> -<p>“Then Govereau has joined forces with these Indians,” -Dick’s spirits fell. “It will be one big job -getting Sandy away from him now. I wonder which -tepee he is in—er—” he was about to wonder if -Sandy was alive, but dared not trust the words on -his tongue. It was too horrible to speak of—that -Pierre Govereau had murdered his chum.</p> -<p>“We wait till dark,” Toma voiced the resolve of -both.</p> -<p>At twilight the boys saw a large party come in -from the north, in which there were a number of -whites. They were loaded down with furs, which -they probably had stolen. Dick thought he recognized -the figure of the half-breed Pierre Govereau, -but could not be certain at that distance.</p> -<p>Slowly darkness fell and the campfires flung out -flickering shadows on the sloping walls of tepees -and over the figures of the warriors squatted around -them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_192">192</div> -<p>“I make believe I one of them,” Toma whispered -presently. “I go down—find out where Sandy is.”</p> -<p>“It’s an awful risk,” Dick tried to object, “and -you aren’t dressed like they are.”</p> -<p>“I fix that. You wait here—no, you come down -closer. Be ready to shoot, you hear trouble. Jump -’round when you shoot. Make um think you whole -army. I ketch um Sandy.”</p> -<p>Though Dick feared Toma would come to grief, -he could do nothing but let the courageous young -guide take the chance, hoping, if worst came to -worst, and Toma was discovered, that he might draw -the attention of the Indians long enough for his red -friend to escape.</p> -<p>Toma crawled off down the slope toward the -camp, Dick followed him for a little way, until he -reached a heavy copse of brush where he felt he -was within good rifle range of the camp. Toma -went on and disappeared, Dick’s whispered wish of -“good luck” following him.</p> -<p>As Dick lay there waiting he could see on the side -of the camp nearest him, the shadowy figure of a -warrior sentinel, standing motionless by a tree, silhouetted -by the light of one of the fires. Dick raised -his rifle and drew bead on the guard. It was this -warrior who would discover Toma, if any did, and -Dick watched intently for a motion that would indicate -the guard had seen something unusual.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_193">193</div> -<p>He watched for possibly five minutes, when of a -sudden another figure arose between him and the -shadowy guard. There was a swift movement of -the two shadows; they swayed violently, then the -guard fell and the other stooped over him. Then -both disappeared in the dark underbrush.</p> -<p>Dick held his breath. Toma had attacked the -guard and knocked him down. In a flash Dick saw -Toma’s plan—the young Indian would change -clothes with the warrior and creep into the camp, -casually joining the others.</p> -<p>Gripping his rifle, Dick awaited developments. -What would happen in the next hour he did not -know, but he hoped for the best.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_194">194</div> -<h2 id="c22">CHAPTER XXII -<br /><span class="small">A SKIRMISH IN THE NIGHT</span></h2> -<p>Dick waited what seemed to him several hours, -though it could not have been more than thirty minutes, -before he saw a sign of Toma. Then, in almost -the exact position the guard had held, he saw a figure -rise up which he was almost certain was Toma, -though the firelight revealed that the young guide -now wore the clothes and head-dress of the sentinel.</p> -<p>“Good for you, Toma,” Dick whispered. “Now -if you can only get in among them without them -recognizing that you’re not really a member of their -band.”</p> -<p>Toma did not enter the camp from that side, however. -Once more he disappeared.</p> -<p>A patch of brush to the left caught Dick’s roving -eyes, and this he watched, believing Toma would -take this means of getting into the camp without -attracting attention, since the bushes led up to a -point very near one of the tepees.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_195">195</div> -<p>Dick was right. A few minutes later the bush -tops waved a little at the passage of a creeping body. -Presently in the shadow of the tepee nearest the -bushes, Toma rose and walked slowly toward one -of the campfires, where he joined a group. Dick -feared Toma might see the scar faced Indian, and -that the guide’s desire for revenge might cause him -to destroy all his chances for the rescue of Sandy. -But as time passed and all went well, Dick felt that -Toma must be making good progress in the dangerous -mission he had set out on.</p> -<p>A little later Dick saw a figure, which he took to -be Toma, break away from a group of natives and -saunter toward one of the tepees. Evidently the -guide now was either looking for Sandy, or had -learned the captive’s exact position from the conversation -of the warriors.</p> -<p>Toma stooped into the opening of the tepee and -disappeared. Holding his breath, Dick watched. -Toma was gone some time, then in the flickering -light he appeared again. Would Sandy follow? -Dick’s heart beat painfully.</p> -<p>Then he could not suppress a low cry of exultation -as Sandy’s bare head came out next and the -two slipped into the deep shadows of another tepee. -For minutes they did not move, then they suddenly -dashed for the patch of brush that had covered -Toma’s entrance into the camp. Dick’s finger tightened -on the trigger.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_196">196</div> -<p>There was a commotion among one of the groups -about the campfires. A shout sounded, then a rifle -shot. The Indians began to run; they had seen -Toma and Sandy!</p> -<p>Dick took quick aim and fired. The crack of his -rifle in the silent forest startled the camp. Dick shot -again, hurrying to another position as Toma had -advised. He could see that Toma and Sandy had -reached cover, and that the guide was firing on his -pursuers.</p> -<p>The whole camp was in a turmoil now; Indians -and whites hurrying hither and thither, shooting at -the flashes of Dick’s rifle. He could not hear what -they were shouting to each other, but he divined they -thought he was quite a number of men, so fast was -he firing and from so many positions.</p> -<p>“I’ll hurry along toward Toma and Sandy,” Dick -muttered to himself, “they’ll know where I am by -the sound of my rifle.”</p> -<p>Twenty yards further on Toma and Sandy -reached him.</p> -<p>“Thank God you’re safe at last!” Dick embraced -Sandy, while Toma kept up rifle fire on the Indians -and whites, who were now charging after them.</p> -<p>With a parting salvo at their pursuers, the three -made off into the night toward Fort Dunwoody. -All night they hurried on, hungry and tired, yet determined -to elude Govereau if they dropped in their tracks.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_197">197</div> -<p>“Him Govereau with Indians,” Toma revealed to -Dick. “No see um Many-Scar Jackson. I hear um -talk much. Bear Henderson, him make north country -big nation all his own. Give Indians back their -land. Humph! Bear Henderson crazy—him thief, -outlaw. That Govereau bad fella too; keep um police -from come up from south.”</p> -<p>It did not take Sandy long to tell Dick and Toma -how he had been captured by two scouts of Govereau’s -band, who had lain in hiding, looking for a -chance to attack. It had been their approach and -the appearance of a herd of caribou going south -that had frightened away the wolves. Dick had -been right in suspecting that Sandy had walked in -his sleep. It was almost funny to hear him tell how -he had awakened, struggling in the hands of his captors, -dreaming they were wolves devouring him.</p> -<p>At dawn the travelers reached the shores of a -large lake, whose snow covered ice stretched for -leagues and leagues ahead.</p> -<p>“Him Badge Lake,” Toma told them. “We cross -um ice, make journey shorter.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_198">198</div> -<p>They stopped long enough to steep coffee and -make some flapjacks. Dick and Toma had taken -very few provisions with them when they left Gaston -Leroi, and they now could see that they would have -barely enough for another meal.</p> -<p>Still hungry, they set off across the frozen lake -with many a backward glance to see if they were followed. -But if they were, they saw no sign of Govereau’s -band. The silent forest, fading from view -as they forged out farther and farther over the ice, -disclosed no running figures on their trail.</p> -<p>“We cross um lake when sun set,” Toma said. -“Maybe see moose when other side. We eat then.”</p> -<p>It was a long jaunt across the lake. At noon they -could see the other shore, dim and hazy to the south. -With hunger gnawing at their vitals they trudged -the last miles across the ice, hearing now and again, -a low rumbling roar as the lake ice cracked open for -hundreds and hundreds of yards. Once they were -held up by one of these cracks, wider than the rest, -which they could not leap over. They had to follow -this until it grew narrower. Sandy slipped when -they finally jumped the crack, and fell into the niche. -At the bottom the fissure came together, and was -partly filled with slivers of ice. Dick and Toma -pulled Sandy out on the end of a rifle.</p> -<p>Darkness was just falling when they reached the -other shore of the lake. It was with groans of -thankfulness that they built a fire and dropped down -to rest for the night.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_199">199</div> -<p>“I’m all in,” Sandy sank upon his back by the fire.</p> -<p>“I couldn’t have gone much further,” Dick admitted.</p> -<p>Even Toma seemed tired. They did not bother -to get supper, but rolled into their sleeping bags, and -fell into heavy slumber, not even keeping watch.</p> -<p>Dawn found them awake. They finished their -provisions for breakfast, and again took to the trail -on the last lap to Fort Dunwoody. They had no -time to hunt, but kept watch among the trees for -a ptarmigan or partridge, or bigger game if they -ran across it. But they had bad luck and the entire -day passed with no more than two ptarmigan to -show for their pains.</p> -<p>The birds made a slender meal for the three -hungry young men. Toma chopped out some roots -that proved succulent when stewed, and they managed -to fill their stomachs with this, though within -an hour afterwards they were as hungry as ever.</p> -<p>Twenty miles from Fort Dunwoody, at noon of -the third day since the rescue of Sandy, they came -abruptly upon a friendly Indian village at the edge -of a tiny lake.</p> -<p>“Now we’ll eat!” cried the haggard Sandy.</p> -<p>And eat they did, in preparation for the last lap -of their eventful journey, for they felt it would be -a hard day on the trail.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_200">200</div> -<h2 id="c23">CHAPTER XXIII -<br /><span class="small">GRAY GOOSE LAKE</span></h2> -<p>“The fort! The fort!” cheered Dick, as the following -evening they came to the edge of a vast plain.</p> -<p>Sandy was overjoyed, so much so that he could -not speak.</p> -<p>Sure enough, a half mile ahead frowned the stockade -of Fort Dunwoody, under the rippling flag of -the king. Toma did not express himself in words, -but hastened his tireless pace.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy hurried after the guide, curiously -gazing at the fort. Along the top of the stockade -they could see a red-coated policeman pacing slowly -back and forth.</p> -<p>“Who goes there?” the sentry above the gate -called when the worn travelers appeared.</p> -<p>“Friends,” cried Dick. “We’re from Fort du Lac—looking -for help at Fort Good Faith.”</p> -<p>“You the lads that helped bring in Corporal Richardson?” -the sentry gruffly asked.</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_201">201</div> -<p>The huge gate swung back immediately, and the -young adventurers passed through. The police guard -met them as the gate was closed.</p> -<p>“You’ll want to see Inspector Dawson?” asked the -guard.</p> -<p>“I think he’s the man we should see,” Dick replied.</p> -<p>Presently they were ushered into the presence of -Inspector Dawson, whose grim face, under a thatch -of iron gray hair, broke into a smile, meant to be -kind.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy gave the scout salute.</p> -<p>“Ah, ha!” said the Inspector, “I see you’ve been -members of the Boy Scouts.”</p> -<p>“Yes sir, first class, both of us,” replied Dick, a -little abashed in the presence of so distinguished a -man as Inspector Dawson.</p> -<p>“Corporal Richardson told me about you,” went -on the Inspector.</p> -<p>“Then the corporal got in all right,” Dick exulted.</p> -<p>“Yes, thanks to you boys and Gaston Leroi,” Inspector -Dawson said. “He’ll be up and around in a -few days now. I’ve already sent relief to Fort Good -Faith,” he concluded.</p> -<p>“Oh!” Dick was both glad and disappointed at -once. He had hoped to join the expedition.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_202">202</div> -<p>“However, an Indian runner came in today saying -that Sergeant Brewster and Constable Marden, the -two I detailed for Fort Good Faith, were held up at -Gray Goose Lake by one of Henderson’s lieutenants -and about thirty renegade Indians. I believe the -man’s name is Pierre Govereau. He has a criminal -record here.”</p> -<p>“Govereau!” ejaculated Dick and Sandy in one -voice.</p> -<p>“You seem to have met him before,” the Inspector -continued briskly. “But the point I’m getting at is -this; I have no men to send on as relief to Gray -Goose Lake. I expect one of my scouts, Malemute -Slade, in tomorrow morning from Fort du Lac -where he has cleared things up.”</p> -<p>At mention of Malemute Slade, Dick and Sandy -exchanged significant glances.</p> -<p>“Yes,” the inspector continued. “And I suppose -you follows want to go on to Fort Good Faith. -You seem to be able to take care of yourselves. -Would you like to be special deputies?”</p> -<p>“Would we!” Dick exclaimed.</p> -<p>“Hurrah!” shouted Sandy.</p> -<p>Inspector Dawson could not forbear a smile at the -boys’ exuberance. “All right, step forward,” he -commanded, arising from his desk.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy lined up like soldiers while they -repeated the oath of allegiance to the law on specials -duty for the duration of the Henderson outbreak.</p> -<p>The Inspector made Toma an official scout.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_203">203</div> -<p>“Now good day, boys,” the Inspector said dismissing -them. “Report to me tomorrow morning -early. I expect Slade in then.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy followed Toma out of headquarters -seething with excitement. They felt themselves -full-fledged mounted policemen now, and, too, -they were to take the trail with Malemute Slade, the -famous scout they had met on the Big Smokey. -Their only regret was that they could not don the -beautiful uniforms they saw everywhere about the -post.</p> -<p>They inquired as to the quarters of Corporal Richardson, -and had a long chat with the convalescent -officer. They secured arrangements to pass the -night in the barracks, and once more toasted their -shins before a genuine stove.</p> -<p>Bright and early next morning, Dick and Sandy -rolled out of their bunks and pulled on their clothes.</p> -<p>“It hardly seems possible we’re at Fort Dunwoody,” -Dick declared when they attacked the ample -breakfast set before them by the post cook.</p> -<p>Sandy shivered in recalling the narrow escapes -they had had and agreed with Dick.</p> -<p>Toma, who had slept before the fire on a bearskin -rug, was as silent as he always was when off the -trail, but his moon face was split by a continuous -smile.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_204">204</div> -<p>Malemute Slade was waiting at headquarters -when the boys reported as instructed. His dog team -of six huge huskies stood in front of the Inspector’s -office, harnessed to the sled, ready for the trail.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy were pleased to find that Malemute -Slade remembered them. His dark, wind-hardened -face lighted up pleasantly, as he shook -hands with his future trail mates.</p> -<p>“Wal, I swan,” he exclaimed, “I guess we’ll do -some tall fightin’ now.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy assured him they were with him -with all they had to offer, and after Inspector Dawson -had wished them good luck, they mushed across -the parade square to the stockade gate, which swung -slowly open for them.</p> -<p>Hour after hour the relief detachment from the -post traveled northward. Malemute Slade would -not permit the boys to sleep longer than five hours. -Long before dawn they were up, had eaten a hasty -breakfast, while the dogs wolfed their daily frozen -fish, and had hit the trail again. Dick and Sandy -had grown almost as trail hardened as Toma on their -long trip from Fort du Lac to Fort Dunwoody, and -they did not complain at the terrific pace set by Malemute -Slade.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_205">205</div> -<p>On the afternoon of the third day, more than a -hundred miles north of Fort Dunwoody, they saw -from the top of a ridge the white, level expanse of -Gray Goose Lake. They had not been molested -along the way and they decided that Govereau was -doing all his fighting at Gray Goose Lake.</p> -<p>Around the lake they broke into rough and serrated -country, through which they proceeded cautiously. -Soon they heard the faint report of rifles, -by which they located the scene of combat.</p> -<p>Malemute Slade led the way up a long ravine -where they left the dog team in charge of Toma and -went on under cover of whatever they found.</p> -<p>“Follow me, lads, an’ don’t fire till I give the -word,” Malemute Slade ordered.</p> -<p>“Look! There they are!” whispered Dick a moment -later as they reached the top of the ravine.</p> -<p>On a rocky knoll, overlooking Gray Goose Lake, -they could see the occasional puff of two rifles. All -around the bottom of the little hill were hidden -Govereau’s men, flanked by a deep gorge on their -left.</p> -<p>“Now, lads, we’ll take ’em on the run. Shoot an’ -holler all you can,” Malemute Slade’s drawling voice -calmed them.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy tensed for the coming skirmish, -tightening their grips of their rifles.</p> -<p>“Ready,” called Malemute Slade. “Here we go.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_206">206</div> -<p>They broke from cover and ran yelling like an -army across the space that separated them from -Govereau’s party. The Indians turned and shouted, -seeming paralyzed with surprise. The besieged -policemen, on the hill, seeing reinforcements, also -charged, leaping from their hiding place and firing -as they came.</p> -<p>Attacked from two sides, Govereau’s band broke -and fled.</p> -<p>“There’s Govereau!” cried Dick.</p> -<p>“An’ here’s where one dirty skunk cashes in,” -shouted Malemute Slade, raising his high-powered -rifle. At the report of the rifle, Govereau fell, Dick -and Sandy rushing past his body in pursuit of the -others.</p> -<p>Dick barely had witnessed the fall of Govereau -before he caught sight of Toma stalking an Indian, -who was trying to crawl away among the bushes.</p> -<p>“Halt, in the king’s name!” commanded Dick, as -he recognized the skulker to be no other than Many-Scar -Jackson.</p> -<p>But the scar faced Indian did not halt. He broke -into a run toward the deep gorge on the left, Toma -in hot pursuit, and Dick and Sandy close behind.</p> -<p>Suddenly Dick stopped dead in his tracks, Sandy -almost falling over him. “Toma!” he called, but the -guide did not seem to hear.</p> -<p>“He’s going to avenge his brother’s death,” Sandy -exclaimed, pushing ahead.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_207">207</div> -<p>“Stop!” Dick hauled his chum back. “Toma -doesn’t want us to interfere. It’s his fight. If we -see he’s getting the worst of it, then we’ll help.”</p> -<p>Sandy drew back and with pale faces they watched -the two Indians come together and draw their knives -in a duel to the death.</p> -<p>Around and around they circled before Toma -darted in like a flash and drew blood. But Many-Scar -made a stab in return, and they saw Toma -reel a little. Then the two clinched, staggered this -way, then that, their knife blades locked.</p> -<p>“Many-Scar has him!” Sandy suddenly exclaimed, -raising his rifle.</p> -<p>“Wait!” Dick cried.</p> -<p>For a moment it had seemed as if the scar faced -Indian would plunge his knife into Toma’s breast, -but the agile young guide twisted suddenly, like a -snake, and Many-Scar was tripped to his knees.</p> -<p>Then as Toma leaped in to follow up his advantage, -Many-Scar whirled away, leaped to his feet and -once more they circled.</p> -<p>“Many-Scar is getting the worst of it,” Dick -breathed a few moments later.</p> -<p>“He sure is,” agreed Sandy exultingly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_208">208</div> -<p>Toma’s enemy plainly was weakening. Dick and -Sandy prepared to see the final thrust, when of a -sudden the scar faced Indian broke away and ran -like the wind straight toward the gorge.</p> -<p>“They’ll fall into the gorge!” Dick cried, starting -to run toward them.</p> -<p>But Many-Scar Jackson and Toma, too, seemed -uncognizant of any immediate danger from a fall. -Many-Scar ran like a deer, and as he reached the -edge, he leaped into the air. Like a bird he soared -across the space between the two cliffs, landing safely -on the other side, where he vanished into the bushes.</p> -<p>“What a jump!” exclaimed Dick.</p> -<p>“I can’t believe it,” Sandy said amazedly. “Why, -it was a broad jump record. It’s nearly thirty feet -between the cliffs.”</p> -<p>Toma had halted on the brink of the cliff and the -boys saw him raise clinched fists to the sky. Toma -had failed this time, but, somehow, the boys felt -sure there was another time coming.</p> -<p>Behind them Malemute Slade was calling. They -rejoined the victorious mounted police, Toma tardily -returning.</p> -<p>Presently they were behind the dogs on the trail -to Fort Good Faith, their party now increased to -five with Sergeant Brewster and Constable Marden.</p> -<p>“I hope Uncle Walter has been able to hold out -this long,” Sandy whispered to himself as he ran -after the waving tails of the huskies.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_209">209</div> -<h2 id="c24">CHAPTER XXIV -<br /><span class="small">CHIEF BLACK DOG’S SCHEME</span></h2> -<p>“We’re coming into an Indian village,” Dick -called to Sandy, when the party reached the top of a -long ridge.</p> -<p>Sandy, who was some distance in the rear, hurried -up and joined Dick. A village of nearly a score of -tepees lay ahead, the smoke of a number of campfires -rising here and there.</p> -<p>Sergeant Brewster, who had taken command, explained -that he was about to enlist the tribe’s aid in -an effort at retaking Fort Good Faith.</p> -<p>“Chief Black Dog is a good friend of the mounted,” -said Sergeant Brewster, “and he’ll let us have a -few warriors. I suppose Henderson has tried to get -the old fellow on his side, but chief is loyal.”</p> -<p>They entered the village, and had some trouble -with the numberless Indian dogs that rushed out savagely -from behind the tepees and attacked the -huskies. Presently several Indians came and called -off the dogs, throwing stones and sticks at them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_210">210</div> -<p>Sergeant Brewster addressed one of the braves: -“Tell Chief Black Dog a man from the Great White -Father has come to see him.”</p> -<p>The buck hurried away, and soon returned, saying -the chief would be glad to see him, in fact had invited -them all to his council tepee.</p> -<p>Leaving Toma to look after the dogs, Dick and -Sandy followed Malemute Slade and the policemen -to a tepee much larger than the rest. The entrance -was so high that even Malemute Slade entered erect.</p> -<p>“Gosh, it’s dark,” whispered Sandy, when the tepee -flap closed behind them.</p> -<p>The only light in the tepee was a tiny fire glowing -in the center. Before this Dick and Sandy could -make out three shadowy figures. The one in the -center was an aged Indian with snow white hair. He -was Chief Black Dog.</p> -<p>“The white brother comes from the Great White -Father. It is good. Peace with white brother,” the -old chief spoke.</p> -<p>“We bring presents from the great chief to the -big chief,” Sergeant Brewster announced, drawing -from his mackinaw pockets a fine pocket knife and -a shining tobacco box.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy could see the old chief’s eyes glitter -as they fell upon the gifts.</p> -<p>“It is good,” said Chief Black Dog, accepting the -presents.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_211">211</div> -<p>The sergeant also gave something to each of the -two chiefs seated on either side of Chief Black Dog, -for which they muttered thanks.</p> -<p>“What will the white brother have?” the chief -spoke again.</p> -<p>“We wish help to fight the bad outlaw, Bear Henderson,” -answered the sergeant. “He has taken -Fort Good Faith from the good factor Walter MacClaren.”</p> -<p>“It is good. My warriors are brave. They go -with you.”</p> -<p>Sergeant Brewster thanked the old chief, then -waited for dismissal. Chief Black Dog sat looking -into the fire for a time, his deep eyes meditative. -The boys watched curiously. The chief seemed to -be thinking. At length he spoke:</p> -<p>“The red man would know how many braves the -bad chief Henderson fights with. Some my warriors, -young and foolish, with Henderson. I send -warrior in night. He go make believe join Henderson. -He find his brothers there. He find out how -many braves hold fort. Come tell me. He find -where big chief MacClaren in prison. We know -how to fight better then.”</p> -<p>“The red man’s words are wise,” replied the sergeant.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_212">212</div> -<p>“It is good,” the chief said, turning to the chief on -his left and speaking swiftly in his native tongue.</p> -<p>The other chief rose and quietly left the tepee.</p> -<p>“White brother’s men stay, wait for spy, when he -come back. One night maybe. Then we know all.” -He waved a withered hand in dismissal.</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy welcomed the open air, when once -again they stepped into the sunlight. At the sergeant’s -orders they helped Toma unharness the dogs.</p> -<p>Chief Black Dog assigned two tepees to the -party from Fort Dunwoody. Dick, Sandy and -Toma took one, the mounted policemen the other. -An hour later the boys watched the spy leave for -Fort Good Faith, while the war drums of the tribe -summoned the braves to battle.</p> -<p>It was an exciting evening the boys passed, watching -the warriors in their fantastic dances. When at -last they went to their tepee to rest, they were tired, -but could not sleep. The wait for news from Fort -Good Faith was proving to be a trying one. So near -Sandy’s uncle, yet under orders to remain idle, the -boys chafed and worried.</p> -<p>“I can’t stand it,” Sandy cried. “I want to get -there and have it over with.”</p> -<p>“I know just how you feel,” sympathized Dick. -“I want to smell powder too. But I believe the chief -made a wise move, at that. What do you think, -Toma?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_213">213</div> -<p>Toma’s dark face, lighted by the fire, brightened. -“Him wise chief,” said Toma. “My father know -him long ago when they hunt on Saskatchewan -River.”</p> -<p>“Tell us a story about the old days, Toma,” Dick -pleaded, as he squatted by the fire, “—an Indian -story.”</p> -<p>“Yes, do,” Sandy chimed in.</p> -<p>The young guide seemed to be looking far away -as he stared into the glowing coals. Outside, the -war drums and the cries of the dancing warriors -echoed in the forest aisles.</p> -<p>“I tell story my father tell me long ago, when I -little boy,” Toma began. “Big medicine man tell -my father. It is story of Saskatchewan River and -Great Bear, mighty hunter of the Crees.</p> -<p>“Long ago, by Saskatchewan live big tribe. One -hunter, one Great Bear, he mightier than all big -hunters. Him not like Saskatchewan country. Him -want travel far, far—where sun goes down.</p> -<p>“Big medicine man, one Two-Horns-in-the-Bone -not want lose Great Bear, great hunter. Him try -keep Great Bear home. But Great Bear don’t care. -He go anyway, he say.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_214">214</div> -<p>“Then Great Bear get ready go far away. When -start, Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go ’long little way -with Great Bear, so Great Spirit be with him in far -lands. They stop on bank of Saskatchewan, mighty -river. Great Bear, lie thirsty. He kneel down, fill -up with water. Two-Horns-in-the-Bone make sign -over him, big medicine sign. When Great Bear get -up, medicine man say:</p> -<p>“‘They who drink waters of Saskatchewan shall -return before they die.’</p> -<p>“Great Bear, him laugh. Him think Two-Horns-in-the-Bone -make fun. Great Bear young, strong; -he laugh at Great Spirit, like him laugh at grizzly. -Him leap in Saskatchewan an’ swim across. Him -wave spear goodbye to medicine man, an’ turn back -on Saskatchewan.</p> -<p>“Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go back to tepee. Say -nothing. Him very wise.</p> -<p>“Many moons pass. Great Bear go far, far away—to -Big Sea, to desert, to other side of sunset. He -fight many battles, always win.</p> -<p>“Medicine man by Saskatchewan, him wait an’ -smoke long pipe. Twenty winters gone by, then -spring come. Two-Horns-in-the-Bone walk down -to Saskatchewan. He wait all day. When sunset -come he see old man walking. Old man all bent -over, white hair, hobble on stick. Two-Horns-in-the-Bone -watch. Old man come down to edge of -water. Him kneel down and drink. Then he go -back and lay down.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_215">215</div> -<p>“Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go to old man. Him -speak, him look in face. Old Indian, him Great -Bear. Old medicine man raise face to sky. ‘The -Great Spirit has spoken,’ say Two-Horns-in-the-Bone. -‘They who drink waters of Saskatchewan -shall return before they die.’”</p> -<p>Toma’s voice died out. The young Indian seemed -to be in another land, as he thought of his father’s -people. Dick and Sandy sat spell-bound.</p> -<p>“It is the Legend of the Saskatchewan,” Dick -said in a hushed voice.</p> -<p>“It sure was a good story,” said Sandy. “Tell us -another one, Toma.”</p> -<p>But Toma shook his head. Dick and Sandy saw -a certain sadness in his face, that the legend had -aroused, and they did not urge him. Presently they -rolled into their blankets. Once asleep, they did not -awaken until summoned by Sergeant Brewster.</p> -<p>As they hurried from the tepee on the morning -of that day which was to mean so much, an inspiring -sight greeted their eyes.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_216">216</div> -<h2 id="c25">CHAPTER XXV -<br /><span class="small">THE ATTACK ON THE FORT</span></h2> -<p>The tepees of the Indian village were arranged -in a hollow square, and in the midst of this were -gathered more than fifty warriors, arrayed for battle.</p> -<p>“Isn’t it a fearful sight!” exclaimed Sandy.</p> -<p>“I’d hate to have them catch me alone in the forest,” -Dick responded.</p> -<p>“They’ll help us do for Henderson,” Sergeant -Brewster remarked at their elbow. “The spy came -in an hour ago. He reports that Henderson has -about ten half-breeds and thirty Indians holding the -fort. They don’t dream of an attack. Henderson -thinks Govereau is taking care of the police.”</p> -<p>“Did the spy find out anything about Uncle Walter?” -Sandy queried anxiously.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_217">217</div> -<p>“I was coming to that,” continued the sergeant. -“It seems that Henderson has imprisoned him in a -cave about a mile from the fort. The spy believes -he can find the cave from what he overheard while -inside the stockade. I’ll detail you fellows to go -after the factor. But don’t leave until we’re sure -we’ve taken the fort—that comes first. Toma and -Malemute Slade will accompany, with the spy as a -guide.”</p> -<p>They were interrupted by Malemute Slade and -Constable Marden driving up with the dog team.</p> -<p>“Wal, boys,” grinned Malemute Slade, “we’re off -for another tussle. As f’r me I can’t get to it too -soon.”</p> -<p>Dick and Sandy laughed and fell into line. The -band of Indians already had started out. They left -the village amid the lamentations of Indian women -and the loud barking of the dogs.</p> -<p>They traveled slowly, Sergeant Brewster explaining -that they must not reach Fort Good Faith until -nightfall, if they were to surprise Henderson. Scouts -were sent on ahead to report any appearance of Henderson’s -men.</p> -<p>Just before dark the war party came to a halt on -the slope of a hill, from the top of which they could -see Fort Good Faith not far away. Dick and Sandy -gazed upon the stockade in awe. They had traveled -more than six hundred miles since leaving Fort du -Lac, and at last within sight of the post, they felt -rewarded for all the hardships they had gone through -in an effort to rescue Sandy’s uncle.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_218">218</div> -<p>“We’ll have to keep out of sight till after dark—that’s -all that bothers me,” chafed Sandy. “I wish -we were climbing the stockade right now.”</p> -<p>Sergeant Brewster called to them just then. -“Here’s the spy,” he presented a somber Indian. -“He’ll stay close by you until it’s time for you to go -after your uncle. Take your orders from Malemute -Slade.”</p> -<p>Worked up to a frenzy by their war dances, the -warriors were eager to attack, and it was all the -policemen and the chiefs could do to hold them back -until nightfall.</p> -<p>The minutes seemed like hours. But darkness -slowly fell, and the hour of the attack approached. -The Indians grew quieter then. At a word from the -sergeant the war party started on toward the fort.</p> -<p>All was silent until they were under the very walls -of the stockade, then the Indians gave vent to a horrible -war cry, and like so many chipmunks clambered -over the stockade. The first inside rushed the guard -at the gate and swung it open for the rest of the -party. Rifles and revolvers flashed in the darkness -everywhere, and combined with the cries of the Indians, -made a deafening racket.</p> -<p>Dick dropped down from the top of the palisades -on the heels of Malemute Slade, Sandy and Toma -following him. Suddenly he heard Sandy cry out:</p> -<p>“Help, Dick!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_219">219</div> -<p>Dick turned and ran toward the sound, his rifle -clubbed in his hands. In the gloom he could see -Sandy struggling in the grip of a brawny half-breed, -Dick’s gun stock swept down, and Sandy’s adversary -rolled over and lay still.</p> -<p>“Come on, Sandy. Let’s not lose Malemute,” -Dick called.</p> -<p>They could see the policemen concentrating their -attack on the door of the post residence, which had -been hastily barricaded.</p> -<p>“Up an’ at ’em,” Malemute bellowed as he rushed -to join the mounted police. Three half-breeds -leaped out of the shadows and barred the big scout’s -way. Malemute fired once, swung his fists twice, -and the half-breeds were trampled underfoot.</p> -<p>The surprise attack was over as quickly as it had -begun. Dick and Sandy saw a huge, long-haired -man come to the door in answer to the sergeant’s -demand for surrender, and watched the handcuffs -snapped upon the outlaw’s wrists. It was the first -look at the man behind all the trouble. Henderson’s -name fitted him, they decided. He looked much like -a grizzly in man’s clothing.</p> -<p>“That wasn’t half a fight,” Malemute Slade complained. -“Now if that pesky spy would show up -we’d skip out for the prisoner.”</p> -<p>“There he is!” Dick exclaimed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_220">220</div> -<p>The Indian spy and Toma both were approaching -at a run.</p> -<p>“Lead on there,” Malemute sang out to the spy. -“We’ll be a’ter the factor now—double quick.”</p> -<p>Led by the spy, the five left the stockade in the -hands of the mounted police, and hurried off into the -night.</p> -<p>It was hard going through the deep snow, but the -spy seemed to be sure of the way. Only once did -the Indian seem confused. Then he paused while -the rest waited impatiently. Then they were off -again.</p> -<p>Presently they came to a narrow canyon. Dick, -Sandy and Toma were running close together. Malemute -Slade and the Indian spy were slightly in the -lead.</p> -<p>Suddenly the spy stopped dead, emitting a guttural -exclamation.</p> -<p>“Down!” cried Malemute.</p> -<p>Scarcely had all five dropped flat when a hoarse -voice sounded, seemingly out of the wall of the canyon:</p> -<p>“Who’s there?”</p> -<p>“You’ll shore find out in a minute,” retorted Malemute -boldly. “Jest come out where we can see the -color o’ y’r whiskers.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_221">221</div> -<p>“If you think much of y’r hide you better skidaddle,” -replied the voice, threateningly.</p> -<p>“Haw, haw,” called Malemute. “You’ll be the one -to do the skidaddlin’ when we finish with yuh.”</p> -<p>Silence followed, while Dick strained his eyes to -see from whence the voice came.</p> -<p>“It’s from the cave,” Sandy whispered.</p> -<p>Nerves at snapping pitch, the young adventurers -awaited the orders of the scout, who was mumbling -to himself. Malemute was about to order a blind -advance, when four dark forms leaped out of the -rocks behind them. Dick Kent had a momentary -vision of Malemute Slade pinned under two men, -then something crashed down upon his head and all -went black.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_222">222</div> -<h2 id="c26">CHAPTER XXVI -<br /><span class="small">LOST UNDERGROUND</span></h2> -<p>Dick Kent regained consciousness slowly. His -head pained severely, and as he passed his hand -through his hair his fingers encountered something -warm and sticky. All was silent in the canyon. He -sat up with a start, all coming back to him—the mysterious -voice from the canyon wall, the surprise attack, -the blow that had felled him.</p> -<p>“Sandy! Sandy!” he shouted hoarsely. But the -dark canyon gave back his voice in a hollow echo. -There was no answer.</p> -<p>“Where have they gone?” Dick wondered. “Have -they been killed or captured?”</p> -<p>He got dizzily to his feet and stumbled along the -canyon, feeling his way. Almost immediately, he -felt a depression in the rock. In the starlight a dark -hole yawned in the wall.</p> -<p>“The cave!” he exulted.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_223">223</div> -<p>Just then he stumbled over something solid, yet -yielding. Groping about his feet, he recoiled in horror. -It was the face of a man! In the starlight he -finally made out the body, and saw that it was not -one of his party.</p> -<p>Again Dick called out Sandy’s name, but only the -echo of his voice from the yawning cavern answered -him.</p> -<p>Dick’s head was clearing now. He thought swiftly -and concluded his companions must have gone into -the cavern in search of Walter MacClaren. He -turned in and groped his way along, calling every -now and then. Once he thought he heard a shout -and stopped, but all was silent.</p> -<p>He had a few matches in his pocket and he drew -one out and lighted it. He found himself in a large -cave, evidently formed by the erosion of water. The -roof of the cavern was some six feet higher than his -head. Where he was standing there seemed but one -passage.</p> -<p>“Well, I can’t get lost if there’s only the main -passage,” Dick decided, and started on boldly, feeling -his way in the blackness.</p> -<p>The cavern slanted downward slightly, and leading -forward fairly straight, Dick made good time, -though he tested every bit of footing to make certain -he did not step off into a hole, or run into an -obstruction.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_224">224</div> -<p>Presently he could hear running water, and as the -sound grew louder, he lighted another match. There -was no disturbance of air and the flame burned steadily. -Dick could see that the cavern branched at this -point. Down one passage a swift stream of dark -water flowed; the other was dry.</p> -<p>About to take to the cavern that was dry underfoot, -Dick heard a shout somewhere in the cave before -him. He thrilled as he recognized Sandy’s -voice.</p> -<p>“Sandy, Sandy, here I am!” he answered at the -top of his lungs, hurrying down the cavern from -which he believed the voice had come. Once more -he heard Sandy’s shout, but this time it was fainter. -Then he heard it no longer.</p> -<p>“There must be tracks if anyone has passed here,” -Dick thought, and striking a match, stooped down. -Plainly, in the moist floor of the cavern, were the -tracks of moccasins. But they were directed both -forward and back, and meant very little.</p> -<p>Thinking to catch Sandy before he was too far -away, Dick hastened forward with less caution. He -had advanced some fifty yards, when of a sudden the -earth gave way under him. His cry of terror was -drowned by the sound of falling stones and gravel, -as he pitched downward. His clutching hands encountered -a rim of solid rock. With a painful jerk -he stopped his fall, dangling there by his fingers over -a chasm he knew not how deep.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_225">225</div> -<p>Once he regained his breath and sense, he endeavored -to pull himself up. But he could not quite make -it. The hole bulged outward under his feet and, -kick and thresh as he would, he could not get a foothold -anywhere. The rim he was clinging to was so -narrow that it was impossible for him to hold his -body up on it even if he pulled himself up by the -hands. He realized that he was part way down the -hole, hanging to the conical wall.</p> -<p>Dick’s struggles slowly weakened. His head was -paining him severely. He realized that he could not -hang on much longer, yet gritting his teeth, he clung -on while his muscles burned and his fingers grew -numb.</p> -<p>With his last remaining strength, he shouted. But -it seemed that his voice was deadened by the formation -of the hole, as if he had shouted into a barrel. -But again and again he raised his voice, though it -grew weaker and weaker.</p> -<p>He did not know whether he imagined it or not, -but he thought his last outcry received an answer. -Slowly he was losing consciousness. It seemed that -he could hear the pad, pad of moccasins and more -voices. A hand grasped his wrists, then he gave out.</p> -<p>When once more Dick awakened he found himself -in a dimly lighted underground room. Some one -was pouring something hot between his teeth.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_226">226</div> -<p>“Sandy!” he started up, looking into his chum’s -happy face.</p> -<p>“Greetin’s, lad,” called Malemute Slade, smiling -down from the other side of him, “you’ve had a -tough time of it.”</p> -<p>“I thought it was all over with as far as I was -concerned,” replied Dick.</p> -<p>“Uncle Walter is here, but he’s pretty sick,” Sandy -was telling him. “We found him in this room, almost -dead from starvation. He seems to be a little -better since we fed him some hot broth.”</p> -<p>Dick raised up, his aching head swimming. -Across the room, watched over by Toma, on a heap -of balsam boughs, he saw a bearded man, haggard -of face. It was Walter MacClaren.</p> -<p>“I guess I can stand on my pins now,” declared -Dick. “But where did you all go right after I was -knocked out?”</p> -<p>“The devils drove us right into the cave,” volunteered -Malemute Slade. “It was a running fight till -I climbed on a shelf of rock an’ dropped down on the -beans of a couple of ’em. I cracked their pates, then -we choked the other one till he told us where the -lad’s uncle was. Me—I guess I’ve got about all I -want of fightin’ for today.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_227">227</div> -<p>“I heard you shouting,” Sandy explained, “but you -were in the wrong branch of the cavern. I had to -go clear down to the fork before I found where you -were. You had just about let go of the rock. I -was scared to death when I had pulled you out. I -struck a match—and say!—that hole didn’t seem to -have any bottom.”</p> -<p>Dick shuddered, but smiled grimly. He had had a -close shave—they had all had a close shave—but -things had come out right in the end.</p> -<p>Malemute Slade had located the store of food kept -by MacClaren’s guards, and they sat down and had -a bite to eat. Then, they all gathered anxiously -around Walter MacClaren. With eyes shining, -Sandy stooped forward and patted his uncle’s hand.</p> -<p>“Everything is all right now,” the youth muttered -happily. “I’m sure that Uncle Walt will get better.”</p> -<p>For several minutes they stood there in the half-light, -looking down at the recumbent figure of the -man, whose life they had saved barely in the nick of -time. Except for their quiet breathing and the low -trickle of water in an alcove close at hand, the deep -hush remained unbroken. Then, unexpectedly, MacClaren -stirred, muttering in his sleep. His eyes -blinked open.</p> -<p>His gaze wavered from one to the other of the -little company gathered around him, and slowly a -smile played across his lips.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_228">228</div> -<p>“Up in a few days,” he managed to articulate -weakly. “Thanks—everyone of you! I’ll be feeling -fine in the morning.”</p> -<p>Then, with another smile, he rolled over on his -side and went back to sleep. In a surge of new-found -happiness, Dick nodded significantly at Sandy, -and, arm-in-arm, they turned quietly and tip-toed out -of the room.</p> -<p class="tbcenter"><span class="small">THE END</span></p> -<h2 id="tn">Transcriber’s Notes</h2><ul><li>Copyright notice provided as in the original—this e-text is public domain in the country of publication.</li> -<li>Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and dialect unchanged.</li> -<li>Added a Table of Contents based on chapter headings.</li> -<li>In the text versions, delimited italics text in _underscores_ (the HTML version reproduces the font form of the printed book.)</li></ul> - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Dick Kent with the Mounted Police, by -Milton Richards - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE *** - -***** This file should be named 50431-h.htm or 50431-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/4/3/50431/ - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Rod Crawford, Rick Morris -and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/50431-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/50431-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0c10037..0000000 --- a/old/50431-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50431-h/images/icover.jpg b/old/50431-h/images/icover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e2e2835..0000000 --- a/old/50431-h/images/icover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50431-h/images/p1.png b/old/50431-h/images/p1.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c9569ce..0000000 --- a/old/50431-h/images/p1.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50431-h/images/p2.jpg b/old/50431-h/images/p2.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 247e9d0..0000000 --- a/old/50431-h/images/p2.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50431.txt b/old/50431.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dc597dd..0000000 --- a/old/50431.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6247 +0,0 @@ -Project Gutenberg's Dick Kent with the Mounted Police, by Milton Richards - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Dick Kent with the Mounted Police - -Author: Milton Richards - -Release Date: November 11, 2015 [EBook #50431] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ASCII - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE *** - - - - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Rod Crawford, Rick Morris -and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - - - - - Dick Kent - with the Mounted Police - - - By MILTON RICHARDS - - - AUTHOR OF - "Dick Kent in the Far North" - "Dick Kent with the Eskimos" - "Dick Kent, Fur Trader" - "Dick Kent and the Malemute Mail" - - - THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY - Akron, Ohio New York - - Copyright MCMXXVII - THE SAALFIELD PUBLISHING COMPANY - _Made in the United States of America_ - - - - - Contents - - - CHAPTER PAGE - I The Scar Faced Indian 3 - II At Little Moose Portage 14 - III Dick Shoots the Rapids 27 - IV Through the Flames 39 - V MacKenzie's Landing 47 - VI A Grizzly Shows Fight 55 - VII The Rifled Cache 65 - VIII Dick Drops a Moose 75 - IX Pierre Govereau 83 - X Toma and a Cold Snap 94 - XI Slush Ice 102 - XII The Blizzard 110 - XIII Dick Sees a Ghost 120 - XIV An Unwelcome Visitor 127 - XV Outwitting the Enemy 135 - XVI A Journey Through the Night 145 - XVII The Stolen Huskies 153 - XVIII A Hungry Pack 162 - XIX The Circle of Death 171 - XX Sandy Disappears 179 - XXI The Man From Crooked Stick River 184 - XXII A Skirmish in the Night 194 - XXIII Gray Goose Lake 200 - XXIV Chief Black Dog's Scheme 209 - XXV The Attack on the Fort 216 - XXVI Lost Underground 222 - - - - - DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE - - - - - CHAPTER I - THE SCAR FACED INDIAN - - -Dick Kent tossed aside the wolf trap he had been trying to repair, and -turned to his chum, Sandy McClaren. - -"Let's go back to your Uncle Walter's at Fort Good Faith," said Dick -restlessly. "It's getting too quiet around here." - -Sandy McClaren's big blue eyes turned from the marten pelt he had been -scraping. "I'm with you, Dick. Uncle Walt needs us, too. He's still -having a lot of trouble with that outlaw, Bear Henderson." - -For a year after finishing school in the United States, Dick Kent and -Sandy McClaren had been pursuing adventure two hundred miles north of -Hay River Landing, Canada, where they had gone to visit Sandy's uncle. -Lately they had come to Fort du Lac at the invitation of Martin MacLean, -the factor there. The savage northland already had woven its spell of -dangerous adventure about them, but Fort du Lac had proved dull after -the excitement of the more lawless trading post supervised by Sandy's -uncle on the northern fringe of the Hudson's Bay Company's territory. - -Dick and Sandy had turned toward the big log store building where Martin -MacLean bartered for furs, when they stopped dead, looking northeast -along the trail that curved about a high headland of pine forest. - -"What's that?" cried Dick suddenly. - -"Looks like an Indian runner!" Sandy exclaimed. - -"I'll tell Mr. MacLean," Dick stretched his athletic legs toward the -store. - -The fur trader came out on Dick's heels a moment later, his broad, bony -frame and bearded face tense at the hint of trouble. - -"It's a runner all right," confirmed the trader, watching the distant -figure, which was rapidly approaching. - -Presently a swarthy faced Indian, his coarse black hair streaming about -his haggard features, fell almost exhausted into their arms. - -"Help me carry him in," Martin MacLean commanded. "He's tuckered out. -We've got to get him to talk. There's trouble somewhere." - -They tugged the limp body of the runner into the store and lay him on -several bales of fur. The trader hurried for stimulant, which he forced -between the Indian's teeth. The runner soon opened his eyes. All three -bent over him as he spoke: - -"Him Bear Henderson take um post--from Mister McClaren," gasped the -runner. "Tie um up. Kill all good Injuns!" - -Dick Kent's face paled as he turned to Sandy. "Henderson has captured -your Uncle Walter!" - -"Well, he'll get his when the mounted police get there," flared Sandy, -his Scotch temper showing itself. - -The factor of the post turned to them. They fell silent. "Boys, I can't -leave the post," he said, "and I don't trust any of the Indians around -the store. Can I depend on you to go down the river and get Malcolm -Mackenzie?" - -"Can you!" Dick and Sandy chorused, "I should smile." - -"You know what this means," the trader went on sternly. "Bear Henderson -is a powerful man. There isn't a doubt this runner was followed here. -There may be men right here at Fort du Lac who are in sympathy with the -outlaw. Henderson is plotting against the whole northern frontier held -by Hudson's Bay Company. It's life or death." - -"We'll do it!" Dick cried eagerly. "Tell us what to do." - -"All right then. You go by canoe down the river to Mackenzie's Landing. -Tell Mackenzie I asked him to go with you to the mounted police post at -Fort Dunwoody. You know the trail that far. Malcolm knows it from the -landing on. There's a grub cache he might have forgotten. In case he -has----" the boys followed MacLean behind the counter. From the strong -box the trader drew a map. "Now here is our post," the trader continued, -indicating a dot on the rough map with a match end, while Dick and Sandy -followed him attentively; "There's Little Moose Portage, and further -down Mackenzie's Landing, the free trader's post. Twenty miles further -the river swings north and you leave the water and go by land. Then -here's where you strike the cache of food----" - -Dick's sudden, startled cry interrupted. "What was that at the window!" - -"I didn't see anything," whispered Sandy. - -"Sure you weren't imagining something?" said the trader. - -"I know I saw a face right there a moment ago," Dick insisted, pointing -to a window in the rear of the long store. "It seemed to be an Indian's -face which was covered with hideous scars." - -MacLean walked back and pulled the curtains shut over the window. He -returned and went on explaining the location of the cache and the route -to be taken to Fort Dunwoody. - -Once started, Dick and Sandy were not long in preparing for the trip -down the river to Mackenzie's Landing. They cleaned and oiled their -30.30 Ross rifles, packed a canoe with flour, beans, bacon, coffee, -salt, sugar and camp utensils, and saw that they were well supplied with -ammunition. - -On their last trip to the canoe from the storehouse, Sandy, too, had a -singular surprise. But he did not cry out. Instead, he called softly to -Dick, who was a little ahead of him. - -"I saw the same face you saw behind those boxes over there on the -landing," Sandy said tensely. "Make believe we didn't notice anything. -Then we'll pick up our rifles and walk down the river till we get where -we can see behind the boxes." - -"All right," Dick replied cooly, his dark eyes gleaming as they always -did at the promise of excitement. - -"Don't shoot. Capture him," Dick added, as they deposited their packs -into the canoe, picked up their rifles and started off down the river -bank, their eyes bent to the left. - -When they had advanced far enough to see behind the boxes, they turned -and looked. The face was gone! There was no one behind the packing -boxes. - -Sandy scratched his head. "Blame it, I know I saw somebody watching us." - -"Come on, we'll look closer." Dick led the way forward and they examined -all the boxes, but found each one empty. - -"Looks queer," Dick admitted. - -"Those Indians can disappear mighty suddenly," Sandy said. "Let's tell -Mr. MacLean." - -They hurried back to the store. The trader plainly was deeply concerned -over what they had to tell. "I tell you, boys, I hadn't ought to let you -make this trip," he said, pacing back and forth. "Henderson has men here -that I know nothing about. They say he has secret operatives all over -the northern frontier. Sandy's uncle never would forgive me if anything -happened to you fellows. But I don't see what else I can do. The mounted -police must be notified." - -"Well, Sandy and I aren't men," Dick replied modestly, "but you know -we've been in the north country for a year now and so far we've taken -pretty good care of ourselves. Sandy's Uncle Walter will tell you that." - -The trader surveyed Dick Kent's stalwart figure and Sandy's more stocky -frame with a renewal of confidence. "Yes," he concluded, "I believe you -fellows will come out all right. Shake." - -Dick and Sandy gripped Martin MacLean's hard hand. They felt a glow of -admiration for the big "sourdough" who had so complimented two -"chechakos," or tenderfeet. The trader drew from his pocket a wallet of -money and thrust it into Dick's hand, with the remark it might come in -handy for expenses. - -An hour later the boys were gliding down the river, Dick in the stern -steering, Sandy in front on the lookout for snags. The dark walls of -spruce forest on either side closed in on them with a mysterious -silence. They seemed to feel malevolent eyes watching them as they -sheered the oily surface of the stream. The strange face both had seen -at Fort du Lac remained in their memory and made them silent as they -forged along with the current. It was the last warm days of fall; -already a hint of winter was in the air, and with the threat of danger -hovering about was combined another feeling of dread, as if the very -atmosphere of the vast, lonely land heralded the approach of mercilessly -cold weather. - -"You watch the south bank, and I'll watch the north," Dick broke the -silence when the landing at Fort du Lac had faded from view around a -bend. "I think we'll be followed by land if our suspicions are correct -and there's really some one on our trail." - -"They'll have to follow by land for a ways anyway," rejoined Sandy. "Mr. -MacLean will see them if they use one of the canoes at the landing. But -I suppose they have a canoe hidden somewhere along the river." - -"That's about it," Dick agreed. "We'll keep sharp watch and be ready to -duck if there's any shooting." - -They paddled on silently for a quarter of an hour, making good time and -keeping to the center of the stream. They were just passing a large heap -of driftwood, lodged in an eddy near the north shore, when Sandy called -Dick's attention to something under the brush. - -"What do you make of that light brown object just the other side of the -little sand point sticking out into the river?" asked Sandy. - -"I was looking at it myself," responded Dick. "I thought it was a log -with the bark off it at first, but it might be a canoe." - -"It looks a lot like a canoe--as if they tried to hide it under some -brush but the brush sprung up after they left and exposed it." - -"We'll turn in and see," Dick plied his paddle lustily, and the light -craft swerved toward the shore. - -"Aren't we taking an awful risk?" Sandy was cautious. "Suppose they're -close to us." - -"We'll take a chance," Dick returned. "Better take a chance now than -have them catch up with us in that canoe. It's plain they're not here -yet." - -Nerves keyed high at thought of the peril they might be floating into, -Dick and Sandy bore swiftly into the sand point, and presently the -bottom of the canoe grated on the gravel. Dick leaped out into the -shallow water and beached the canoe, Sandy following closely. - -"It's a canoe sure enough!" Dick exclaimed when they reached the spot -where they had seen the suspicious object. - -"And they tried to hide it," Sandy came back, as they drew nearer. "See -the tracks in the mud? Say! That canoe hasn't been there a day, if -that!" - -"You're right!" Dick cried, "and right here and now we're going to see -that nobody chases us in this canoe." - -"Be careful," Sandy cautioned. - -"We'll set her adrift," Dick went on, unheeding Sandy's precautions. -"Here, Sandy, you grab the bow and I'll get around behind and push. Soon -as we get it out in the current it'll float down where they can't find -it. We might sink it, but we'd have to tow it into the river and we -haven't time." - -Sandy fell to work with a will. The canoe was lodged in the mud rather -securely and they strained for some minutes before it at last came loose -with a suck and splash that nearly tumbled Sandy over. An instant later -they had shoved the canoe out into the stream, where the current caught -it and carried it past the sand point. - -The young adventurers paused to gaze with satisfaction upon this blow -they felt they had dealt the enemy, when a sound from the shore drew -their startled attention. - -"Listen," whispered Dick. - -They could hear a crashing among the trees. Looking toward the forest -they could see nothing at first. Then suddenly, into a small clearing -that led down to the river bank, burst three men, running and waving -their rifles menacingly. - -"Quick! The canoe!" cried Dick hoarsely. "Don't stop to shoot. We've got -to get away. They're after that canoe. It's the Indian with the scarred -face!" - -Sandy tumbled into the stern of the canoe in one flying leap, and as -Dick shoved on the prow, he picked up his paddle and stroked backward. -The canoe left the beach with a lunge, and Dick was nearly precipitated -into the water as he leaped into his position in the bow. As they -crouched to paddle, three shots sounded and bullets cut the water about -them. - -"Downstream fast," shouted Dick. "Stay low, Sandy." - -Rifle balls were flying thick and fast as they rounded the sand point, -paddling frantically after the canoe they had set adrift. - -"Diable!" they could hear an enraged cry in French, as their pursuers -found the canoe gone and the boys escaping. - -Dick turned and looked back. All three of the men were kneeling with -rifles leveled. "Duck!" he shouted to Sandy just in time. - -The rifles cracked almost as one and two bullets ripped through the -bottom of the canoe, plowing up splinters in their wake. - -"We've sprung a leak," called Sandy almost immediately. "Those shots -have put the canoe out of commission!" - -Dick glanced about at the bottom of the canoe. Sandy was right. The -bullets had struck below the waterline and the river was gurgling in -around the packs and blankets. - - - - - CHAPTER II - AT LITTLE MOOSE PORTAGE - - -Dick Kent thought swiftly. There was no time to lose. The canoe was -filling fast. Already it was growing perceptibly heavier. Ahead he could -see the canoe they had set adrift. It was a long chance, but it was the -only thing to be done, aside from swimming to the other shore and -abandoning all their packs and camp equipment. - -"Sandy!" - -"What?" panted his chum. - -"We've got to switch our packs into that empty canoe." - -"Catch it first, I'll say!" cried Sandy. - -They redoubled their efforts on the paddles. The drifting canoe was -spinning slowly in the stream. Waterlogged as they were, they yet were -slowly gaining on the empty craft. Out of rifle range from the sand -point, the bullets of their pursuers no longer endangered them as they -skipped across the water yards short of their mark. - -Slowly they overhauled the empty canoe, and at last Dick reached out and -grasped the prow, hauling it to the side of their own sinking craft. -Dropping their paddles then, they straddled the two gunwales and with -their legs held the canoes together while with all haste they -transferred their dunnage. Working grimly and silently they had almost -finished when the canoes began to whirl slowly in the current. Sandy -lost his balance and toppled into the water, his hoarse shout of -surprise muffled as the river closed over his head. - -Sandy came up from the cold bath. Dick shouted encouragement, extending -a paddle to his chum while he alone held the canoes together. In a -moment, spluttering and shivering, Sandy crawled back into the loaded -canoe. - -The leaking canoe was rolling on its side when the last blanket was -taken from it. The young men picked up their paddles and struck out with -all speed. They feared their pursuers, since they no longer appeared on -the sand point, had run back into the forest and were coming along the -river bank into rifle range. - -"B-r-r-r, that sure was no warm bath," chattered Sandy. - -"Keep paddling, and warm up," Dick called over his shoulder. "We'll go -ashore and dry your clothes when we're sure we've got away from them." - -No sooner were the words out of his mouth when a rifle shot sounded from -the shore some distance behind them. A bullet whined over their heads -and plunked into the river. - -"There they go again!" cried Dick. "Let's bear toward the other shore -and see if we can't get out of range." - -Crouching over their paddles they swerved to the right and gradually -paddled out of range once more. - -Until late in the afternoon the boys kept up a killing pace with the -paddles. Sandy, warmed by the stiff exercise, would not permit Dick to -go in shore on his account, and so they drew into the swift current -above Little Moose Portage. - -The canoe was beached on the shore opposite the one where the enemy had -put in an appearance miles behind. It was an excellent camp site. They -were only about three hundred yards above the rapids, whose swift -current, filled with sharp stones, made it necessary to go on by land to -a point where the river was less dangerous. They could hear the sound of -the rushing water. - -"We'll keep sharp watch while we make camp," said Dick. "Those fellows -may have found another canoe and caught up with us." - -"Even if they come on by land they can't be so very far behind," Sandy -added, shivering a little now that the warming work on the paddle was -discontinued. - -Dick and Sandy had paddled many miles that day and they were very tired. -A year before they could not have kept on that far. But the north -country had hardened their already healthy bodies, until they laughed at -the exertion that would have put a southland boy flat on his back. - -A campfire of pine cones and dead wood soon was crackling cheerily. Dick -set on the coffee pot and mixed up some flapjacks while Sandy took off -his moccasins and sox by the fire. By the time Sandy was fairly dry the -meal was ready, and the boys fell to ravenously. Now and again they were -startled by some sound from the forest, but each time the noise proved -to be only that made by a wild animal investigating their campfire. - -"We'll take turns on watch tonight," Dick said, sipping his last cup of -coffee. - -"Let's draw straws for the first trick," Sandy suggested. - -"No," Dick objected, "that ducking you had gave you the hardest day. -I'll take the first watch." - -Sandy wanted it otherwise, but Dick insisted. - -"Well, if you'll be sure to wake me up when my turn comes," Sandy was -already yawning, "it's all right with me." - -Soon Sandy was rolled in his blankets, close by the fire, which was -welcome indeed in the chill of the autumn evening. - -Dick took a position in the shadow of a clump of willows where the -firelight would not reveal him to any prowlers of the night that might -investigate too closely. Here he squatted Indian fashion, his rifle -across his knees. Many thoughts passed through his mind as the time -slowly passed. That Sandy and he were on the most perilous mission of -their lives he knew. But contrary to being frightened by impending -danger, he was overjoyed. It was what he and Sandy had come north -for--adventure. And they were getting it. - -"We ought to get to Mackenzie's Landing day after tomorrow," he mused, -talking low to himself to keep from going to sleep. It was too dangerous -to walk about. "That means three or four more camps before we get a -guide. Gee, I wish we could go on by ourselves. If Sandy or I only knew -the country around Fort Dunwoody--but we'd get lost, and we can't afford -to lose any time with Sandy's uncle in Bear Henderson's hands. -Wonder----" - -Dick sat up suddenly, listening. It seemed to him that above the ripple -of the river water and the low rumble of the distant rapids he heard the -scrape of a canoe bottom on the gravel. His heart leaped and beat on -painfully. What if some one stole their canoe, or crept up and attacked -them! The thought galvanized him into action. - -He dropped to his hands and knees, his rifle clutched in his right -fingers. It was only a short distance to that part of the beach where -they had dragged the canoe up out of the water. Dick crawled quietly -along among the shadows to the fringe of undergrowth bordering the -beach. At first the glare of the firelight in his eyes made all appear -very dark by contrast, but gradually his vision was adjusted, and he -could make out the vague form of the canoe. - -"Wonder if it was only my imagination," he mumbled, not seeing anything -amiss. "But----" he caught his breath. The canoe had moved! - -Sure enough, difficult as it was to see distinctly, he knew the canoe -had rocked from side to side. - -"What could it be?" he whispered, straining his eyes. - -It seemed now that he could see a darker blot of darkness moving above -the rim of the canoe, but he was not sure. There was but one thing to -do--crawl out of the sheltering bushes and across the sand to a point -from which he could ascertain just what was moving the canoe. - -The decision made, Dick did not hesitate a moment. Half way to the -canoe, he stopped and lay prone on his stomach, listening and watching. -What little breeze there was blew from the canoe toward him, so that an -animal would not easily detect his approach unless it heard him. -Faintly, Dick could hear a scratching sound, as if some sharp instrument -agitated the sand and gravel. He was more puzzled than ever. - -He moved on again, drawing one knee cautiously after the other, careful -that his rifle was ready for instant firing. Ten feet further and the -scratching sound ceased suddenly. Dick was now within a few feet of the -prow of the canoe. He stopped dead still, and, resting on his knees, -raised his rifle. - -"Who's there?" he called sternly. - -A sudden commotion followed. Around the prow of the canoe flashed two -round glowing eyes, and a bearded, tuft-eared cat face. Dick's rifle -crashed. There was an inhuman squall of pain; a ball of fur and fury -bounded high into the air and fell writhing, spitting and snarling -within three feet of Dick, who leaped to one side. - -"Hi! Hi! Dick, where are you?" It was Sandy calling from the campfire. -He had been awakened by the gun shot. - -"It's all right, Sandy," Dick called back, stooping over the animal he -had killed. "Only a lynx scratching around the canoe. Come and take a -look. Gosh! I must have hit him right between the eyes." - -Sandy came running up, and bent over the dead lynx. When the cat's last -struggles ceased, the boys hauled it into the firelight. - -"I was scared half to death," Sandy grinned sheepishly. "I was dreaming -we were in Fort Good Faith with Uncle Walter and about a million wild -Indians were whooping and shooting at the stockade." - -"You can bet your bottom dollar I didn't feel so calm about the time -that lynx came around the canoe and looked me in the eye," Dick -confessed. "I never took aim at all--just blazed away. Lucky shot I call -it. I thought it was some one trying to steal our canoe." - -"What time is it?" Sandy inquired, getting up and stretching. - -Dick drew out a fine watch which had been a graduation present. "Only -ten o'clock," he reported. "You can go back to bed, Sandy. My watch -isn't half done." - -The young adventurers talked a few minutes after Sandy was back in his -blankets. But Sandy soon fell asleep. In spite of the excitement brought -on by the killing of the lynx, Sandy was so tired that he went back to -sleep almost immediately. - -Dick looked down at the lynx. "He's sure a beauty," he whispered -proudly. "I kind of wish I hadn't killed him now. It's a shame to kill -animals when a fellow can't use their fur or meat." - -He returned to his position in the shadow of the willows and sat there -patiently until midnight, when it was time to awaken Sandy. The fire had -died down and he heaped more wood on it. He never felt more wide awake -in his life. Sandy was sleeping soundly. - -"Sandy, you're pretty tired," Dick murmured, looking down at his chum, -"and I feel just about as fresh as when we pitched camp. Guess I won't -wake you up--just let you sleep until morning." - -There was an affection like brotherhood between the two boys, who had -been neighbors and chums from infancy up. And since Dick was two years -older than Sandy, he often felt somewhat like an older brother would -feel toward a younger. Perhaps this induced Dick to resume his watch -without awakening Sandy. - -When Dick sat down again he was sure he could stay awake all night, but -the flicker of the firelight, the whispering silence of the forest, and -the ripple of the river were like a pleasant lullaby. Before he knew it -he was nodding, and presently he fell sound asleep. Head drooping over -his knees, Dick slept unknowing, while the fire died down and the deep -blackness of the northland night crept over the silent camp. - -Sandy awakened with a start at four o'clock. It still was dark, as the -days were shortening with the approach of winter. He did not know why -Dick had not awakened him, and he was at first fearful that something -had happened to his chum. - -"Dick, Dick," he called softly, sitting up in his blankets, trying to -pierce the gloom with his eyes. - -There came no answer. Quietly Sandy reached out and one hand closed on -his rifle. The feel of the cold steel comforted him. He had begun to -learn what an encouraging companion a firearm can be in those lonely -climes where they are necessary if one would live long. - -Arising, Sandy began a search of the camp and quickly came upon Dick, -sound asleep a little way off. - -"Ho, ho," laughed Sandy mischievously, "I've got one on you now, old -boy. Asleep on watch, huh. I'll fix you." - -His fears relieved, Sandy's sense of humor cropped out. He could not -resist playing a good joke on his chum. - -Sandy thought a moment, then hit upon an idea, which he quickly put into -execution. The fire had gone out, and Sandy's scheme was no other than -to rebuild it so close to Dick that it would sizzle the sleeping lad's -chin. - -Soon Sandy had the fire crackling and snapping within two feet of Dick's -face, as he lay on the pine needles where he had fallen over during the -night. - -Setting about breakfast, Sandy chuckled as he watched Dick begin to -squirm and mutter in his sleep as the heat reached him. - -At last Dick turned over, and flinging out one hand, almost plunged it -into the fire. Sandy cried out sharply, and jumped forward to keep -Dick's hand out of the fire, when his chum leaped up wide awake. - -"What! How----" Dick stammered, blinking his eyes. - -Sandy doubled up with laughter. Dick soon saw the joke and joined Sandy -in a hearty laugh. Then he quickly grew serious. - -"That's the worst thing I could have done," Dick accused himself. -"Suppose Henderson's men had crept up on us while I was asleep. Sandy, -I'll never forgive myself for this. I can't blame them for shooting -soldiers that sleep on guard duty--after tonight." - -"Oh, never mind," Sandy's optimism came to the front. "What's the -difference. We're safe and sound, aren't we?" - -"That doesn't excuse me for neglecting my duty," Dick insisted. But as -he reached for the tin plate of bacon and camp bread that Sandy handed -him, Dick cheered up. "What beats me," he concluded, "is that I was -going to let you sleep till morning, Sandy. Guess I wasn't as tough as I -thought I was." - -"That's just like you," Sandy retorted. "Just because you're a couple of -years older than I you think you ought to do all the heavy work." - -"Well, I'll see that you do your night watching after this," Dick -promised. "And now we'd better get started. If those fellows kept on -after us they've had just about time enough to catch up." - -It did not take the boys long to break camp. The trail that led along -the bank past the dangerous Little Moose Rapids to safe water was on the -other bank of the river, and Dick and Sandy prepared to paddle across. -Once on the trail, they planned to shoulder their packs and the canoe -for the jaunt over the portage. They shoved out the canoe without mishap -and were cutting across the swift current of the Big Smokey river above -the rapids, when on the other shore, at the point where they intended -landing, Dick thought he saw a wisp of smoke ascending, as from a -campfire recently extinguished. - -"Sandy, do you see any one over there?" Dick called. - -"I see a kind of smoke haze among those little spruce trees," Sandy -replied. - -"You know what I think?" Dick went on, sturdily plying his paddle, "that -gang is waiting for us over there. They're in ambush. As soon as we get -close in they'll open fire. I'll bet I'm right. If I am we don't dare -try to land." - -"Well, there's no trail around the rapids on the side we camped," Sandy -returned. "We'd have to detour about twelve miles that way to get back -to the Big Smokey." - -They were slowly drawing closer to the opposite bank, the swift current -pulling them downstream a little in spite of their efforts. The boys -were silent as they drew closer, undecided which way to turn, almost -certain now that a warm reception awaited them on the portage trail -landing. Suddenly Dick spoke cooly, but tensely: - -"Backwater, Sandy. Don't act excited. We don't dare go on. I just saw -two rifle barrels thrust over a hump of moss on a fallen tree." - -Sandy did not falter at the warning. He reversed his paddle, as Dick was -doing, and the canoe came almost to a standstill. - -"We'll have to shoot the rapids!" Dick's voice was like the snap of a -whip as he made known his daring resolve. - - - - - CHAPTER III - DICK SHOOTS THE RAPIDS - - -At Little Moose Rapids the Big Smokey river plunged through a gorge -nearly a half mile long before it finally came once more to a gentler -incline where canoeing was safe. Only the most daring of canoeists ever -risked piloting a frail craft through this treacherous stretch of water, -and many who had dared had been drowned. Dick's last minute resolution -was one of desperation. Though he and Sandy were experts with the -paddle, yet they never would have considered attempting to shoot any -rapids had death or capture not threatened them. - -"We'll never make it!" the optimistic Sandy was shaken from his -cheeriness by Dick's desperate resolve. - -"We've got to!" shouted Dick, as with one strong stroke of his paddle he -swerved the canoe head on with the current, and they sped straight -toward the gorge. - -At the maneuver they heard an angry shout from the shore that had been -their destination. Even at that distance they could detect the menace in -that cry, and with added zeal they bent to their paddles. - -Then a rifle cracked and a ball whistled across the water behind them. -Another and another shot was fired while they sped on swifter and -swifter. - -"We're getting out of range!" Dick cried. - -"I hope so," panted Sandy. - -"They're poor marksmen, anyhow," Dick returned. - -They both fell silent as they left one danger behind, only to face one -almost as threatening. - -The river swiftly narrowed and deepened as they swept down between the -high walls of the gorge. A sullen roar of the water against the numerous -rocks and against the solid walls could be heard. The canoe seemed to -shoot ahead like a leaf on the wind. Louder and louder grew the sound of -rushing water. Then the boys saw the first wave of foam and spray where -the water whirled among several huge boulders. - -Sandy was in the bow, Dick in the stern when they struck the first angry -whirlpool. - -"Use your paddle to push off the rocks," shouted Dick above the rumble -of the water. - -They scudded past a huge, wet boulder, seemed almost flung against -another, only to be whisked into a deep pool where it was all Dick and -Sandy could do to keep the canoe from turning clear around. Out of the -pool, they danced on once more. The rapids were clear of rocks for a -space, but they were moving so fast that it seemed no time before they -reached a giant buttress of stone that seemed to bar the way. - -"Push off," cried Dick. "I'll backwater. Heave now. Here we go!" - -They shaved the bluff so closely that the grind of the canoe upon the -rock could be heard. The dash of water against the cliff showered down -upon them, and the canoe took in a bucketful. - -"Dip the water out!" shouted Dick, while they spun into another deep -pool, the cliff behind them. - -Sandy began frantically bailing out the water with his hat, while Dick -desperately held the canoe bow against the current. - -The gorge was deeper now, almost shutting out the early morning -sunlight. All about spray flew in the air, like driving mist, and the -roar of rushing water was almost deafening. The canoe was holding up -well, yet its two occupants realized its frail shell would be shattered -to atoms if but once it was thrown upon one of the countless rocks they -seemed to miss by inches. - -"I hope we don't hit a waterfall," shouted Sandy as he ceased bailing -water and drew a long breath. - -"Let 'er come," responded Dick daringly, swerving the canoe this way and -that with a lusty stroke of his paddle. - -"Look out, another rock!" - -Sandy turned from his bailing and grasped his paddle just in time. In a -crouch he met the boulder with the end of the paddle and pushed. The -canoe forged off to the left, dodged in between two other rocks, and -once more they reached a space comparatively straight and free from -obstructions. Like an arrow they shot onward. - -The noise of the foaming water was fast increasing in volume. Dick -feared a waterfall, and silently he nerved himself for it, and none too -soon. Dashing down a narrow channel and bobbing around a curve like a -cork on ocean waves, he saw ahead a mist of spray and the rumble of -falling water burst upon his ears. - -Sandy could not suppress a cry of terror, but white-lipped Dick managed -to hold his breath for what was to come. "Hold tight!" he shouted to his -chum. "I'll hold her straight, and we'll dive over. We've a chance. It's -not high." - -Straight toward the edge of the waterfall the canoe shot with terrific -speed. The rumble of the water was frightful. Then they went over. One -glimpse they had of the whirlpools boiling below the falls as the prow -of the canoe swept over and the light craft leaped into the misty air, -like a ski jumper. - -It was only a short drop of about five feet, but when the canoe struck -the churning water, it spun and spun about, wallowing in the foam. Dick -and Sandy were drenched to the skin in a moment. All they could do was -cling to the canoe, hoping against hope. - -"Hang to that rock ahead, if we go under!" Dick cried, above the thunder -of the falls. - -"I can't see!" Sandy shouted back, rubbing the water from his eyes and -coughing. - -Then the canoe struck something submerged, and turned over on its side, -tipping Dick and Sandy into the boiling whirlpools. - -Dick clung to the side of the canoe as the water washed over him. For an -instant Sandy disappeared, then Dick saw him come up, also clinging to -the canoe, which had not entirely turned over, but had shipped so much -water that it was sinking. - -Presently, canoe and swimmers were whipped into a deep pool below the -falls, and Dick and Sandy began desperately flinging water out of their -craft. A little later they crawled back into their canoe, wet as half -drowned rats, and Dick pushed off into the center of the stream. - -The worst was over. Below the falls the gorge widened out slowly and the -current grew more sluggish. For a quarter of an hour they glided on -silently without need of their paddles, except to keep the craft in the -center of the stream. - -"Whew! I hope we don't run into any more rapids," Sandy breathed more -freely. - -Dick emphatically agreed. "Next time," said he, "I'll prefer facing the -bullets, I think. Gee, if the fellows back in the U. S. A. knew what -we'd just gone through they'd have a fit." - -"They'll never believe it," Sandy opined. - -"We'll make 'em believe it if we live to tell it," vowed Dick, pulling -extra hard on his paddle and making the canoe leap forward like a live -thing. "But, to change the subject, I guess we left the enemy behind -this time." - -"I'll say so," Sandy came back, "but two duckings in two days isn't -fair. Where can I stop off and get dry?" - -"I think we'd better keep moving till noon," Dick advised. "Then we can -kill two birds with one stone--eat and dry off too." - -Sandy saw the wisdom of this and fell silent, bending his energies to -the paddle. They made good time until about noon, when they espied a -sandy shoal ahead of them that promised plenty of dry firewood for a -campfire. They drew in, beached the canoe and made camp. An hour later, -dry again and in good spirits, they pushed off and went on down the -river. - -"Seems as if I smell burning wood in the air," Dick remarked a couple of -miles further on. - -"I do too," Sandy replied, "----must be a forest fire somewhere near." - -"Hope it's not too near," said Dick, "a forest fire would hold us up a -while even if we are on the river. I've heard my father tell about the -fires they used to have in Oregon. They're no joke." - -Sandy was about to add what he knew of forest fires when they both -sighted another canoe toiling upstream. At that distance they could not -at first distinguish whether there was more than one in the canoe. -However, they held any stranger they might meet a possible enemy, since -Martin MacLean had told them how far-reaching was the hand of Bear -Henderson, and so they prepared for hostility. - -Slowly the two canoes drew together. Sandy quietly picked up his rifle, -while Dick continued paddling. They could now see there was but one man -in the canoe. - -"Hello there," Dick hailed. - -The stranger waved a hand, ceased paddling, except to hold his canoe -against the current, and waited for the boys to glide up. He was a tall -man, with long, dark hair and a leathery face. - -"Where you goin'?" he asked as the canoe prows touched. - -"Mackenzie's Landing," Dick replied, seeing nothing hostile in the -other's demeanor, and seeing no reason why he should not reveal his -destination, if not his errand. - -"I got my grub stole back river a piece," the stranger said, pointing -over his shoulder with one thumb. "Have you fellers got plenty of grub?" - -"Sure," Dick answered. "Want to eat with us? Our grub's a little wet, -but it swallows all right." - -"I'd be obliged," the stranger returned, "but mebbe you wasn't figgerin' -to stop jest now." - -"We just had a snack," Dick admitted, "but if you're hungry we'll split -what we have." - -"I jest need enough to get me to Fort du Lac." - -"Fort du Lac!" Dick and Sandy chorused. "We just came from there!" - -"So? Wal, it'll be nigh three days canoein' up river, an' I'll need -grub. No time to hunt. You fellers didn't happen to run across an Injun -with a heap of scars on his face?" the man asked, searching their faces. - -"A scar faced Indian!" Sandy exclaimed. "Why----" - -"Well, yes," Dick broke in with a warning look at his chum. "We noticed -a fellow of that description at the fort. Didn't think much about him," -Dick was cautious. - -"You fellers needn't be afraid to tell me all you know," the stranger -had noticed Dick's reserve and his interruption of Sandy. "I ain't -publishin' my business but my name's Slade." - -"Not Malemute Slade, the scout for the mounted!" Dick exclaimed, for the -man's reputation as a scout was a fable in the north country, and many -times he had heard it spoken with awe and admiration. - -"There's them call me Malemute Slade," admitted the tall man cooly, "but -what was that about this here scar faced Indian?" - -Dick then related the queer experiences at the fort. - -The canoes were permitted to drift on down the river while they talked. -Malemute Slade listened attentively. - -"His name's Many-Scar Jackson," Slade told them when they had finished -with their story. "He's wanted for murder down the river a piece. But -that's nothin' to this Henderson breakin' loose. That's news to me, an' -it'll be news for the mounted maybe. I've heard rumors f'r a long time, -but didn't think much of it. A tough customer, Henderson. You fellers -wants to watch y'r step. If I seen any of the gang that was foller'n you -I'll square up with 'em." - -In the keen eyes and the lean jaw of the far-famed Malemute Slade the -boys saw that which made them confident that Slade could "square up" -with most any one or any number. - -"Tell the factor you saw us and that we're all right--only got a ducking -when we shot Little Moose Rapids," Dick said. - -Malemute Slade's eyes lighted up. He looked with new respect at Dick's -wiry figure. "So you fellers shot the Little Moose an' come through -alive--wal, I swan. You must have toted a dozen rabbit's feet." - -"Not a one," Dick replied modestly, while Sandy grinned with pride. - -"Y'r apt to have somethin' worse on your hands afore you get to -Mackenzie's," Malemute surprised them. "There's a forest fire whoopin' -it up back a piece, an' it'll maybe hit the river afore you pass it. -There's a bit of smoke in the air now. Hey!" - -Dick and Sandy started up and looked where Slade pointed. - -Nearly four hundred yards down the river a stag had come down to drink -and was standing half in and half out of the water. The canoes were -slowly drifting down upon it. - -"You fellers want a fresh haunch o' venison f'r tonight?" queried -Malemute. - -"You bet!" Dick and Sandy chimed, "but the deer's seen us and we can't -get close enough for a shot." - -"Reckon I can drop him from here," Malemute Slade replied cooly. - -"What!" Dick exclaimed incredulously. - -Malemute's only reply was slowly to raise his 45.70 lever action rifle -to his shoulder. Dick and Sandy watched breathlessly. Motionless as a -statue, the big man took aim before his rifle crashed. As the echo of -the shot sounded in the silent forest, the stag leaped upward and fell -into the river with a soundless splash. - -"Now you fellers split your grub with me, an' I'll be goin' on. If I had -time I'd paddle down an' cut a hunk off that deer. But I'll have to be -moochin'." - -Malemute Slade thought nothing of the wonderful exhibition of -markmanship he had just made, and Dick and Sandy were awed to silence as -they undid their packs and transferred half their food into the scout's -canoe. - -Malemute Slade paid them in king's coin for the provisions. - -"You'll probably see me again afore this Henderson business is over, but -it's hard tellin'," was Malemute's parting prophecy. "Au revoir." - -"Au revoir," the boys sang out the French "so long," and started on to -where the stag had fallen. - -Late that evening, making camp at a point they judged somewhere within -fifty miles of Mackenzie's Landing, the smoke of the forest fire was so -strong it made them cough. They had paddled a little way up a small -creek for the night, thinking to make themselves more secure from a -possible night attack from Henderson's men, who seemed so determined -they should not get to the mounted police. - -"I'm afraid we're in for it," Dick shook his head concernedly. - -"It sure feels as if we were close to a fire," Sandy agreed dubiously. - -"Well, we'll need all the sleep we can get at any rate," Dick concluded, -as he rolled into his blankets, and Sandy prepared for the first watch. - - - - - CHAPTER IV - THROUGH THE FLAMES - - -That night Dick slept fitfully. The place where they had camped was in a -deep coulee, unwooded except for a few clumps of red willow. Straight -above them, at the top of an almost perpendicular wall of red shale and -crumbling sandstone, was a dark fringe, which marked the beginning of a -mighty forest of spruce and jack pine. Moaning in his sleep, Dick sat up -and commenced rubbing his eyes. Then he paused to stare in open-mouthed -wonder. - -The coulee was full of smoke. It floated around them in a ever -thickening cloud, while above, plainly visible in the glare of the -conflagration, sweeping down from the north, he beheld a thick, dense -column of smoke, which seemed to span the coulee like a black bridge. - -Ten feet away, Sandy, on sentinel duty, coughed and dug at his eyes. In -alarm, Dick threw aside his blankets and crawled hurriedly forward to -consult with his chum. - -"Sandy!" he shouted, "the fire is all around us. We'll die like rats in -a trap if we stay here. Why didn't you awaken me before? Let's hurry -back to the river and our canoe." - -"Can't," said Sandy laconically, "I've been watching that. There's a -belt of fire between us and the river. We should never have camped so -far away from it." - -"Well, you know we thought we'd be safer from Henderson's men up here," -Dick replied. - -The boys could hear plainly the howling of the wind and the distant, -thunderous roar of the fire. Accustomed as he had become to danger since -his sojourn in the north, Dick could not overcome a sudden feeling of -fear and apprehension. - -"Where will we go?" shivered Sandy. "It seems to be all around us." - -"We've got to go through it somehow," Dick answered, not altogether -sure, himself, what ought to be done. "It's dangerous to remain here any -longer. What do you think is best?" - -Sandy, eyes running water, scratched his head in perplexity. - -"If we could get to the river," he said, "we'd be safe. I don't see any -other way." - -A few moments later, two disconsolate figures clambered up the side of -the coulee and struck off hurriedly at right angles with the fire. With -a catch in his throat, Dick perceived the huge walls of flames bearing -down upon them. For several miles, at least, they were cut off from the -river. Even the sky glowed dully like a large orange disk through a -thick blanket of smoke. - -"What's that!" exclaimed Sandy, suddenly starting back. - -Something had shot past them through the underbrush--a heavy body, -hurtling along in mute terror. Almost immediately came other bodies, -small and large--rabbits scurrying almost between their legs; deer, -jumping past in a wild stampede; bear and moose, crashing their way -forward in a cumbersome, heart-stirring panic, as they ran from the -fire. - -"If they're afraid, it's about time we were," Sandy declared grimly, -through set teeth. "If this smoke gets any worse we'll be suffocated in -another ten minutes. My throat feels as if I had been drinking liquid -fire for a week." - -Twenty feet away a flying ember settled down on the dry grass and -immediately burst into flames. With the ever increasing velocity of the -wind, similar patches of fire sprang up around them on every side. - -"I'm afraid," said Dick, fighting bravely against mounting despair, -"that we'll never make it. I never saw such a wind." - -Sandy did not reply. With handkerchiefs pressed to their noses and -mouths, the boys struggled forward for another quarter of a mile. - -By this time the heat had become terrific. Dick's face felt as if it had -been washed in a bucket of lye. Sandy's cheeks were streaked with tears, -not tears of grief, but tears of misery from smoke-tortured, bloodshot -eyes. - -"No use," choked Sandy, plunging down a short embankment with Dick at -his heels. "I'm about ready to quit. You see," he explained, struggling -with the lump in his throat, "I'm getting dizzier and dizzier every -minute. This heat and smoke is getting me." - -Dick put out his hand with an assurance he did not feel, and patted his -chum on the shoulder. - -"Buck up," Dick encouraged, "we'll get out of this somehow. I tell you, -Sandy, we've got to do it. Maybe this----" - -Dick never finished what he was about to say. His foot slipped, and with -a startled exclamation, he pitched forward, completely upsetting Sandy. -In a moment both boys had rolled and slid down a steep bank. It seemed -there was no end to the fall, and Dick's heart almost failed him as he -thought of what fate might meet them below. Perhaps they were rolling -toward the brink of a cliff hundreds of feet high, perhaps they would -fall into some rock cluttered canyon, or again, they might be drowned in -some deep lake at the bottom of the bank. - -Then they reached the bottom with a jarring impact that shook the breath -from their bodies. When they recovered enough to look each other over, -Dick was sitting upright, astride of Sandy, who lay in a crumpled, -groaning heap under him. Dick heard, or thought he heard, the trickle of -running water. His right foot felt pleasantly cool. When he put out his -hand to investigate his fingers encountered water. - -Sandy was half submerged in a tiny pool, and was sinking fast, before -Dick could pull him back to safety. Dazed from the fall, Sandy sputtered -a moment, then inquired excitedly: - -"Have we got to the bottom?" - -"I guess so," replied Dick. "At any rate there seems to be a sort of -creek running along here. Are you all right, Sandy?" - -"Well, if I'm not, I soon will be," answered Sandy, more cheerfully. -"Wait till I get a drink of this water. Boy, I'm dry. Do you think we'll -be safe here?" - -By way of answer, Dick pointed up to the wide belt of fire. "It's closer -than it was before. We're protected down here from the heat and smoke, -but that won't last long. In two hours this place will be as hot as a -stove. Our only chance is to keep on moving." - -"I hate to leave this water," said Sandy, gulping large mouthfuls of it. - -"I don't intend leaving the water," Dick assured him. "It's just -occurred to me that our best plan will be to follow this little creek. -It's probably fed from a spring and will eventually run either into a -lake or river. Once we get into more water we'll be pretty safe." - -Sandy thought Dick was right, and a few minutes later, greatly -refreshed, they set out again, following the creek downstream. - -Two miles further on the creek ran into a larger stream, and a little -later as they hurried around a curve, Sandy, who was in the lead, gave -vent to an exclamation of despair. - -"Look at that!" he shouted. "The fire has cut in ahead of us." - -Sandy was right. Not more than a quarter mile downstream, the fire was -raging on both sides of the creek, and even as they looked, a large jack -pine, flaming to the top of its highest branches, swayed suddenly in the -wind and went crashing forward in a shower of sparks and burning embers. - -Sick at heart, the two young adventurers stood for a short time, -scarcely daring to think of their predicament. Apparently there was -little chance of escape, the main body of the fire behind them, another -fire sweeping ahead. - -"We've got to get through," Dick muttered. "We'll have to take a chance, -Sandy. The fire ahead hasn't been burning long and it's not as far -through it--maybe not more than a hundred yards. Somehow, I feel certain -that this creek will take us straight on to the Big Smokey where we left -the canoe." - -Sandy's face brightened a little. "I believe you're right, Dick. If a -burning tree or branch doesn't fall on us, we can make it. We'll have to -wade right down through the center of the stream. If it gets too hot we -can dive under the water. I'm going to take off my shirt, soak it in -water and breathe with it around my head." - -"A good idea," approved Dick. "I'll do it too." - -A half hour later, two boys emerged, wet and blackened, from a cloud of -smoke and flame and advanced painfully along the creek to a point where -it emptied into the Big Smokey river. Behind them thundered the terrible -conflagration, getting closer every moment. Moose, deer and caribou -stood trembling at the river's edge, or struck boldly out into the -stream. The boys turned north and followed the river for a mile before -they discovered the object they sought. It was daylight now, though the -smoke made it difficult to see far. Yet the light, graceful Peterboro -canoe, loaded with supplies, did not miss their searching eyes. As they -pushed it into the river and climbed in, Dick Kent gave voice to a -fervent exclamation. - -"We made it, Sandy!" he exulted, as he dipped his paddle once more into -the bosom of the Big Smokey. - -Sandy was about to share Dick's rejoicing, when the movements of a huge -brown bear, which had splashed into the water behind them, attracted his -attention. The bear was swimming straight for the canoe. - -"Shove out quick!" cried Sandy suddenly, but too late. - -The brown bear, blinded by smoke, and thinking the canoe some log to -cling to, clawed at the rim of the frail craft and pulled down. The -canoe went over, spilling its contents into the river, while the bear, -finding the craft unstable, swam on out into the river. - - - - - CHAPTER V - MACKENZIE'S LANDING - - -The plunge into the river revived both Dick and Sandy. Gasping, they -came up for air, only to breathe the choking smoke and gases of the -burning forest. They knew that the canoe was upside down and that their -packs were in the bottom of the river. The bear was nowhere to be seen. - -"Are you all right, Sandy?" called Dick, hoarsely. - -"You bet," Sandy replied, a bit faintly. - -Among the burning brands sizzling in the water, and the flying sparks, -they struggled with the canoe. In a few minutes they had righted it, -though it was half full of water. The paddles, they could see, had gone -with the packs. - -"Look for a paddle!" shouted Dick. "They must be floating around -somewhere." - -"There! I see one," Sandy dived off as he spoke, and swam back quickly -with a paddle in one hand. - -But look as they did they could not locate the other paddle. - -"We can't look any longer. We'll have to change off with one paddle," -Dick called a little later. - -Dick paddling, they started on. The heat still was stifling, but they -felt that the air was growing cooler. The wind seemed in their faces, -which would tend to bear the fire back along the river. Wild animals of -all kinds still could be seen in the water, wallowing along the shore or -swimming the stream. But they had no more dangerous encounters with the -frightened beasts. - -Two hours of paddling, shifting the paddle back and forth between them -as soon as one grew tired, and they came to a comparatively clear -stretch of water. Here the fire was deeper in the forest, and had not -eaten out to the bank yet. In greedy gasps, Dick and Sandy drew in the -gusts of cool, pure air that were wafted over them. - -"Look back, Sandy," Dick called. - -The whole sky was a mass of red flames behind them, and an ocean of -smoke was rolling ceaselessly upward. - -"Mackenzie's Landing can't be much further," Sandy said when they had -looked their last upon the great fire. - -"No, we ought to make it by night. We'll have to make it or camp without -grub or blankets. I prefer going on," Dick stated. - -"So do I," Sandy rejoined. - -Some distance further on, as they rounded a huge bend in the stream, -they could not suppress a cheer. In the distance they could see the -shoulder of a high, barren bluff which was the ten-mile landmark on the -trip to Mackenzie's Landing. - -It was late in the afternoon when in the distance they at last viewed -the stockade and roofs of Malcolm Mackenzie's trading post. Blackened -and disheveled, nearly exhausted, they guided their canoe to the pier, -where three half-breeds were watching them curiously. The half-breeds -helped them secure their canoe, and listened without comment to some of -their story of the eventful journey. - -"Malcolm Mackenzie, he sick," one of the half-breeds told them. "No can -go. Him burned bad when fight with fire." - -"Did you hear that?" Dick turned to Sandy. - -"Yes--just our luck. Now what?" Sandy returned, a little disheartened, -as the half-breeds led the way into the stockade. - -"We can talk to Mr. Mackenzie, can't we?" Dick asked one of the men, as -they entered the post. - -"Yah, I guess." - -Presently, they were ushered into a room smelling of liniment and -arnica. On a bunk lay Malcolm Mackenzie, his head and one arm swathed in -bandages. Evidently he was suffering considerably from serious burns. He -turned his head as the boys came in. - -"Bear Henderson has captured Fort Good Faith," Dick blurted out. "My -friend's uncle has been imprisoned. Mr. MacLean sent us to you. He said -you would lead us to the mounted police post at Fort Dunwoody." - -"I've feared this," Malcolm Mackenzie's eyes narrowed, "but you see how -it is with me, boys. I can't travel. Got some bad burns while fighting -that forest fire. But I can send an Indian who knows the trail." He -turned to one of the half-breeds, who was standing behind Dick and -Sandy. "Send in Little John Toma," he commanded. - -A little later Dick and Sandy saw a young Indian enter. He was handsome -in a dark, inscrutable way, and though not very tall, was powerfully -built. He stood respectfully at attention, seeming more intelligent than -many of his kind. - -"Toma," Mackenzie spoke, "I want you to lead these young men to Fort -Dunwoody as fast as you can. Travel light. You ought to make it in four -days if everything goes right." He turned back to the boys. "Did MacLean -say anything about a cache of grub along the way?" - -"Yes," Dick reached into his pocket and drew out the map the trader had -drawn indicating the position of the cache of food on the trail to Fort -Dunwoody. - -Mackenzie took the map, glanced at it and handed it to Toma. "It's on -Limping Dog Creek," said Mackenzie, "just where that gorge you follow -intersects the stream. You know the place." To Dick and Sandy: -"Introduce yourselves and get acquainted. Toma will get everything ready -for you to go on. Take a rest as soon as you eat. Oh, Calico, Calico!" -he called to some one. - -As the boys and Little John Toma passed out, a large, waddling Indian -woman came in. They heard Mackenzie instructing her to get a meal ready -for his visitors before the bear-skin curtain dropped behind them and -they found themselves in the spacious living room of the post. - -Dick and Sandy awkwardly introduced themselves to the young Indian who -was to be their guide. - -"Glad to meet," Toma surprised them by saying, his teeth flashing -whitely in a smile. - -Dick and Sandy quickly felt that they were going to like Toma. - -"I'll bet he's the son of a chief," Sandy said to Dick, when the young -Indian had gone, and they were busy at the wash bench, scrubbing off -some of the smoke and ashes of the forest fire. - -The boys ate heartily of the food the Indian woman placed before them on -the rough board table. As soon as they were through they were shown to a -comfortable bunk behind moose-hide curtains. Scarcely had they lay down -when they fell into sound slumber. - -It seemed to Dick Kent that he had only been asleep a moment when a -hand, gently shaking his shoulder, awakened him. He looked up into the -smiling face of Toma, the young guide. - -"Time to go," said Toma. "You wake up other fella." - -As the curtains fell, and Toma disappeared, Dick turned and shook Sandy. - -An hour later they bid goodbye to Malcolm Mackenzie and wished him -speedy recovery from his burns. The canoe lay ready packed with -provisions at the landing when they arrived there. Toma was starting to -push off. Dick and Sandy hopped in, and Toma sprang lightly into the -bow. - -"Now for Fort Dunwoody," Dick breathed a sigh of relief. - -"If I wasn't an optimist," Sandy added, "I'd say we aren't there yet by -a long shot." - -Toma silently sculled the craft into the center of the river, and they -were once more floating down the stream. The boys marveled at Toma's -deftness with the paddle, though they themselves were experts. The young -Indian seemed able to make the canoe fly with his quick, powerful -strokes. - -A half hour of paddling and the roofs of Mackenzie's Landing had -disappeared in the haze of the morning, and once more the walls of the -silent spruce forest closed in on either side of them. - -Late that night they camped some twenty miles from the trading post, in -a little clearing at the river's edge. Toma mentioned "bear sign," and -so they hung up their flour and bacon on a tree bough for fear a bear -might get it. - -Sandy kept first watch while Toma and Dick slept. - -It was a dark night. Only the stars were out, and when the fire died -down Sandy scarcely could see a dozen paces from the camp. Occasionally -he glanced into the shadows, listening to the mysterious sounds of the -forest, and starting up at each crackle of a twig or rustle of -undergrowth. - -Sandy wondered if the men on their trail had been thrown off, and -imagined what he would do if they would suddenly attack. As he thought -of the dangers threatening Dick and him, his hand tightened on his -rifle. - -It was nearly eleven o'clock, the time he was to call Toma for the -second watch, when Sandy became conscious of some sinister presence. -Before he really saw or heard anything, he shivered and looked fearfully -about into the gloom of the forest. - -A scratching and grunting noise attracted his attention to the tree -where they had hung up the flour and bacon. It seemed he could hear the -shuffle of heavy feet and the wheeze of giant lungs as he listened -intently. - -"I won't call Dick and Toma," thought Sandy. "It may be only my -imagination. I'll go see what it is." - -Heart beating wildly, Sandy commenced to creep toward the point he had -heard the noises. He could see nothing in the dark, yet as he strained -his eyes it seemed to him that one portion of the blackness was blacker -than the rest. - -Suddenly, he heard the crashing of a splintered tree bough. A low, -vibrating growl followed, and Sandy dropped upon his stomach. There came -a slapping, thumping sound, then an angry growling and tussling. The -dark blot lurched downward. Sandy raised his rifle and blazed away at -the shape. A rambling roar rose in the night. - -"Dick! Toma!" cried Sandy, as he turned about and fled, hearing behind -him the rush of a heavy body pursuing him. - - - - - CHAPTER VI - A GRIZZLY SHOWS FIGHT - - -Toma and Dick were already on their feet when Sandy rushed toward them -out of the gloom. - -"It's a bear, a giant bear!" cried Sandy. "Run! I've wounded him!" - -The angry roar behind Sandy was all that was needed for Dick and Toma to -take to their heels with alacrity. - -"Get up tree, get up tree!" Toma called to them. - -Faster than they ever before had climbed a tree, Dick and Sandy shinned -up one in the dark. The bear charged beneath them in the underbrush. The -huge beast wheeled on finding his prey had taken to the trees and -circled the trunk which supported Dick and Sandy. Toma's calm voice came -through the gloom from a near-by tree: - -"Him grizzly all right," Toma told them. "You stay in tree. I get down -to rifle pretty quick." - -"You surely must have wounded the bear," Dick whispered to Sandy. "I've -heard they won't attack unless they're wounded." - -"I don't know what I did," Sandy came back breathlessly. "I just blazed -away and ran. Believe me, I don't want to go down there again while that -monster is wandering around looking for me. He'd chew us up in about two -bites and a half." - -Dick knew that Sandy's caution bump was working again, and he smiled in -the dark. He did not intend to let Toma go down after the bear alone. -Yet he believed the young Indian would protest if he revealed his -intentions. - -"Got your rifle?" Dick called to Toma, not intimating his resolution. - -"I got gun," Toma called back. - -"I wish I'd thought to bring mine along," Dick muttered, "but then it -takes an Indian to shin up a tree with a heavy rifle in his hand I -suppose. Anyway I have my knife." - -"Don't go down, Dick," whispered Sandy, as the bear crashed about in the -brush below them. - -"Nonsense, Sandy, I've got as much chance as Toma. We can't let that -bear wreck our camp. That's what he's up to." - -"Then I'll go down too," Sandy stubbornly decided. - -They could not hear Toma's movements with the bear making so much noise, -but Dick suspected the guide already had slipped down from his tree and -was stalking the wounded grizzly, perhaps close enough to get in a fatal -shot. - -Presently, they could hear the bear make off into the gloom toward the -campfire. When Dick and Sandy dropped down out of the tree, the bear -seemed to be on the other side of the campfire, clawing and mouthing -over their dunnage. - -"You better stay up in the tree," Dick said. - -"Not on your tintype," Sandy snapped. "If you go, I go." - -"Well, then, we've got to get our guns," said Dick. "Mine's right where -I got out of my blankets." - -"Seems to me I dropped mine just before I started climbing the tree," -Sandy was feeling around in the dark. "Yes, here it is," was his -triumphant call. - -Toma seemingly had vanished. Since his last words, they had heard -nothing more from him. Dick judged the guide was stalking the bear from -some other direction. At any moment he expected to hear the report of -the Indian's rifle, and see the flash of it in the gloom. - -Sandy alone armed, save for Dick's hunting knife, the boys began a -stealthy advance toward the camp where they could hear the bear slashing -and groveling about, evidently in some pain, for they were sure now that -Sandy's shot had taken effect. - -The coals of the campfire shed a faint glow. As the boys drew nearer, on -hands and knees, they could see the bulk of the grizzly outlined. He -seemed a mammoth of his kind, and indeed was a fearful beast to meet in -the forest. - -"I'll bet he's wrecked our camp outfit," Dick muttered. "Careful, Sandy, -don't get too close. Let's wait till he gets away from the fire a little -further, then I can get my rifle." - -Scarcely were the words out of his mouth, when Toma's rifle crashed in -the dark on the left, and Dick and Sandy saw a streak of flame, and -heard the roar of the bear, plainly hard hit. The grizzly rose upon his -hind legs and turned toward the spot he believed his enemy was hidden. -Then Sandy leveled his rifle and fired, drawing bead as best he could -just under the huge beast's forelegs. - -At this second shot, the bear seemed undecided just which way to charge. -He stopped, his head turning from side to side, growling horribly, not -hit hard enough to fall. - -Toma shot again, then Sandy. The grizzly dropped to all fours, and began -clawing at his breast. Toma shot again from another position. The bear -rose up again with a roar of pain and rage and started for Dick and -Sandy, who turned to flee. Then the big beast, without any apparent -reason whatsoever, wheeled about and made off into the forest in the -opposite direction. - -"He's hit hard!" cried Dick, hurrying forward. - -Toma came out of the gloom like a shadow. "He go off die," said the -Indian. "Be careful he no come back. I go see where he go." Toma -disappeared after cautioning the boys to stay where they were until he -returned. - -The minutes passed slowly while Dick and Sandy waited the return of -Toma. Finally Dick grew impatient and was about to go on to the campfire -for his rifle, when Toma appeared again, as if he had risen out of the -earth. - -"She all right," Toma reported. "Him keep going. Him die somewhere." - -Relieved, Dick and Sandy approached the campfire. Toma already was -heaping on more wood. As the flames leaped upward, and the light chased -away some of the surrounding shadows, Dick and Sandy breathed freely -once more. However, sleep was far from them after the narrow escape from -being clawed by the wounded bear. They ventured about to see what damage -the big grizzly had effected. - -They found Dick's and Toma's blankets torn to shreds. The coffee pot was -crushed flat and the sugar sack broken open, its contents scattered. - -Dick hurried to the bough where they had hung the flour and bacon. "Hey, -look here--Sandy, Toma!" - -They joined Dick. The bough had been broken down; the flour was -scattered about as if the sack had exploded; the bacon was gone. -Searching about in the gloom they found hunks of chewed rind among the -pine needles. Only one small chunk of bacon was left, and this they -preserved in one of their knapsacks. - -"Him no hungry," Toma grunted, "him play. Him chew bacon up, spit him -out." - -"Well, he did us plenty of damage all right," Dick said ruefully. - -"Looks like we were in for a hungry spell," Sandy added, resignedly. - -"Humph! We have bear steak for breakfast," Toma exclaimed significantly. - -"That's what I call justice," Dick laughed. - -All three went back to the campfire then and squatted around the -crackling flames. The excitement had loosened Toma's tongue, it seemed, -and he began telling stories of other bears he had known, and whom his -father had known. Dick and Sandy listened with rapt interest to the -simple tales of the young Indian. - -Almost the balance of the night passed with Toma's droning voice -relating thrilling adventures among the tribes in the far north. Toward -dawn Sandy turned in for an hour or so of rest, but Toma and Dick -remained awake. - -The sun had scarcely topped the distant forest skyline when Dick and -Toma awakened Sandy, and all three gathered up what they could of the -wreckage remaining of their provisions. - -"Now we gettum bear steak," Toma said. - -In single file they followed the gliding figure of the guide, as he set -off on the trail of the grizzly. - -"See that track!" Dick exclaimed presently, pointing with his rifle at a -spot of soft leaf-mold. - -"It's a bear track, all right," conceded Sandy, "--and look! There's -blood on that bush." - -"We sure hit him a lot of times--I mean you and Toma," Dick corrected. -He felt disappointed that he had not actually been in on the killing of -the bear, since he had had no rifle. But the thrill of trailing a -wounded grizzly made him forget. - -Toma seemed to follow the trail as if by instinct. Where Sandy and Dick -could see no sign whatever, Toma went unerringly forward, always with -that gliding, noiseless, pigeon-toed pace, that seemed tireless, though -it was kept up with an ease and speed that made Dick and Sandy run. - -For a half mile they wound among the trees, beginning to come upon spots -where the bear had dropped down to rest. At these points the blood was -drying in large clots. Finally, approaching a fallen tree, they came -upon the grizzly, stone dead! - -Dick and Sandy were about to cheer, yet the actual sight of the bear -made them a little sad. The great monarch of the forest never again -would proudly tread the forest aisles. Yet the boys felt a certain -satisfaction in having won in a battle with such a powerful foe. - -Toma immediately began skinning one haunch of the great bear. "Him old -and tough," grunted Toma, "but we cook um long time. That make um -tender." - -Dick laughed. "The old boy will make stringy eating." - -"I wish we could take his hide," Sandy sighed. - -"It sure would knock the eyes out of the fellows back home," Dick said. - -"No time to skin," Toma interrupted. "Hide too heavy carry. Mister -Mackenzie say mus' travel light." - -"Yes, it's impossible for us to have the old fellow's hide, but that's -no reason why we can't have his scalp." Suiting his action to his words, -Dick drew his sharp hunting knife and stooped over the head of the -wilderness king. With Sandy's help they took the old grizzly's scalp, -ears and all, as a trophy. - -"It's yours and Toma's," Dick smiled, when they had finished. He held -the scalp out to Sandy. - -Sandy's eyes lightened. "Let Toma have the scalp. I'll take the claws." - -Dick's hunting knife once more came into play. The bear's claws measured -as long as five inches, and Sandy was exceedingly proud as he at last -pushed them into a side pocket of his leather coat. - -Toma was waiting when they had finished. The guide had his knapsack -filled with the tenderest steaks he could cut. - -At a jog trot they set out for the river and their campsite, and soon -they were grilling bear steaks over the fire. - -When they broke camp they had provisions for two scanty meals, including -some of the bear steaks which they saved from breakfast. The canoe -packed, they once more set out down the river. - -"We make um grub cache tomorrow," Toma encouraged them. "Get um plenty -grub there." - -Late that afternoon, without mishap they reached a point where Toma said -they must abandon their canoe and go on by land, since the river swung -off in another direction. They carefully hid their canoe in some -underbrush along with two others left by a party that had recently gone -on ahead of them, and started out on foot. - -Dick and Sandy were very tired long before Toma showed signs of slowing -up, but they gamely stuck to the pace without complaint. - -They were angling down the side of a long ravine, toward a spring, which -Toma muttered would be a good place to camp, when of a sudden, the guide -stopped dead. - -"Hide quick!" Toma whispered, with a significant gesture of one sinewy -brown hand. - -Dick and Sandy crouched. - -"Think um bad fellas ahead," Toma explained. "You stay here. I go ahead; -look um over." - -Dick and Sandy were glad to sink down and rest their weary legs. But the -warning in Toma's voice did not escape them. They were keyed to sharp -watchfulness as Toma dropped to his hands and knees and disappeared -silently among the bushes. - - - - - CHAPTER VII - THE RIFLED CACHE - - -Dick and Sandy had crouched in hiding for upwards of a half hour before -Toma returned. He came as he had gone, silently, like a ghost almost, so -stealthy were his movements, so clever his woodcraft. - -"What did you find?" whispered Dick, anxiously. - -"Two, t'ree--five bad fellas," Toma counted on his fingers. "One Pierre -Govereau lead um. They got um spring for tonight. We go round um. Got -to. Them fellas friends Bear Henderson. They watch um trail for police. -'Fraid police go to Fort Good Faith." - -Dick and Sandy exchanged glances. Their weariness was temporarily -forgotten in this new peril. They began to understand the far-reaching -power of the man who had captured Sandy's uncle and had taken possession -of Fort Good Faith on the edge of the northern wilderness. - -"We go," Toma urged, his only excitement revealed by the swift movements -of his eyes as they roved this way and that. - -Silently the Indian guide melted into the underbrush, Dick immediately -behind him, Sandy in the rear. For nearly two hundred yards they went -onward, almost at snail's pace. It was twilight now. Long shadows of -tree and bush stretched everywhere. - -At last Toma signaled for them to stop. Dick and Sandy dropped flat. Not -more than three hundred feet ahead a campfire twinkled through the -trees, and, motionless, between them and the fire, stood a silent -figure, with rifle on his shoulder. It was a guard. Dick divined the -figure, so like the tree trunk against which it stood, had even escaped -the sharp eyes of Toma at first. - -Four men were sitting around the campfire, and they could hear the -mutter of gruff voices. Once or twice a louder than usual exclamation in -French arose above the other sounds. It seemed the leader of the party -was haranguing his men, or disciplining one of them. - -Suddenly Dick started and clutched Sandy's arm. - -"That guard!" he exclaimed under his breath. "It's the scar faced -Indian!" - -Sandy paled a little. It seemed almost impossible that the Indian could -have gotten ahead of them. His appearance was as mysterious as had been -their glimpses of him at Fort du Lac and along the Big Smokey river. - -Toma was motioning for them to bear to the right. They crawled off after -the guide in that direction. - -Neither Dick nor Sandy knew which of them made too much noise, or -revealed some part of his body, yet they had crawled no further than a -dozen paces when the guard moved, turned and looked straight at them. -Toma, watching over his shoulder, fell flat, Dick and Sandy following -his example. Had they been seen? - -The guard, his rifle ready for use, started slowly toward them. Tensely, -Dick and Sandy watched Toma for a sign as to what course to take. They -saw Toma slowly turn to his side. The guide swung his rifle to his -shoulder as he lay. - -Just as the guard cried out, Toma fired. - -The scar faced Indian whirled, dropped his rifle and fell to his knees, -clutching at one shoulder. Dick and Sandy got a glimpse of the men at -the fire leaping up and snatching their rifles, as they took to their -heels after Toma. - -For several minutes they sprinted in the wake of the young Indian's -flying heels, hearing behind the crash of their pursuers through the -underbrush, and their cries to one another. - -Then, before a hollow tree, half covered by the dead branches of a -lightning-blasted pine tree, Toma halted suddenly. He motioned to them -to follow and disappeared into the half-obscured hole in the tree. Dick -and Sandy slipped in after him. There was barely enough room in the tree -for three to stand upright, but they managed to crowd in, while Toma -quickly arranged the dead branches over the hole until their hiding -place was entirely covered from view. - -The distant shouts grew louder, as the men beat the brush looking for -them. Two came closer and closer, until at last they stopped before the -hollow tree, so near that the three hidden feared their heavy breathing -might be heard. - -"I thought I saw 'em go this way," one said, in a harsh voice. - -"Mebbe so," the other, apparently an Indian, answered. "It look like -they jump in air an' fly away." - -"Pierre sure will give us the devil if we let 'em get away," said the -first. "Can't blame him. Henderson will skin him alive if these trails -aren't kept clean of Hudson's Bay men and mounties." - -"I see bush move over d'er!" the Indian ejaculated. - -The two men moved off in another direction, and the boys in the hollow -tree breathed easier. - -"No go yet," Toma advised. "Wait till all quiet." - -The minutes passed slowly while they waited in their cramped position. -The shouts of the searchers grew fainter as they apparently abandoned -the chase. Presently all was still. Toma peeped out through the branches -covering the entrance to the hollow tree. After looking carefully about, -the guide pushed back the branches and stepped out. Dick and Sandy -followed. They were learning lessons in woodcraft every hour from this -child of the forest. - -"I think we ought to go back to the camp, steal up close and see if we -can't learn something of your Uncle Walter, Sandy," Dick announced. - -"Is it worth the risk?" Sandy came back. "Can't we do better by hurrying -on to Fort Dunwoody?" - -"It's true we can't do much without the aid of the mounted police," Dick -studied. "Yet I'd like to know, if it's possible, just what has been -done with your uncle--how they're treating him." - -Dick asked Toma what he thought of trying to learn something by -eavesdropping. "If you think um best thing do," Toma replied. "That scar -face got best ears of all. He wounded now. Not much good; what say I -try?" - -"No, you've done plenty of this already, Toma," Dick was firm. "I'll go -this time. You wait here where you can cover me with your guns if I am -detected." - -Toma, assured Dick was determined to go, grunted his assent, and a -moment later Dick disappeared into the bushes on his perilous venture. -Sandy and Toma crawled back to within gunshot of the camp, where the men -had gathered again, gesticulating to one another, plainly undecided what -to do. - -When Dick left his chum and the guide he realized the danger he faced. -Yet he knew any information he might gain would be more than valuable to -the police when once he got in touch with them. Govereau's men were -talking so loudly that he had little trouble in overhearing them. The -leader's heavy voice broke out in French, which disappointed Dick, for -he knew very little French. Then Govereau changed to broken English, -evidently for the benefit of a member of his band who did not understand -French. - -"We go on queeck, ketch them," Govereau was saying. "Sure t'ing them -fella are zee ver' ones come from Fort du Lac. That devil Many-Scar an' -them others--they let zem get through Little Moose, I bat. We go." - -The four began breaking camp hurriedly. The scar faced Indian was -reclining with one arm in a crude sling. He arose with the others and -rolled up his blanket with one hand, as if nothing were wrong with him. - -Dick was disappointed in not hearing anything regarding the situation at -Fort Good Faith. But, as he could think of nothing to do about it, he -edged about and crept back to Sandy and Toma. - -"They're breaking camp," he told his companions. "They think we've gone -on ahead. Suppose we fool them and camp right here after they leave." - -Toma's face lighted up and Sandy was jubilant at the chance to rest his -weary legs. A few minutes later, hidden in the bushes, they watched -Govereau and his four men string out on the trail and quietly disappear -into the forest. They got a close look at the leader of the band as he -passed, and Dick and Sandy could not suppress a shiver of dread. The man -had an exceedingly evil and cruel face. - -Dick hid his disappointment in learning nothing of Henderson's movements -and of Sandy's uncle in his elation at this opportunity to camp where -Toma had planned. They would be fresh for a long hike next day, which -would take them to the hidden cache of provisions. - -Toma said little while they prepared their scanty meal, which was for -the most part, bear steak. Every now and then the guide looked up at the -sky and sniffed the air. - -"Storm pretty soon. Winter come. Heap big blizzard few days," he finally -confided to Dick and Sandy. - -"That means we've got to make a raise of a dog team," Dick said, tearing -off a huge hunk of cold bear meat. - -"Good thing Mr. MacLean gave you that money," Sandy observed. - -Dick agreed with his chum, stifling a yawn. Already his eyes were -closing. Toma consented to take the first watch, and in a few moments -Dick and Sandy were sound asleep in their blankets. - -The night passed without incident, Dick and Sandy taking their turns on -watch. At dawn they were on the trail again, leaving camp hungry. They -hesitated to shoot at any small game for fear Govereau's men might be -near. Toward noon, however, Dick's gnawing stomach got the better of his -caution, and he knocked over a partridge. They made a short stop, -broiled the partridge and divided it. - -Appetites a little appeased, they were off again, hoping to make the -cache of provisions on Limping Dog Creek by nightfall. Late in the -afternoon they trudged down into the canyon designated by MacLean on the -map. - -It was twilight when the canyon walls widened and grew less precipitous. -Toma said they were nearing Limping Dog Creek. Sandy was hobbling from a -slight sprain received when he tripped over a root, and Dick was far -from fresh. - -"Flapjacks will sure taste good," Dick murmured. - -"Amen," Sandy groaned in answer. - -When at last they came in sight of the creek, Toma stopped to compare -landmarks with the map. - -"There um three trees," Toma pointed to some huge balmagiliad trees that -stood out from the smaller jack pines like giants. - -They hurried forward. Martin MacLean had said the cache was in the third -of the three big trees nearest the creek. They speedily reached the tree -and Toma climbed it. He was gone for some time, Dick and Sandy straining -their eyes upward through the dark foliage. - -Toma came down much slower than he had gone up. As he dropped to the -turf, Dick and Sandy awaited anxiously his report. - -"Him gone," said Toma briefly. "Cache not there!" - -Dick's eyes narrowed, and Sandy's countenance grew glum indeed. - -"Maybe this isn't the tree," Dick ventured. - -"Him right tree," Toma was certain. - -"It must have been Govereau's men," Dick spoke, after a short silence. - -"Mebbe so," Toma grunted. - - - - - CHAPTER VIII - DICK DROPS A MOOSE - - -The loss of the cache, more than anything else, had cast its shadow of -gloom over the spirits of Dick and Sandy. Toma, however, who had made -the discovery, seemed not so deeply concerned. - -"We catch um meat," Toma attempted to cheer the boys. "Mebbe bye an' bye -we eat." - -"I'm not so sure about that," declared Sandy, thinking of the lonely -strip of bacon and the one handful of flour, which were all that -remained of the provisions the grizzly had destroyed. "To tell you the -truth, I haven't seen very much game lately. Have you, Dick?" - -Dick shook his head, forced to acknowledge the truth of Sandy's -statement. - -"When a fellow's hungry," Sandy complained, rubbing his lame ankle, -"he's hungry, that's all, and a mouthful of bacon is about as much good -to him as a drop of fresh water in the ocean." - -"Me no eat one time for whole week." Toma reminded them. - -Both boys looked up in astonishment. - -"A whole week!" gasped Dick, "great guns! I hope we don't come to that." - -"Mebbe set snare for rabbit tonight," encouraged Toma. "Toma good ketch -um rabbit." - -"I could eat two or three rabbits," Sandy grumbled, taking up the slack -in his belt. - -As they made their way onward, Dick seriously considered their plight. -Thoughts of the ruthless, cold-hearted rifling of the cache by Bear -Henderson's men filled him with an anger that was difficult to suppress. -But anger or resentment could not help them now. The thing to do was to -abandon any attempt at further progress that day and put in a few good -hours hunting while it was yet daylight. - -"Boys," he decided, "we'd better pitch camp here for a while, until we -can bag some game. My suggestion is that each of us start off in a -different direction. We must keep track of the time and be sure to get -back to camp by dark. The chances are that at least one of us will be -successful." - -"It's hunt or starve," agreed Sandy. "Which way do you want me to go?" - -"Toma had better try his luck here in the creek valley," said Dick, -"because game is apt to be more plentiful here and he's the best hunter. -You and I can make our way into the hills, keeping about half a mile -apart. Shoot anything at all that has meat on its bones," and he winked -slyly at Toma. - -"I could eat a skunk and like it," groaned Sandy. "By the way, before we -start don't you think we'd better divide that bacon?" - -With a queer, inexplicable feeling, Dick produced the last morsels of -food from their packs and divided them carefully. If he gave Sandy a -little more than an equal portion, no one, with the possible exception -of a tiny sparrow perched on a branch overhead, could have noticed it. -They ate in silence, and in silence they arose immediately after their -inadequate meal and started off for the hunt. - -"I don't think I'll ever see anything," Dick muttered to himself, "or if -I do the chances are that the pesky thing will get away. Hang it all, -why did Govereau, or whoever it was, have to find that cache?" - -Dick's mood brightened a few minutes later as he came up through the -autumn sunshine to the foot of a slope, thickly covered with stunted -pine. It looked like a very good hiding place for ptarmigan, or possibly -even deer. He unslung his rifle and went forward as cautiously as he -could, one finger hovering close to the trigger of his gun. - -But, after an hour's slow progress, Dick had begun to lose hope. He had -seen nothing. Apparently the forest was as devoid of all animal life as -a city street. Except for a hawk, circling lazily about high overhead, -there was neither bird nor beast anywhere in that lonely stretch of -wilderness. - -Mopping his perspiring brow, the young hunter finally sat down for a -moment's rest, before continuing his course to the top of a high ridge. - -Then an abrupt, totally unexpected crackling in the heavy Saskatoon -thicket ahead caused him to start--almost in wonderment. His breath came -quickly. He half rose, then fearing, that even his slightest sound might -spoil everything, he sank down again, his left hand nursing the cold, -blue barrel of his Ross rifle. - -More crackling, a sudden parting of the bushes, and Dick's heart almost -stood still. A large bull moose, majestic in his stature, crashed into -view. - -By this time Dick was fairly trembling with excitement. Twice he -endeavored to raise his rifle to his shoulder. His arm shook so much -that he knew it would be worse than useless to attempt a shot while his -nerves were in such a condition. - -"I can't do it," thought Dick, then across his mind flashed the mental -picture of a cache, broken into and robbed, and the sneering face of -Pierre Govereau mocking him. Then his rifle went to his shoulder, and -two loud reports rang out in quick succession. The moose stumbled, but -did not fall. Dick heard quite plainly its sudden snort of alarm and the -crash of underbrush as it struck off at terrific speed directly down the -slope in the direction from which he had but recently come. - -The moose was wounded, he knew, but he also was well aware from previous -experience that a wounded moose will often travel for miles before it -falls. Galvanized into action, Dick was off, following the blood-stained -trail, hoping against hope that either Sandy or Toma might intercept the -animal before it had become lost in the intricate tangle of brush and -woodland that lay to the south. - -Sliding down a particularly treacherous part of the trail, Dick's foot -caught in an exposed root and he fell heavily. As he bounded to his feet -again, he thought he heard a distant shout--but he was not entirely -sure. - -For twenty minutes more, he pushed forward rapidly, sometimes almost -losing the trail of the moose. Then finally he did lose it altogether. -Search as he would, the telltale tracks had disappeared as magically and -as unaccountably as if the animal had leaped into the air and flown away -to a place of safety. - -"It's the most unusual thing I ever heard of," Dick commented aloud, -racing about in a vain effort to discover some sign that would point out -again the trail that had so suddenly vanished. - -In despair his eyes fell upon a level formation of rock not more than -thirty feet away. Could it be that the moose had passed that -way--scrambled over the level rock floor in its mad race with death? If -so, it would explain the mysterious disappearance of the tracks; but -there must be blood-stains somewhere. - -"Whoop-ee!" he shouted as his quick eyes made out the signs he -sought--small splotches of red scattered across the smooth surface of -sandstone. And shortly thereafter, he hurried on again, like a young -bloodhound finding fresh scent along the path ahead. - -"I'll be more careful next time," he assured himself. "It would be a -pity if this moose got away. I'd have been ashamed to show my face in -camp." - -Two miles further on he almost forgot about the moose. Through a screen -of willows, skirting a small creek, he caught the faint movement of some -living thing--something that stood concealed and which watched him -furtively as he made his way along through the dead and matted grass of -the little valley. - -Dick felt instinctively that some danger threatened. What this was he -had no way of finding out, yet the feeling persisted that he was being -watched, spied upon by an enemy more terrible than any wild denizen of -the forest. As he advanced swiftly on his way, he was conscious of a -strange tingling of nerves, as if he half expected at any moment to be -pounced upon and overcome by an unknown assailant. - -"I've never felt so queer about anything in my life," he confided to the -silent trees, as he hurried quickly along. "I'm sure that I saw -something move there in the bushes, and I'm positive that it wasn't an -animal that walks on four legs." - -Just then, an object lying on the ground, immediately ahead, drove every -other thought from his mind. With a glad cry he sprang forward, and, a -short time later, stood looking down at the prostrate body of the bull -moose, majestic even in death. - -A lump arose in Dick's throat as he stood there silently regarding it. -"Poor old fellow," he breathed, "it was a shame to do this. But perhaps -you saved us from starving. Maybe----" - -A shout close at hand roused Dick from his musings. Wheeling about his -eyes lighted with pride and happiness, as he espied the approaching -figures of Sandy and Toma. - -"Good for you!" Sandy exclaimed, as he strode up to where his chum was -standing. "I just knew you'd do it. Say, I believe it's the biggest -moose I ever saw." - -"You ketch um big fella," complimented Toma. "It is good." - -Together the three young adventurers stood admiring the moose. So -interested had they become that not one of them caught the sound of -stealthy footsteps until a heavy, threatening form, followed by three -others, pushed its way within the circle of admiring eyes. - -With a cry of warning, Dick sprang back, clutching his rifle tightly. -Then he looked at the man. - -It was Pierre Govereau! - - - - - CHAPTER IX - PIERRE GOVEREAU - - -Govereau advanced menacingly. Backed by the rifles of the three -villainous looking men with him, the three boys could do nothing. - -"What you do wiz my moose?" Govereau snarled. - -"Do you mean to say you shot that moose!" Dick exclaimed angrily. - -"It iss so," Govereau avowed brazenly. - -"You lie!" Dick exclaimed hotly. "I shot that moose. I can prove it. -What do you mean by holding us up this way. We have done you no harm." - -"It iss Henderson bizness--zat." Govereau turned and signaled his men to -bind the three young men. - -"You'll sweat for this," Dick gritted. - -"Not so much as you," Govereau taunted. "Young fellas like you should -stay home wiz zee mamma." - -Dick gritted his teeth again, but resolved to keep his mouth shut. He -must save his breath to get Sandy and Toma out of the mess. It must have -been Govereau's men watching him when he had felt so queer on the trail -of the wounded moose. - -Dick did not resist the moose-hide thongs as they were bound mercilessly -tight about his wrists. Sandy and Toma followed his example. There were -other ways of getting the better of Govereau, and it might be easier if -they submitted, or seemed to submit, mildly to capture. - -They could see one of the men slicing steaks from the moose haunch -before, at a guttural command, they were started off into the woods, -northward along Limping Dog Creek. - -An hour's tramping brought them to Govereau's camp, four miles up the -creek. The scar faced Indian was there to greet them. He leered at the -captives hatefully. Dick felt that the Indian knew one of them had shot -him at the camp forty miles away, and that the savage would do anything -in his power to wreak vengeance. - -Govereau had made his headquarters in an old cabin, deserted by some -trapper. There were two rooms, and the three young captives were shoved -into the smaller of them, their hands still bound behind them. Probably -their captors realized they would soon untie themselves, but since with -the huge oaken bolt shot on the door, there was no way of getting out of -the room, they did not bother themselves about it. - -"Well?" Dick turned to Toma and Sandy, when at last they were left -alone. - -Toma's face was as stolid as ever. Sandy had nothing to say. He sat down -on the bunk at one side of the room. - -"I guess we're in a pickle, all right," Sandy said at last. - -Dick paced back and forth twice, then stopped before the door, which he -carefully inspected. The door seemed heavy enough to repel the attack of -a battering ram, say nothing of three boys. Dick turned back to Sandy -and Toma. "Govereau will question us now, I suppose," Dick spoke -rapidly. "And he'll probably take us out separately to see if our -stories are the same. He'll want to know just how much we know of -Henderson's movements and what we are trying to do against him." - -"What shall we say?" Sandy scratched his head. Toma said nothing. The -young Indian seemed to feel that the situation was beyond his ability to -handle. - -"We'll tell Govereau that we have been visiting the factor at Fort du -Lac--spending our vacation there, and that we were on our way south--to -return home. How's that?" - -"That sounds all right," Sandy responded, a little dubiously. - -"No go so far east if go south from Fort du Lac," Toma's dark eyes -blinked rapidly. - -Dick thought a minute. "Then suppose we have some one at Fort Dunwoody -that we want to see before we leave for home--a cousin." - -"That's the trick," Sandy agreed enthusiastically. - -"Then we all understand what we're to tell," Dick resumed. "Toma, how -about it?" - -"I tell um," was the taciturn reply. - -"If Govereau believes our story he may let us go," Dick concluded. "If -he learns the truth he may do something worse than just hold us behind a -locked door." - -All three were silent for a time while Dick paced back and forth. Upon -his shoulders he realized was now the bulk of responsibility. Toma might -excel him on the trail, where native woodcraft and instinctive stealth -was the chief requirement, but in the present situation Toma was at best -only a willing servant. And it was Sandy's nature to depend upon his -chum, himself only offering what suggestions occurred to his lower mind. - -"I've a plan to escape, if this first scheme fails!" Dick suddenly -stopped his pacing and looked about him. - -Sandy jumped as if shot, so sudden was Dick's exclamation. "Let's hear -it," the young Scotch lad cried eagerly. Toma brightened. - -Dick turned to Toma. "Sandy or I would be glad to do this," he addressed -the young guide, "but it's just about impossible for us. Can I depend on -your support, Toma?" - -"I do my best; what you say I do?" Toma promised sincerely. - -"My plan is this: when Govereau questions you, Toma, you are to express -a desire to join him--to turn against us. See? With you on the outside -there's much more chance of escaping than with all three of us in here. -Can you do it, Toma?" - -"I try." - -"Then I'll leave everything to you once you get outside. Of course, -Govereau may get wise to what you are up to. But, again, he's no doubt -pretty anxious to get more men in his band." - -As Dick concluded his instructions, there came a noise at the door, and -the bolt was shot back. A sharp, rat-like face, that of a half-breed, -was pushed in. "You come," said the man, indicating Dick. - -Dick and Sandy both realized that a crisis was at hand. If they revealed -their real mission to Govereau they would without doubt never reach the -mounted police. Perhaps they would not reach them anyway, yet there was -a good chance that Govereau might let them go if they convinced him of -their ignorance of any of Henderson's business. - -"Good luck, Dick," Sandy's voice was a little husky. - -"Never mind, old boy, I'll make out," Dick cheered him. - -Toma was visibly affected, and Dick reassured him also. Short as the -time had been that Toma had been with them, there seemed already a -strong bond of friendship between the young Indian and the two young -adventurers. - -Dick squared his shoulders and followed the rat-faced half-breed into -the other room. Dick now faced Pierre Govereau. The Frenchman was seated -at a board table across from the door which just had been closed after -Dick. At one side of the room a huge fireplace roared and crackled. The -rat-faced half-breed went over and squatted before the fire, picking up -a red-hot iron in a pair of tongs. Dick Kent shivered as he saw what the -man was doing. But he met Govereau's eyes unflinchingly. - -"What iss zee bizness you bean on when you make for zee Fort Dunwoody?" -Govereau came straight to the point. - -"My friend and I are visiting in Canada," replied Dick cooly. "The -factor at Fort du Lac was an old friend of my chum's father. I have a -cousin in Fort Dunwoody that we wanted to call on before we went home." - -"I zink you lie," growled Govereau. He sat silent for a moment, glaring -at Dick as if he would hypnotize the young man with his snake-like eyes. -But Dick's gaze did not falter. - -"Why you fear my men?" Govereau's voice cracked like a whip. - -Dick hesitated a moment. Sandy's uncle's welfare might depend upon his -misleading the villainous Govereau. "We had been told there were bandits -along the trail to the fort," Dick replied in a clear voice. - -"Haw!" scoffed Henderson's lieutenant, and wheeled to the half-breed at -the fireplace. "Napio, zee iron now. We make zee young upstart talk -right." - -Dick recoiled slightly as the Indian arose and came forward with a short -piece of iron, red hot and smoking in the tongs. Govereau came out from -behind the table. Dick's hands were still tied behind him. The Frenchman -seized Dick in an iron grasp and tore away his shirt front. - -"You tell zee truth now," Govereau hissed. "Queeck, Napio!" - -The iron was pushed close to Dick's naked breast. He could feel the heat -of it already searing his skin. - -Then the door opened and the half-breed hesitated. Govereau turned, -snarling at the interruption. An Indian stood in the door. - -"Men all go way," said the intruder. "They drink firewater. M'sieu -Govereau, you come bring them back." - -"Throw him back in. We finish wiz him tonight," Govereau ordered the -half-breed. "Bring zee young white one. I come soon," he waved away the -Indian at the door. - -Dick reeled into Sandy's arms a minute later as he was roughly pushed -into the back room. "He'll call you next, Sandy," Dick gasped a little -weakly. "If he asks you why you feared his men, say you thought they -were bandits." - -Sandy pressed Dick's arm to signify he understood and followed the -rat-faced half-breed out into the front room. Dick and Toma waited only -a few minutes before the door opened and Sandy was pushed in once more. -Govereau had not attempted to torture Sandy. He seemed in a hurry to go -after his men. They could hear him cursing through even those thick, log -walls, for Sandy's story had tallied with Dick's. - -It was Toma's turn next, and Dick talked earnestly with the guide as to -the method he was to use in convincing Govereau of his desires to be a -traitor to his white friends. Dick was now certain that Govereau would -not believe their story. Toma was their last chance. - -They waited for some time before Toma was called. Then the half-breed -came again, and beckoned to the guide. In high suspense Dick and Sandy -watched him disappear through the door. - -In a half hour they took courage. Toma had not come back. They waited an -hour and still Toma was not thrown back among them. Their spirits rose. -Toma had then convinced Govereau of his sincerity. - -It was growing dark now, and at any moment Dick expected Govereau to -call for him again. The Frenchman seemed to have a personal enmity for -Dick, perhaps because of the young man's refusal to be cowed by -browbeating. - -"What if Toma really does turn traitor?" Sandy broke a long silence. "I -heard Uncle Walter say these Indians couldn't be trusted too far." - -"I don't know why, but I trust Toma absolutely," Dick replied -confidently, "that Indian is smarter than we think. If Govereau really -is convinced that Toma is going in with him we'll soon be out of here. -When I think what your uncle may be going through up there, I can't sit -still." - -"Well, he couldn't get much worse than we have already," Sandy returned -grimly. "Gee, I never thought we'd come to this when we left Fort du -Lac." - -"I could stand it better if I wasn't so hungry and thirsty," Dick -declared. - -"You said it," Sandy heartily sanctioned. "I guess they're going to -starve us too." - -"Do you notice it's growing colder?" Dick asked presently. - -"I thought maybe it was because we didn't have any fire." - -"I remember Toma said we were due for a blizzard," Dick recalled. - -"Funny why Govereau doesn't call one of us out again," Sandy mused. - -"He's after his men I expect. An Indian reported they were drinking -while I was being questioned. The fellow saved me from being tortured." - -Engaging in a wandering conversation, Dick and Sandy whiled away two -more long hours, in which they managed to untie each other's wrists, and -kept warm by walking back and forth and swinging their arms. They were -almost certain now that Govereau had gone. If so, then if Toma hadn't -been forced to go with the Frenchman, he would be more able to help -them. - -It was along toward morning when Dick started up out of a doze to hear -the sound of a blow and the muffled fall of a body in the front room. -There was a sharp stifled cry. Then Dick shook Sandy to wakefulness. - -"What is it?" whispered Sandy, leaping to his feet. - -"S-s-sh," Dick cautioned. - -Through the darkness in the room they could hear the heavy wooden bolt -on the door of their prison sliding backward. - - - - - CHAPTER X - TOMA AND A COLD SNAP - - -With bated breath Dick and Sandy awaited some sign of the identity of -the person who was entering so stealthily. Was it the scar faced Indian -coming for vengeance, or was it--the warmth from the other room was -rushing in. It was Toma's voice that came to them. - -"Quick! Come! Govereau gone long way." - -Hearts leaping with joy, Dick and Sandy joined the young guide in the -darkness. He led them out into the larger room, picking his way with a -certainty that revealed he could see in the dark. - -"Watch for one fella on floor. I hit him on head with rifle," Toma -whispered. "Govereau's men all go to post ten miles south where they -drink fire-water. Govereau heap mad. Him after them. They come back -anytime. He take me long with um. I run away. He know what I do now. You -bet he know." - -Toma swung open the cabin door, and Dick and Sandy followed him out. It -was so cold their teeth commenced chattering almost immediately. They -buttoned up their jackets and hurried off into the night. - -"We'll make Fort Dunwoody yet," Dick shivered, almost gladly. - -"I'll say we will," Sandy came back. - -Then they fell silent as they took Toma's tireless, jogging pace, -beneath a cloudy sky. Again the Indian's trail wisdom came in like a -God-send. Dick and Sandy did not know where they were going, but they -had a feeling that Toma certainly did. - -How long they ran they did not know when they began to feel damp spots -on their cheeks and hands. - -"It's snowing," Dick panted over his shoulder. - -"I know it," wheezed Sandy. - -"Ought to cover our trail," Dick came back. - -"I guess so, but I can't talk. I've got to save my wind. You must be -made of iron." - -Dick said no more, and presently Toma slowed down. It was snowing -heavily now, and with the going getting harder underfoot, Dick and Sandy -were grateful for the slackening of the pace. Yet they sensed something -unusual ahead had been the cause of it, and were not perfectly at ease -by any means. - -Finally Toma came to a dead stop at the edge of a clearing. Peering -ahead through the gloom and the falling snow, they could see the lights -of a cabin twinkling. - -"You stay here; I go on," Toma instructed in a low voice. "My brother -live here. Him give us warm clothes. I see if all right first. Wait for -me." - -Dick and Sandy hovered in the undergrowth and watched Toma's figure melt -away into the gloom in the direction of the cabin. - -"I hope he gets some clothes for us," Sandy chattered. - -"And I'm glad Govereau didn't take my wallet," said Dick. "We can pay -for what we get now." - -"The Frenchman didn't think we had any money, I suppose," Sandy opined. - -They fell silent then, for against the lighted window they could see a -head silhouetted through the falling snow. Toma was peering in at the -window. For an instant the guide's head was outlined there, then it -disappeared. Presently a shaft of light shot out over the snow as the -door opened and closed. A moment later the door opened again, though the -boys could not see who entered. - -Dick and Sandy expected Toma to come back for them almost immediately, -or at least signal that all was right. But the minutes passed and the -guide did not return nor make a sign. The boys began to worry. - -"What do you suppose is keeping him?" Dick wondered. - -"I don't know," Sandy replied, "but I do know I can't stand still in -this cold much longer." - -"We'll circle around the cabin and come in closer," Dick directed. "If -something has happened we want to be sure we don't get into trouble, -too. Toma's brother may have been killed by Henderson's men. The country -seems to be alive with the villains." - -Silently they started around the cabin. Half way around, Dick stumbled -and fell over something in the snow. Sandy stopped dead and a gasp of -horror came from his lips. - -"Dick!" he exclaimed. "You've fallen over a dead man!" - -Dick got up, more shaken by the identity of the thing he had fallen over -than by the fall. - -Covered by the light film of snow that had fallen, and which was -steadily growing heavier, was the body of a man. In the gloom they could -not distinguish his features, but they were put on their guard. Armed -only with their hunting knives, they felt that the utmost caution must -be exercised in further advances. - -"Toma's in trouble. I know it now!" Dick ejaculated. - -"Well, it's up to us to get him out," Sandy retorted. - -Drawing their knives they started stealthily for the cabin. They could -hear no sound of life, and the knowledge of what was lying behind them -under the snow made the atmosphere doubly fearsome. - -At last they reached the single window through which they had seen Toma -look into the cabin. Dick cautiously raised his eyes over the sill. He -looked only an instant, then he quickly ducked downward. - -"It's the scar faced Indian!" he made the astounding disclosure to -Sandy. "And there's another with him. They have Toma bound. He's lying -on the bunk. I could see his eyes. They're playing cards and talking. -How in the world did they ever catch Toma?" - -"That Indian again," muttered Sandy. "How the deuce did he get here -anyway. We saw him last at Govereau's camp. It's ghostly the way that -fellow shows up everywhere." - -"Govereau must have sent him here on some dirty business," Dick decided. -"Perhaps Toma's brother had valuable furs stored here." - - -With mutual consent they crawled away from the cabin and hid in the -trees at the edge of the clearing, where they tried to decide on a plan -by which to rescue Toma. That they had a good chance of success they -were sure. The scar-faced Indian had the use of but one arm since the -wound Toma had given him, so they had but one real man to deal with. -Still they were as well as unarmed. What could they do? - -"I'll tell you what," Dick was speaking fast. "You go out into the woods -and begin calling for help, anything to get one of them out of the -cabin. Then I'll slip in and see if I can't take care of the other one -and get hold of a rifle. The Indian will probably stay inside, and -wounded as he is I'm sure I can handle him." - -"Gee! That's a ghostly job you have for me to do," Sandy whispered -ruefully. - -"We've got to do it, Sandy," urged Dick. "It won't hurt to try. You keep -hidden, and when one of them comes out to see what's wrong, keep quiet. -I'll do the rest." - -Dick and Sandy gripped hands, then parted. Dick crept around to a point -opposite the door of the cabin, waiting tensely until Sandy began his -part of the ruse. He did not have to wait long. Presently, from afar in -the forest, a shriek as of some one in mortal agony, arose. Sandy was -doing well. - -"H-e-l-p, oh, h-e-l-p," his voice rang out, high and shrill. - -Sandy repeated his call several times, then the cabin door opened, and -as Dick had hoped, the scar faced Indian's companion came out. He had a -rifle in his hands. - -Again Sandy's cry rang out from a little further off. The man hesitated -no longer, but stepped from the cabin door and walked across the -clearing into the trees to investigate. He disappeared in the direction -of Sandy's unearthly wailing. - -Dick ran forward across the clearing, his moccasins making no noise in -the snow. He remembered that the scar faced Indian had been sitting at -the table facing the window. Therefore, if he had not changed his -position, his back would be to the door. - -Pausing before the door, Dick found it open a crack. Cautiously he -pushed it open a little more and peered in. The Indian still was sitting -with his back to the door. He was idly shuffling the cards. Against the -bunk where Toma lay bound, Dick could see a rifle leaning. One leap -across the floor and he would have this rifle. It was a desperate -chance, but he must make the best of it. - -Swift as a panther, Dick threw open the door and leaped in. The -astonished Indian was scarcely half out of his chair when Dick had the -rifle in his hands. - -"Hands up!" he cried. - -Whether the Indian understood English or not, Dick did not know, but his -words had the required effect. Slowly the scar-faced Indian turned his -ugly face upon his captor, his mouth twisted into an evil, smirking -grin. Dick stepped forward and drew the revolver from his captive's belt -and tossed it into a corner. Then he backed toward the bunk with the -rifle still trained on the Indian. Quickly, he drew his knife and -slashed Toma's bonds. - -"Ha! Now we got um!" Toma tore the gag from his mouth, leaned up and -picked up the revolver Dick had thrown away. In a trice, then, Toma had -lashed the scar-faced Indian to his chair. - -Dick already was expecting the return of the Indian's companion. With -the Indian secured, both Toma and he turned their attention to the door. -With bated breath they waited and listened for approaching footfalls. - - - - - CHAPTER XI - SLUSH ICE - - -Toma and Dick no longer could hear Sandy hallooing, and Dick judged that -his chum was safely in hiding. Yet, as they waited, guns trained on the -door, a rifle shot shattered the silence. It came from the direction -taken by the man who had gone to investigate the calls for help. Dick's -face paled. What did it mean? Had poor Sandy fallen? Had the man found -him? - -"I'm going out," Dick said tensely to Toma a moment later. - -Whatever Toma's reply was Dick did not hear it, for with an impatient -leap he flung open the door and disappeared. Toma remained behind, not -sure that his young white friend's move had been wise, yet believing he -could do more to help if he stayed in the cabin. - -When Dick left the cabin he made straight for the point from which he -thought the rifle shot had come. It was growing lighter. In the east a -faint gray fan of light showed over the forest--dawn. He ran on for a -little way, then he came upon tracks. Pursuing these at a run, he came -in sight of the man who had left the cabin an hour before. The meeting -was a surprise for both. - -Dick dodged behind a tree as the other fired from his hip. The ball -whizzed harmlessly over Dick's head, and he shot hastily. His shot also -went wild, but the other took to his heels. Dick did not pursue him, but -began calling for Sandy. Presently he was rewarded by a distant shout -and in a few minutes the chums were reunited. - -"Did he shoot at you?" Dick queried anxiously. - -"No, I don't know what he shot at. Maybe he thought it was me," Sandy -replied. "I'm half frozen. Gosh, it seemed hours out here." - -"Let's hurry back to the cabin," Dick hastened. "Toma is there, and -we've captured the scar faced Indian." - -Sandy was too cold to care how many Indians had been captured, and he -hobbled along after Dick like a stiff, old man. - -"I hope Toma is all right," Dick said anxiously as they neared the -cabin. - -On the threshold of the cabin they stood a moment later in stark -amazement. Toma lay bleeding and silent on the floor, and the scar faced -Indian was gone! - -"Well, if that doesn't beat anything!" Dick ejaculated, rushing to Toma. - -The young guide came to at the application of a little water. His head -had been struck with something; an overturned chair revealed what the -escaped Indian had probably used. - -"He slip out ropes some way," Toma explained when he could sit up once -more. "I watch door when him jump on me. That all I know." - -"I'm glad you're alive--that's all I can say," Dick said thankfully. - -"Hello, what's this?" Sandy hurried from the fireplace where he had been -warming himself to the crude wooden table. A slip of paper with writing -on it lay among the scattered playing cards. Dick also hastened forward -and read the roughly scrawled words: - - Pierre Govereau: - - Send Many-Scar Jackson and Swede to Big John Toma's cabin. We want the - black fox fur he has hidden there. - - BEAR HENDERSON. - -Dick and Sandy read it aloud to Toma. - -"This my big brother's cabin," Toma explained simply. "Last night I see -no one when look in window. I go in. That Many-Scar and other fella come -in, ketch me. I not know where Big John is. They not find um black fox. -Big John sell um black fox t'ree weeks go by." - -Dick and Sandy dropped their eyes. They now felt sure who the man was -that Dick had fallen over--the dead man. How could they tell Toma? At -last Dick took the guide's arm. Silently they went out, Sandy following. - -Toma showed no emotion as they showed him the body partly covered with -snow. He might have been a wooden image as he said quietly: - -"Him Big John Toma; I know before I see. I feel he dead. That -Many-Scar----" something choked off his voice. His dark eyes suddenly -flashed and glowed like coals of fire. - -"I wouldn't give ten cents for Many-Scar's life, slick as that Indian -is," Sandy whispered. - -Dick nodded. - -Though all felt they had no time to lose, since Govereau's men might be -expected to follow them, they could not leave Toma's brother without -burial. - -All three set to work under the spruce trees, hacking through the frozen -soil with axes. In a half hour they had dug a shallow grave. Wrapped in -blankets, they gently lowered the body of Big John Toma to its last -resting place. - -Dick fashioned a rude cross from two saplings, which he showed to Toma. -The young Indian nodded. "Good; him Christian--me too," said the guide. - -When they had placed the last sod on the mound, Dick and Sandy left -their friend alone by the grave and went to the cabin to prepare for -continuing their journey. They found much pemmican and dried fish, upon -which Big John Toma had existed, but nowhere any flour or coffee. By the -time they had arranged shoulder packs and had donned whatever warm -clothes they had found, Toma had joined them. He seemed his old self -once more, though Dick and Sandy knew that behind his mask of -indifference was deep sorrow and a mighty resolve for the redskin's -revenge upon the murderer of his brother. The guide refused to take the -money Dick offered him for the food and clothing they had taken from Big -John's cabin. - -"We three days from Fort Dunwoody now," Toma told them when they were -ready for the trail. "Not sure we make um three days. Big blizzard come -pretty soon now. Mebbe tomorrow. We get um dog sled then. Need um bad." - -All that day Toma led them due southeast, across higher ground, where -vegetation was sparse. They crossed one shallow valley where there were -no trees at all, and upon a ridge at the other side made camp. It was an -advantageous spot from which to watch the back trail, and before they -started on they were disturbed by the sight of three tiny figures. The -men were undoubtedly on their trail. Straight across the valley they -toiled and they were coming fast. - -"I'll bet it's Govereau!" Dick exclaimed in alarm. - -"Yes, and it looks as if we were only about three miles ahead of him," -Sandy declared. "Let's get a move on. I don't want to get mixed up with -him again." - -"Neither do I," Dick heartily agreed. - -Toma was of the same mind, and they all set off at a fast pace when once -more they took to the trail. They felt confident they could lengthen the -lead on their pursuers, but two hours after noon, when they paused to -rest on a high ridge, they looked back and were astounded to see the -three men not more than a mile behind them. - -"Them best trail men Govereau got," Toma protected his own prowess on -finding that he had been outpaced. - -They started on again, doubling their former speed. A half hour more -brought them to the banks of a river. - -"Him Saskatoon River," Toma told them. "Him full slush ice. We make um -raft in hurry; get over, then we safe from Govereau." - -Dick and Sandy looked off across the sullen expanse of the Saskatoon. As -Toma had said, it was filled with a slow-moving mass of slush, formed by -night freezes and day thaws. - -They fell to work like Trojans on a raft, lashing dead logs together -with tiny saplings and tough vines. It was a cumbersome raft that they -at last shoved out into the icy stream. With poles to propel the -unwieldy craft, they began the perilous trip across the river. The delay -caused by the building of the raft had given their pursuers time to -overtake them, and at any moment they expected to hear a shout or rifle -shots from the shore they were slowly leaving behind. - -One side of the raft was heavier than the other, and out in the current -they came near being spilled off, before they followed Toma's example -and balanced the logs by shifting their weight from side to side. - -Pushing on desperately, they reached midstream, when their pursuers -reached the river. But the few shots that were fired fell short. The -boys had poled the raft out of range. Waving their hands to the -chagrined men they reached the other shore and, abandoning their raft, -hastened on. - -Once more snow was spitting out of the gray heavens, and it was growing -steadily colder. They hiked for three miles, then Toma advised a halt -The guide began immediately throwing up a shelter of boughs. Dick and -Sandy helped with a will, and they finished none too soon. With the fall -of night the blizzard Toma had prophesied swept down upon them like a -thousand, shrieking demons. - - - - - CHAPTER XII - THE BLIZZARD - - -When the boys awoke on the following morning, numb and stiff from cold -in spite of the protection of their crudely constructed shelter, a full -six inches of snow covered the surface of their blankets. - -"Snow make um much warmer to sleep," Toma explained to them, as he -crawled out of his bed, very much as a husky gets out of a snowdrift. - -Dick turned his eyes towards the open door of the shelter and shivered. -Contrary to his expectations the storm had not abated during the night. -A shining, white wall of snow almost shut out any view of their camp -surroundings, while the wind continued to howl furiously. - -To all appearances, the boys were shut in by the high, white walls of a -snow prison. Snow sifted in the door of their shelter and through the -numerous cracks in the walls. - -"I'm not crazy about getting up," Sandy observed, with a seriousness -that brought a laugh from Dick and Toma. "Anyhow, nobody can get -anywhere in a storm like this." - -"The wind, she blow from northwest," Toma cut in. "No get lost when wind -blow hard like that. Keep wind on left side. No like--but better than -stay here." - -The young guide counted slowly on his fingers, and went on: - -"Me know place where young Indian live. Him called Raoul Testawich. Got -um cabin nice and warm, an' mebbe we ketch um good dog team there." - -"Fine!" exclaimed Dick, "we'll make a try for it. Sure you won't get -lost?" - -Toma shook his head. - -"No," said the guide, with assurance. "I find way all right. Best thing -we go." - -Somewhere in the back of Dick's mind there was some doubt as to the -advisability of facing such a storm, yet he had implicit faith in the -prowess of Toma, and he did not question the young Indian's ability. - -"It'll be great to get near a warm fireplace again," said Dick. "What do -you say, Sandy?" - -Sandy's answer was to spring up out of his blankets and commence -immediate preparations for breakfast. A fire was started with -considerable difficulty, and less than an hour later the three boys were -on the trail again, walking Indian file with Toma in the lead. - -But the storm was worse even than they had anticipated. It was fury -unleashed, it sucked the very breath out of their mouths and blew -through their mackinaws as if they had been cheesecloth. Dick imagined -that the weight of the snow-laden air alone was sufficient to prevent -any long continued trek across that blinding field of white. - -Taking turns breaking trail, they proceeded at a slow pace, puffing with -exertion. And always they kept the wind on their left, Toma calling out -encouragement from time to time to keep up the spirits of his -less-hardened and less-experienced comrades. - -Moisture froze on their coat collars, formed by the warmth of their -breath against the freezing wind. Breathing became more and more -difficult, and Sandy, the weaker physically of the three, began to -complain of aching muscles and finally stopped short, panting heavily. - -"I'm tired out," he gasped, "----all in. Dick, I don't believe I can go -a step further. Can't we sit down and rest?" - -Dick was on the point of acceding to Sandy's request, when Toma, several -paces in the lead, came back, crying out his disapproval. - -"No! No!" shouted the guide above the howling of the wind. "No do that; -get um legs all stiffened up. Bye an' bye can't move. Mebbe we better go -slower, but no sit down." - -"I'll try to go on," declared Sandy bravely, "but you fellows better -stop now and then to give me a chance to breathe. I tell you I'm all -in." - -And so they went on, bracing themselves against the fury of the wind, -shuffling forward through mounting drifts, in places piled waist high, -as if to block their progress. On several occasions, so violent was the -storm that it was impossible to see anything. Once, fighting their way -through a smothering fog of white, Toma shouted out a warning. - -They were traveling down a sharp incline at the time, attempting to -reach a river bottom, where towering cliffs would protect them somewhat -from the force of the wind. Toma shouted to them. His keen ears had -detected a sound other than that made by the blizzard. It was a -different sound, and he had heard it before--a queer rumbling, followed -by a mighty roar. - -With a quickness born of desperation, the guide seized Dick and Sandy by -the arms and pulled them out of the path of an almost certain death. - -As the boys stood trembling and appalled at the deafening tumult about -them, what seemed at first a vast mountain of snow, went shooting past, -carrying everything before it. The snowslide left in its wake nothing -but a wide belt of barren ground--even huge rocks had been torn away -from the earth and hurtled on into the storm. - -"That was close enough to suit me," declared Sandy in a tragic whisper, -as the boys continued their descent. "I've never seen a snowslide -before, and I don't wish to see another one. Do you feel shaky, Dick?" - -"Yes, I do," admitted Dick, his cheeks slightly pale. "I thought the -entire upper part of the valley wall was falling in on us." He turned to -Toma. "Do you suppose," he inquired, "that it'll be safe to go down?" - -The Indian lad shook his head thoughtfully. - -"Me no can tell. Mebbe more snowslide after while. We take -chance--that's all." - -Dick and Sandy hesitated. - -"Perhaps we'd better not go down to the river," said Dick. "It may be a -wiser plan to keep up above, where there isn't the danger from these -avalanches. No use to risk our lives needlessly," he pointed out. - -Their guide grunted something under his breath, then looked up, his -sober, dark eyes twinkling. - -"Snowslide catch us in the valley," he pronounced. "Big blizzard catch -us on top. Which way you like die best?" - -At any other time the two boys would have seen the humor in the -situation, but at that particular moment neither Sandy nor Dick felt -that there was anything funny about it. For a brief interval they stood, -deep in thought, their two youthful faces clouded with apprehension. - -"It makes no difference to me which way I die," declared Sandy at -length, kicking disconsolately at the trunk of a small tree, which had -been uprooted by the force of the snowslide. "We're more than half way -down to the river now, so what's the use of turning back. My choice is -the valley. At least, we can travel faster down there, with more -protection from the storm." - -"You're right," agreed Dick, "I choose the valley, too. Do you think we -can reach your friend Raoul's place before dark?" - -"Best we can do it take three hours from here," replied Toma, "an' night -come early. One hour more mebbe an' then we no see at all. Dark all -'round. Travel very slow then. Raoul him live on top of river bank ten, -fifteen miles from here." - -Without further word, the three boys made their way quickly down to the -floor of the valley and proceeded on their way. Beneath their feet was -the frozen course of the Bad Heart River, winding forth through a white -world of weird, irregular cliffs, now deeply mantled with snow. - -"This is better," Sandy growled, looking up to where the storm broke -above their heads. "I never would have thought it would make so much -difference being down here. You can actually see a little and hardly -feel the wind at all." - -"Fine!" answered Dick. "But save your breath, Sandy. You'll need it." - -Monotonously, heavily, the moccasined feet of the three snow-covered -figures crunched along the unbroken trail. In the lead, Toma glided -ahead with an untiring energy that filled Dick with admiration. He -wondered what the young half-breed was thinking about. Was he, too, -secretly fearful of some new impending danger lurking in their path? - -He noticed presently that the shadows, flung across the floor of the -valley, were gradually becoming darker and darker, a heavy dusk had -settled around them. Toma, barely four feet away, was a vague, -indistinct blur, completely shutting off his view of the trail in front -of him. - -That the fury of the blizzard had not abated, was easily apparent. He -could still hear the wind howling above their heads, and feel the snow -as it sifted quietly down. At every step his feet sunk into the soft, -yielding surface, and his heart pounded like a trip-hammer from the -continuous, never-ending exertion. - -"How much farther?" Sandy demanded, a note of despair in his voice. "How -much farther, Toma?" - -"No can tell." - -Sandy mumbled and complained to himself. He came stumbling and panting -behind Dick, keeping up an incessant babbling or muttering that filled -his friend with alarm. - -"How much farther?" he asked again. - -Toma grunted. - -"No can tell." - -A snort of fury seized upon Sandy. With a strangled, despairing cry, he -sprang forward past Dick and seized Toma by the shoulder. - -"Listen to me you, you--Indian. I've got a right to know how far we've -gone. Come on, now--out with it!" - -Toma turned as if to brush off the detaining hand, when Sandy struck out -with all the force of his right arm. It was an unexpected blow which -sent the young Indian guide staggering to his knees. Aghast, scarcely -believing his senses, Dick stood in bewilderment for a moment unable to -move. With incredible speed, his companion had sprung forward again, his -fumbling, eager hands encircling Toma's throat. - -"Stop it!" shrieked Dick. - -A shrill, unearthly shout, terrible in that utter desolation, seemed to -freeze Dick's blood. Toma and Sandy were at grips, struggling, -rolling--a dark, almost indistinguishable ball against the gray -background of billowing drifts. - -"Stop it!" roared Dick again, and, jumping in, endeavored to separate -them. He was still somewhat dazed over the sudden, unexpected turn -events had taken. What had happened to Sandy? What was the meaning of -that unwarranted attack upon the kindly young Indian guide? Had the -hardship and severe nervous strain of the past few days, proved too much -for his friend? Desperately he tugged and pulled at the two combatants, -finally breathing a sigh of thankfulness as Toma rolled on top, -successfully pinning the arms of his assailant. - -"Fight all gone," declared the victor between gasps of exhaustion, -raising one hand to wipe away the blood trickling from a cut over his -left eye. "Hm, poor fellow go sleep bye an bye. Trail too much. Worry -too much. All make him mad like grizzly caught in trap, an' fight like -grizzly till strength all gone." - -Toma arose, brushing the snow from his clothing, then placed a still -trembling hand on Dick's arm. - -"Him lay there all night--huh?" he inquired. "What you think we do next? -What you think?" - -Disconsolately, Dick gazed out into the black pall of darkness which had -gathered around them. - -"Toma," he inquired presently, "do you believe Sandy will feel better -after a while? Will he be able to get up and walk again?" - -"Him walk no more tonight," stated Toma with conviction. - -"In that case, there's only one thing to do. I'll camp here with Sandy -while you go on to your friend's house for help. Do you think you can -make it, Toma?" - -"You start 'em fire here," instructed the Indian. "Me make it all right. -Get back two, three hours, mebbe, with dog team and take poor Sandy to -warm bed. Please no worry if I be little late." - -"No," answered Dick, gulping down a hard substance in his throat. -"Good-bye and good luck to you, Toma. I'll be here when you return." - -Not a suspicious moisture, but real tears were standing in Dick's eyes a -few minutes later as he and the young half-breed separated over the -recumbent body of Sandy. A single, warm hand-clasp, then Toma was away, -his footfalls sounding faintly through the dark. - - - - - CHAPTER XIII - DICK SEES A GHOST - - -Several hours had passed since Toma's departure, and the fire Dick had -kindled had burned down to a mass of glowing, red embers. The still -falling snow hissed and sputtered over the coals. Off in the distance a -few wolves howled. Sandy lay stretched out at Dick's feet and the owner -of the feet himself drowsed and nodded in a futile effort to keep awake. - -He recovered consciousness a few moments later, however, when a -half-burned stick, lying on the outer edge of the fire, crackled forth -suddenly like a cap in a toy pistol. In an instant he was wide-eyed and -alert, his eyes straining towards the outer rim of darkness. He could -see nothing. - -"Dreaming again," he grumbled to himself, looking down at Sandy, and -wondering how much time had elapsed since the young Indian guide had set -out on his perilous journey through the storm. Then his thoughts turned -to the happenings of the day. - -One thing that bothered Dick, and which he had not yet explained -entirely to his own satisfaction, was Sandy's strange behavior a few -hours previous. The young Scotchman's violent and unwarranted attack -upon Toma was not in the least like the usual happy-go-lucky conduct -that Dick had ascribed to his friend. Of course, he had heard many times -before, of similar cases where men, driven to the limit of physical -exertion, had acted queerly. It was a sort of temporary mental breakdown -preceding physical collapse. What Sandy needed was a good sleep, -followed by a day or two of complete rest. He'd probably feel better in -the morning. - -For the next few minutes Dick busied himself in gathering more wood for -the fire. His first duty was to keep himself and Sandy warm, as warm as -possible in their hastily improvised camp there in the inadequate -shelter of the river bottom. - -"Toma will be back in an hour or two," he thought to himself, "and then -everything will be all right." - -He looked down at Sandy, whom he had bundled up in their two blankets -and hoped devoutly that nothing had happened which might delay the young -Indian's safe return. Although not in the least doubting the guide's -prowess, Dick had learned to his sorrow that Govereau's opposition was -not the only factor to be considered in the successful carrying out of -their plans. - -"There is always this blamed wilderness to contend with," ruminated -Dick. "Treacherous rivers, forest fires, wild beasts, the danger of -freezing to death in the extreme cold or getting lost in a blizzard. -Sometimes I think----" - -Exactly what Dick thought will probably never be recorded. He woke -suddenly from his preoccupation, a look of fear in his eyes, every nerve -tingling as if tiny electric wires ran close to the surface of his skin. -A slight sound somewhere out there in the enveloping darkness had caught -his attention. In addition, there had quickly come over him a vague -feeling that he and Sandy were not alone, that an actual presence, -either an animal of some sort or a human being, had intruded within the -circle of their campfire and was ready to pounce down upon them. - -For a brief second Dick could scarcely suppress the cry of terror that -had sprung to his lips. He wanted to turn his head to look at the thing -he knew to be immediately behind him, but, for some unknown reason, his -body seemed incapable of action. Instead he sat there, weak and -trembling, the blood pounding in his throat with a force almost -suffocating. - -With a truly mighty effort he contrived finally to twist and squirm -around so that his gaze could discern the thing that menaced him, and in -that instant he caught wildly at the trunk of the up-rooted tree upon -which he sat, so frozen with horror, that the person who stood -immediately opposite--probably no more than ten or twelve feet -away--might easily have advanced and overpowered him without -encountering even the slightest resistance. - -In all his life, Dick had never seen so strange an apparition. His first -sickening impression was that he was confronted not by a man at all but -by a real ghost, fashioned out of a substance as hard and unyielding as -a block of ice. In the glare of the campfire, the person's body gave -forth a peculiar gleam or sparkle that so amazed and confounded Dick -that he found himself putting up his hands to his eyes in an effort to -shut out the unusual sight. - -"Toma, he tell me come," issued a friendly voice from the ghost-like -figure, standing there in front of him. "You no 'fraid me." - -Dick came to with a start. - -"No," he mumbled weakly. - -"Toma one mile down river," continued the voice. "Him stuck in ice with -huskies. Mebbe no get sled out." - -"What's that!" demanded Dick. "I don't think I understand you." - -"Ice thin where river runs quick. Toma, me, drive on river too close to -rapids. Hurry up get back here for sick fella. We go fast. Toma, me, sit -in sled. All at once ice break. Toma, huskies, me, sled--everybody fall -in river." - -Dick sat and stared incredulously at the speaker. He understood now. -This was Raoul Testawich, Toma's friend, who, in his broken English, was -trying to describe what had taken place that night farther up the river. -Dick shivered at the thought of that unexpected, icy-cold plunge when -the sled with its two occupants had broken through into the river. No -wonder that young Testawich looked like a ghost, his clothing a -glistening ice and snow-covered mantle of white. - -"Is Toma safe?" he questioned eagerly. - -"Yes," nodded the half-breed, "Toma all right, but sled gone. Cut -harness away from sled to save huskies. Toma stay back there now and -watch dogs. What you think; you, me take sick fella along that far?" - -"We can try," answered Dick in an awed voice. "How far did you say it -was?" - -"About one mile," said Raoul. - -"We can do it!" Dick stated with conviction. "I know we can--even if we -are compelled to drag and carry him all the way." - -There was admiration and wonder in Dick's eyes now as he looked at the -ice-clad form of the half-breed. What tremendous endurance Toma and this -man must have. It seemed almost incredible. - -He rose quickly, fired with new determination, walked over to the spot -where Sandy lay and, as gently as possible, attempted to arouse him. - -"Wake up! Wake up, Sandy!" he called. - -Several minutes elapsed before Dick succeeded in dragging his friend to -an upright position. Sandy swayed on his feet, mumbling incoherently, -glaring about him with blood-shot, unseeing eyes. Supported by a -friendly arm on either side, he moved forward, almost a dead weight -between them. - -"We get there sooner you think," encouraged Raoul. "Bye an' bye we turn -bend in river an' then you see Toma's campfire. Little fella pretty -sick." - -They mushed on in silence. Step by step, slowly, at what seemed to Dick -a snail's pace, they plodded through the darkness towards the place -where the courageous young half-breed guide awaited them. The snow had -ceased to fall. The roar of the storm above their heads had died down to -a faint murmuring. Presently Raoul spoke: - -"I see light now. Pretty soon we get to campfire. Then dogs pull sick -fella rest of way to my home." - -"But we haven't any sled," interposed Dick. - -"Toma tie poles together for sled by time we get there. Make 'em pole -sled for sick fella." - -Again they went on in silence. The light of Toma's campfire gradually -grew brighter as they advanced. Presently Dick discerned the lonely -figure of the Indian guide and after a time, five blotches in the snow, -five furry forms that snarled and howled as they waited impatiently for -the return of their master. - -"We've made it!" howled Dick, unable to suppress his exultation. "We've -made it, Toma, old boy. Yip! Yip!" - -Toma's answering shout was drowned out by a deafening chorus from the -huskies. - - - - - CHAPTER XIV - AN UNWELCOME VISITOR - - -The cabin of Raoul Testawich, which stood in a sheltering grove of -spruce a few miles back from Bad Heart river, loomed up through the -darkness several hours later as Toma, Raoul and Dick, with the team of -huskies in the lead, crossed a narrow coulee about thirty yards away -from the house and plunged on through heavy drifts to the narrow, -cleared space immediately in front of the door. - -Wrapped in blankets, Sandy still lay on the hastily improvised sled. As -his three comrades gathered about him, a heavy door squeaked open and a -sleepy voice, in Cree, called out a welcome. In an incredibly short time -they had lifted Sandy from the sled and had carried him within, gently -placing him in a bunk at one end of the room. - -A young Indian girl, whom Dick judged to be Raoul's wife or sister, -closed the door after them and advanced swiftly to the mud fireplace -where, over crackling spruce logs, a heavy iron pot sent forth the -pleasant aroma of steaming moose meat. Close by, with growing interest -and enthusiasm, Dick beheld a small table laden with food. - -"We eat this time for sure," grinned Toma, nudging Dick's arm. "Mebbe -you no want eat now." - -"Like fun, I don't," laughed the other. "There are two things I -want--food and sleep. I'm so blamed tired that Raoul will have to wait -until sometime tomorrow before I buy his dog team. I believe I could -sleep for three days." - -"You sleep long you like," conceded Toma, as Raoul left the room to look -after the dogs. "Him, Raoul, my very good friend. Fine fella. Like 'em -sister, too. Mebbe some day marry girl." - -The far away expression in the young half-breed's eyes drew a laugh from -Dick. - -"I'm glad to hear that," he said, "and I want to congratulate you. When -do you expect to get married?" - -"Four--five--six years," he answered, counting laboriously on his -fingers. "Father Girard he tell 'em me at mission too young yet. No -marry till get older. Get older very slow," he concluded, casting -woebegone eyes in the direction of the young lady of his choice. - -The re-entrance of Raoul cut short any further reference to the subject -of Toma's tender affair of the heart. It was well, too, for the face of -the owner of the huskies wore a look of concern as he strode forward and -commenced to remove his outer garments, still thickly encrusted with ice -and snow. As he fumbled with the buttons of his moose-hide coat, he -broke forth excitedly in Cree, pausing now and again to make quick, -explanatory gestures with his hands. - -"What's the trouble?" demanded Dick, who though not understanding one -word that had been spoken, could tell from the Indian's expression that -something out of the ordinary had taken place. "What did he say, Toma?" - -"He say," interrupted the guide, "that he no like way huskies act. -Huskies tired but no want to lie down and make bed in snowdrift. Huskies -afraid of something, very much afraid." - -"That not all," Toma continued as a relieved expression brightened -Dick's eyes. "Raoul him not sure, but see track mebbe made by snowshoe. -Look like snowshoe track only wind blow snow over it. Raoul think -Govereau's men come here tonight and look for us. What you think? Mebbe -camped not far away." - -For a brief moment, a look of apprehension, of fear, swept through Dick. -The supposition was not entirely impossible. Experience had taught him -that Govereau was both an experienced woodsman and an implacable enemy, -a man who had the disconcerting habit of putting in an appearance at -times when one least expected him. On the other hand, Dick could not -help but believe that the hated French half-breed had not yet succeeded -in catching up with them. The incident at the river when he, Sandy and -Toma had crossed through the ice floe successfully, must have delayed -him considerably. - -"I don't think he has had time to overtake us yet," said Dick. "If any -one has been here today, it must be someone else." - -Toma shook his head. - -"Mebbe you right. I like think so. All same Govereau make you surprise -once in a while. Fool ever'body." - -"That's true," rejoined Dick, "but if Govereau really is here, he's here -and that's an end to it. There's nothing that we can do except to fight -him and take our own risks. I think that you and Raoul had better get -into some dry clothes as quickly as possible. A good supper and a sound -sleep afterwards are the first things to be considered. I wonder if I'd -better wake Sandy?" - -"Him better sleep long time an' wake up himself. Him be all right then." - -Dick heeded this advice from Toma and a few minutes later sat down to -one of the most enjoyable meals he had eaten in weeks. Then he and the -young Indian guide tumbled into the bunk above Sandy and were almost -instantly fast asleep, their weary limbs stretching out in the luxurious -softness of a white rabbit sleeping-bag. - -They woke on the following afternoon and clambered down from their -perch. To his amazement, Dick beheld Sandy, somewhat pale but otherwise -quite his usual self, sitting at the table, opposite their host. He was -eating gruel from a bowl and conversing in low tones to Raoul. - -"Why, Sandy!" exclaimed Dick, unable to conceal his delight. "What has -happened?" - -"What do you mean?" - -"You're up." - -"Sure I'm up," the voice of the young Scotchman rose in jovial good -humor as he glanced across at his two friends, who were dressing -hurriedly. "Didn't expect me to lie in bed all night and all day too, -did you?" - -"Yes, but how do you feel?" - -Sandy put down his spoon and swung round to meet Dick's inquiring gaze. - -"A little shaky, I guess, but otherwise about the same as usual. By the -way, Dick, what happened yesterday? When I woke up this morning, I -couldn't imagine where I was. And funny thing--I can't remember very -much of what took place on the trail. Did I get hurt?" - -"Didn't Raoul tell you?" - -"Not yet." - -Dick picked up his moccasins and began absently to turn them in his -hands. For Sandy's benefit, it had occurred to him to gloss over the -events of the previous day, to give his friend as little information as -possible. It was not that Sandy's breakdown was anything to be ashamed -of, considering what he had been through. It was not that, Dick told -himself. It was the possible effect the news might have on him. For -Sandy was proud, and the knowledge of even a temporary weakness on his -part would be sure to cause him a good deal of humiliation. - -"You played out on the trail, Sandy," Dick stated evenly. "I was all in -myself. I hope we never again have so many obstacles and difficulties to -contend with. I can't imagine what would have happened to us if Toma -hadn't gone for help. We have Toma and Raoul to thank for getting -through safely yesterday." - -"Toma is always doing remarkable things," said Sandy. "I can't help but -admire the way he broke trail through that storm. Wish I had half his -endurance." - -"You no talk about me so much," Toma broke forth, pretending to be -angry, but grinning in spite of himself. "Me no like 'em all big words. -Mebbe make fun of me." - -"You hurry up dress," interposed Raoul. "My sister wait in next room to -bring something to eat. Pretty soon we have breakfast middle of the -night." - -"All right," laughed Dick, "we'll hurry. I'll be ready as soon as I put -on these moccasins." - -He was looking at Raoul as he spoke, but was hardly prepared for what -suddenly ensued. The young Indian was abruptly on his feet and had -dashed forward to one side of the room, where he caught up a rifle, -which had been leaning there against the wall. Amazed at first, Dick -quickly caught the significance of Raoul's actions, as there came to his -ears the dull tromping of feet outside, followed quickly by a loud -thumping at the door. A moment later, a towering, heavy form broke into -the room and stood blinking across at them. - -"What you want!" demanded Raoul, flourishing his rifle. - -The intruder closed the door behind him, his shifting eyes regarding -each of them in turn. He was a big man, clothed almost entirely in fur, -a parka concealing the lower part of his face. As the four other -occupants of the room stood or sat watching him, he shook off his heavy -mitts, kicked the snow from his feet and removed his parka. His general -appearance, Dick observed, was far from prepossessing. - -"What you want!" repeated Raoul. - -"You don't need to be afeered o' me," finally grumbled their unexpected -guest, rubbing one burly hand against his bearded cheek. "Put down yer -gun, brother, I ain't gonna hurt nobody. I jes' came in to get warm an' -ask fer something to eat. Been hoofing it all the way from Twin Brothers -Creek, near the Big Smokey. Left there this morning. Stranger in these -parts. My name's Bill Watson. Guess you don't know me." - -Dick was conscious of a feeling of relief to learn something of the -intruder's identity. At least, he was not one of Govereau's men. Then -Dick felt Toma's face brushing close to his own. - -"No like him," breathed the guide in a scarcely audible whisper. -"Ever'body watch out. See him one time before with Govereau. He come to -find out if you and Sandy here." - -Toma drew back quickly as the stranger's gaze turned again in their -direction. - - - - - CHAPTER XV - OUTWITTING THE ENEMY - - -Dick Kent had no reason to doubt that Toma's stealthily imparted -information concerning the true identity of Bill Watson was correct. The -man had been sent by Govereau. His story of the long trek from Twin -Brothers Creek was a deliberate falsehood intended to deceive Dick and -his friends. He was here as a spy to carry out certain instructions from -Govereau, the accomplishment of which would probably result disastrously -to their expedition. - -In a few minutes following Toma's whispered warning, Dick thought -swiftly. Their safety and the success of their plans depended upon -immediate action. Something had to be done before Watson became aware -that anyone suspected him. - -The first step, of course, was to discover some way to acquaint Sandy -and Raoul with the stranger's duplicity. This, of course, must be -accomplished secretly, and in a manner that would not arouse Watson's -slightest suspicion. - -"If only on some pretext I could get the two of them outside," thought -Dick, "the rest would be easy. Four of us would have no difficulty in -taking him prisoner. We would bind him hand and foot and then Raoul -could keep him here several days while Sandy, Toma and I continued our -journey with the dog team." - -Annette entered from the adjoining room at Raoul's summons and began -removing the dishes from the table, in preparation for the meal for -Watson, Toma and Dick. Watson now occupied a chair at one side of the -room, and sat directly facing Sandy. Raoul had moved forward and was -assisting his sister with her task, while Toma, like a restless spirit, -remained unseated, occasionally changing his position from sheer -nervousness. - -"I ain't had very much to eat today," Watson informed them, producing an -evil-smelling pipe and lighting it with the stub of a match. "Been too -busy mushing to think about it. Trail heavy all the way, too." - -A strained silence followed. It was evident that Watson intended to make -himself perfectly at home, for, a moment later, he stretched out his -burly legs, and, to Dick's disgust, spat on the floor. - -"Where you fellows bound for?" he demanded suddenly of Sandy. - -"Nowhere in particular," replied the young Scotchman non-committally. -"Where are you going?" - -Watson's face darkened with a scowl. - -"I ain't a goin' to tell neither if that's the way you feel about it. -Guess you never was taught no manners, young man." - -Sandy turned his head slightly and winked covertly at Dick. - -"No offense intended, I'm sure." - -The man from Govereau's camp grunted something under his breath. - -"Little boys ain't got no business on the trail anyway," he began again, -this time in a scoffing tone that caused an angry red to mount suddenly -in Sandy's cheeks. - -In his restless moving about, changing positions often, Toma had -presently come to a pause close to Sandy and now stood absently tossing -a small object in his hand, his gaze directed toward Annette and Raoul, -who were completing preparations for supper. Looking at him, no one -would have suspected that any thought, out of the ordinary, lay at the -back of the young half-breed's mind. His face was expressionless, yet as -Dick watched him, there flashed from them unexpectedly a look that could -not be mistaken. - -It was as if Toma had sent him some sort of a signal. What was its -meaning Dick could not possibly imagine until, apparently by accident, -the small object, which looked like a brass buckle, fell from the -guide's hand and rolled under Sandy's chair. As he stepped forward and -stooped to get it, Dick knew from the expression on Sandy's face that -he, too, had been warned. - -"Supper all ready," Raoul announced. - -Watson bounded to his feet and was the first to reach the table. Without -waiting for further permission he pulled out a chair and slumped into -it. Dick followed more leisurely, with Toma bringing up the rear. As -they approached directly behind Watson's chair, Toma's hand shot out, -poking Dick in the ribs. Half-turning, the recipient of the blow emitted -a startled gasp as he perceived Toma's long arms steal out and encircle -the unsuspecting guest. - -Watson and the chair swayed backward, then toppled over, striking the -floor with a resounding crash. The heavy, powerful form rolled to one -side, endeavoring to break the iron grip of the young half-breed. For a -tense second Dick stood inactive, then leaped to his friend's -assistance. Attempting to pinion Watson's arms, to his horror Dick saw -their opponent had actually succeeded in pulling a dangerous looking -automatic from his pocket and was grimly endeavoring to use it. - -Dick seized Watson's wrist in his two hands, putting forth his last -ounce of strength in an effort to force the gun from the man's grasp. In -quick succession three ear-splitting reports rang out. Annette screamed. -After that Dick was not quite sure what was taking place during that -confused wild scramble on the floor until he felt the heavy body under -him relax and a voice triumphantly proclaim: - -"Well, I guess that ought to settle him for a while." - -With perspiration trickling down into his eyes, Dick looked up. Raoul -stood with a small stick of wood in his hands and close beside him -Sandy, a look of triumph on his face, each surveying their now helpless -foe. - -"You didn't hit him half hard enough, Raoul," Sandy protested. "It was a -good thing for him that I didn't have that club, myself. I might have -killed him." - -"Hit 'em plenty hard," Raoul confessed, tossing the stick back toward -the fireplace. "Tie him up easy now. I go get rope." - -Dick and Toma rose to their feet and a moment later Raoul returned with -a rope. Bound hand and foot, Watson was lifted bodily and carried across -the room, where he was deposited not unkindly in the selfsame bunk -occupied by Sandy on the previous night. Dick breathed a sigh of relief. - -"I'm glad that's over with," he declared thankfully. "All things -considered, we've been pretty lucky so far. We've beaten Govereau at -every turn." - -"Beaten but not licked," Sandy reminded him. "I'll have to admit right -here that he's a mighty tough customer. It's a good thing Toma saw this -man, Watson, before. Otherwise things might have turned out -differently." - -"We must get an early start in the morning," said Dick, as he moved back -toward the supper table. "I'd hate to meet any more visitors from -Govereau's camp. If Raoul is willing, I'll pay him tonight for the team -of huskies. What do you think would be a fair price for them, Toma?" - -"Raoul say he willing to sell for two hundred dollars," answered the -guide. "That very cheap for good team like that." - -"I'll make it two hundred and fifty. The additional amount wouldn't -begin to pay him for all the kindness he has shown us." - -As he spoke, Dick reached in his pocket and pulled out the roll of bills -Factor MacLean had given him on the day of their departure from Fort du -Lac, and, counting out the sum mentioned, passed it over to Raoul. - -"I hope I'm not cheating you." - -"You buy best dog team in the country," Toma stated enthusiastically. -"Mounted police use 'em last winter to carry mail. Govereau go fast to -catch us now." - -"How long will it take us to reach mounted police headquarters?" -inquired Sandy. - -"Three, four day if nothing happen," their guide answered. "First day -snow too heavy to make trail good. After that mebbe get better." - -A short time later, a low groan from Watson attested to the fact that -that gentleman was slowly regaining consciousness. After considerable -tossing and rolling about, their captive finally opened his eyes and -presently called for a drink of water. - -"Feeling better now?" Dick inquired solicitously, when he complied with -the request. - -"Yeah, I'm feeling better," came Watson's smothered retort as he glared -up angrily at his questioner. "I'm feelin' a blamed sight better than -you'll be feelin' in another day or two, I can tell you that." - -"You brought it all on yourself," Dick reminded him. "You had no -business coming here to play the part of a spy, in the first place. If -you got hurt, it's your own fault. All I'm sorry about is that the -unpleasant little blow you received on top of your head wasn't given to -the man who sent you." - -"What do you mean?" bluffed Watson. - -"I guess you know what I mean," Dick spoke coldly, "and please get the -idea out of your mind that we don't know who you are, and where you came -from." - -"Where did I come from?" their prisoner blustered. - -"From Govereau." - -"Well, what are you gonna do about it?" - -There was defiance in Watson's voice. - -"If you mean, what are we going to do with you," Dick answered, "I might -as well tell you that we haven't decided yet. A good deal depends upon -the way you behave yourself." - -"We're thinking seriously of taking you outside and putting a bullet in -you," chimed in Sandy. - -"Yuh better not, if you know what's best for you," stormed Watson. "If -yuh try that, Govereau'll come down here and make mince-meat out of -yuh." - -"He might walk into the same kind of trap you did," grinned Sandy. - -"Where is Govereau now?" asked Dick, shaking his head at Sandy in an -effort to check the useless controversy. "If you answer my questions -truthfully, we'll let you off a whole lot easier than we would -otherwise. We might even be induced to give you something to eat." - -"He ain't very far from here." - -"How far?" - -"About two miles away. We're camped in the heavy timber jus' back from -the river." - -"How did he find out that we are stopping here for the present with -Raoul?" - -"One of our men seen a dog team come up here early yesterday morning. -Govereau thought it might be you, so he sent me over to find out." - -"Is that all he told you to do?" - -For a few minutes Watson lay, staring about him, apparently quite -oblivious of his surroundings. He paid no attention to the last question -put to him. Finally he turned his head, his gaze meeting Dick's -squarely. - -"You fellows are in a mighty bad position, if you want to know it," he -suddenly blurted out. "There ain't one chance in ten thousand that -you'll ever get through alive. Your only hope is to go back to the place -you come from." - -"I'm not asking you for advice," said Dick angrily. - -"Jes' the same, I'm tellin' yuh. I wouldn't take the whole of upper -Canada to be a standin' in your shoes just now. You're only a kid an' -don't realize how bad a mess you're in." - -Sandy strode forward and put a hand on Dick's shoulder. - -"No use to bother with him, Dick," he exclaimed in disgust. "We're just -wasting time. He'd keep us talking here all night. Our best plan is to -get out of here as quickly as possible. Govereau may be along any time -to find out what has happened to him." - -"I think same, too," Toma cut in. "What you say I hitch up huskies, and -we start right away?" - -Dick glanced from one to the other. - -"I guess you're right. We can't any more than lose our way in the dark, -and we've been lost before." - -"But what are we going to do with him?" Sandy wondered, pointing at -their prisoner. - -"We'll have to leave him here with Raoul," Dick replied. Then he turned -to Toma's friend. - -"Do you object?" he asked. "You can release him sometime tomorrow. That -will give us a chance to be well on our way before Govereau learns what -has become of us." - -Raoul nodded his head, grinning. - -"All right, me keep 'em big fellow in bed. Bye an' bye feed him with -spoon like little baby. How you like that?" he asked, turning to Watson. - -The only reply from the man in the bunk was a snort of rage as he -twisted to one side and glared helplessly about him. - - - - - CHAPTER XVI - A JOURNEY THROUGH THE NIGHT - - -The lonely journey through the dark proved to be not nearly as difficult -as Dick had expected. An hour after their departure from Toma's cabin, -the little party emerged from the shelter of spruce and pine, skirting -the river, and drove forth upon a comparatively open prairie, piled high -with drifts. - -Here the snow had been packed down by the wind and the huskies were able -to trot across its surface without breaking through. They went forward -at such a brisk pace that Dick, running behind, was forced to admit, -breathlessly, to Toma: - -"I can't keep this up all night. Can't you slow down once in a while, -and give me a chance to catch my breath?" - -"We all ride now," the guide answered, motioning Dick to a place on the -sled in front of Sandy, who, because of his weakened condition, had been -riding most of the time since they had left the cabin. - -A moment later, sitting at his friend's feet, Dick was conscious of a -new experience. He had never ridden behind a team of huskies before. - -"This is wonderful," he remarked as the dogs sprang forward at Toma's -sharp word of command. "How easy they pull us, Sandy. If we keep on at -this rate, it won't take us long to reach mounted police headquarters." - -Toma, who was standing behind, with one hand on the gee-pole, laughed -good-naturedly over Dick's enthusiasm. - -"They go fast tonight," he admitted, "but mebbe tomorrow we come to soft -snow in woods. No go fast then." - -Somewhere, close at hand, there broke forth a weird, unearthly noise, a -sound that echoed across the stillness, causing both Dick and Sandy to -sit up very straight, hearts thumping excitedly. - -"What was that?" they demanded in chorus. - -"Wolves," came the ready response. "We see plenty of wolves from now on. -Rabbits very few this year and wolves always hungry." - -"Well, I don't want 'em to feed on me," shivered Sandy. "What would we -do if they should happen along and suddenly decide to make a meal on -us?" - -"Shoot," answered Dick, one hand stealing back in the sled to make sure -that in the hurry of their departure they had not forgotten their -rifles. - -"They not come yet," Toma reassured them. "Bye 'n' bye weather get more -cold, snow more deep, wolves more hungry. Then we watch out. No travel -like this at night then. Me 'fraid wolves too." - -Dick laughed. "I'm glad to hear that there's something you're really -afraid of, Toma. I'd begun to think that nothing could frighten you." - -Another howl from the wolf pack, and Sandy's mittened hand was pawing at -Dick's shoulder. - -"Honestly, Dick, I don't like this. Just listen to that! Isn't it awful? -Toma, are you sure they won't come over here and try to gobble us up?" - -"Plenty sure," answered the guide. - -Sandy slouched back in his seat again, not entirely convinced in his own -mind that Toma was right. - -"I hope so," he grumbled, "but why in the dickens did the rabbits have -to get scarce this year. I suppose they heard we were coming along and -just to make our bad luck complete, hopped off to another part of the -country. I wonder why the wolves didn't follow them, Toma?" - -"Wolves no follow rabbits 'cause rabbits all dead," patiently explained -the half-breed. - -"Who killed 'em?" Sandy wanted to know. - -Toma's whip cracked forth over the boys' heads, and the huskies sprang -forward with redoubled effort. - -"Rabbits no get killed--they sick an' die," he answered. "When you live -in this country long time you find out queer thing. Ever' six, seven -years see many rabbits--like mosquitos in spring. Wolves an' coyotes all -very fat then. Almost step on rabbits when you walk through woods. When -rabbits many like that, one fellow him get sick, bye 'n' bye another -rabbit him sick, too. Pretty soon no rabbits left--all dead. No tell you -why." - -Following this explanation, Sandy lapsed into silence for many moments. -There was no sound at all except that made by the pattering feet of the -huskies, and the crunching of the sled under them. A belated moon had -risen slowly from the distant horizon, and in its pure, white light, the -boys could now discern objects, which a few hours before had remained -hidden. Looking about him, Dick saw that the comparatively open space -around them extended southward for many miles, a vast, snow-covered -field, dotted here and there with small patches of poplar. - -They were passing one of these tree clumps a short time later when, -plainly discernible, not more than fifty or a hundred yards to their -right, Dick perceived the huge body of a wolf gliding quickly along, -almost abreast of them. The boy's startled exclamation drew the -attention of Sandy and Toma. - -"Follow us like that all night, mebbe," Toma stated indifferently, "he -no come any closer. He 'fraid us like we 'fraid him." - -"He doesn't appear to be very frightened," came Sandy's dry comment, -"and if he comes one step nearer, I'm going to teach him a few manners." - -"No," said Dick, "we've got to save our ammunition. We may need it badly -a little later on. Besides, I doubt very much whether one wolf would -dare to attack us. It's a full pack that I'd be afraid of." - -"If there were more than one," rejoined Sandy, peering fearfully across -at the subject of their conversation, "I think I'd be inclined to pull -this blanket over my head. I simply wouldn't want to see 'em." - -Dick's amused laugh was broken short by a sudden snarling from the -huskies. This continued until Toma cracked his whip and shouted out a -sharp word of command. - -"No like 'em wolves either," he explained. "You promise no be afraid if -I tell you something." - -"Certainly," answered Dick. "What is it?" - -"You look on other side." - -Sandy and Dick, following directions, drew in a quick breath of alarm. -Two more wolves, equally as large as the one on their right, trotted -along unconcernedly across the drifts, their furry forms plainly -distinguishable in the moonlight. - -"Lord help us!" exclaimed Sandy, with no thought of irreverence. - -"Can you beat that?" Dick wanted to know. - -"No see wolves any more when morning comes," Toma attempted to cheer -them. "You wait." - -After that the hours seemed interminable. Both Dick and Sandy had -forgotten about the novelty of their ride. Intermittently Toma's whip -cracked; the huskies moved on; there was no sound except the slight -noise of their progress across the field of white. On either side -trotted the wolves, three dark shapes, moving like ghosts, never once -quickening or slackening pace. It was with a sigh of relief that Dick -finally perceived the first faint glow of morning across the eastern -sky. - -"We stop pretty soon and have something to eat," announced Toma, -breaking the long silence. - -And a few minutes later, when they drew up before a small log cabin, -standing at the edge of a narrow sheltering woodland, their companions -of the night--the three wolves--were nowhere in sight. - -"What I tell you," their guide reminded them. - -"Right, as usual," grumblingly admitted Sandy. "But tell me, Toma, whose -place is this?" - -"Another friend--him live here," answered Toma. "We have breakfast, -sleep two, three hours, then go on some more. No like to travel night." - -It took but a few moments to unhitch and feed the huskies. Dick looked -on with interest as Toma threw each one of the dogs its ration of frozen -fish. Then the three boys strode forward toward the cabin, upon the door -of which the young half-breed knocked loudly. But no answer ensued. - -"Guess him gone away," Toma stated, and pushed open the door. "He no -care if we stay here for little while. Mebbe out on trap line." - -After a fire was started in the fireplace, Dick and Toma proceeded to -get breakfast, while Sandy carried in armloads of wood from the big pile -outside. They ate in front of a crackling flame, joking and laughing -amongst themselves. - -"With the help of the huskies," exulted Sandy, "we'll soon leave Pierre -Govereau so far behind he'll never catch up. Won't he be wild when he -hears how we've outwitted him?" - -"I wouldn't be too sure about that if I were you," Dick cautioned. -"Govereau isn't the only man we'll have to fear either. You know -Henderson has accomplices all along the line." - -So it proved. - -In spite of their good intentions, their determination to sleep only a -few hours, it was morning of the following day when Dick and Sandy awoke -to find their new team gone and Toma hunting around in the underbrush -some distance from camp. - - - - - CHAPTER XVII - THE STOLEN HUSKIES - - -The dogs were gone, and that was all there was to it, Dick decided a -moment later, after a shouted conference with Toma. They would have to -go on on foot. It was discouraging, but it made Dick more determined -than ever. - -"We'll never get to the fort now," Sandy grumbled. - -"Well, we're a darn sight closer than we were," Dick tried to be -cheerful. - -They watched Toma circling the camp, looking for tracks. Presently he -came in. - -"Some fella steal dogs all right. Mebbe Henderson's men; mebbe just -plain thief. Who know?" - -"Well, they're gone anyway, and it's up to us to make the best of it," -Dick resigned himself. "It'll be slow work hauling this sled." - -Toma had nothing more to say. His only answer was to slip the breast -band of a dog harness over one shoulder and start the sled. Dick and -Sandy followed his lead and presently they were mushing slowly out on -the trail. - -It was exceedingly tiresome business, and within an hour all were leg -weary. The snow had begun to thaw a little, and was soggy underfoot. The -sled runners cut down deeply, making it exceedingly hard pulling, even -with so light a load as they had. - -Long before noon they were resting frequently. And it was with great -thankfulness that they at last made camp. - -"Phew! That was a stiff jaunt," Dick panted, lying flat on his back, -even his iron endurance tested to the utmost. Sandy was too winded to -reply. Toma alone seemed to make no note of it. Long since the boys had -ceased being surprised at any of Toma's feats of muscular endurance. - -They were about ready to dine on cold baked beans and coffee, when Toma -called their attention to a movement ahead of them from the direction of -Fort Dunwoody. It proved to be a man and a dog team. - -"Honestly, we're going to meet somebody!" Sandy exclaimed incredulously. -For days they had seen few save enemies. - -"Well, maybe this isn't a friend," said Dick, dubiously. - -Toma studied the man intently as he drew nearer. Finally they could hear -the cries of the driver to his dogs and the occasional cracking of his -long whip. It was a white man; they could tell even at that distance by -the tail to tail hitch of the dogs. Most of the Indians drove in fan -formation, each dog attached to separate tugs of varying lengths. - -The stranger stopped some distance from them, and came on more slowly. -Evidently, he himself was not too certain whether or not he was meeting -a hostile party. - -They hailed each other. - -"I'm Corporal Richardson of the Mounted," called the lone driver of the -dog team. "Who are you?" - -"Hurrah!" cheered Sandy. - -"Dick Kent and Sandy McClaren with a guide from Fort du Lac," Dick -called back through cupped palms. - -The policeman seemed satisfied. Cracking his whip over the dogs, he -speedily joined the young travelers. - -Corporal Richardson was dressed in a heavy fur coat and parka. When near -the campfire he pulled open his great coat, disclosing the scarlet of -his uniform coat. He listened attentively to Dick's story of their -adventures, and he seemed favorably impressed with both Dick and Sandy, -though at first he was somewhat suspicious of Toma. - -"I left Fort Dunwoody a week ago," the policeman told them, his steely -eyes unwavering. "We've been hearing rumors of Bear Henderson's -outbreak, and I was sent up here to clear some of these trails. Of -course Henderson is rather foolish to think he can whip the Mounted and -the Hudson's Bay Company, but he's made rather a good try at it already. -Last report we had he'd burned two trading posts, and had captured three -more. Mackenzie's Landing has fallen to him, I understand. They say his -next move is Fort du Lac." - -Dick and Sandy gasped at the revelations of the policeman. - -"Didn't you know about the capture of Fort Good Faith, and the -imprisonment of Walter MacClaren, my friend's uncle?" Dick asked. - -"We did not," replied Corporal Richardson. "That is news. But of course -Henderson has made a lot of moves we know nothing of. I suppose you're -after help. It was nervy of you young fellows to break through -Henderson's lines. You know he isn't letting any one in or out of the -far north. A man's life isn't worth a cent who isn't hand in glove with -the outlaw. I'm detailed to scout the trail to Mackenzie's -Landing--clear things up there if possible. I wish I could go with you -fellows, but you'll have to go on alone and talk to the Inspector. I -doubt if you get help right away. Every officer is out on the trail now, -except the bare few that guard the post. It looks like reserves might be -called out in spite of the fact that we don't like to do it." - -"Then you think we may even have to go on to Fort Good Faith alone?" -Dick spoke concernedly. - -"Oh, no, but you may have to wait for a constable." - -"But we can't wait!" Dick cried desperately. "We've been delayed a week -as it is. Sandy's uncle must have help." - -Corporal Richardson sympathized with them, but he said he would not -build up false hopes. "I suggest you ask the Inspector for a special -deputization. In times like these every man will be forced into the -service who isn't an enemy of the crown." - -Dick and Sandy thrilled at this possibility. To think of being for even -a brief period a member of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police was almost -beyond their dreams. - -"I'll have to be mushing," announced the policeman. "Too bad you lost -your dogs. I passed a team about ten miles back. I thought the driver -looked rather sneaky. It's pretty hard to describe ordinary huskies. All -I remember unusual about the team was that the leader, an exceptionally -big fellow, limped with his left forefoot. Not much, just a little." - -"That's our team, sure enough!" Dick cried. "Remember, Sandy, how that -leader limped?" - -"I wish we could catch up with the fellow," Sandy gritted. - -"It's too late now," Corporal Richardson shook his head. "I wish I could -split my team with you, but you see I've only four and with two I'd be -slowed up considerably. What you'd better do is leave your sled, and -take what you need by shoulder pack. If----" - -Corporal Richardson did not finish the sentence. He seemed to start, and -his eyes widened. His hand flew to his chest. Across the snow came the -ringing crack of a distant rifle. The mounted policeman dropped upon one -elbow, as his startled companions hastened to him. - -Dick shook his fist at the hills in the direction the shot seemed to -have come from. - -"I guess I'm hit pretty bad," the corporal revived and whispered. Toma -had thrown up the sled as a sort of barricade, if any more shots were -fired, and Dick and Sandy commenced administering first aid to the -wounded policeman. The bullet had struck under the shoulder blade at the -back, and had come out the right side. - -"It's a nasty wound," Dick said grimly--"maybe a lung is touched." - -"Rather lucky for you fellows at that," the corporal smiled gamely. "Now -you can use my dog team to tote me back to the fort." - -"Do you have any idea who shot you?" Dick asked. - -"One of Henderson's men without a doubt," was the faint reply, "the -country's alive with them. But we'll beat 'em yet." - -Dick grimly agreed with him. - -Strangely enough, no more shots were fired. Dick judged the reason for -this was that a single man had attacked them and had lost courage after -seeing he had drawn blood in a party too strong for him. Yet he could -not be sure. At any moment they might expect the sharpshooter lurking in -the wooded hills to drop one of them. If they were to move on to the -fort they could not remain sheltered from attack. - -The limp body of the corporal was speedily transferred to his sled, -after some of the packs had been thrown aside. Dick picked up the -gee-pole, Toma took the lead, and Sandy cracked the long whip. - -"Mush!" - -They were off, the dogs yelping eagerly down the back trail, overjoyed -at hitting the home trail so soon. - -For nearly an hour they advanced at a fast rate of speed, Sandy and Dick -changing off advance guard with Toma. Then they entered a long ravine, -crested with spruce and jackpine. As yet no sign of the man who had shot -the corporal appeared. Then, without warning, from the brow of the -ravine, puffed the smoke of a rifle. A bullet fanned Dick's cheek, and -he paused and fired at the distant smoke at the top of the ravine. - -"Mush! Mush!" shouted Sandy to the dogs, cracking the long whip. - -The dogs responded nobly, drawing the sled, carrying the wounded -officer, so fast that the boys could hardly keep up. - -Again the hidden rifle cracked from the top of the ravine. This time one -dog gave a sharp yelp, leaped into the air and fell kicking his last in -a tangle of harness. - -"He's killed a dog!" cried Dick angrily. "Quick, get him out of the -harness so we can go on." - -The three remaining huskies were growling and snarling in a mess, and it -was some minutes before Sandy and Toma could straighten them out, cut -the dead dog from his harness and start on again. Meanwhile Dick emptied -his rifle at the brow of the ravine, taking a chance on hitting whoever -was skulking there with such deadly intent. - -On their way again, the fast moving sled proved an elusive target for -the sharpshooter. He shot three times without effect. Swiftly they -neared a point where the ravine widened out into a low walled valley, -which was almost barren of vegetation. Once on this clear space they -would be safe, for there was no cover within rifle range for the man who -was dogging them. - -Dick and Sandy were almost on the point of giving a shout of triumph -when the hidden rifle cracked again and another dog dropped in the -harness. The sled stopped, and once more the excited dogs got themselves -in a bad mix-up. At the mercy of the mysterious and deadly rifle, the -boys attacked the tangled harness and dogs. - - - - - CHAPTER XVIII - A HUNGRY PACK - - -Scarcely had they cut loose the fallen dog when the rifle sounded again -and the lead dog dropped to his haunches, failing to rise again. Dick -put the dog out of misery with a shot from his rifle, then turned to -Toma and Sandy. - -"We've got to get that fellow out of his nest. He's playing with us. As -soon as he finishes with the dogs he'll start in on us. We might as well -die fighting. Follow me." Dick wheeled and started up the hill, firing -his rifle as he went, Sandy and Toma not far behind. - -The man on the rim of the ravine seemed taken by surprise. His shots -went wild. Only one came close, and that tore through Sandy's mackinaw. - -Shouting at the top of their voices, the boys reached the top of the -ravine. A running figure was just disappearing over a knoll ahead of -them. Dick paused a moment, levelled his rifle and fired quickly. The -figure, some hundred yards distant, leaped high, as if hit, and ran on -limping. Toma and Sandy also fired, but did not hit. They ran on after -the man a little way, then fearing to leave the wounded officer too long -alone, they hurried back, certain they had routed the sharpshooter. - -"We're lucky," Dick said, as they trotted down the slope of the ravine, -"--not a scratch and he was sure shooting close." - -"I kind of wish I was in Corporal Richardson's place when I think of -going on with one dog," Sandy changed the subject, making light of his -narrow escape. "Means we've got to buckle into the harness again." - -Toma paused as they reached the sled. They could see him looking up at -the sky. - -"Heap snow come soon," the imperturbable weather prophet announced. -"Make um wolves hungry." - -Dick and Sandy did not think seriously of Toma's prophecy, for they were -intent on the hard work ahead, and already were stepping into the places -vacated by the dead dogs. - -Again they toiled out on the trail to Fort Dunwoody, hauling the wounded -man, who was muttering to himself now in a delirious state brought on by -rising fever. - -In an hour it had begun to snow, but the boys kept on. Thicker and -thicker fell the soft, white flakes, until they could see no more than -twenty feet ahead. It was a wet snow, and made pulling the sled harder -than ever. The runners seemed to drag like lead upon the aching -shoulders of the three. They were glad when darkness fell and they were -forced to camp. - -"We're in for an all-night snow storm, I guess," Dick observed, as the -fire he was trying to start went out for a third time, and he had to -enlist the aid of Toma. - -"I'd like to sleep for a week," said Sandy, from where he was trying to -make the wounded officer more comfortable. "That falling snow is just -like a bedtime story that really does put a fellow to sleep." - -They rolled into their sleeping bags as soon as they had appeased their -appetites, not troubling to keep watch. All night the snow fell, and in -the morning they awakened almost smothered with the wet drifts. The -world was all fresh and white like a new blanket, but they had not taken -ten steps before they knew they would make little progress that day. - -"If a crust would only freeze over the snow we could get along faster," -Dick bewailed. - -Corporal Richardson seemed a little better after the night's rest. His -fever had gone down and an examination of the wound showed it to be -coming along as well as could be expected. He was very weak, however, -from loss of blood. - -"Where are we?" the officer asked Dick. - -"About fifty miles north of Fort Dunwoody with only one dog," Dick -replied. "You were unconscious yesterday during the scrap we had with -the same fellow who hit you." - -"Yes, I seemed to have had delirium," replied the corporal. "I imagined -I heard shooting." - -"Well, you didn't need your imagination to hear that yesterday," Dick -assured him. - -"It'll be a wonder if you get through," the officer said, "better leave -me along the trail somewhere. There's an abandoned cabin a few miles -this side of Badge Lake. You'll strike it if you follow the long ridge. -Put me off there with some grub and then have Inspector Dawson send a -man out after me." - -"No, we couldn't do anything like that," Dick returned firmly. "In your -condition you need medical care as soon as you can get it. As long as we -can stand you're going to stay on this sled." - -As if to bear out Dick's words, the officer fainted dead away. - -Alarmed, Dick put a cup of melted snow to the pale lips. The corporal -had just aroused enough to drink when a sound from across the snow -startled Dick so that he spilled the water. - -"Listen to that!" ejaculated Sandy. - -"I heard it," Dick replied. - -Long, weird, mournful, the howl of a wolf rose and fell in the distance. -It was the hunger cry of the most savage denizen of the northland wilds. -Deep snow had made hunting hard for the wolves, and they were beginning -to take notice of the man prey of the land. - -"Him hungry," grunted Toma. - -They set off on the trail once more. A half mile they struggled along -with the sled, when another wolf howled from a different quarter. This -time the cry was answered. - -"Wolves come together for big hunt," Toma explained, with his usual -absence of emotion. - -"Here's hoping they don't pick on us," Sandy remarked. - -Dick was silent. His face was haggard. The troubles of the trail were -weighing heavily on his sturdy shoulders, and this new danger of the -northland taxed his courage to the utmost. Yet he did not falter. -Instead, his words were cheerful, though they came from drawn lips. - -"I guess we have a few shots left in our rifles," said Dick meaningly. -"Those wolves better not come too close." - -"Few shots is right," Sandy came back dishearteningly. "Dick, do you -know we have only about ten shots left for each of the rifles? And we -had the hard luck to unload Corporal Richardson's ammunition when we put -him on the sled. All he has is a belt full of revolver cartridges." - -Dick's hands clenched on the strap with which he was helping pull the -sled. "Makes no difference, Sandy. After we've escaped all these human -wolves that have been after us, I guess we can handle the animals all -right." But he was not quite so sure as he tried to make Sandy believe. - -"Wolves eat um dead dogs back trail," Toma called from the rear of the -sled, where he was following up after a stiff job of breaking trail. - -All afternoon the cries of the gathering pack could be heard, now near, -now far. Once it seemed they were all around them. Then the boys -redoubled their efforts on the heavy sled. - -"We ought to pull into that cabin the corporal mentioned before long," -Dick said worriedly, as he changed places with Sandy. - -"I don't know about that," Sandy replied. "The corporal was probably -estimating the distance if we made time with a good dog team--but we -haven't gone more than five miles today." - -They made no stop for a mid-day meal, chewing raw bacon while toiling on -the trail. The fear of the wolves had entered their hearts yet they -would not let one another feel that fear by any spoken word. - -Near nightfall they were certain the wolves were trailing them, and they -could not hide it from one another. Far in the rear they could hear the -hunting cry of the pack, and it was blood-curdling. - -While the sun still shone over the western skyline, the first of the -wolf pack appeared behind, and the boys knew that they were in for -trouble. - -The leader of the wolves was old and wise. For a time he held the pack -of nearly thirty gaunt, gray wolves out of rifle range, waiting for -dark. But hunger could not be denied. The less wise of the pack forged -ahead, and the rifles of the three boys spoke with deadly effect. - -Dick's toll was three wolves before he emptied his magazine. Sandy shot -one and thought he had killed another, but the animal seemed only -stunned, and after a minute leaped up and came on again at a swinging -lope, to be dropped by a shot from Dick, who had reloaded. - -Toma did not fire, however. Instead, without any orders from Dick or -Sandy, he made camp in a patch of scrub pine and spruce, where there was -plenty of dead wood. Speedily he made a fire. When Dick and Sandy had -exhausted their ammunition, and had gone for Corporal Richardson's -revolver, a huge fire was roaring and crackling before the upturned -sled, in whose shelter rested the corporal. - -The wolves had drawn off out of gunshot now. Some of them were devouring -their comrades that had fallen. When darkness crept over the little camp -the wolves had completely surrounded it. - -"We've got to save our cartridges," Dick said at last. "Toma, how many -have you left?" - -"Just gun full up," replied Toma, which meant he had the magazine of his -repeater full--eight shots. - -Dick was fingering Corporal Richardson's revolver. He was unaccustomed -to handling a revolver and comprehended he could do little real damage -with the small arm, having always used a rifle. Sandy was no better than -he, and when Dick asked Toma if he could shoot with a revolver with -accuracy, the guide shook his head. - -"They're slinking around us in a circle now," Sandy reported fearfully, -as the shadows deepened. - -As he had said, now and again a dark, sinister form glided across the -snow from shrub to shrub, skirting the firelight. Here and there, one of -the pack sat on his haunches, his beady eyes fixed on the camp, while -his mouth slavered. Frequently one of the number raised his nose to the -sky and sounded the hunger howl. - -The wolves feared the campfire, and Toma explained that as long as they -could keep the fire going they need not fear any very dangerous attack. -And even if the wolves did rush them they could be repelled by fire -brands. - -"I'm going to see what they do when I throw fire," Dick said presently. -He picked out the nearest shadowy form, and drawing a flaming stick from -the fire, threw it at the wolf. His aim was good and the animal snarled -horribly as the fire fell within a few feet of its feet. - -It was close to midnight when Toma confided to Dick and Sandy what they -both feared. The wolves were gaining in number as wanderers joined the -pack surrounding them. The places of those they had killed earlier in -the day, and the few they had managed to pick off after dark were being -filled by other ravenous beasts. - -There would be no sleep in the camp that night. - - - - - CHAPTER XIX - THE CIRCLE OF DEATH - - -Toma had cut a huge stack of wood, and it was well he did, for the -moment the fire died down the wolves drew closer. In fact they seemed to -taunt the boys into using the last of their ammunition in firing at the -difficult targets they made. - -The one dog was whimpering with fear and cowering under the legs of his -masters in abject fear. Sometimes, however, a low whine sounded among -the wolves, at which the husky pricked up his ears and did not seem so -frightened. Toma tied the dog to the sled with a thong of moose-hide. - -As the night wore away, Dick and Sandy risked shot after shot at the -wolves, and now and again they dropped a skulking shadow. But usually -they missed, since Toma objected to giving up his rifle, and they were -forced to use the corporal's revolver. - -"How long do you suppose we can hold out?" Sandy asked in a strained -voice. - -"I see no reason why we can't hold out until they leave," Dick replied -with more confidence than he felt. "We've plenty of firewood. As long as -we have fire to fight with we're safe." - -"How do we know they'll leave?" Sandy wanted to know. - -Dick shuddered a little, and did not answer. He saw a gray shape loom up -at the edge of the firelight, and raising the revolver, fired quickly. -He gave a cry of satisfaction as he saw the gaunt beast leap into the -air and fall, kicking its last. - -There followed a rush of hungry wolves for their fallen companion. -Horrified, the boys watched the dead wolf torn to pieces by the pack. -Dick emptied his revolver into the writhing mass. He could not help but -hit, and he killed another wolf, wounding two others, which the pack -finished. - -Sandy began throwing burning brands at the wolves, and they drew off -once more into the darkness, where they paced nervously back and forth, -growling and snarling. - -The boys decided that one of them should try to sleep while the other -two watched. Dick arranged three twigs in one hand for Sandy and Toma to -draw from. The one with the shortest twig, after the draw, was to be the -lucky one. Sandy drew the shortest. But after a half hour of futile -tossing about, he gave it up. - -"No use," Sandy joined the haggard watchers at the fire. "One of you -fellows try it. I couldn't sleep in a million years with those devils -out there waiting to gobble me up." - -"I don't think I can either," said Dick. "Toma, you'd better try it. One -of us had better get some rest." - -The guide grunted assent, and rolled into his sleeping bag, which once -had been his brother's. In a few minutes Toma was breathing steadily in -sound slumber. His calmness gave the boys courage. - -"If he can sleep I guess we hadn't ought to feel so nervous," Sandy -observed. - -"I've heard old sourdoughs say an Indian never lets the nearness of -death trouble him when he can't get away from it," Dick related, trying -to get his own mind and Sandy's off their perilous predicament. - -"Well, I wish I was an Indian then," Sandy sighed, "--for the present -anyway." - -The renewed and increased restlessness of their dog attracted their -attention then, and they watched him straining at the moosehide leash. - -Dick caught the dog trying to chew through the thong and spoke sharply. - -"Funny why he wants to get away," Dick mused aloud. "One would think the -dog would realize his danger and want to stay near the fire." - -Corporal Richardson's voice sounded from his blankets. The officer had -awakened and had overheard Dick's remark. - -"There's a female wolf out there--several of them," the veteran -northerner answered Dick. "She's calling to the dog. It's the mate call -of the wolf and the dog understands it. But only the wisest of -she-wolves understand how to use the call to lure meat for their -stomachs. That dog wouldn't last three minutes once he left the fire." - -"How do you feel now?" Dick asked, going to the wounded man's side. - -"Much better," answered the officer, "but my side is stiff and mighty -sore. I'll be flat on my back for a couple of weeks yet. Couldn't be -worse luck now that the Inspector needs every man of us." - -"Then you really think we have a good chance escaping from the wolf -pack?" Dick eagerly seized at a grain of encouragement. - -The corporal did not answer immediately. "You'd have a lot bigger chance -if you left me here in the morning," said the corporal steadily. - -"Leave you here!" Dick exclaimed. "What do you think we are--cowards?" - -"I should say not, Dick Kent," replied the policeman. "But that doesn't -make me any less a burden. With this wolf pack surrounding you you'll do -well to get away from camp at all, say nothing of hauling me along." - -"But we're with you anyway," Dick concluded decisively. - -"Oh, well," the officer turned a little, stifling a groan at the -movement, "the wolves may scare up moose or caribou before morning. If -they do they'll soon leave us alone." - -The conversation had weakened the corporal, and Dick soon left him to -rest, joining Sandy. The boys discussed the situation, listening to the -fearful howls of the wolves, hoping against hope that as Corporal -Richardson had said, they might find other game before morning. - -After two hours of sound slumber, Toma quietly arose and joined the two -at the fireside. He said little, but set to work cutting down more wood, -and breaking it up into firewood lengths. - -Morning dawned, cold and gray. Dick and Sandy were worn from loss of -sleep. Silently they waited for the wolves to depart. But with the sun -an hour high the pack still circled the camp, tongues lolling, jaws -slavering. - -"Will they never leave!" Sandy's voice faltered. - -"Wolf much hungry!" Toma grunted. "Maybe um leave, we start. Sometime -they do." He looked at Dick to see what he thought. - -Dick surveyed the menacing circle of wolves. They had grown bolder as -their hunger increased. Could they hitch up the dog and break out of -that circle of death? - -"If you think we have a chance to get out of here, Toma, we'll try it," -Dick grimly returned a moment later. "Anything but this suspense suits -me." - -As the boys packed up the wolves grew more uneasy and shifted closer. -Toma scarcely could manage the husky as he hitched it to the sled. The -young guide held his rifle in one hand, working at a disadvantage so -that he might be prepared to shoot at a moment's notice. Toma's was the -only rifle left in which there was ammunition, and Dick had shot away -all the revolver cartridges during the night. - -It was with many misgivings that a few minutes later they took their -places for the dash through the wolves. - -Toma took the lead, with the rifle, Sandy held the dog, while Dick took -up the rear, swinging the camp axe. - -Slowly, in grim silence, they pulled away from the fire. - -A hundred feet away they discovered they never would get through the -circle. For, instead of retreating, the wolves dashed this way and that, -then rushed them in a body. Sandy's cry of terror was drowned by the -crack of Toma's rifle and Dick's hoarse shout: - -"Back to the fire! We can't make it!" - -Then Toma's rifle was empty, and with clubbed rifle and axe they were -left to fight their way back to the campfire. Slashing with razor fangs, -the wolves leaped in and out. Dick wrought havoc with the axe, and Toma -ploughed his way through the snarling, writhing mass like a Hercules. -When the guide broke through he ran to the fire and commenced throwing -coals and burning sticks with his mittens, until the air was filled with -flying embers. Howls of pain followed as the hot coals burned the -wolves. The scent of singed hair and burning flesh arose. - -At last the wolves drew off reluctantly, leaving behind them a trail of -wounded and dying. In the repulsion of the attack the boys had slain -nine wolves and wounded seven. They could see the hairy bodies of the -dead lying scattered all the way from where the fight had begun. - -"Wood not last much longer," Toma's voice startled Dick. - -Dick hastily inspected the patch of wood in which they had camped. As -Toma had said, they soon would be out of firewood. And the nearest wood -was three hundred yards away--outside the circle of death. - -Dick and Sandy shuddered; Corporal Richardson stirred and moaned; Toma -began quietly gathering the chips and twigs; half buried in the snow. - - - - - CHAPTER XX - SANDY DISAPPEARS - - -Sitting by the fire, conscious presently of a light step at his side and -a friendly hand on his shoulder, Dick turned and looked up into Sandy's -face, as his chum spoke in a voice husky with emotion. - -"I guess we've about played our last card," said Sandy. "Right now it -doesn't look as if Fort Dunwoody was very close, does it?" - -"No, not very close," Dick was obliged to answer, as his tired eyes -swept the narrowing circle of timber wolves. - -"We've done the best we could anyway," Sandy went on dejectedly. "I -guess my Uncle Walter won't receive a whole lot of help from us." - -"Sandy, I used to think you were an optimist," declared Dick, "but now I -know you're a born pessimist. Why don't you try to cheer up?" - -Sandy glanced about at the wolves. A scowl puckered his usually placid -brow. "Can't be very cheerful with those fellows waiting for us," he -said shortly. "Do you know I sometimes think that big one with the -shaggy head actually grins at me? If he thinks he's going to pick a -whole lot of meat off my bones he's badly mistaken." - -Dick grinned in spite of himself. "Exactly what do you mean, Sandy?" - -"Well, I'm a whole lot thinner than I was. Toma would make better -eating." - -At this juncture, Toma, who had been cutting what little wood remained, -strode forward with an almost excited look on his face. "I know what do -now," he announced. "We no got firewood; plenty over by trees." - -"We know that," Sandy responded impatiently, "but we're a long ways from -being over there." - -"Me ketch um good idea. No can go to wood with wolves there. We move -fire to wood; move um little at time, one feet, two feet--bye and bye we -get there--mebbe by night we travel fast." - -Toma was right. At nightfall they had accomplished the unusual feat of -moving the fire to another patch of wood. And with the first snarling -approach of the ravenous wolves a replenished fire sprang up to beat -them back. The boys, in exuberance, piled more and more wood on the fire -until it leaped five feet into the still, frosty air, and grew so hot it -melted a circle of snow about it. - -Dick breathed a sigh of satisfaction as he crawled into his blankets -hours later. It had been decided that Sandy was to stand first watch -with Toma. Tonight, Dick decided grimly, he would make the most of the -hours allotted him for sleep. He intended to follow Toma's example and -forget everything in the complete relaxation of weary mind and muscles. - -"Got to fight this thing through," he reminded himself, stretching his -long legs out before the campfire and composing himself for sleep. A few -minutes later, while watching Sandy nervously pacing to and fro, he -forgot all his troubles in a happy loss of consciousness that carried -him away to a land where wolves, blizzards and scar faced Indians did -not once trouble him. - -He was awakened by Toma shaking him by the shoulder. "Big wolf eat you -up if sleep like that," declared the young guide goodnaturedly. - -Dick jumped up, once more mentally alert, and shortly piled more wood on -the fire, commencing his lonely vigil. He scanned the fringe of the -firelight for the skulking shapes, which had become so dreadfully -familiar, but he could see none--not a single prowling form anywhere. He -decided that the wolves had moved further back from the fire. Several -times he believed he heard a deep-throated snarl, but he was not sure. - -"I hope they're gone," he breathed fervently, "so that we can continue -on our way to Fort Dunwoody. We've lost too much time already." - -Off to his right a faint glow suffused the east. In another hour, if the -wolves really were gone, they might continue their slow progress, and, -barring emergencies, might reasonably expect to arrive at the mounted -police barracks in about three days. - -With the first grin in hours brightening his face, Dick set about -preparing breakfast. He had a frying pan over the fire and was melting -snow for coffee. It was so quiet around him that he imagined he could -hear the low, irregular breathing of Corporal Richardson. Then, -presently Toma stirred, stretched out one arm and yawned: - -"Guess I get up," the guide announced. - -"When you do," Dick replied, "I wish you'd go over and wake Sandy. I've -kept his watch for him, and if I wasn't so busy getting breakfast I'd go -over myself." - -Dick was adding coffee to the boiling water when Toma returned. - -"Well, did you wake him?" - -The half breed endeavored to speak, but no sound came from his trembling -lips. - -"What's wrong?" Dick inquired, trying to be calm. - -"Sandy, him gone!" - -"Gone!" Dick's heart took a sickening plunge. - -The light was strong enough now so that they could see that the wolves -were gone, but this happy discovery was not so encouraging with the -disappearance of Sandy. - -Horrified at first, at the thought that Sandy must have been eaten by -the wolves, Dick and Toma began a minute search of the vicinity. They -found tracks, but no sign of Sandy. If the departed wolves had slain -Dick's chum there would have been traces left, at least bits of -clothing. - - - - - CHAPTER XXI - THE MAN FROM CROOKED STICK RIVER - - -If, as Dick suspected possible, Pierre Govereau had overtaken them again -and somehow made off with Sandy, what then could they do? Corporal -Richardson must go on to the post at all hazards. The infection in the -officer's wound would kill him unless medical aid were procured soon. -Yet Dick could not leave without knowing what had happened to Sandy, and -making a sincere effort to find his chum. And in that strange country he -could not find his way without the aid of Toma. - -"I've a good idea what might have happened to Sandy," Dick mused aloud a -little later. - -"What you say?" Toma eagerly asked. - -"He's walked in his sleep two or three times in his life that I know -about, and last night he must have done it again. Now I'm sure he left -the fire after the wolves were gone. If he did then he might have fallen -into Govereau's hands." Dick strode back and forth in the snow, almost -beside himself. - -"Oh! if some friend would only come along on the way to Fort Dunwoody," -Dick exclaimed aloud. - -"We take um sick fella to cabin," Toma suggested. "We leave um there -when go look for Sandy." - -At his wit's end Toma's suggestion seemed the only way out. Dick felt -his duty to Sandy even greater than that to the minion of the northland -law, and he would not exactly be deserting the policeman if he left him -with food and firewood. - -"That's the thing to do," Corporal Richardson spoke up from his -blankets. "The Indian has it right. The cabin is between six and eight -miles from here. You can take me there and come back and take up young -McClaren's trail." - -Dick was glad to hear the officer's voice, and to learn that he was once -more rational, with abated fever. - -"If it's all right with you, corporal, that's what we'll do. Toma, let's -hurry." - -In a few minutes the camp where they had been held up a day and two -nights had been deserted and out across the vast, endless expanse of -snow, Toma and Dick toiled in the dog traces, dragging the wounded -policeman. - -They had gone some two miles and were resting when suddenly they were -startled by the sound of a dog driver's voice from over the knoll they -had just coasted down. Was it friend or enemy? Dick prayed it was a -friend as he hurried to the top of the little hill and looked. - -A team of eight dogs, followed by a lone man, swinging a long whip, was -coming along the trail they had made in the snow. Dick waited till the -man had come a little nearer. Then he revealed himself. The man saw him -almost immediately, and drew his dog team to a slower pace. The stranger -seemed suspicious as to Dick's identity, but the evident distress of the -young man on the hill reassured him. He came on to within hailing -distance, and stopped his team, raising his rifle. - -"If you're one of that Henderson gang," called the man threateningly, -"I'll plug you where you stand." - -Dick breathed a sigh of relief. "We're bound for Fort Dunwoody," he -replied. "We've got a wounded policeman on our sled and have only one -dog." - -Satisfied that Dick was telling the truth, the shouted to his dogs and -came on. A moment later he joined Dick and Toma alongside the sled. - -"By gar, I tink I never get out of dat country." the newcomer, appearing -to be a French-Indian, mopped his brow. "That Pierre Govereau one tough -customer. Yah!" - -"You came in a nick of time," Dick returned. - -"One of our party has disappeared, we think he's been captured. Now -we're trying to get a wounded policeman to a place of safety while I and -my guide take a look for my chum. My name's Dick Kent," he held out his -hand. - -"Me, I'm Gaston Leroi," announced the stranger, shaking with French -warmth, "that Henderson's man Govereau kill my partner up on Crooked -Stick River. I get away pretty lucky." - -"And it's lucky for us you got away," Dick replied with spirit. He -stepped to the sled and stopped over the wounded officer. "Corporal -Richardson, here's a man who can help us out," Dick told the officer. - -"Thank God," murmured the policeman. "What's his name?" - -"Gaston Leroi." - -"Gaston Leroi!" exclaimed the corporal with more strength in his voice -than had been there for hours. "Not the trapper Leroi. Hey! Bring him -around where I can see him." - -At the sound of the wounded man's voice the French trapper had leaped -forward where he could see the officer's face. - -"By gar!" exclaimed Leroi. "George Richardson! What them fellers do to -you, George?" - -Dick was overjoyed to discover the men were old friends. - -"Gaston, you won't mind doing something for me?" he heard the corporal -saying. - -"Sacre diable! Do I mind!" Gaston exclaimed. - -"It's like this," the corporal went on, "these young fellows want to go -back and look for their partner, but they won't leave me. Could you haul -me to the fort?" - -The trapper vociferously expressed his willingness to do this for his -friend, Constable Richardson. - -"They're out of ammunition too," revealed the corporal. "Just had a long -fight with a pack of hungry wolves. Can you spare some ammunition, -Gaston?" - -"What kind of gun you got?" the trapper turned to Dick. - -"Ross 30.30," Dick replied anxiously. - -Leroi's face fell. He turned to Toma. - -"I got um 45.70 Winchester," Toma anticipated the trapper's question. - -"Me, I use 45.70!" Gaston Leroi exclaimed with pleasure and turned back -to Dick, saying: "I use revolver. Like heem better dan rifle. I take -your gun. You take mine. Huh?" - -"Suits me," replied Dick gratefully. - -Leroi dived into his packs and soon brought out several boxes of -ammunition, with which Dick and Toma filled their pockets. - -A half hour later Dick and Toma bid goodbye to Gaston Leroi, and watched -his dog team, hauling the wounded corporal, disappear over a long hill. -Then the two boys set out over the back trail at a jog trot. They were -determined not to rest their heads until they had discovered what had -become of Sandy. - -"Do you think it was Govereau?" Dick asked Toma as they hurried along. - -"I not know," replied Toma, who was slightly in the lead. "Tracks show -only two fella keetch Sandy. Hope snow no more; if not we trail um -easy." - -They did not speak again until they had reached the scene of their -battle with the wolves, where they picked up the trail. - -"They're going north," Dick spoke, after studying the tracks. "It must -be some of Henderson's men, though it seems queer Govereau would come -this far south." - -"That Govereau, he bad fella; he go everywhere. No 'fraid anybody. Mebbe -I see that Many Scar." - -Dick fell silent at the mention of the scar faced Indian. He knew Toma -was thinking of his dead brother, and was planning revenge if he met the -murderer, who he believed to be the scar faced Indian. Dick knew nothing -to say which would change Toma's mind in this respect, so he said -nothing as they forged onward at a mile-eating pace. - -They had traveled nearly ten miles into a deeply wooded vicinity, when -the tracks began to grow fresher, and they slowed their pace. Presently -they rounded a bend, and in a tiny valley, drained by a winding, frozen -creek, they came upon an Indian village of a dozen tepees. - -Toma seemed as surprised as Dick at the discovery. - -"Um war party," Toma replied immediately. "No good Injun if um fight -White Father." - -"How can you tell they're a war party?" inquired Dick. - -"No squaws, no papooses," replied Toma abruptly. - -As Toma had said there were no women or children to be seen in the camp. -And at different points along the fringe of trees around the clearing, -Dick made out dusky sentinels, armed with long rifles, with feathers in -their beaver bonnets. - -"The tracks lead down into the village, so Sandy must be there -somewhere," Dick mused aloud. - -The larger portion of the party of Indians who had thrown up their -caribou hide tepees in the valley, seemed to be absent. Here and there a -warrior squatted before a cooking fire, his rifle leaning close beside -him. - -"Look!" Dick suddenly pointed. - -A white man had come out of one of the tepees and was walking slowly -toward the creek. - -"I see um," said Toma. "Guess him one Govereau's men. Huh? Him Henderson -got plenty bad Indian work for him." - -"Then Govereau has joined forces with these Indians," Dick's spirits -fell. "It will be one big job getting Sandy away from him now. I wonder -which tepee he is in--er--" he was about to wonder if Sandy was alive, -but dared not trust the words on his tongue. It was too horrible to -speak of--that Pierre Govereau had murdered his chum. - -"We wait till dark," Toma voiced the resolve of both. - -At twilight the boys saw a large party come in from the north, in which -there were a number of whites. They were loaded down with furs, which -they probably had stolen. Dick thought he recognized the figure of the -half-breed Pierre Govereau, but could not be certain at that distance. - -Slowly darkness fell and the campfires flung out flickering shadows on -the sloping walls of tepees and over the figures of the warriors -squatted around them. - -"I make believe I one of them," Toma whispered presently. "I go -down--find out where Sandy is." - -"It's an awful risk," Dick tried to object, "and you aren't dressed like -they are." - -"I fix that. You wait here--no, you come down closer. Be ready to shoot, -you hear trouble. Jump 'round when you shoot. Make um think you whole -army. I ketch um Sandy." - -Though Dick feared Toma would come to grief, he could do nothing but let -the courageous young guide take the chance, hoping, if worst came to -worst, and Toma was discovered, that he might draw the attention of the -Indians long enough for his red friend to escape. - -Toma crawled off down the slope toward the camp, Dick followed him for a -little way, until he reached a heavy copse of brush where he felt he was -within good rifle range of the camp. Toma went on and disappeared, -Dick's whispered wish of "good luck" following him. - -As Dick lay there waiting he could see on the side of the camp nearest -him, the shadowy figure of a warrior sentinel, standing motionless by a -tree, silhouetted by the light of one of the fires. Dick raised his -rifle and drew bead on the guard. It was this warrior who would discover -Toma, if any did, and Dick watched intently for a motion that would -indicate the guard had seen something unusual. - -He watched for possibly five minutes, when of a sudden another figure -arose between him and the shadowy guard. There was a swift movement of -the two shadows; they swayed violently, then the guard fell and the -other stooped over him. Then both disappeared in the dark underbrush. - -Dick held his breath. Toma had attacked the guard and knocked him down. -In a flash Dick saw Toma's plan--the young Indian would change clothes -with the warrior and creep into the camp, casually joining the others. - -Gripping his rifle, Dick awaited developments. What would happen in the -next hour he did not know, but he hoped for the best. - - - - - CHAPTER XXII - A SKIRMISH IN THE NIGHT - - -Dick waited what seemed to him several hours, though it could not have -been more than thirty minutes, before he saw a sign of Toma. Then, in -almost the exact position the guard had held, he saw a figure rise up -which he was almost certain was Toma, though the firelight revealed that -the young guide now wore the clothes and head-dress of the sentinel. - -"Good for you, Toma," Dick whispered. "Now if you can only get in among -them without them recognizing that you're not really a member of their -band." - -Toma did not enter the camp from that side, however. Once more he -disappeared. - -A patch of brush to the left caught Dick's roving eyes, and this he -watched, believing Toma would take this means of getting into the camp -without attracting attention, since the bushes led up to a point very -near one of the tepees. - -Dick was right. A few minutes later the bush tops waved a little at the -passage of a creeping body. Presently in the shadow of the tepee nearest -the bushes, Toma rose and walked slowly toward one of the campfires, -where he joined a group. Dick feared Toma might see the scar faced -Indian, and that the guide's desire for revenge might cause him to -destroy all his chances for the rescue of Sandy. But as time passed and -all went well, Dick felt that Toma must be making good progress in the -dangerous mission he had set out on. - -A little later Dick saw a figure, which he took to be Toma, break away -from a group of natives and saunter toward one of the tepees. Evidently -the guide now was either looking for Sandy, or had learned the captive's -exact position from the conversation of the warriors. - -Toma stooped into the opening of the tepee and disappeared. Holding his -breath, Dick watched. Toma was gone some time, then in the flickering -light he appeared again. Would Sandy follow? Dick's heart beat -painfully. - -Then he could not suppress a low cry of exultation as Sandy's bare head -came out next and the two slipped into the deep shadows of another -tepee. For minutes they did not move, then they suddenly dashed for the -patch of brush that had covered Toma's entrance into the camp. Dick's -finger tightened on the trigger. - -There was a commotion among one of the groups about the campfires. A -shout sounded, then a rifle shot. The Indians began to run; they had -seen Toma and Sandy! - -Dick took quick aim and fired. The crack of his rifle in the silent -forest startled the camp. Dick shot again, hurrying to another position -as Toma had advised. He could see that Toma and Sandy had reached cover, -and that the guide was firing on his pursuers. - -The whole camp was in a turmoil now; Indians and whites hurrying hither -and thither, shooting at the flashes of Dick's rifle. He could not hear -what they were shouting to each other, but he divined they thought he -was quite a number of men, so fast was he firing and from so many -positions. - -"I'll hurry along toward Toma and Sandy," Dick muttered to himself, -"they'll know where I am by the sound of my rifle." - -Twenty yards further on Toma and Sandy reached him. - -"Thank God you're safe at last!" Dick embraced Sandy, while Toma kept up -rifle fire on the Indians and whites, who were now charging after them. - -With a parting salvo at their pursuers, the three made off into the -night toward Fort Dunwoody. All night they hurried on, hungry and tired, -yet determined to elude Govereau if they dropped in their tracks. - -"Him Govereau with Indians," Toma revealed to Dick. "No see um Many-Scar -Jackson. I hear um talk much. Bear Henderson, him make north country big -nation all his own. Give Indians back their land. Humph! Bear Henderson -crazy--him thief, outlaw. That Govereau bad fella too; keep um police -from come up from south." - -It did not take Sandy long to tell Dick and Toma how he had been -captured by two scouts of Govereau's band, who had lain in hiding, -looking for a chance to attack. It had been their approach and the -appearance of a herd of caribou going south that had frightened away the -wolves. Dick had been right in suspecting that Sandy had walked in his -sleep. It was almost funny to hear him tell how he had awakened, -struggling in the hands of his captors, dreaming they were wolves -devouring him. - -At dawn the travelers reached the shores of a large lake, whose snow -covered ice stretched for leagues and leagues ahead. - -"Him Badge Lake," Toma told them. "We cross um ice, make journey -shorter." - -They stopped long enough to steep coffee and make some flapjacks. Dick -and Toma had taken very few provisions with them when they left Gaston -Leroi, and they now could see that they would have barely enough for -another meal. - -Still hungry, they set off across the frozen lake with many a backward -glance to see if they were followed. But if they were, they saw no sign -of Govereau's band. The silent forest, fading from view as they forged -out farther and farther over the ice, disclosed no running figures on -their trail. - -"We cross um lake when sun set," Toma said. "Maybe see moose when other -side. We eat then." - -It was a long jaunt across the lake. At noon they could see the other -shore, dim and hazy to the south. With hunger gnawing at their vitals -they trudged the last miles across the ice, hearing now and again, a low -rumbling roar as the lake ice cracked open for hundreds and hundreds of -yards. Once they were held up by one of these cracks, wider than the -rest, which they could not leap over. They had to follow this until it -grew narrower. Sandy slipped when they finally jumped the crack, and -fell into the niche. At the bottom the fissure came together, and was -partly filled with slivers of ice. Dick and Toma pulled Sandy out on the -end of a rifle. - -Darkness was just falling when they reached the other shore of the lake. -It was with groans of thankfulness that they built a fire and dropped -down to rest for the night. - -"I'm all in," Sandy sank upon his back by the fire. - -"I couldn't have gone much further," Dick admitted. - -Even Toma seemed tired. They did not bother to get supper, but rolled -into their sleeping bags, and fell into heavy slumber, not even keeping -watch. - -Dawn found them awake. They finished their provisions for breakfast, and -again took to the trail on the last lap to Fort Dunwoody. They had no -time to hunt, but kept watch among the trees for a ptarmigan or -partridge, or bigger game if they ran across it. But they had bad luck -and the entire day passed with no more than two ptarmigan to show for -their pains. - -The birds made a slender meal for the three hungry young men. Toma -chopped out some roots that proved succulent when stewed, and they -managed to fill their stomachs with this, though within an hour -afterwards they were as hungry as ever. - -Twenty miles from Fort Dunwoody, at noon of the third day since the -rescue of Sandy, they came abruptly upon a friendly Indian village at -the edge of a tiny lake. - -"Now we'll eat!" cried the haggard Sandy. - -And eat they did, in preparation for the last lap of their eventful -journey, for they felt it would be a hard day on the trail. - - - - - CHAPTER XXIII - GRAY GOOSE LAKE - - -"The fort! The fort!" cheered Dick, as the following evening they came -to the edge of a vast plain. - -Sandy was overjoyed, so much so that he could not speak. - -Sure enough, a half mile ahead frowned the stockade of Fort Dunwoody, -under the rippling flag of the king. Toma did not express himself in -words, but hastened his tireless pace. - -Dick and Sandy hurried after the guide, curiously gazing at the fort. -Along the top of the stockade they could see a red-coated policeman -pacing slowly back and forth. - -"Who goes there?" the sentry above the gate called when the worn -travelers appeared. - -"Friends," cried Dick. "We're from Fort du Lac--looking for help at Fort -Good Faith." - -"You the lads that helped bring in Corporal Richardson?" the sentry -gruffly asked. - -"Yes." - -The huge gate swung back immediately, and the young adventurers passed -through. The police guard met them as the gate was closed. - -"You'll want to see Inspector Dawson?" asked the guard. - -"I think he's the man we should see," Dick replied. - -Presently they were ushered into the presence of Inspector Dawson, whose -grim face, under a thatch of iron gray hair, broke into a smile, meant -to be kind. - -Dick and Sandy gave the scout salute. - -"Ah, ha!" said the Inspector, "I see you've been members of the Boy -Scouts." - -"Yes sir, first class, both of us," replied Dick, a little abashed in -the presence of so distinguished a man as Inspector Dawson. - -"Corporal Richardson told me about you," went on the Inspector. - -"Then the corporal got in all right," Dick exulted. - -"Yes, thanks to you boys and Gaston Leroi," Inspector Dawson said. -"He'll be up and around in a few days now. I've already sent relief to -Fort Good Faith," he concluded. - -"Oh!" Dick was both glad and disappointed at once. He had hoped to join -the expedition. - -"However, an Indian runner came in today saying that Sergeant Brewster -and Constable Marden, the two I detailed for Fort Good Faith, were held -up at Gray Goose Lake by one of Henderson's lieutenants and about thirty -renegade Indians. I believe the man's name is Pierre Govereau. He has a -criminal record here." - -"Govereau!" ejaculated Dick and Sandy in one voice. - -"You seem to have met him before," the Inspector continued briskly. "But -the point I'm getting at is this; I have no men to send on as relief to -Gray Goose Lake. I expect one of my scouts, Malemute Slade, in tomorrow -morning from Fort du Lac where he has cleared things up." - -At mention of Malemute Slade, Dick and Sandy exchanged significant -glances. - -"Yes," the inspector continued. "And I suppose you follows want to go on -to Fort Good Faith. You seem to be able to take care of yourselves. -Would you like to be special deputies?" - -"Would we!" Dick exclaimed. - -"Hurrah!" shouted Sandy. - -Inspector Dawson could not forbear a smile at the boys' exuberance. "All -right, step forward," he commanded, arising from his desk. - -Dick and Sandy lined up like soldiers while they repeated the oath of -allegiance to the law on specials duty for the duration of the Henderson -outbreak. - -The Inspector made Toma an official scout. - -"Now good day, boys," the Inspector said dismissing them. "Report to me -tomorrow morning early. I expect Slade in then." - -Dick and Sandy followed Toma out of headquarters seething with -excitement. They felt themselves full-fledged mounted policemen now, -and, too, they were to take the trail with Malemute Slade, the famous -scout they had met on the Big Smokey. Their only regret was that they -could not don the beautiful uniforms they saw everywhere about the post. - -They inquired as to the quarters of Corporal Richardson, and had a long -chat with the convalescent officer. They secured arrangements to pass -the night in the barracks, and once more toasted their shins before a -genuine stove. - -Bright and early next morning, Dick and Sandy rolled out of their bunks -and pulled on their clothes. - -"It hardly seems possible we're at Fort Dunwoody," Dick declared when -they attacked the ample breakfast set before them by the post cook. - -Sandy shivered in recalling the narrow escapes they had had and agreed -with Dick. - -Toma, who had slept before the fire on a bearskin rug, was as silent as -he always was when off the trail, but his moon face was split by a -continuous smile. - -Malemute Slade was waiting at headquarters when the boys reported as -instructed. His dog team of six huge huskies stood in front of the -Inspector's office, harnessed to the sled, ready for the trail. - -Dick and Sandy were pleased to find that Malemute Slade remembered them. -His dark, wind-hardened face lighted up pleasantly, as he shook hands -with his future trail mates. - -"Wal, I swan," he exclaimed, "I guess we'll do some tall fightin' now." - -Dick and Sandy assured him they were with him with all they had to -offer, and after Inspector Dawson had wished them good luck, they mushed -across the parade square to the stockade gate, which swung slowly open -for them. - -Hour after hour the relief detachment from the post traveled northward. -Malemute Slade would not permit the boys to sleep longer than five -hours. Long before dawn they were up, had eaten a hasty breakfast, while -the dogs wolfed their daily frozen fish, and had hit the trail again. -Dick and Sandy had grown almost as trail hardened as Toma on their long -trip from Fort du Lac to Fort Dunwoody, and they did not complain at the -terrific pace set by Malemute Slade. - -On the afternoon of the third day, more than a hundred miles north of -Fort Dunwoody, they saw from the top of a ridge the white, level expanse -of Gray Goose Lake. They had not been molested along the way and they -decided that Govereau was doing all his fighting at Gray Goose Lake. - -Around the lake they broke into rough and serrated country, through -which they proceeded cautiously. Soon they heard the faint report of -rifles, by which they located the scene of combat. - -Malemute Slade led the way up a long ravine where they left the dog team -in charge of Toma and went on under cover of whatever they found. - -"Follow me, lads, an' don't fire till I give the word," Malemute Slade -ordered. - -"Look! There they are!" whispered Dick a moment later as they reached -the top of the ravine. - -On a rocky knoll, overlooking Gray Goose Lake, they could see the -occasional puff of two rifles. All around the bottom of the little hill -were hidden Govereau's men, flanked by a deep gorge on their left. - -"Now, lads, we'll take 'em on the run. Shoot an' holler all you can," -Malemute Slade's drawling voice calmed them. - -Dick and Sandy tensed for the coming skirmish, tightening their grips of -their rifles. - -"Ready," called Malemute Slade. "Here we go." - -They broke from cover and ran yelling like an army across the space that -separated them from Govereau's party. The Indians turned and shouted, -seeming paralyzed with surprise. The besieged policemen, on the hill, -seeing reinforcements, also charged, leaping from their hiding place and -firing as they came. - -Attacked from two sides, Govereau's band broke and fled. - -"There's Govereau!" cried Dick. - -"An' here's where one dirty skunk cashes in," shouted Malemute Slade, -raising his high-powered rifle. At the report of the rifle, Govereau -fell, Dick and Sandy rushing past his body in pursuit of the others. - -Dick barely had witnessed the fall of Govereau before he caught sight of -Toma stalking an Indian, who was trying to crawl away among the bushes. - -"Halt, in the king's name!" commanded Dick, as he recognized the skulker -to be no other than Many-Scar Jackson. - -But the scar faced Indian did not halt. He broke into a run toward the -deep gorge on the left, Toma in hot pursuit, and Dick and Sandy close -behind. - -Suddenly Dick stopped dead in his tracks, Sandy almost falling over him. -"Toma!" he called, but the guide did not seem to hear. - -"He's going to avenge his brother's death," Sandy exclaimed, pushing -ahead. - -"Stop!" Dick hauled his chum back. "Toma doesn't want us to interfere. -It's his fight. If we see he's getting the worst of it, then we'll -help." - -Sandy drew back and with pale faces they watched the two Indians come -together and draw their knives in a duel to the death. - -Around and around they circled before Toma darted in like a flash and -drew blood. But Many-Scar made a stab in return, and they saw Toma reel -a little. Then the two clinched, staggered this way, then that, their -knife blades locked. - -"Many-Scar has him!" Sandy suddenly exclaimed, raising his rifle. - -"Wait!" Dick cried. - -For a moment it had seemed as if the scar faced Indian would plunge his -knife into Toma's breast, but the agile young guide twisted suddenly, -like a snake, and Many-Scar was tripped to his knees. - -Then as Toma leaped in to follow up his advantage, Many-Scar whirled -away, leaped to his feet and once more they circled. - -"Many-Scar is getting the worst of it," Dick breathed a few moments -later. - -"He sure is," agreed Sandy exultingly. - -Toma's enemy plainly was weakening. Dick and Sandy prepared to see the -final thrust, when of a sudden the scar faced Indian broke away and ran -like the wind straight toward the gorge. - -"They'll fall into the gorge!" Dick cried, starting to run toward them. - -But Many-Scar Jackson and Toma, too, seemed uncognizant of any immediate -danger from a fall. Many-Scar ran like a deer, and as he reached the -edge, he leaped into the air. Like a bird he soared across the space -between the two cliffs, landing safely on the other side, where he -vanished into the bushes. - -"What a jump!" exclaimed Dick. - -"I can't believe it," Sandy said amazedly. "Why, it was a broad jump -record. It's nearly thirty feet between the cliffs." - -Toma had halted on the brink of the cliff and the boys saw him raise -clinched fists to the sky. Toma had failed this time, but, somehow, the -boys felt sure there was another time coming. - -Behind them Malemute Slade was calling. They rejoined the victorious -mounted police, Toma tardily returning. - -Presently they were behind the dogs on the trail to Fort Good Faith, -their party now increased to five with Sergeant Brewster and Constable -Marden. - -"I hope Uncle Walter has been able to hold out this long," Sandy -whispered to himself as he ran after the waving tails of the huskies. - - - - - CHAPTER XXIV - CHIEF BLACK DOG'S SCHEME - - -"We're coming into an Indian village," Dick called to Sandy, when the -party reached the top of a long ridge. - -Sandy, who was some distance in the rear, hurried up and joined Dick. A -village of nearly a score of tepees lay ahead, the smoke of a number of -campfires rising here and there. - -Sergeant Brewster, who had taken command, explained that he was about to -enlist the tribe's aid in an effort at retaking Fort Good Faith. - -"Chief Black Dog is a good friend of the mounted," said Sergeant -Brewster, "and he'll let us have a few warriors. I suppose Henderson has -tried to get the old fellow on his side, but chief is loyal." - -They entered the village, and had some trouble with the numberless -Indian dogs that rushed out savagely from behind the tepees and attacked -the huskies. Presently several Indians came and called off the dogs, -throwing stones and sticks at them. - -Sergeant Brewster addressed one of the braves: "Tell Chief Black Dog a -man from the Great White Father has come to see him." - -The buck hurried away, and soon returned, saying the chief would be glad -to see him, in fact had invited them all to his council tepee. - -Leaving Toma to look after the dogs, Dick and Sandy followed Malemute -Slade and the policemen to a tepee much larger than the rest. The -entrance was so high that even Malemute Slade entered erect. - -"Gosh, it's dark," whispered Sandy, when the tepee flap closed behind -them. - -The only light in the tepee was a tiny fire glowing in the center. -Before this Dick and Sandy could make out three shadowy figures. The one -in the center was an aged Indian with snow white hair. He was Chief -Black Dog. - -"The white brother comes from the Great White Father. It is good. Peace -with white brother," the old chief spoke. - -"We bring presents from the great chief to the big chief," Sergeant -Brewster announced, drawing from his mackinaw pockets a fine pocket -knife and a shining tobacco box. - -Dick and Sandy could see the old chief's eyes glitter as they fell upon -the gifts. - -"It is good," said Chief Black Dog, accepting the presents. - -The sergeant also gave something to each of the two chiefs seated on -either side of Chief Black Dog, for which they muttered thanks. - -"What will the white brother have?" the chief spoke again. - -"We wish help to fight the bad outlaw, Bear Henderson," answered the -sergeant. "He has taken Fort Good Faith from the good factor Walter -MacClaren." - -"It is good. My warriors are brave. They go with you." - -Sergeant Brewster thanked the old chief, then waited for dismissal. -Chief Black Dog sat looking into the fire for a time, his deep eyes -meditative. The boys watched curiously. The chief seemed to be thinking. -At length he spoke: - -"The red man would know how many braves the bad chief Henderson fights -with. Some my warriors, young and foolish, with Henderson. I send -warrior in night. He go make believe join Henderson. He find his -brothers there. He find out how many braves hold fort. Come tell me. He -find where big chief MacClaren in prison. We know how to fight better -then." - -"The red man's words are wise," replied the sergeant. - -"It is good," the chief said, turning to the chief on his left and -speaking swiftly in his native tongue. - -The other chief rose and quietly left the tepee. - -"White brother's men stay, wait for spy, when he come back. One night -maybe. Then we know all." He waved a withered hand in dismissal. - -Dick and Sandy welcomed the open air, when once again they stepped into -the sunlight. At the sergeant's orders they helped Toma unharness the -dogs. - -Chief Black Dog assigned two tepees to the party from Fort Dunwoody. -Dick, Sandy and Toma took one, the mounted policemen the other. An hour -later the boys watched the spy leave for Fort Good Faith, while the war -drums of the tribe summoned the braves to battle. - -It was an exciting evening the boys passed, watching the warriors in -their fantastic dances. When at last they went to their tepee to rest, -they were tired, but could not sleep. The wait for news from Fort Good -Faith was proving to be a trying one. So near Sandy's uncle, yet under -orders to remain idle, the boys chafed and worried. - -"I can't stand it," Sandy cried. "I want to get there and have it over -with." - -"I know just how you feel," sympathized Dick. "I want to smell powder -too. But I believe the chief made a wise move, at that. What do you -think, Toma?" - -Toma's dark face, lighted by the fire, brightened. "Him wise chief," -said Toma. "My father know him long ago when they hunt on Saskatchewan -River." - -"Tell us a story about the old days, Toma," Dick pleaded, as he squatted -by the fire, "--an Indian story." - -"Yes, do," Sandy chimed in. - -The young guide seemed to be looking far away as he stared into the -glowing coals. Outside, the war drums and the cries of the dancing -warriors echoed in the forest aisles. - -"I tell story my father tell me long ago, when I little boy," Toma -began. "Big medicine man tell my father. It is story of Saskatchewan -River and Great Bear, mighty hunter of the Crees. - -"Long ago, by Saskatchewan live big tribe. One hunter, one Great Bear, -he mightier than all big hunters. Him not like Saskatchewan country. Him -want travel far, far--where sun goes down. - -"Big medicine man, one Two-Horns-in-the-Bone not want lose Great Bear, -great hunter. Him try keep Great Bear home. But Great Bear don't care. -He go anyway, he say. - -"Then Great Bear get ready go far away. When start, -Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go 'long little way with Great Bear, so Great -Spirit be with him in far lands. They stop on bank of Saskatchewan, -mighty river. Great Bear, lie thirsty. He kneel down, fill up with -water. Two-Horns-in-the-Bone make sign over him, big medicine sign. When -Great Bear get up, medicine man say: - -"'They who drink waters of Saskatchewan shall return before they die.' - -"Great Bear, him laugh. Him think Two-Horns-in-the-Bone make fun. Great -Bear young, strong; he laugh at Great Spirit, like him laugh at grizzly. -Him leap in Saskatchewan an' swim across. Him wave spear goodbye to -medicine man, an' turn back on Saskatchewan. - -"Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go back to tepee. Say nothing. Him very wise. - -"Many moons pass. Great Bear go far, far away--to Big Sea, to desert, to -other side of sunset. He fight many battles, always win. - -"Medicine man by Saskatchewan, him wait an' smoke long pipe. Twenty -winters gone by, then spring come. Two-Horns-in-the-Bone walk down to -Saskatchewan. He wait all day. When sunset come he see old man walking. -Old man all bent over, white hair, hobble on stick. -Two-Horns-in-the-Bone watch. Old man come down to edge of water. Him -kneel down and drink. Then he go back and lay down. - -"Two-Horns-in-the-Bone go to old man. Him speak, him look in face. Old -Indian, him Great Bear. Old medicine man raise face to sky. 'The Great -Spirit has spoken,' say Two-Horns-in-the-Bone. 'They who drink waters of -Saskatchewan shall return before they die.'" - -Toma's voice died out. The young Indian seemed to be in another land, as -he thought of his father's people. Dick and Sandy sat spell-bound. - -"It is the Legend of the Saskatchewan," Dick said in a hushed voice. - -"It sure was a good story," said Sandy. "Tell us another one, Toma." - -But Toma shook his head. Dick and Sandy saw a certain sadness in his -face, that the legend had aroused, and they did not urge him. Presently -they rolled into their blankets. Once asleep, they did not awaken until -summoned by Sergeant Brewster. - -As they hurried from the tepee on the morning of that day which was to -mean so much, an inspiring sight greeted their eyes. - - - - - CHAPTER XXV - THE ATTACK ON THE FORT - - -The tepees of the Indian village were arranged in a hollow square, and -in the midst of this were gathered more than fifty warriors, arrayed for -battle. - -"Isn't it a fearful sight!" exclaimed Sandy. - -"I'd hate to have them catch me alone in the forest," Dick responded. - -"They'll help us do for Henderson," Sergeant Brewster remarked at their -elbow. "The spy came in an hour ago. He reports that Henderson has about -ten half-breeds and thirty Indians holding the fort. They don't dream of -an attack. Henderson thinks Govereau is taking care of the police." - -"Did the spy find out anything about Uncle Walter?" Sandy queried -anxiously. - -"I was coming to that," continued the sergeant. "It seems that Henderson -has imprisoned him in a cave about a mile from the fort. The spy -believes he can find the cave from what he overheard while inside the -stockade. I'll detail you fellows to go after the factor. But don't -leave until we're sure we've taken the fort--that comes first. Toma and -Malemute Slade will accompany, with the spy as a guide." - -They were interrupted by Malemute Slade and Constable Marden driving up -with the dog team. - -"Wal, boys," grinned Malemute Slade, "we're off for another tussle. As -f'r me I can't get to it too soon." - -Dick and Sandy laughed and fell into line. The band of Indians already -had started out. They left the village amid the lamentations of Indian -women and the loud barking of the dogs. - -They traveled slowly, Sergeant Brewster explaining that they must not -reach Fort Good Faith until nightfall, if they were to surprise -Henderson. Scouts were sent on ahead to report any appearance of -Henderson's men. - -Just before dark the war party came to a halt on the slope of a hill, -from the top of which they could see Fort Good Faith not far away. Dick -and Sandy gazed upon the stockade in awe. They had traveled more than -six hundred miles since leaving Fort du Lac, and at last within sight of -the post, they felt rewarded for all the hardships they had gone through -in an effort to rescue Sandy's uncle. - -"We'll have to keep out of sight till after dark--that's all that -bothers me," chafed Sandy. "I wish we were climbing the stockade right -now." - -Sergeant Brewster called to them just then. "Here's the spy," he -presented a somber Indian. "He'll stay close by you until it's time for -you to go after your uncle. Take your orders from Malemute Slade." - -Worked up to a frenzy by their war dances, the warriors were eager to -attack, and it was all the policemen and the chiefs could do to hold -them back until nightfall. - -The minutes seemed like hours. But darkness slowly fell, and the hour of -the attack approached. The Indians grew quieter then. At a word from the -sergeant the war party started on toward the fort. - -All was silent until they were under the very walls of the stockade, -then the Indians gave vent to a horrible war cry, and like so many -chipmunks clambered over the stockade. The first inside rushed the guard -at the gate and swung it open for the rest of the party. Rifles and -revolvers flashed in the darkness everywhere, and combined with the -cries of the Indians, made a deafening racket. - -Dick dropped down from the top of the palisades on the heels of Malemute -Slade, Sandy and Toma following him. Suddenly he heard Sandy cry out: - -"Help, Dick!" - -Dick turned and ran toward the sound, his rifle clubbed in his hands. In -the gloom he could see Sandy struggling in the grip of a brawny -half-breed, Dick's gun stock swept down, and Sandy's adversary rolled -over and lay still. - -"Come on, Sandy. Let's not lose Malemute," Dick called. - -They could see the policemen concentrating their attack on the door of -the post residence, which had been hastily barricaded. - -"Up an' at 'em," Malemute bellowed as he rushed to join the mounted -police. Three half-breeds leaped out of the shadows and barred the big -scout's way. Malemute fired once, swung his fists twice, and the -half-breeds were trampled underfoot. - -The surprise attack was over as quickly as it had begun. Dick and Sandy -saw a huge, long-haired man come to the door in answer to the sergeant's -demand for surrender, and watched the handcuffs snapped upon the -outlaw's wrists. It was the first look at the man behind all the -trouble. Henderson's name fitted him, they decided. He looked much like -a grizzly in man's clothing. - -"That wasn't half a fight," Malemute Slade complained. "Now if that -pesky spy would show up we'd skip out for the prisoner." - -"There he is!" Dick exclaimed. - -The Indian spy and Toma both were approaching at a run. - -"Lead on there," Malemute sang out to the spy. "We'll be a'ter the -factor now--double quick." - -Led by the spy, the five left the stockade in the hands of the mounted -police, and hurried off into the night. - -It was hard going through the deep snow, but the spy seemed to be sure -of the way. Only once did the Indian seem confused. Then he paused while -the rest waited impatiently. Then they were off again. - -Presently they came to a narrow canyon. Dick, Sandy and Toma were -running close together. Malemute Slade and the Indian spy were slightly -in the lead. - -Suddenly the spy stopped dead, emitting a guttural exclamation. - -"Down!" cried Malemute. - -Scarcely had all five dropped flat when a hoarse voice sounded, -seemingly out of the wall of the canyon: - -"Who's there?" - -"You'll shore find out in a minute," retorted Malemute boldly. "Jest -come out where we can see the color o' y'r whiskers." - -"If you think much of y'r hide you better skidaddle," replied the voice, -threateningly. - -"Haw, haw," called Malemute. "You'll be the one to do the skidaddlin' -when we finish with yuh." - -Silence followed, while Dick strained his eyes to see from whence the -voice came. - -"It's from the cave," Sandy whispered. - -Nerves at snapping pitch, the young adventurers awaited the orders of -the scout, who was mumbling to himself. Malemute was about to order a -blind advance, when four dark forms leaped out of the rocks behind them. -Dick Kent had a momentary vision of Malemute Slade pinned under two men, -then something crashed down upon his head and all went black. - - - - - CHAPTER XXVI - LOST UNDERGROUND - - -Dick Kent regained consciousness slowly. His head pained severely, and -as he passed his hand through his hair his fingers encountered something -warm and sticky. All was silent in the canyon. He sat up with a start, -all coming back to him--the mysterious voice from the canyon wall, the -surprise attack, the blow that had felled him. - -"Sandy! Sandy!" he shouted hoarsely. But the dark canyon gave back his -voice in a hollow echo. There was no answer. - -"Where have they gone?" Dick wondered. "Have they been killed or -captured?" - -He got dizzily to his feet and stumbled along the canyon, feeling his -way. Almost immediately, he felt a depression in the rock. In the -starlight a dark hole yawned in the wall. - -"The cave!" he exulted. - -Just then he stumbled over something solid, yet yielding. Groping about -his feet, he recoiled in horror. It was the face of a man! In the -starlight he finally made out the body, and saw that it was not one of -his party. - -Again Dick called out Sandy's name, but only the echo of his voice from -the yawning cavern answered him. - -Dick's head was clearing now. He thought swiftly and concluded his -companions must have gone into the cavern in search of Walter MacClaren. -He turned in and groped his way along, calling every now and then. Once -he thought he heard a shout and stopped, but all was silent. - -He had a few matches in his pocket and he drew one out and lighted it. -He found himself in a large cave, evidently formed by the erosion of -water. The roof of the cavern was some six feet higher than his head. -Where he was standing there seemed but one passage. - -"Well, I can't get lost if there's only the main passage," Dick decided, -and started on boldly, feeling his way in the blackness. - -The cavern slanted downward slightly, and leading forward fairly -straight, Dick made good time, though he tested every bit of footing to -make certain he did not step off into a hole, or run into an -obstruction. - -Presently he could hear running water, and as the sound grew louder, he -lighted another match. There was no disturbance of air and the flame -burned steadily. Dick could see that the cavern branched at this point. -Down one passage a swift stream of dark water flowed; the other was dry. - -About to take to the cavern that was dry underfoot, Dick heard a shout -somewhere in the cave before him. He thrilled as he recognized Sandy's -voice. - -"Sandy, Sandy, here I am!" he answered at the top of his lungs, hurrying -down the cavern from which he believed the voice had come. Once more he -heard Sandy's shout, but this time it was fainter. Then he heard it no -longer. - -"There must be tracks if anyone has passed here," Dick thought, and -striking a match, stooped down. Plainly, in the moist floor of the -cavern, were the tracks of moccasins. But they were directed both -forward and back, and meant very little. - -Thinking to catch Sandy before he was too far away, Dick hastened -forward with less caution. He had advanced some fifty yards, when of a -sudden the earth gave way under him. His cry of terror was drowned by -the sound of falling stones and gravel, as he pitched downward. His -clutching hands encountered a rim of solid rock. With a painful jerk he -stopped his fall, dangling there by his fingers over a chasm he knew not -how deep. - -Once he regained his breath and sense, he endeavored to pull himself up. -But he could not quite make it. The hole bulged outward under his feet -and, kick and thresh as he would, he could not get a foothold anywhere. -The rim he was clinging to was so narrow that it was impossible for him -to hold his body up on it even if he pulled himself up by the hands. He -realized that he was part way down the hole, hanging to the conical -wall. - -Dick's struggles slowly weakened. His head was paining him severely. He -realized that he could not hang on much longer, yet gritting his teeth, -he clung on while his muscles burned and his fingers grew numb. - -With his last remaining strength, he shouted. But it seemed that his -voice was deadened by the formation of the hole, as if he had shouted -into a barrel. But again and again he raised his voice, though it grew -weaker and weaker. - -He did not know whether he imagined it or not, but he thought his last -outcry received an answer. Slowly he was losing consciousness. It seemed -that he could hear the pad, pad of moccasins and more voices. A hand -grasped his wrists, then he gave out. - -When once more Dick awakened he found himself in a dimly lighted -underground room. Some one was pouring something hot between his teeth. - -"Sandy!" he started up, looking into his chum's happy face. - -"Greetin's, lad," called Malemute Slade, smiling down from the other -side of him, "you've had a tough time of it." - -"I thought it was all over with as far as I was concerned," replied -Dick. - -"Uncle Walter is here, but he's pretty sick," Sandy was telling him. "We -found him in this room, almost dead from starvation. He seems to be a -little better since we fed him some hot broth." - -Dick raised up, his aching head swimming. Across the room, watched over -by Toma, on a heap of balsam boughs, he saw a bearded man, haggard of -face. It was Walter MacClaren. - -"I guess I can stand on my pins now," declared Dick. "But where did you -all go right after I was knocked out?" - -"The devils drove us right into the cave," volunteered Malemute Slade. -"It was a running fight till I climbed on a shelf of rock an' dropped -down on the beans of a couple of 'em. I cracked their pates, then we -choked the other one till he told us where the lad's uncle was. Me--I -guess I've got about all I want of fightin' for today." - -"I heard you shouting," Sandy explained, "but you were in the wrong -branch of the cavern. I had to go clear down to the fork before I found -where you were. You had just about let go of the rock. I was scared to -death when I had pulled you out. I struck a match--and say!--that hole -didn't seem to have any bottom." - -Dick shuddered, but smiled grimly. He had had a close shave--they had -all had a close shave--but things had come out right in the end. - -Malemute Slade had located the store of food kept by MacClaren's guards, -and they sat down and had a bite to eat. Then, they all gathered -anxiously around Walter MacClaren. With eyes shining, Sandy stooped -forward and patted his uncle's hand. - -"Everything is all right now," the youth muttered happily. "I'm sure -that Uncle Walt will get better." - -For several minutes they stood there in the half-light, looking down at -the recumbent figure of the man, whose life they had saved barely in the -nick of time. Except for their quiet breathing and the low trickle of -water in an alcove close at hand, the deep hush remained unbroken. Then, -unexpectedly, MacClaren stirred, muttering in his sleep. His eyes -blinked open. - -His gaze wavered from one to the other of the little company gathered -around him, and slowly a smile played across his lips. - -"Up in a few days," he managed to articulate weakly. "Thanks--everyone -of you! I'll be feeling fine in the morning." - -Then, with another smile, he rolled over on his side and went back to -sleep. In a surge of new-found happiness, Dick nodded significantly at -Sandy, and, arm-in-arm, they turned quietly and tip-toed out of the -room. - - - THE END - - - - - Transcriber's Notes - - ---Copyright notice provided as in the original--this e-text is public - domain in the country of publication. - ---Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and - dialect unchanged. - ---Added a Table of Contents based on chapter headings. - ---In the text versions, delimited italics text in _underscores_ (the - HTML version reproduces the font form of the printed book.) - - - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Dick Kent with the Mounted Police, by -Milton Richards - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DICK KENT WITH THE MOUNTED POLICE *** - -***** This file should be named 50431.txt or 50431.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/4/3/50431/ - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Rod Crawford, Rick Morris -and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/50431.zip b/old/50431.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ba2e5ca..0000000 --- a/old/50431.zip +++ /dev/null |
